20-F 1 d20f.htm FORM 20-F FORM 20-F
Table of Contents

 

 

Form 20-F

(Mark One)

 

     ¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

     x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR l5(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the year ended December 31, 2009

OR

 

     ¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR l5(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 1-10284

 

 

Allied Irish Banks,

public limited company

 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Ireland

 

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Bankcentre, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4, Ireland

 

(Address of principal executive offices)

David O’Callaghan, Company Secretary

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

Bankcentre, Ballsbridge

Dublin 4, Ireland

Telephone no: +353 1 6600311

 

(Name, telephone number and address of Company contact person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

 

Title of each class

       

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Ordinary shares of EUR 0.32 each, represented by

American Depositary Shares

    

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

Ordinary shares of EUR 0.32 each   918,435,570

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  x Yes  ¨ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  x Yes  ¨ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an acceleratted filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  x                Accelerated filer  ¨                Non-accelerated filer  ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

US GAAP  ¨                IFRS  x                Other  ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.  ¨ Item 17  ¨ Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  ¨ Yes  x No

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

Contents

 

     Page

Business review

  

Executive Chairman’s statement

   4

Group Managing Director’s review

   6

Corporate Social Responsibility

   8

Financial review

   12

Risk management

   63

Governance & oversight

  

The Board & Group Executive Committee

   101

Report of the Directors

   103

Corporate Governance statement

   105

Supervision & Regulation

   115

Financial statements

  

Accounting policies

   125

Consolidated income statement

   146

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

   147

Statements of financial position

   148

Consolidated statement of cash flows

   150

Statements of changes in equity

   152

Notes to the accounts

   156

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in relation to the Accounts

   286

Independent auditor’s report

   287

General information

  

Additional information

   289

Principal addresses

   315

Index

   317

 

1


Table of Contents

LOGO

Forward-looking information

This document contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of the Group and certain of the plans and objectives of the Group. In particular, among other statements, certain statements in the Executive Chairman’s statement, the Group Managing Director’s review, and the Financial Review and Risk Management sections, with regard to management objectives, trends in results of operations, margins, risk management, competition and the impact of changes in International Financial Reporting Standards are forward-looking in nature. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements sometimes use words such as ‘aim’, ‘anticipate’, ‘target’, ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘goal’, ‘believe’, or other words of similar meaning. Examples of forward-looking statements include among others, statements regarding the Group’s future financial position, income growth, loan losses, business strategy, projected costs, capital ratios, estimates of capital expenditures, and plans and objectives for future operations. Because such statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking information. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements and these are set out in ‘Risk factors’ on pages 64—66. These factors include, but are not limited to, the effects of participation in the National Asset Management Agency (“NAMA”), conditions that may be imposed by the European Commission following consideration of the Group’s restructuring plan, the effects of the challenging economic environment, both domestically and internationally, the effects of continued volatility in credit markets, the effects of changes in valuation of credit market exposures, changes in valuation of issued notes, changes in economic conditions globally and in the regions in which the Group conducts its business, changes to minimum capital ratios required by various regulatory bodies, changes in fiscal or other policies adopted by various governments and regulatory authorities, the effects of competition in the geographic and business areas in which the Group conducts its operations, the ability to increase market share and control expenses, the effects of changes in taxation or accounting standards and practices, acquisitions, future exchange and interest rates and the success of the Group in managing these events. Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Group speak only as of the date they are made.

AIB cautions that the foregoing list of important factors is not exhaustive. Investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and events when making an investment decision based on any forward-looking statement. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this Annual Financial Report may not occur. The Group does not undertake to release publicly any revision to these forward-looking statements to reflect events, circumstances or unanticipated events occurring after the date hereof.

 

2


Table of Contents

LOGO

Financial highlights

 

     2009
€ m
    Restated(1)
2008

€ m
 

Results

    

Total operating income

     4,859        5,068   

Operating (loss)/profit

     (2,418     862   

(Loss)/profit before taxation

     (2,656     1,034   

(Loss)/profit attributable to owners of the parent

     (2,413     772   

Per € 0.32 ordinary share

    

(Loss)/earnings – basic

     (215.2 )c      83.4

(Loss)/earnings – diluted

     (215.2 )c      83.3

Dividend

     —          81.8

Dividend payout

     —          37

Net assets

   7.81      9.63   

Performance measures

    

Return on average total assets

     (1.29 )%      0.47

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity

     (24.8 )%      8.2

Statement of financial position

    

Total assets

     174,314        182,174   

Ordinary shareholders’ equity

     6,970        8,472   

Loans and receivables to banks and customers(2)

     131,464        135,755   

Deposits(3)

     147,940        155,996   

Capital ratios

    

Equity core tier 1

     5.0     5.8

Core tier 1 capital

     7.9     5.8

Tier 1 capital

     7.2     7.4

Total capital

     10.2     10.5
                

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts - see Accounting policies - Basis of preparation.

(2)

Includes loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA.

(3)

Deposits by banks, customer accounts and debt securities in issue.

 

3


Table of Contents
LOGO   Executive Chairman’s statement

 

AIB’s financial performance in 2009 was highly unsatisfactory and we continue to wrestle with a series of fundamental challenges to our business.

Our shareholders, customers and staff deserve an explanation of why AIB finds itself in this position.

AIB was one of many institutions around the world that had to cope with turmoil in global financial markets in recent years. The turmoil was so intense that it would have made it very difficult for AIB to reach this point in the economic cycle in reasonable shape. But we made significant contributions to our own problems.

AIB Bank is our established retail franchise in the Republic of Ireland. Within the control of the bank, but separate from the day-to-day activities of the branch network, we set up teams to lend money to developers in the property and construction sector.

With the benefit of hindsight, it is obvious that many banks, including AIB, lent too much money to this particular sector. It is also clear, in retrospect, that our credit management processes and our oversight in this area failed to prevent this from happening in AIB.

All these problems were compounded by a near universally held view of the future of the Irish economy that was remarkably benign. A view that was wrong. Another important factor was the intense competition AIB faced at the time.

We have to be ready to learn the lessons of recent events and this is why we will co-operate fully with the banking inquiry now being established in Ireland.

AIB also continues to work closely with the Irish Government to assist the Government’s broader objective to stabilise the economy as a whole.

Our new management team, headed by our Group Managing Director Colm Doherty, is now in place. I firmly believe Colm has the strategy, the vision and the ability to rebuild trust and confidence in AIB. For more about this, see his statement on pages 6 and 7.

AIB appreciates the financial support it received from Irish taxpayers in 2009 and the Irish Government’s commitment to continue that support.

The Government first acknowledged the systemic importance to the Irish economy of AIB, and other institutions, through the establishment of the 2008 Bank Guarantee Scheme and the Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme in 2009. The National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission also made a € 3.5 billion investment in AIB through non-cumulative preference shares.

In April 2009 the Government said it was to establish the National Asset Management Agency with the aim of restoring stability to the banking system. More details of this support are set out on page 13 and in note 55 to the financial statements. The support we received from the Government has also created a need for state-aided Irish banks to deliver a restructuring plan to the Irish Government for submission to the European Commission

 

4


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

for review and approval. AIB’s plan was submitted in November and the review process is not yet completed.

In line with global trends for banks to hold more capital, AIB will be moving to increase its capital ratios.

NAMA, an agreement with the EU on the restructuring plan and capital raising are key tasks for AIB and in November last year I took on executive responsibility, on a temporary basis, for oversight of AIB’s work in these areas.

There have been a number of changes to the AIB Board over the past year. Declan Collier and Dick Spring joined in January 2009 as nominees of the Government. Michael Sullivan and Donal Forde left the AIB Board at the time of the AGM last May. Dermot Gleeson retired in July, John O’Donnell in August and Eugene Sheehy in November. In January 2010, Dr Michael Somers was appointed to the AIB Board as a non-executive director by the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission.

The challenges facing AIB are considerable. Rebuilding AIB will not happen overnight but a process of positive change is now underway.

Dan O’Connor

Executive Chairman

1 March 2010

 

5


Table of Contents
LOGO   Group Managing Director’s review

 

2009 was a tough year for AIB. Our financial performance was hit by the financial turmoil and the continuing economic downturn, but also, in retrospect, by our own self-inflicted problems.

We made a loss of € 2.3 billion and our adjusted basic loss per share was EUR 344.4c. There was a stark contrast between our high performing international businesses and those with a focus on property, particularly those in the Republic of Ireland.

Details of the provisions AIB made for 2009 are set out in note 29 to the financial statements.

AIB’s underlying pre-provision operating profit of € 2.3 billion in 2009 (excluding a capital exchange gain of € 623 million) was down on the 2008 figure of € 2.7 billion. In 2009, AIB Bank in the Republic lost € 3.6 billion, AIB Bank in the UK € 16 million (Stg£15 million) and the contribution from M&T Bank in the US was also down. Our CEE division recorded a profit of € 79 million while AIB Capital Markets made € 531 million. For more details on divisional performance, please see pages 40 to 50.

The transfer of loans from AIB to NAMA will increase our capital requirements and initiatives to boost our equity capital base are underway.

AIB is also delivering on its responsibilities and commitments to support the Irish economy. We will keep doing what we can to help customers in trouble, although, inevitably, this may not be possible in all cases.

AIB is one of the few financial institutions offering competitive home loans in the Irish market at the moment. Our main focus is first-time buyers, though we are also keen to support existing customers who want to trade up their property – or top up their mortgage.

We know some of our customers are struggling to repay their home loans. In these circumstances, it is important we listen to them and work together to agree practical solutions to their difficulties.

AIB adheres to various Irish statutory and voluntary guidelines which protect family homes. These guidelines include the Code of Conduct on Mortgage Arrears, the Irish Banking Federation/Money Advice & Budgeting Service protocol and the IBF Statement of Intent. I also would like to put on record that AIB has not compulsorily repossessed a family home in Ireland in more than six years.

AIB is proud to be Ireland’s leading business bank with more than 40% of firms operating their main accounts with us. We are committed to engaging with our 170,000 business customers about working capital and investment needs.

As part of our commitment to the Irish Government, we sanctioned more than 56,000 credit applications for small and medium-sized enterprises to the value of € 2.5 billion in 2009.

Last Autumn we also completed the opening of 15 dedicated business centres across Ireland. These new centres, staffed with more than 250 experienced relationship managers, augment our existing branch network and improve the support and expertise we are offering SMEs in this difficult era.

 

6


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The strategy of AIB is outlined on page 17 of this report. As part of this 1,000 day action plan, a new management team has been appointed.

Top of my list of priorities when I became Group MD in December last year was to ensure we learn the lessons of recent times, especially the need to improve our identification and management of risk in a timely and effective way. AIB’s credit and risk infrastructure is now being centralised and our policies and procedures in this vital area are being comprehensively overhauled.

I realise AIB will be a smaller bank in the future with reduced income levels. This is why improving profitability and reducing costs remain key objectives for the AIB management team.

I am determined to do everything possible to rebuild the foundations of AIB, underpin its viability and renew the confidence of all stakeholders in the organisation.

Colm Doherty

Group Managing Director

1 March 2010

 

7


Table of Contents
LOGO   Corporate Social Responsibility

 

AIB’s commitment to Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) is reflected in the practices and policies which we have in place throughout the organisation. Since 2003, we have reported on our CSR activities and progress in the areas of community, staff, marketplace and environment. The current economic landscape provides us with significant challenges and we will continue to work with all our stakeholders to develop our activities. Our website www.aibgroup.com/csr contains additional information on these activities. Here are some highlights for 2009:

Marketplace

This year has been particularly challenging for our customers, suppliers and business partners. Under the terms of the Government Recapitalisation Scheme, announced in December 2008, we committed to the introduction of a number of initiatives to stimulate and support growth in the Irish economy. These were under the headings of business credit, home mortgages, financial inclusion and prompt payment. Reports were submitted quarterly to the Irish Government and progress is detailed below:

 

 

One of the commitments to the Government was to increase lending capacity to small and medium enterprises. We sanctioned more than 56,000 credit applications for SMEs to the value of € 2.5 billion in 2009. This activity was supported by a communication campaign which was undertaken to promote SME lending during the year. In addition, a contribution of € 15 million from AIB and € 8 million from Enterprise Ireland, in new seed capital funds, was provided to the AIB Seed Capital Fund, announced by the Tanaiste Mary Coughlan TD in December 2009. This fund is now active and is receiving applications from entrepreneurs.

 

 

An Environmental Fund of € 100 million was launched to support environmentally friendly investments with a view to reducing energy usage by facilitating switching to renewable energies to reduce Ireland’s carbon footprint. This fund complements our internal and external ‘Add more green’ initiatives and while take up has been slow, it is progressing.

 

 

AIB committed to providing an additional 30% capacity for lending to first time buyers in 2009 together with active promotion of mortgage lending at competitive rates, with increased transparency on the criteria to be met.

AIB maintained a strong competitive position in the First Time Buyers Mortgage market and the additional capacity amounted to € 1.1 billion. This was supported by the AIB ‘First Steps to Getting a Mortgage’ guide, together with local and national advertising through print, digital and broadcast media.

 

 

Statutory Codes of Conduct on Mortgage Arrears and Business Lending to SMEs were introduced by the Financial Regulator in Ireland, which AIB has implemented within the agreed timeframes.

In terms of supply chain management, Cost Management and Procurement Services has developed a set of AIB Group Procurement Principles. These provide a set of key guidelines for AIB and its suppliers to adhere to and cover areas such as accountability, business ethics, integrity and fair dealing among others. These principles have been signed-up to by the bank’s Tier 1 suppliers and will be rolled-out to other vendors within the supply chain over time. In addition this area attained the SO9001:2008 Quality Management System Accreditation standard in 2009.

An Enterprise Complaints system is in place with comprehensive reporting provided to the divisional management team, the compliance department and the CSR committee. Complaints are actively managed and key areas are identified for attention, with support and changes made to systems in order to improve customer service.

AIB won the Best Financial Services Website award at the Digital Media Awards 2009 and, for the second year in a row, BZWBK won the Best Managed Company at the annual Parkiet Bull & Bear Awards. AIB has retained ISO20000 certification for all IT services in the company and continues to be the first and only financial organisation in Ireland to hold this certification.

 

8


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Staff

2009 was a challenging year for our staff, particularly those in customer facing areas. Our people have shown strong resilience, commitment and flexibility through a period of great change for the bank.

As an integral part of our cost management programme, we have not been replacing people who leave, promotion opportunities have been curtailed and overall pay levels have been reduced. Staff have been redeployed to fill key roles across the Group to meet our business and customer needs. This has involved additional training in the new roles for many people and flexibility from people taking on new responsibilities. Staff workshops have also been conducted to provide them with additional support, with the emphasis on building personal resilience, coping with change and on managing personal finances.

In addition, AIB provides a free and confidential counselling service to all staff, as well as their family members. This proactive service, which promotes and sustains a healthy work environment, is managed by the bank’s Occupational Health Unit. This unit offers advice and support to staff and a discounted health screening service. In addition they actively manage and support staff in times of ill-health in accordance with the bank’s Absence Management Policy.

In March 2009 AIB launched its Time Out programme. This introduced a range of flexible working arrangements for staff, including unpaid leave, service leave and sabbatical leave. This programme responds to the needs of staff in terms of providing flexibility at work and at the same time reduces costs. More than 2,100 staff have been accommodated to the end of 2009 and it has been agreed to extend the programme for a further year, with some enhancements.

Staff training is critical to ensure that the bank maintains very high standards in relation to regulatory compliance and the highest standards possible in dealing with its customers. Staff are required to undertake a series of compliance and ethics courses. During 2009 mandatory courses included anti-money laundering, conflicts of interest and handling confidential information. In addition, almost 2,500 staff are currently studying towards the completion of professional qualifications required by the Regulator, in order to allow them provide credit and investment advice to customers. This is supported by the bank with study leave, study groups and the provision of lectures.

AIB places strong emphasis on employee health & safety. To support this, a new e-learning course was launched which all staff are required to complete.

BZWBK were the recipients of two people awards this year. One was at Poland’s HR Management Leader awards and the other award was for its mother-friendly workplace policies.

The Partnership arrangement between AIB and the Irish Bank Officials’Association (IBOA), the recognised trade union for bank officials in the Republic of Ireland, Northern Ireland and Great Britain, continued in 2009. Both bank and union representatives dealt with a range of issues, including pay, pensions, organisational change and job security.

 

Employee information AIB Group

      

Total staff *

   23,275   

Voluntary attrition

   2.5

Permanent/temporary staff

   95 %(P) 
   5 %(T) 

Part-time/Full time staff

   9 %(PT) 
   91 %(FT) 

Average age of employees (years)

   39   

Average length of service (years)

   13.3   

Male/Female staff

   36 %(M) 
   64 %(F) 

 

* Reflects the Full Time Equivalent (“FTE”) of staff in payment, includes staff on paid leave arrangements

 

9


Table of Contents
LOGO   Corporate Social Responsibility

 

Community

AIB is proud to support the communities in which it operates. In July 2009, Onside Research reported that AIB was acknowledged as the top company in Ireland associated with corporate giving in terms of sponsorship. The 2009/10 AIB Better Ireland Programme opened for applications in October. This programme has now been broadened to include all vulnerable children, not just those affected by poverty, drugs and disability. The projects will be selected by the public who can vote by text or online. A fund of € 1.82 million will be awarded nationwide, through 182 branches to local deserving children’s projects.

Staff continued to be supported in their community efforts with the allocation of funds from the Staff Partnership Fund in the Republic of Ireland and Allied Care in Allied Irish Bank (GB). In addition, staff across the Group have dedicated their time and resources to raising funds, in excess of € 250,000, for their selected charities including the AIB Staff Haiti appeal.

Over the years, AIB has lent over 250 artworks to over 70 public galleries for inclusion in temporary exhibitions, both in Ireland and abroad. In 2009 An Taoiseach, Mr Brian Cowen, TD visited Fota House, Arboretum & Gardens in Cork to celebrate the completed restoration of the first floor and to acknowledge the substantial donation of Irish art and furniture by the McCarthy Family and AIB. He acknowledged that ‘the efforts and commitment of the McCarthy Family in partnership with AIB had prevented an important collection of art and furniture from leaving Ireland. The subsequent donation to the Irish Heritage Trust meant that these items could now be enjoyed by visitors to Fota House forever’.

The UK division, backed by Childnet International and the UK Police Force’s Child Exploitation and Online Protection division, launched a new internet safety and online awareness campaign. Called ‘Safe and Secure Online’ it targets secondary level education students and helps them gain an awareness and understanding of the dangers of the internet and how they can better protect themselves while online.

BZWBK launched 40,000 new internet co-branded cards for disabled people with one of the biggest Polish Non Government Organisations, Integracja (Integration). This will allow an Integracja member to make an internet payment without the need to attend a branch in person.

The Social Finance Foundation (SFF) was set up in 2006, with seed funding of € 25 million from the Irish banking sector, to provide funding at affordable interest rates to community-based projects and micro-enterprises. AIB has agreed to provide additional credit facilities to SFF to sustain and develop the provision of funding into the future.

Financial inclusion is about providing banking services to the broadest possible range of customers. AIB has adopted the WA1 accessibility standards (level 2AA) for the content on our websites. In First Trust Bank, in Northern Ireland, we provide a basic personal current account and in the Republic of Ireland we are working on the development of a similar account which will be incorporated as an industry-wide approach to the National Payments Implementation programme.

Environment

AIB is fully committed to sustainability and we have environmental policies and practices in place to support this commitment. We recognise that the full impacts of climate change on our business and on our customers will only become evident over time. Our commitment is to live up to our responsibilities and continuously seek to improve our efforts in this area.

A key pillar of AIB’s sustainable programme is the area of energy management. Energy consumption in the Republic of Ireland is 64 million units per year at a cost of € 9.5 million. Recognising that energy is a finite resource, AIB has goals to commit organisational resources to energy management in order to minimise CO2 emissions and, where possible, to use energy from sustainable sources (almost 95% green electricity supply in the Republic, 100% in Northern Ireland). We have set challenging energy targets in Ireland, a 20% reduction in AIB’s energy consumption and 30%

 

10


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

reduction in AIB’s carbon footprint by 2014. In 2009, a project focused on electricity reduction in Bankcentre, our head office, achieved a reduction of 19% which was in excess of the 15% reduction target set, resulting in significant cost savings and avoidance of 2,000 tonnes of CO2 emissions.

Waste management poses significant challenges and good progress has been made in this area with over 90% of waste at Bankcentre now being diverted from landfill and instead recycled. In addition, 90% of Bankcentre’s food waste is recycled on site and turned into compost (60 tonnes pa).

Our ‘Add more green’ e-statement initiative, where customers opt for online rather than paper statements, continued to be successful with over 200,000 AIB customers now taking this option. AIB made a commitment to donate € 5 to the ‘Add more green’ fund, for each customer who opts to receive their statement electronically. Funds have already been donated to the World Land Trust and Coillte and this year a new partner, the Native Woodland Trust (“NWT”), was identified. The NWT project will donate a minimum of 6,000 new native trees to senior schools in Ireland for planting. This initiative when complete should provide a valuable wildlife habitat supporting much of Ireland’s biodiversity. It will also allow schools create an outdoor classroom, which will provide children with a further appreciation of the natural world.

AIB has participated in the Carbon Disclosure Project (“CDP”), an organisation which reports to the market on the carbon emissions of the world’s leading companies for a number of years. In 2009 AIB participated in the inaugural report on Ireland by CDP receiving favourable comment. AIB also participated in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index. Both surveys allow AIB benchmark its environmental performance and identify areas for improvement.

First Trust Bank achieved the top result in the Financial Services section of the Business in the Community (“BITCs”) environmental survey. ARENA Network has conducted BITC’s 11th annual Northern Ireland Environmental Management survey which is widely recognised as the principal measure of environmental engagement in Northern Ireland. The overall participant score achieved for 2009 was 67%. First Trust Bank achieved a score of 83% which reflects the bank’s commitment in this area.

CSR Governance

A sub-committee of the main AIB Board – the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee – guides the company in meeting our CSR objectives. The committee reviews operations, policies and objectives in all of the areas highlighted above, in the light of changing circumstances and developments in best practice, and it recommends improvements, where necessary. It approves corporate-giving budgets and any substantial philanthropic donations. Particular focus during this year was directed to compliance with undertakings to the Irish Government on credit, complaint handling, staff welfare and vulnerable customers.

Further details at www.aibgroup.com/csr

 

11


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review

 

          Page
1.    Business description   
  

1.1        History

   13
  

1.2        Relationship with the Irish Government

   13
  

1.3        The businesses of AIB Group

   14
  

1.4        Organisational structure

   16
  

1.5        Strategy

   17
  

1.6        Competition

   18
  

1.7        Economic conditions affecting the Group

   20

2.           

   Financial data - 5 year financial summary    22

3.           

   Management report    24

4.           

   Capital management    51

5.           

   Critical accounting policies & estimates    54

6.           

   Deposits and short term borrowings    57

7.           

   Financial investments available for sale    59

8.           

   Financial investments held to maturity    61

9.           

   Contractual obligations    61

10.        

   Off-balance sheet arrangements    62

 

12


Table of Contents
Financial review -1. Business description   LOGO

 

1.1 History

AIB Group, originally named Allied Irish Banks Limited, was incorporated in Ireland in September 1966 as a result of the amalgamation of three long established banks: the Munster and Leinster Bank Limited (established 1885), the Provincial Bank of Ireland Limited (established 1825) and the Royal Bank of Ireland Limited (established 1836). Since that time, it has grown to become one of the largest Irish-based banking groups based on total assets at 31 December 2009.

AIB Group, comprising Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and its subsidiaries, conducts a broad retail and commercial banking business in Ireland, which, in addition to being one of the leading national branch networks, includes significant corporate lending and capital markets activities conducted from its head office at Bankcentre and from Dublin’s International Financial Services Centre.

The Group has conducted significantly greater international activities than its principal Irish based competitors since the early 1970s. It has established retail and corporate banking businesses in the United Kingdom (including Northern Ireland, where it also enjoys bank note issuing powers), Poland and the United States, primarily through its 22.7% non-consolidated ownership interest in M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”). M&T is a New York Stock Exchange-listed commercial banking business based in Buffalo, New York, with significant businesses in Maryland, Pennsylvania and other Eastern states. As of 31 December 2009, M&T, on a US GAAP basis, reported consolidated total assets of US$ 69 billion, deposits of US$ 47 billion and shareholders’ equity of US$ 7.8 billion. AIB owns this shareholding by virtue of the 2003 integration of the previously wholly owned Allfirst Financial Inc. (‘Allfirst’) into M&T.

The Group also has overseas branches in the United States, Germany, France and Australia among other locations, and a subsidiary company in the Isle of Man and Jersey (Channel Islands). It also has representative offices in a number of States in the United States.

In July 1991, AIB acquired TSB Bank Northern Ireland p.l.c. (“TSB NI”), a bank with 48 branches and outlets in Northern Ireland. In October 1996, AIB’s retail operations in the United Kingdom were integrated under the direction of a single board and the enlarged entity was renamed as AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. with two distinct trading names ‘First Trust Bank’ in Northern Ireland and ‘Allied Irish Bank (GB)’ in Great Britain.

The Group entered the Polish market in 1995, when it acquired a non-controlling interest in WBK. Since that time, it has completed a number of other transactions in Poland and through its 70.4% interest in Bank Zachodni WBK S.A. (“BZWBK”) is responsible for the management of a retail and commercial business that had consolidated total assets of € 13.2 billion, deposits of € 10.0 billion and shareholders’ equity of € 1.5 billion at 31 December 2009.

In January 2006, AIB completed a transaction that brought together Aviva Life & Pensions Ireland Limited (an Aviva Group p.l.c. subsidiary) and AIB’s life assurance subsidiary Ark Life under a holding company Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited (“ALH”), formerly Hibernian Life Holdings Limited. As a result, AIB owns an interest of 24.99% in ALH and has entered into an exclusive agreement to distribute the life and pensions products of the venture.

1.2 Relationship with the Irish Government

In the second half of 2008 and in 2009, the Irish Government introduced a range of measures, and took a number of steps, to strengthen the Irish banking industry and its participants, including the Group.

The Government’s support package commenced with the adoption in late 2008 with a scheme under which the Government guaranteed the deposits and other liabilities of participating institutions (including AIB and certain ‘covered’ subsidiaries) to 29 September 2010. This was followed in May 2009 by the subscription by the Government through the National Pension Reserve Fund Commission of € 3.5 billion non-cumulative redeemable preference shares in AIB. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Government introduced a modified deposit and liability-specific guarantee scheme to apply to senior unsecured debt obligations of the Group issued prior to 29 September 2010. Finally, the National Asset Management Agency (“NAMA”) Act was enacted on 22 November 2009, with participation in NAMA being approved by the AIB shareholders on 23 December 2009.

The details of each of these measures and steps is described in further detail in note 55 to the consolidated financial statements. The Irish Government measures referred to above have had a significant impact on the manner in which the Group conducts its business and also resulted in the need for a restructuring plan to be submitted to the Minister for Finance of Ireland, which ultimately requires approval by the European Commission. As a result of the Government Guarantee and subscription for preference shares, three non-executive directors have been nominted by the Minister for Finance and appointed to the AIB Board. There are also measures that influence the manner in which the Group extends credit to first time buyers of residential premises, small to medium enterprises (“SMEs”) and to other customers. The most significant restriction relates to the manner in which the Group can deal with its NAMA assets.

These Irish Government measures, and the ability of the European Commission to influence the future composition of the Group’s business, are significant factors that may influence our future results and financial condition.

 

13


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review -1. Business description

 

1.3 The businesses of AIB Group

The business of AIB Group is conducted through four major operating divisions as described below:

AIB Bank Republic of Ireland division

AIB Bank Republic of Ireland (“RoI”) division, with total assets of € 76.8 billion at 31 December 2009, covers retail and business banking operations in the Republic of Ireland, Channel Islands and Isle of Man, in addition to asset finance, wealth management and credit card services. RoI Division supports both business and personal customers and commands a strong presence in all key sectors including SME, mortgages and personal. It provides customers with choice and convenience through:

 

 

A range of delivery channels consisting of over 182 branches, 88 outlets and 15 Business Centres, 783 ATMs and AIB Phone & Internet Banking, as well as an alliance with An Post which gives our customers banking access at over 1,000 Post Offices nationwide;

 

 

A wide range of banking products and services; and

 

 

A choice of payment methods including cheques, debit and credit cards, self service and automated domestic and international payments.

AIB is the principal banker to many leading public and private companies and government bodies, and plays an important role in Ireland’s economic and social development. AIB is a founding member of the Irish Payment Services Organisation (“IPSO”) and is a member of the Irish Clearing Systems for paper, electronic and realtime gross settlement (“RTGS”). The main distribution channel for the division is an extensive branch network structured around retail banking and business banking. Retail Banking concentrates on the personal market and smaller businesses. Business Banking, through a network of business centres, focuses on medium to larger SMEs.

Complementing the AIB branch network services is our AIB Direct Channels operation (leading Irish on-line banking service), offering self service capability through online, telephone, ATM, self service kiosks and automated payments.

AIB Finance & Leasing is the asset financing arm in the Republic of Ireland. Its services include leasing, hire purchase and other asset backed finance delivered via the branch network, a direct sales force, broker intermediaries and also via internet.

The Wealth Management unit delivers wealth propositions to AIB customers, tailored to the needs of specific customer segments and also encompasses AIB’s share of ALH, AIB’s venture with Aviva Group Ireland plc.

AIB Card Services provides credit and debit card products to the RoI personal and corporate customer base, supporting their payment and consumer credit requirements. The products are delivered across all channels. AIB has a joint venture with First Data International, trading as AIB Merchant Services. This provides access to leading edge technology, enhanced risk management, operational capability and best in class functionality for merchants and partners in the merchant acquiring business.

Capital Markets division

The activities of AIB Capital Markets, with total assets of € 58.0 billion at 31 December 2009, comprise corporate banking, global treasury and investment banking, which includes asset management and stockbroking activities. These activities are delivered through the following business units: AIB Corporate Banking; Global Treasury; Investment Banking; and Allied Irish America (“AIA”).

AIB Corporate Banking provides a fully integrated, relationship-based banking service to top-tier companies, both domestic and international, including financial institutions and Irish commercial state companies. AIB Corporate Banking’s activities also include participating in, developing and arranging acquisition, project, property and structured finance in Ireland, the UK, North America, Continental Europe and the Asia Pacific region. Corporate Banking has also originated and manages four Collateralised Debt Obligation (“CDO”) funds. The cumulative size of the CDO funds at 31 December 2009 was € 1.6 billion.

Global Treasury, through its treasury operations, manages on a global basis the liquidity and funding requirements and the interest and exchange rate exposure of the Group. In addition, it undertakes proprietary trading activities, and provides a wide range of treasury and risk management services to corporate, commercial and retail customers of the Group. It also provides import and export related financial services through its international activities.

Investment Banking provides a comprehensive range of services including corporate finance through AIB Corporate Finance Limited; corporate finance and stockbroking through Goodbody Stockbrokers; outsourced financial services through AIB International Financial Services Limited; and asset management through AIB Investment Managers Ltd (“AIBIM”). AIBIM manages assets principally for institutional and retail clients in the Republic of Ireland. Investment Banking also includes the management of property fund activities (principally in Polish properties).

AIA’s core business activities are aimed at the not-for-profit sector, operating principally from New York and Los Angeles.

AIB Capital Markets is headquartered at Dublin’s International Financial Services Centre and has operations in a number of principal UK, US and Polish cities; and in Frankfurt, Paris, Luxembourg, Budapest, Zurich, Toronto and Sydney.

 

14


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

AIB Bank UK division

The AIB Bank UK division, with total assets of € 23.5 billion at 31 December 2009, operates in two distinct markets, Great Britain and Northern Ireland, with different economies and operating environments. The division’s activities are carried out primarily through AIB Group (UK) p.l.c., a bank registered in the UK and regulated by the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”).

Great Britain In this market, the division operates under the trading name Allied Irish Bank (GB) from 31 full service branches and 1 business development office. The divisional head office is located in Mayfair, London with a significant back office operation in Uxbridge, West London and a divisional processing centre in Belfast.

A full service is offered to business customers, professionals, and high net worth individuals.

Corporate Banking services operate from London, Birmingham and Manchester, with particular emphasis on the commercial property, education, health, horse racing and charity sectors.

Northern Ireland In this market, the division operates under the trading name First Trust Bank from 48 branches and outlets throughout Northern Ireland. The First Trust Bank head office is located in Belfast, together with the divisional processing centre.

A full service is offered to business and personal customers across the range of customer segments, including professionals and high net worth individuals, small and medium sized enterprises, and the corporate sector.

Specialist services, including mortgages, credit cards, invoice discounting and asset finance are based in Belfast and delivered throughout the division.

First Trust Independent Financial Services provides sales and advice on regulated products and services, including protection, investment and pension requirements to the whole of the division.

Central & Eastern Europe division

Central & Eastern Europe division, with total assets of € 12.3 billion at 31 December 2009 comprises (i) BZWBK, the Polish bank in which AIB has a 70.4% shareholding, together with its subsidiaries and associates (ii) Bulgarian American Credit Bank, a commercial bank operating through five branches in Bulgaria in which AIB has a 49.99% shareholding and (iii) AmCredit which consists of three branches of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., operating in Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia. BZWBK wholesale treasury and an element of BZWBK investment banking subsidiaries’ results are reported in the Capital Markets division.

BZWBK is Poland’s fourth largest bank by loans and by total equity. As at 31 December 2009 BZWBK Group had total assets of PLN 54.1 billion (€ 13.2 billion), operated through 512 branches and 1,042 ATMs. BZWBK’s registered office is located in Wroclaw in south-western Poland. Support functions are also located in offices based in Poznan and Warsaw. BZWBK is a universal bank providing a full range of financial services for retail customers, small and medium-sized enterprises and corporate customers. Apart from core banking facilities, the bank provides insurance services, trade finance, transactions in the capital, foreign exchange, derivatives and money markets. Brokerage services, mutual funds, asset management, leasing and factoring products are delivered to customers through subsidiaries with the extensive use of the bank’s distribution network. A wide variety of bank assurance products are offered to customers in co-operation with two joint ventures (a general and life insurance company) established in 2008 with Aviva plc.

The BZWBK branch network was originally concentrated in the western part of the country while elsewhere in Poland the bank operated primarily in major urban areas. Since 2007, BZWBK has grown its presence in central, northern and southern Poland, thus spanning most of the country. Basic retail products are also available through a franchise network mainly situated in small towns and residential areas. In 2009, the Bank’s business and corporate service models were revised to ensure better quality of customer relationship management. Three corporate business centres were dedicated to the comprehensive service of large corporate customers and a business banking channel of 15 locations was established across all key markets in Poland to manage the relationships with large SME and mid corporate customers. The BZWBK physical distribution network is complemented by BZWBK24, the electronic banking service, which gives retail and business customers convenient and safe access to their accounts via telephone, mobile phone and the internet. This also facilitates operations such as fund management and purchase of standard products (cash loans, credit cards, savings accounts and insurance).

 

15


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 1. Business description

 

1.4 Organisational structure

AIB Group consists of a number of legal entities, the parent company being Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., which has investments in a number of subsidiaries and associated companies. The business of the Group is conducted through its divisional structure which can span a number of legal entities. The following sets out the principal legal entities within the divisional structures as well as the more significant business activities:

 

AIB BANK ROI DIVISION    CAPITAL MARKETS DIVISION    AIB BANK UK DIVISION

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

General retail and business banking through some 270 branches and outlets and 15 business centres in the Republic of Ireland.

 

AIB Leasing Limited

Asset financing company providing leasing products.

 

AIB Insurance Services Limited

Provision of general insurance services. Acts as an insurance intermediary.

 

AIB Bank (CI) Limited Jersey

(Channel Islands) based company providing a full range of offshore banking services including lending and internet banking facilities and also offering offshore trust and corporate services through a subsidiary company. It also maintains a branch in the Isle of Man.

 

AIB Mortgage Bank

The Company’s principal activity is the issue of Mortgage Covered Securities for the purpose of financing loans secured on residential property or commercial property, in accordance with the Asset Covered Securities Act, 2001.

  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

Management of liquidity and funding needs; interest and exchange rate exposures; financial market trading activities; provision of lending; trade finance and commercial treasury services; provision of corporate banking and not-for-profit activities.

 

AIB Capital Markets plc

Provision of asset management, fund management and corporate advisory services, including equity investment.

 

AIB Corporate Finance Limited

Provision of corporate advisory services to companies including merger, acquisition, capital raising and strategic financial advice.

 

Goodbody Holdings Limited

Provision of a broad range of stockbroking and corporate advisory services, through its subsidiaries, Goodbody Stockbrokers and Goodbody Corporate Finance respectively.

 

AIB International Financial Services Limited

Provider of outsourced financial services to international banks and corporations.

 

AIB Asset Management Holdings (Ireland) Limited

Provides asset management and funds services management for institutional and retail clients through its subsidiary companies AIB Investment Managers Ltd. and AIB Fund Management Ltd.

  

AIB Group (UK) p.l.c.

31 branches and 1 business development office in Britain, trading as Allied Irish Bank (GB), focused primarily on the mid-corporate business sector. 48 branches and outlets in Northern Ireland, trading as First Trust Bank, focused on general retail and commercial banking and also asset finance and leasing.

 

CENTRAL & EASTERN EUROPE DIVISION

Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.

A commercial and retail bank which operates through 512 branches and 89 agency outlets in Poland.

 

Investment in Bulgarian-American Credit Bank AD

A 49.99% interest in a commercial bank which operates through five branches in Bulgaria.

 

AmCredit

A mortgage lender which operates through three branches in Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia.

 

GROUP DIVISION

Investment in M&T

A 22.7% interest in a retail and commercial bank, with its headquarters in Buffalo, New York, which operates through approximately 800 branches.

The above subsidiary undertakings are wholly-owned with the exception of Bank Zachodni WBK S.A. (70. 4%). The registered office of each is located in the principal country of operations for divisional reporting purposes. AIB’s investment in M&T is recorded under the Group division.

 

16


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1.5 Strategy

AIB’s strategy aims to restore the credibility of the organisation and ensure its viability within a 1,000 day period that started in December 2009 and runs to August 2012.

This strategy sees AIB as a customer and people-led organisation. This, in time, will have a significant impact on AIB’s culture and profitability.

The strategy sets out a ‘back to basics’ approach for AIB. The organisation will concentrate on taking deposits, lending prudently and providing an efficient and effective customer service. As part of this approach, products and services will be priced fairly, both for AIB and the customer.

Key objectives include:

 

   

The appointment of a new management team;

 

   

Ensuring AIB’s commitments to NAMA are met;

 

   

Addressing the requirements of the European Commission on the restructuring plan submitted in November 2009;

 

   

Better integrating AIB’s credit and risk functions, policies and practices to improve the identification and management of risk in a timely and effective way;

 

   

Developing capital-raising initiatives; and

 

   

Improving the delivery of AIB’s day-to-day customer service and renewing its focus on its ethical and business policies.

The objectives of AIB’s business plan for 2010 are supplemented by AIB’s EU restructuring plan that the Government was required to submit to the European Commission arising from the NPRFC investment.

The financial support provided by the Government to the Group under the CIFS Scheme, the NPRFC Investment, the ELG Scheme and the NAMA Programme has been, is and will be subject to review by the European Commission under EU state aid rules. The Government has submitted a restructuring plan (which was prepared by AIB Group) to the European Commission arising out of the NPRFC Investment that took place on 13 May 2009 and the review of that plan by the European Commission is currently underway.

 

17


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial Review - 1. Business description

 

1.6 Competition

The competition among providers of banking services in the areas in which the Group operates has been significantly affected by the challenging economic environment as well as the crisis in the banking sector. The global banking crisis has reduced the capacity of many institutions to lend and has resulted in the withdrawal of a number of market participants and the consolidation of a significant number of competitors. There has also been substantial government intervention in the banking sector in the form of guarantees, recapitalisation and full nationalisation, particularly in the Republic of Ireland and the United Kingdom (“UK”).

Republic of Ireland Competition in retail banking in the Republic of Ireland has undergone a significant transformation in light of the recent economic crisis. Government sponsored bank guarantee schemes and the recapitalisation of many banks operating in Ireland (both domestic and foreign) as well as the passing of legislation to establish the National Asset Management Agency have also contributed to a change in operating models and behaviours.

The focus of competitive activity in retail banking has been in providing enhanced credit support to existing customers as well as in the retention and gathering of deposits. Deposit pricing has been highly competitive between institutions and is at an unsustainable loss making level for the medium term.

The economic downturn has resulted in a fall off in demand for banking products and services in both the personal and business markets. In the personal market consumers are repaying debt and saving more, reflected in a reduction in national personal credit levels and an increasing national personal savings ratio. In the mortgage market there are a limited number of financial institutions actively engaged in supplying credit to first time buyers, while some institutions offer mortgages priced at uncompetitive levels.

In the last quarter of 2009, a number of institutions, both domestic and foreign, announced branch closures, head office rationalisations and voluntary redundancy schemes as business models are realigned to respond to the reduced demand for banking services.

UK There has been significant change in the banking industry in the UK as a result of the ongoing financial crisis. The UK Government, in common with many governments around the world, has taken steps to stabilise the industry. This has included, inter alia, the establishment of the Asset Protection Scheme (“APS”) which is designed to provide protection to some of the UK’s largest banks against future losses on their riskiest assets. The aim of the APS is to enable banks to continue to lend to creditworthy businesses and households. The European Commission has reviewed the restructuring plans of UK banks in receipt of state aid and in some cases has required those banks to dispose of certain assets or businesses in order to preserve competition in the sector.

There have been jobs cuts in the industry as certain institutions restructured and streamlined their operations and there has also been intense debate around director remuneration packages and the splitting of retail and investment businesses of certain banks.

A large number of independent reviews and enquiries into the banking crisis took place throughout the year with the aim of strengthening the financial system. Recommendations and changes included greater capital and liquidity requirements for banks, reward and remuneration adjustments to avoid excessive risk taking and greater transparency of pricing, terms and products for customers.

The FSA took over the Banking Code and Lending Code at the end of 2009 and introduced new regulations and customer standards including standards to speed up payments between accounts, notice of changes in terms and conditions, and improving procedures for querying unexpected transactions.

The Treasury and Bank of England implemented a number of measures to boost the UK economy, with the most controversial being the Quantitative Easing programme which has resulted in an additional Stg£ 200 billion being injected into the financial system in an attempt to boost bank lending. The Bank of England also maintained interest rates at 0.5% since March 2009, following seven months of rate cuts.

Competition for deposits heightened to a peak in November, with consumer saving rates rising steadily. Deposit rates have begun to fall since then, particularly on longer term deposits, and the expectation is they will continue to fall in 2010.

In November, The Supreme Court made a ruling in favour of the banks in the test case taken by the Office of Fair Trading (“OFT”) on the fairness of unauthorised overdraft charges. OFT continues to campaign for greater transparency in the operation and charging of bank accounts.

The EU Payment Services Directive came into force in the UK in November through the Payment Services Regulation (“PSR”), with the FSA implementing wide changes to the transmission of payments and the requirements of Payments Service Providers.

 

18


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Poland Poland’s banking sector is the biggest in Central and Eastern Europe and comprises 51 commercial banks and 578 cooperative banks, together with branches of 18 foreign credit institutions operating under the EU ‘single market’ principle. The key market participants include PKO BP, Pekao, BRE Bank, ING Bank Slaski, BZWBK, Citi Handlowy and Millenium Bank.

AIB Group, through its investment in BZWBK, has an approximate 5% share of the Polish financial services market. The competitive landscape in Poland is changing as a result of consolidation in the market place. The merger of Fortis bank and Dominet bank has resulted in BNP Paribas Fortis which is fully operational since August 2009. Three other mergers, namely BPH with GE Money Bank, AIG Bank with Santander Consumer Bank and Noble Bank with Getin Bank are scheduled to be finalised in 2010.

Competition is intensifying as similar strategies are being pursued by both the large and a number of medium-sized domestic banks. However, the rapid expansion of new branches, ATM networks and franchising outlets, witnessed prior to 2009, has now ceased.

In 2009, Polish banks focused primarily on adjusting their business models to difficult external conditions. This was reflected in more rigid cost control, tightening lending policies, and strong focus on deposit acquisition and retention. Banks with high loan to deposit ratios continued to aggressively price deposits. This price competition for deposits was most intense in late 2008 and early 2009, eroding net interest margins market-wide. However, as the National Bank of Poland reduced interest rates to historical low levels in mid 2009 and banks’ access to liquidity and funding improved, the intensity of competition in the deposit market reduced and interest rates for deposits stabilised. However, pricing above inter-bank rates is still a feature of the Polish deposit market.

United States AIB Corporate Banking through Corporate Banking North America (“CBNA”) competes with foreign and domestic banks focussing on participation in syndicated loans and subordinated debt transactions primarily within the leverage, real estate and structured finance and energy arenas. The credit crunch and market dislocation caused significant changes to market expectations resulting in a widespread lack of liquidity while also providing improved loan margins and structures. CBNA expects that growth will slow somewhat, particularly in new leverage deals, and it will continue to focus on portfolio quality. In addition, CBNA has been marketing treasury and deposit products to its credit customers.

AIA offers credit and treasury products, including deposits, to the US not-for-profit and municipal sectors competing with international and domestic banks and credit insurers.

M&T provides commercial and personal financial services, competing with firms in a number of industries including banking institutions, thrift institutions, credit unions, personal loan companies, sales finance companies, leasing companies, securities firms and insurance companies. Furthermore, diversified financial services companies with financial holding company status, are able to offer a combination of these services to their customers on a nationwide basis. See Supervision and Regulation—United States for regulatory changes in the US banking industry.

 

19


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 1. Business description

 

1.7 Economic conditions affecting the Group

While the Group has international businesses, principally in the UK and Poland, the majority of its activities are conducted in Ireland. As a result, the performance of the Irish economy is extremely important to the Group. However, the Group’s business operations in the United Kingdom, the eurozone, Poland and the United States mean that it is also influenced by political, economic and financial developments in those economies.

Since August 2007, global financial markets have experienced significant volatility and turmoil which have caused a breakdown of wholesale banking markets, large write-downs among financial institutions, a major change in the banking landscape and a credit crunch with serious problems for the non-financial sectors. The impact of this crisis has been clearly very damaging. According to the International Monetary Fund (“IMF”), world GDP fell by 0.8% in 2009 with the advanced economies suffering a decline in real GDP of 3.2%.

Real GDP in Ireland fell by 3% in 2008, bringing the average increase in the five years to 2008 to 3.8% per annum. The economy had expanded by 6% on average in the previous year. However, growth weakened significantly in the course of 2007, slowing from an annual rate of 7.3% in the first half to 4.8% in the second half of the year. The weakening trend continued into 2008 when Ireland officially went into recession. The fall in 2008 was only the second annual decline in real GDP since 1982.

On the basis of GDP data for the first three quarters of 2009, it is estimated that Irish real GDP declined by about 7.5% last year. A 30% fall in real fixed investment was the main impediment to growth. However, with a fall in total employment and a rise in the personal savings ratio, real consumer spending fell by over 7%. Exports declined by an estimated 2.5% reflecting the recessionary conditions in Ireland’s main trading partners. However, as final demand declined by about 8%, import demand reduced by about 9% in 2009.

While Ireland retains many of the fundamental factors that supported strong rates of economic growth in the past (such as a young and highly educated labour force, a relatively competitive personal and corporate tax regime, labour market flexibility, access to European and global markets, capital inflows from the European Union (“EU”) and continued inward foreign direct investment) the negative impact of the downward adjustment in residential investment in 2008 and 2009 predominated. Housing output fell by over 25% in 2008 taking almost 3.5 percentage points off real GDP. A further fall in residential investment of about 50% in 2009 accounted for another 3.5 percentage points off real GDP last year.

Due to the very large role played by exports by foreign owned multinationals in the Irish economy, there is a significant amount of annual profit repatriations which often results in differences in the annual growth in real GDP and real GNP. The latter was smaller in absolute terms in 2009 by the equivalent of 20% of nominal GDP. Real GNP fell by 2.8% in 2008. Over the five years to 2008 real GNP grew at an annual average rate of 3.5%. Real GNP fell by about 11% in 2009.

Economic conditions in the United States, the United Kingdom and the eurozone, Ireland’s three most important trading partners, deteriorated sharply in 2008 and 2009. Estimates for 2009, published by the IMF, indicate that economic growth in the United States fell by 2.5%; real GDP in the United Kingdom contracted by 4.8%; while growth in the eurozone fell by 3.9%. The Polish economy has maintained a relatively strong performance but growth slowed to 1.7% in 2009 from an estimated 5% in 2008. At this stage, modest recoveries are forecast for 2010 with the IMF expecting that real GDP will rise by 2.1% in the advanced economies but by 3.9% world-wide. Real GDP in Ireland is forecast to fall by another 2.5% in 2010, largely as a result of carryover effects from 2009 and the deflationary effects of changes in fiscal policy.

Ireland is a member of the eurozone. The European Central Bank (“ECB”), which regulates monetary policy for the euro area as a whole, cut the official refinancing rate to 1% in January 2009, from a peak of 4.25% in July 2008. As the Irish economy accounts for about 2% of eurozone GDP, economic and monetary developments in Ireland have only a marginal impact on the determination of monetary policy in the area as a whole.

The euro-US dollar exchange rate has been relatively volatile since mid-2007. However, the euro has appreciated steadily against sterling during this period. The overall trend in the euro represents a deterioration in Irish competitiveness since the start of the financial crisis in 2007. However, there has been some downward adjustment of Irish costs which should improve our competitiveness. Trade with non-eurozone countries remains important to Ireland. Irish external trade with the United States and the United Kingdom, Ireland’s two most important trading partners, accounted for a combined 38% of total merchandise exports and 48% of merchandise imports in the first ten months of 2009.

The annual rate of inflation stood at -5% at the end of 2009, down from +1.1% at the end of 2008. The fall in the rate of inflation largely reflected lower energy costs and the impact of lower mortgage rates. The annual average rate of inflation in 2009, as measured by the official Consumer Price Index (“CPI”), was -4.5%, compared with +4.1% in 2008. The inflation rate is expected to fall by up to 1% in 2010 on an annual average basis as weak economic activity continues to depress the overall price index. The annual rate of inflation in January 2010 was -3.9%. Irish inflation, as measured by the Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (“HICP”), fell by 1.7% in 2009 compared with +3.1% in 2008. This index is also expected to fall by about 1% in 2010.

 

20


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The Irish public finances have deteriorated sharply since 2007 moving from an estimated surplus of 0.3% of GDP in terms of the general government balance to a deficit of 11.7% in 2009. The rise in the deficit is due to the sharp fall in tax revenues largely associated with the downturn in the Irish housing market. The Irish budget for 2010 was introduced on 9 December 2009. The objective is to stabilise the deficit at 11.6% of GDP in 2010 before further corrective action is taken in later years to reduce it to more sustainable levels. The Irish deficit is now outside the terms of the EU’s Stability and Growth Pact, which sets an upper limit of 3% on general government deficits as a percentage of GDP, but which also allows for deviations in exceptional and temporary circumstances. The EU Commission decided on 18 February 2009 that while the Irish deficit was due to exceptional circumstances, it was not temporary. Indeed, the Irish authorities plan to reduce the deficit to below 3% of GDP by 2014.

As a result of higher budget deficits and falling levels of GDP, Ireland’s general government debt/GDP ratio is estimated at 64.5% in 2009, up from 44% in 2008. The debt ratio is forecast to rise to 78% in 2010. The debt ratio had fallen steadily from over 95% in 1991 to a low of 25% in 2007. It should be noted that the general government debt is defined on a gross basis. The 2009 figure does not allow for the equivalent of 25% of GDP, in cash balances and in the value of the National Pension Reserve Fund, to be offset against the gross position.

Ireland experienced a large rise in population over recent years averaging about 2.25% per annum, stemming from a natural increase in the population and positive net migration. However, the strong net inward migration trend diminished significantly in 2009 as labour market conditions weakened. Employment in Ireland fell by 8.8% year-on-year in the third quarter of 2009. However, while the labour force also contracted in the same period by 2.8%, the unemployment rate rose to 12.7% from 7% in the same quarter of the previous year. With a decline in employment in construction, total employment is expected to have fallen by over 8% in 2009 accompanied by a rise in the unemployment rate to almost 12% on average. Employment is forecast to decline by a further 4% in 2010 leading to a rise in the unemployment rate to over 13%.

 

21


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 2. Financial data - 5 year financial summary

 

The financial information in the tables below for the years ended 31 December 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of AIB Group for those periods. AIB Group’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). This information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, the accounting policies adopted, the consolidated financial statements of AIB Group and notes therein for the years ended 31 December 2009, 2008 and 2007 included in this Annual Financial Report.

Summary of consolidated income statement

 

     Years ended 31 December  
     2009
€ m
    Restated(1)
2008

€ m
    Restated(1)
2007

€ m
    2006
€ m
    2005
€ m
 

Net interest income

   3,233      3,867      3,418      2,999      2,530   

Other income

   1,626      1,201      1,450      1,327      1,117   
                              

Total operating income

   4,859      5,068      4,868      4,326      3,647   

Total operating expenses

   1,897      2,357      2,521      2,314      2,011   
                              

Operating income before provisions

   2,962      2,711      2,347      2,012      1,636   

Provisions

   5,380      1,849      99      104      143   
                              

Operating (loss)/profit

   (2,418   862      2,248      1,908      1,493   

Associated undertakings(1)

   (262   42      131      167      149   

Profit on disposal of property

   23      12      76      365      14   

Construction contract income

   1      12      55      96      45   

Profit on disposal of businesses(2)

   —        106      1      79      5   
                              

(Loss)/profit before taxation and non controlling interests in subsidiaries

   (2,656   1,034      2,511      2,615      1,706   

Income tax (income)/expense

   (322   144      442      433      319   
                              

(Loss)/profit after taxation - continuing operations

   (2,334   890      2,069      2,182      1,387   

Discontinued operation, net of taxation

   —        —        —        116      46   
                              

Net (loss)/income for the period

   (2,334   890      2,069      2,298      1,433   

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

   79      118      117      113      90   

Distributions to RCI holders(3)

   44      38      38      38      38   
                              

(Loss)/profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

   (2,457   734      1,914      2,147      1,305   
                              

Per ordinary share

          

Basic (loss)/earnings per share

   (215.2 )c    83.4   218.3   246.8   151.0

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share

   (215.2 )c    83.3   216.8   244.6   149.8

Dividends

   —        81.8   74.3   67.6   61.5

Selected consolidated statement of financial position data

 

     31 December
     2009
€ m
   Restated(1)
2008

€ m
   Restated(1)
2007

€ m
   2006
€ m
   2005
€ m

Total assets

   174,314    182,174    177,888    158,526    133,214
                        

Loans and receivables to banks and customers(4)

   131,464    135,755    137,068    120,015    92,361

Deposits by banks, customer accounts and debt securities in issue

   147,940    155,996    153,563    136,839    109,520
                        

Dated loan capital

   4,261    2,970    2,651    2,668    2,678

Undated loan capital

   189    692    813    871    868

Other capital instruments

   136    864    1,141    1,205    210

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

   626    1,344    1,351    1,307    1,248

Shareholders’ funds: other equity interests

   389    497    497    497    497

Shareholders’ equity(5)

   10,320    8,472    9,356    8,108    6,672
                        

Total capital resources

   15,921    14,839    15,809    14,656    12,173
                        

 

22


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Selected consolidated statement of financial position data (continued)

 

     31 December
     2009
m
   2008
m
   2007
m
   2006
m
   2005
m
Share capital - ordinary shares               

Number of shares outstanding

     918.4      918.4      918.4      918.4      918.4

Nominal value of € 0.32 per share

   294    294    294    294    294
Share capital - preference shares               

US$ non-cumulative preference shares

              

Number of shares outstanding

     —        —        0.25      0.25      0.25

Nominal value of US$ 25 each

     —        —      $ 6.25    $ 6.25    $ 6.25

2009 Preference shares(6)

              

Number of shares outstanding

     3,500      —        —        —        —  

Nominal value of € 0.01 per share

   35      —        —        —        —  
                                  

Other financial data(7)

 

     Years ended 31 December
     2009
%
    Restated(1)
2008

%
    Restated(1)
2007

%
   2006
%
   2005
%

Return on average total assets

   (1.29   0.47      1.22    1.63    1.20

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity

   (24.8   8.2      21.8    29.0    20.6

Dividend payout ratio

   —        36.8      36.3    29.3    43.5

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity as a percentage of average total assets

   4.3      4.8      5.2    5.2    5.3

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans to customers at year-end(4)

   4.1      1.4      0.6    0.7    0.8

Net interest margin(8)

   1.92      2.21      2.14    2.26    2.38

Tier 1 capital ratio(9)

   7.2 (10)    7.4 (10)    7.5    8.2    7.2

Total capital ratio(9)

   10.2 (10)    10.5 (10)    10.1    11.1    10.7
                          

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts - see Accounting Policies - Basis of Preparation and note 36 to the financial statements. The financial information for 2006 and 2005 has not been restated because it was impracticable to do so as the effects of the retrospective restatement are not determinable.

(2)

The profit on disposal of businesses in 2008 relates to a joint venture with First Data Corporation (see note 15 to the financial statements). The profit on disposal of businesses in 2006 of € 79 million includes profit relating to (a) the transfer by Ark Life of investment management contracts pertaining to the sale of Ark Life of € 26 million (tax charge Nil); (b) the sale of AIB’s 50% stake in AIB/BNY Securities Services (Ireland) Ltd of € 51 million (tax charge Nil); and (c) the sale of Ketchum Canada Inc. of € 1 million (tax charge Nil) and (d) the accrual of € 1 million (tax charge € 0.3 million) arising from the sale of the Govett business in 2003.

(3)

The distributions in 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 relate to the Reserve Capital Instruments (see note 21 to the financial statements).

(4)

Loans and receivables to customers includes loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA (see note 23 to the financial statements).

(5)

Includes both ordinary shareholders’ equity and the 3,500 million preference shares issued to the NPRFC in May 2009 (see note 49 to the financial statements).

(6)

Preference shares issued to the NPRFC on 13 May 2009.

(7)

The calculation of the average balances includes daily and monthly averages and are considered to be representative of the operations of the Group.

(8)

Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets. The net interest margin for the year ended 31 December 2008 reflects a net interest income figure that was adjusted to reflect a 365 day year for comparative purposes.

(9)

The minimum total capital ratio set by the EU Capital Requirements Directive is 8% of which the tier 1 element must be at least 4%. The Irish Financial Services Regulatory Authority (the ‘Financial Regulator’) has issued guidelines for implementation of the requirements of the EC Council Directives on own funds, solvency ratios and capital adequacy in Ireland. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in the US (the ‘Federal Reserve Board’) guidelines for risk-based capital requirements, applicable to all bank holding companies, require the minimum ratios of tier 1 capital and total capital to risk adjusted assets to be 4% and 8% respectively. Furthermore, the Federal Reserve Board has adopted leverage capital guidelines requiring bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of tier 1 capital to total quarterly average assets (‘tier 1 leverage ratio’) of at least 3%, in the case of a bank holding company which has the highest regulatory examination rating and is not contemplating significant growth. All other bank holding companies are expected to maintain a tier 1 leverage ratio at least 1% to 2% above the stated minimum.

(10)

Calculated under Pillar 1 (‘minimum capital requirements’) under the Capital Requirements Directive (see Financial reveiw - 4 Capital management).

 

23


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report

 

Overview

2009 was a very challenging year for AIB. Difficult economic conditions in Ireland and globally and significant asset impairments resulted in a material level of credit losses.

Operating profit before provisions was € 3.0 billion compared to € 2.7 billion in 2008. The 2009 profit included a gain of € 623 million from the capital exchange offering completed in June 2009 and € 159 million from an amendment to retirement benefits. The operating profit before provisions reflects the quality and diversity of the AIB businesses.

Provisions for loans and receivables were € 5.4 billion; a bad debt charge of 405 basis points with € 3.4 billion of this related to loans that have been identified for potential transfer to the National Asset Management Agency (“NAMA”)(1).

The operating environment continued to be very difficult with both the increased cost of deposits and higher funding costs evident and the net interest margin decreasing 29 basis points to 1.92%. There has been active management and reduction of the cost base in a period of lower revenue generation and higher credit losses.

Total operating income was down 11% excluding the capital exchange offering with costs down 15%(2) creating a positive income/cost growth rate gap of 4%(3) and a cost income ratio of 44.8%(3) compared with 46.5% in 2008.

The cost reduction of 15% included a retirement benefits amendment of € 159 million related to a change to the basis for which pension benefits are determined, moving from a final salary basis to averaging for five years prior to retirement. Excluding this item, costs were down 8%.

AIB’s loan/deposit ratio at 31 December 2009 was 146% (123% excluding loans held for sale to NAMA) compared to 156% at 30 June 2009 and 140% at 31 December 2008. Gross loans decreased 3% and customer deposits as a percentage of funding represented 51% of balance sheet requirement compared with 49% at 30 June 2009 and 54% at 31 December 2008.

During 2009,AIB’s capital position benefited from € 3.5 billion of core tier 1 capital from the Irish Government and € 1.2 billion from the capital exchange offering completed in June 2009.At 31 December 2009, AIB’s equity core tier 1 ratio(4) was 5.0%, core tier 1 capital ratio was 7.9% and total capital ratio was 10.2%.

AIB participates in the guarantee scheme for deposits and specified liabilities implemented by the Irish Government persuant to the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme 2008 (‘the CIFS Scheme’) and since 21 January 2010, in the Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme 2009 (‘the ELG Scheme’).

On 12 November 2009, AIB submitted a restructuring plan to the Irish Government in compliance with European Commission requirements in relation to state aid. The requirement followed the € 3.5 billion recapitalisation by the Irish Government on 13 May 2009 and the restructuring plan is currently under review by the European Commission.

On 7 April 2009, the Minister for Finance announced the Government’s intention to establish NAMA and on 22 November 2009, the NAMA Act was enacted providing for the establishment of NAMA. The participation of AIB in the NAMA programme was approved by shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on 23 December 2009.

Based on Irish Government statements, eligible asset regulations and ongoing interaction with NAMA, the Group estimates that NAMA may acquire from AIB land and development loans and certain associated loans with a gross value of up to approximately € 23 billion (before taking account of € 4.2 billion of loan loss provisions at 31 December 2009).

Outlook

The outlook and environment remain extremely challenging. There are very significant matters and initiatives including NAMA, the European Union decision on restructuring and funding costs/market conditions, all of which could materially affect the Group’s performance. In line with global trends for banks to hold more capital, AIB will be moving to increase its capital ratios. In 2010, AIB will prioritise restructuring and restoring its businesses to underpin viability and renewing the Group’s credibility amongst all its stakeholders.

 

(1)

See note 23 to the financial statements.

(2)

Costs down 8% excluding the gain from the retirement benefits amendment.-

(3)

Income/cost growth rate gap -3% and cost income ratio 48.5% excluding retirement benefits amendment.

(4)

Core tier 1 ratio excluding the € 3.5 billion of core tier 1 capital from the Irish Government.

 

24


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Commentary on results

AIB provides supplemental information of its results on a non-GAAP basis to enable readers and investors to understand the impact of the underlying performance on the key captions in the consolidated statement of income and consolidated statement of financial position, excluding the impact of currency factors. While this information is a non-GAAP measure under IFRS, AIB’s management considers the identification of currency factors to be an aid to the understanding and interpretation of the financial performance of the organisation. The effect of currency factors is described in more detail below.

Currency factors

A significant proportion of the Group’s earnings are denominated in currencies other than the euro. As a result, movements in exchange rates can have an impact on earnings growth.

In 2009, the US dollar average accounting rates strengthened relative to the euro by 5% and sterling and the Polish zloty weakened relative to the euro by 11% and 19% respectively compared with the year to December 2008. The impact on the 2009 income statement was offset by hedging gains of € 4 million.

At 31 December 2009, approximately 40% of the Group’s assets were denominated in currencies other than the euro. Movements in exchange rates can therefore have an impact on balance sheet caption growth rates. US dollar rate at 31 December 2009 compared to 31 December 2008, relative to euro over the same period was 3% weaker. Sterling and Polish zloty strengthened relative to the euro by 7% and 1% over the period from 31 December 2008 to 31 December 2009 respectively.

In 2008, the US dollar and sterling average accounting rates weakened relative to the euro by 7% and 14% respectively and Polish zloty average rates strengthened relative to the euro by 8% compared with the year to December 2007. The impact on the 2008 income statement was offset by hedging gains of € 4 million.

At 31 December 2008, approximately 40% of the Group’s assets were denominated in currencies other than the euro. Movements in exchange rates can therefore have an impact on balance sheet caption growth rates. US dollar rate at 31 December 2008 compared to 31 December 2007, relative to euro over the same period was 6% stronger. Sterling and Polish zloty weakened relative to the euro by 23% and 13% over the period from 31 December 2007 to 31 December 2008.

In addition, the Group presents an adjusted earnings per share, in accordance with IFRS, to adjust for material items of a non-recurring or one-off nature which impact on the performance of the organisation in the period under assessment. They are set out below as follows:

Gain on redemption of capital instruments

The capital exchange in June 2009 generated a gain of € 623 million, equivalent to EUR 130.2c per share.

Interest rate hedge volatility

Under IFRS, the reporting of hedges in place for interest rate volatility (hedging ineffectiveness and derivative volatility) can result in the net recording of a gain/loss in the statement of income. In 2009, this resulted in a decrease in profit before taxation of € 28 million (€ 27 million after taxation) equivalent to EUR 3.0c in earnings per share. In 2008, this resulted in an increase in profit before taxation of € 27 million (€ 26 million after taxation). The impact of hedge volatility was negligible in 2007.

Business acquisitions/disposals

There were no disposals of businesses, during 2009.

In January 2008, an arrangement with First Data Corporation was finalised. This arrangement involved the disposal of the Group’s merchant acquiring businesses which comprised property, plant and equipment amounting to € 3 million and merchant contracts which are intangible assets and had not been recorded in the books due to IFRS transitional rules. These assets were acquired by a group operating under the name AIB Merchant Services in which AIB Group holds a 49.9% share, with First Data Corporation holding 50.1%. The transaction gave rise to a profit on disposal of € 106 million before tax (tax charge: Nil).

Strategic property disposals

In 2005, AIB began a programme of sale and leaseback transactions on a number of branches and its headquarter location in Ireland. As part of this programme, during 2009, income of € 22 million (€ 18 million after taxation) was recorded of which profit on disposal of property amounted to € 21 million (€ 17 million after taxation) and construction contract income amounted to € 1 million (€ 1 million after taxation). In total, strategic property disposals contributed EUR 2.0 to earnings per share in 2009.

During 2008, income of € 14 million (€ 12 million after taxation) was recorded of which profit on disposal of property amounted to € 2 million (€ 1 million after taxation) and construction contract income amounted to € 12 million (€ 11 million after taxation). In total, strategic property disposals contributed EUR 1.4c to earnings per share in 2008.

During 2007, income of € 119 million (€ 106 million after taxation) was recorded of which profit on disposal of property amounted to € 64 million (€ 58 million after taxation) and construction contract income amounted to € 55 million (€ 48 million after taxation). In total, strategic property disposals contributed EUR 12.1c to earnings per share in 2007.

 

25


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report

 

Key performance indicators

The Group uses the following performance indicators in assessing the performance of the business: Adjusted EPS; net interest margin; cost income ratio; bad debt provision charge; impaired loans as a percentage of total loans; and tier 1 capital ratio. The commentary in this section discusses performance in relation to these metrics.

Earnings per share

Basic loss per share was EUR 215.2 in the year ended 31 December 2009 compared to basic earning per share of EUR 83.4c(1) in 2008, a decrease of EUR 298.6c. When loss per share for the year ended 31 December 2009 is adjusted for the loss on hedge volatility of EUR 3.0c, the profit relating to strategic property disposals of EUR 2.0c and the gain on redemption of capital instruments of EUR 130.2c, adjusted loss per share is EUR 344.4c in 2009. This is a decrease of EUR 411.4c, on an adjusted earnings per share for 2008 of EUR 67.0c(1).

Basic earnings per share was EUR 83.4c(1) in the year ended 31 December 2008 compared to EUR 218.3c(1) in 2007, a decrease of EUR 134.9c. When earnings per share for the year ended 31 December 2008 is adjusted for the gain on hedge volatility of EUR 3.0c, profit on disposal of business of EUR 12.0c and the profit relating to strategic property disposals of EUR 1.4c, adjusted earnings per share is EUR 67.0c(1) in 2008. This is a decrease of EUR 139.2c, or 68% on an adjusted earnings per share for 2007 of EUR 206.2c(1), when adjusted for the gain arising from strategic property disposals of EUR 12.1c.

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts - see Accounting Policies – Basis of preparation.

Net interest income

 

Net interest income

   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m

Net interest income

   3,233    3,867    3,418
              

Average interest earnings assets

   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m

Average interest earnings assets

   168,139    174,412    159,570
              

Net interest margin

   2009
%
   2008
%
   2007
%

Group net interest margin

   1.92    2.21    2.14
              

2009 v 2008

Net interest income was € 3,233 million in 2009, compared to € 3,867 million in 2008, a reduction of € 634 million. The reduction included the negative impact of currency movements of € 160 million. Excluding this item, net interest income reduced by € 474 million or 13%.

Weak demand for credit resulted in loans being lower than last year. Gross loans to customers reduced by 3% (including NAMA loans) and customer accounts decreased by 11% on a constant currency basis since 31 December 2008 (details of loan and deposit growth by division are contained on page 36).

The domestic and foreign margins for 2009 are reported in note 68.

AIB Group manages its business divisionally on a product margin basis with funding and groupwide interest exposure centralised and managed by Global Treasury. While a domestic and foreign margin is calculated for the purpose of statutory accounts, the analysis of net interest margin trends is best explained by analysing business factors as follows:

The Group net interest margin amounted to 1.92%, a decrease of 29 basis points compared with 2008. The decrease in net interest margin mainly reflects the significantly increased cost of customer deposits in a highly competitive marketplace, higher wholesale funding costs and a lower return on invested capital partly offset by higher loan margins and a higher treasury margin. The following analysis approximates the impact of each factor on the net interest margin decline.

The reduction in deposit income, resulting from the downward trend in interest rates and the increasing competitive nature of deposit markets, had a negative 42 basis point impact on the net interest margin.

Higher wholesale funding costs reduced the net interest margin by 4 basis points.

A lower return on invested capital in a low interest rate environment reduced the net interest margin by 6 basis points.

Higher loan income increased the net interest margin by 18 basis points and a higher treasury margin boosted the net interest margin by 5 basis points.

 

26


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

2008 v 2007

Net interest income was €3,867 million in 2008, compared to €3,418 million in 2007, an increase of €449 million. The increase was impacted by currency factors of €95 million. Excluding this item, net interest income increased by €544 million or 16%.

AIB Group manages its business divisionally on a product margin basis with funding and groupwide interest exposure centralised in, and managed by, Global Treasury. While a domestic and foreign margin is calculated for the purpose of statutory accounts, the analysis of net interest margin trends is best explained by analysing business factors as follows:

The Group net interest margin amounted to 2.21%, an increase of 7 basis points compared with the year to December 2007. The negative impact of higher funding costs was largely offset by a higher treasury margin.

Higher funding costs reduced the net interest margin by 11 basis points.

The Treasury margin was higher principally arising from interest rate and liquidity management activities benefiting from lower US dollar interest rates compared with higher euro based lending rates. The net interest income benefit of borrowing in US dollars and converting to euro had approximately € 150 million or an 8 basis point positive impact on the net interest margin which was offset by the cross currency swap cost which is reported in trading income on the other income line in the income statement.

In addition, Treasury’s positioning in interest rate markets had an 8 basis points positive impact on net interest margin. In total, the higher Treasury margin had a 16 basis point positive impact on the Group’s net interest margin.

Excluding higher funding costs, the interest income benefit of borrowing in US dollars and converting to euro, and positive Treasury income from positioning in interest rate markets, the Group net interest margin was 2 basis points higher than 2007.

Other income

The following table shows other income for the years ended 31 December 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

Other income

   Year
2009

€ m
         Capital
exchange
€ m
         Year 2009
excluding
capital exchange
€ m
         Year
2008

€ m
         Year
2007

€ m
 

Dividend income

   26         —           26         27         31   

Banking fees and commissions

   787           —           787         892         1,029   

Investment banking and asset management fees

   209           —           209         291         424   

Fee and commission income

   996         —           996         1,183         1,453   

Irish Government guarantee scheme

   (147      —           (147      (28      —     

Other fee and commission expense

   (88      —           (88      (114      (197

Less: Fee and commission expense

   (235      —           (235      (142      (197

Trading income/(loss)

   35         —           35         (104      62   

Currency hedging profits

   4         —           4         4         12   

Interest rate hedge volatility

   (28      —           (28      27         —     

Net trading income/(loss)

   11         —           11         (73      74   

Gain on redemption of subordinated liabilities

   623         (623      —           —           —     

Other operating income

   205         —           205         206         89   
                                          

Total other income

   1,626         (623      1,003         1,201         1,450   
                                          

2009 v 2008

Other income was € 1,626 million in 2009, which included a € 623 million gain on redemption of subordinated liabilities from the capital exchange offering. Excluding this gain other income was € 1,003 million, compared with € 1,201 million in 2008, a decrease of € 198 million. This decrease included the negative impact of currency factors of € 100 million and the negative impact of interest rate hedge volatility between 2008 and 2009 of € 55 million, excluding these factors, other income was down 4% compared with 2008.

This reflected weaker economic conditions in the markets in which AIB operates, lower revenues from investment banking, asset management and wealth management activities and the € 147 million cost of the Irish Government guarantee scheme in 2009 (€ 28 million in 2008). The decline of these other income elements were largely offset by higher trading income, profit on disposal of available for sale debt securities and growth in Polish banking fee income.

Dividend income of € 26 million primarily reflects dividends from investments held by the Polish business. While underlying dividends were higher compared with 2008, dividend income in 2009 was impacted by a weakening in the Polish zloty rate relative to the euro in 2009.

 

27


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report

 

Banking fees and commissions decreased by 5% (excluding currency factors) reflecting lower business volumes and activity.

Investment banking and asset management fees were down 19% (excluding currency factors) in 2009 mainly reflecting lower asset management income in Poland as a result of lower average managed funds in 2009. The increase in fee and commission expense was due to the cost of the Irish Government guarantee scheme where 2009 has the full year costs of the scheme compared with a one quarter charge in 2008.

Trading income was € 35 million. Trading income excludes interest payable and receivable arising from hedging and the funding of trading activities, which are included in net interest income. Trading income in 2009 reflected a more positive fair value impact on bond assets than 2008 which experienced more difficult trading conditions and the reclassification of assets as available for sale in 2008. In 2009 there was a fair value charge of € 73 million to trading income in relation to the structured securities portfolio, while the charge was € 53 million in 2008.

Other operating income in 2009 was € 205 million compared with € 206 million in 2008. Profit from the disposal of available for sale debt securities of € 165 million was recorded in 2009. 2008 included € 71 million profit on disposal of available for sale debt securities and profit on disposal of available for sale equity shares of € 75 million, including the sale of Visa and MasterCard shares.

2008 v 2007

In the year ended 31 December 2008, other income was € 1,201 million, compared with € 1,450 million for the year ended 31 December 2007, a decrease of € 249 million. This decrease included the impact of currency factors of € 8 million, excluding this factor, other income decreased by € 241 million. This decrease mainly reflects the cost of cross currency swaps used to manage liquidity (cost of approximately € 150 million offset in net interest income—see previous page), lower revenues from asset management and wealth management activities, the € 28 million cost of the Irish Government guarantee, which commenced in October 2008 and the disposal of 50.1% of AIB’s merchant acquiring business. The decline of these income elements was partly offset by growth in customer treasury fees.

Dividend income of € 27 million primarily reflects dividends from investments held by the Polish business.

Banking fees and commissions decreased by 13%, reflecting the disposal of 50.1% of AIB’s merchant acquiring business. Excluding the impact of the disposal, banking fees and commissions were down 1%.

Investment banking and asset management fees were down 31% in 2008. The decrease reflects lower asset management income as a result of lower managed funds and a lower level of stockbroking income.

Fee and commission expense in 2008 includes an amount of € 28 million in relation to the Irish Government guarantee scheme. The decrease in fee and commission expense in 2008 was primarily due to the disposal of AIB’s merchant acquiring businesses with a full year’s commission expense recorded in 2007.

Trading income was a negative € 104 million due in part to the cost of cross currency swaps used to manage liquidity (offset in net interest income as stated on the previous page) and also reflecting the fair value impacts on bond assets in difficult trading conditions. Trading income excludes interest payable and receivable arising from hedging and the funding of trading activities, which is included in net interest income. Accordingly, the above trading income does not reflect the full extent of trading activities, which are mainly in Global Treasury. The trading income out-turn also included valuation charges in the structured securities portfolio (€ 36 million). In addition there was a charge to income of € 17 million in the CDO portfolio arising from the disposal of the only transaction that contained an element of subprime in this portfolio.

Other operating income of € 206 million in 2008 includes profit of € 71 million on available for sale debt securities and profit on disposal of available for sale equity shares of € 75 million, including the profit on Visa and MasterCard shares. Other operating income of € 89 million in 2007 includes € 40 million profit on the sale of a trade investment in Investment Banking

Total operating expenses

The following table shows operating expenses for the years ended 31 December 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

Operating expenses

   2009 €
m
   2008 €
m
   2007 €
m

Personnel expenses

   1,113    1,412    1,615

General and administrative expenses

   628    775    761

Depreciation(1)/amortisation(2)

   156    170    145
              

Total operating expenses

   1,897    2,357    2,521
              

 

(1)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment.

(2)

Impairment and amortisation of intangible assets.

 

28


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

2009 v 2008

Operating expenses were € 1,897 million in 2009, a decrease of € 460 million when compared to € 2,357 million in 2008. This decrease of 20% included the positive impact of currency factors of € 128 million, excluding which costs decreased by 15%. There was a gain of € 159 million from an amendment to retirement benefits excluding which costs decreased by 8%. This reflected a strong focus on cost management as a key priority in a period of slower economic conditions and a difficult revenue generation environment. The cost savings achieved in 2009 were in addition to cost savings of 5% in 2008. The decrease in costs was achieved notwithstanding costs in 2009 associated with the preparation for participation in NAMA (€ 29 million) and the impact of the investment in the branch network in BZWBK.

Personnel expenses in 2009 were € 1,113 million, a reduction of € 299 million or 21% (17% excluding currency factors) compared with € 1,412 million in 2008. This reflected the aforementioned gain of € 159 million from the retirement benefits amendment, a reduction in staff numbers during 2009 of approximately 1,600, lower variable staff compensation costs and tight management of all expense categories. General and administrative expenses of € 628 million in 2009 were € 147 million or 19% lower than € 775 million in 2008 (13% lower excluding currency factors) due to cost saving initiatives and the ongoing monitoring of costs throughout the Group. Depreciation/amortisation of € 156 million in 2009 was 8% lower (4% excluding currency factors) than € 170 million in 2008. Amortisation in 2008 included an impairment charge of € 15 million in relation to the investment in AmCredit.

2008 v 2007

In the year ended 31 December 2008, operating expenses were € 2,357 million, compared with € 2,521 million for the year ended 31 December 2007, a decrease of € 164 million. This decrease included the impact of currency factors of € 34 million, excluding this factor, operating expenses decreased by € 130 million, or 5%. This reflects a focus on cost management in a period of slower economic conditions and slower revenue generation. There was a significant decrease in variable compensation and other cost reductions were achieved across a number of expense categories reflecting the Group’s ability to proactively respond to changing economic conditions. The decrease in costs was achieved notwithstanding the investment in branch network expansion in BZWBK (with 95 branches opened since 31 December 2007).

Personnel expenses decreased by 13% compared with 2007, reflecting a decrease in variable staff compensation costs and tight management of all expense categories. General and administrative expenses were 2% higher, mainly due to € 21 million (Stg£ 17 million) of UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (“FSCS”) costs and business expansion in Poland.

Depreciation/amortisation increased by 17% compared with 2007 due to project and investment spend in recent years and an impairment charge of € 15 million in relation to the investment in AmCredit.

Productivity improved with the cost income ratio reducing from 51.8% in 2007 to 46.5% in 2008.

Asset quality

Unless otherwise stated, total customer loans in the following commentary refers to loans and receivables to customers including loans held for sale to NAMA.

The table below shows the ratings profile of AIB’s loan book.

 

Loans and receivables to customers

Ratings profiles - masterscale grade

   2009(1)
€ m
         2008
€ m
 
       

1 to 3

   19,174         20,924   

4 to 10

   66,974         93,477   

11 to 13

   9,178         5,896   
   95,326         120,297   

Past due but not impaired

   4,785         8,875   

Impaired(2)

   6,496         2,991   
               
   106,607         132,163   

Unearned income

   (279      (382

Provisions

   (2,987      (2,292
               

Loans and receivables to customers

   103,341         129,489   
               

 

(1)

Loans and receivables to customers at 31 December 2009 exclude loans held for sale to NAMA.

(2)

Total impaired loans at 31 December 2009 were € 17,453 million including the € 6,496 million in the table above and € 10,957 million in relation to loans held for sale to NAMA in the following table.

 

29


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report

 

Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA

Ratings profiles - masterscale grade

   2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
       

1 to 3

   21         —  

4 to 10

   7,665         —  

11 to 13

   2,684         —  
   10,370         —  

Past due but not impaired

   1,868         —  

Impaired

   10,957         —  
             
   23,195         —  

Provisions

   (4,165      —  
             

Loans and receivables to customers held for sale to NAMA

   19,030         —  
             

The Group’s rating systems consist of a number of individual rating tools in use across the Group designed to assess the risk within particular portfolios. These rating tools are calibrated to meet the needs of individual business units in managing their portfolios. All rating tools are built to a Group standard and independently validated by Group. The identification of loans for specific impairment assessment is driven by the Group’s rating systems. In addition, the ratings profiles are one of the factors that are referenced in determining the appropriate level of incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) provisions. The Group uses a 13 point Group ratings masterscale to provide a common and consistent framework for aggregating, comparing and reporting exposures, on a consolidated basis, across all lending portfolios. The masterscale, which is not in itself a rating tool, is probability of default (“PD”) based and is not used in provision methodologies. The masterscale consists of a series of PD ranges between 0% and 100% (where 100% indicates a borrowing already in default) and facilitates the aggregation of borrowers for comparison and reporting that have been rated on any of the individual rating tools in use across the Group. A recalibration of a rating tool can result in a change in the PD attached to an individual grade and hence can result in a change to the masterscale profile at portfolio level.

Grades 1 – 3 would typically include strong corporate and commercial lending combined with elements of the retail portfolios and residential mortgages.

Grades 4 – 10 would typically include new business written and existing satisfactorily performing exposures across all portfolios. The lower end of this category (Grade 10) includes a portion of the Group’s criticised loans (i.e. loans requiring additional management attention over and above that normally required for the loan type). In the table on page 31, impaired loans and those loans that are past due but not impaired are identified separately.

Grades 11 – 13 contain the remainder of the Group’s criticised loans, excluding impaired loans, together with loans written at a high PD where there is a commensurate higher margin for the risk taken.

The Group’s total criticised loans and receivables to customers amounted to € 38.2 billion at 31 December 2009, comprising € 16.4 billion of loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA and € 21.8 billion for loans and receivables to customers.

The Group’s criticised loans held for sale to NAMA of € 16.4 billion (detailed below) are distributed in the table on page 31 as follows: € 1.4 billion in grades 4 - 10; € 2.7 billion in grades 11 - 13; € 1.3 billion in past due but not impaired; and all of the impaired loans of € 11.0 billion. Included in loans and receivables are approximately € 23 billion which are held for sale to NAMA of which 71% are criticised. These criticised loans largely relate to land and development loans with the remaining related to NAMA associated loans mainly in the distribution, other services and personal sectors.

The Group’s criticised loans of € 21.8 billion (excluding loans held for sale to NAMA) are distributed in the table on page 31 as follows: € 4.1 billion in grades 4 - 10; € 8.6 billion in grades 11 - 13; € 2.6 billion in past due but not impaired; and all of the impaired loans of € 6.5 billion.

The following tables show criticised loans held for sale to NAMA and within the total loan book. Criticised loans include watch, vulnerable and impaired loans and are defined as follows:

Watch: credit exhibiting weakness but with the expectation that existing debt can be fully repaid from normal cashflow.

Vulnerable: credit where repayment is in jeopardy from normal cashflow and may be dependent on other sources.

Impaired: a loan is impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the assets (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact such that the present value of future cash flows is less than the current carrying value of the financial asset or group of assets i.e. requires a provision to be raised through the profit and loss.

 

30


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Criticised loans by division

(held for sale to NAMA)

   Watch loans
€ m
   Vulnerable loans
€ m
   Impaired loans
€ m
   Total
criticised loans
€ m
   2009 % of
total
gross loans

AIB Bank ROI

   2,298    2,122    10,114    14,534    75.7

Capital Markets

   —      36    —      36    7.0

AIB Bank UK

   457    498    843    1,798    54.1

CEE

   —      —      —      —      —  
                        

AIB Group

   2,755    2,656    10,957    16,368    70.6
                        

Criticised loans by division

(total)

   Watch loans
€ m
   Vulnerable loans
€ m
   Impaired loans
€ m
   Total
criticised loans
€ m
   2009
% of
total
gross loans

AIB Bank ROI

   8,528    5,540    14,620    28,688    36.9

Capital Markets

   241    447    559    1,247    5.5

AIB Bank UK

   2,349    2,376    1,755    6,480    31.8

CEE

   1,002    241    519    1,762    20.1
                        

AIB Group

   12,120    8,604    17,453    38,177    29.4
                        

Criticised loans by division

   Watch loans
€ m
   Vulnerable loans
€ m
   Impaired loans
€ m
   Total
criticised loans
€ m
   2008
% of
total
gross loans

AIB Bank ROI

   6,276    2,995    1,862    11,133    14.5

Capital Markets

   190    141    338    669    2.6

AIB Bank UK

   1,506    984    522    3,012    15.2

CEE

   200    182    269    651    7.4
                        

AIB Group

   8,172    4,302    2,991    15,465    11.7
                        

The Group’s total criticised loans at 31 December 2009 were € 38.2 billion or 29.4% of total customer loans (€ 33.4 billion or 25% at 30 June 2009 and € 15.5 billion or 11.7% of loans at 31 December 2008).

Within total criticised loans, there has been a very significant increase in total Group watch/vulnerable loans which amount to € 20.7 billion (15.9% of total customer loans) up from € 12.5 billion (9.5% of total customer loans) at 31 December 2008. The pace of increase into criticised slowed during the second half of the year. This reflected the significant portion of the loan book already criticised rather than a material improvement in its quality.

AIB Bank ROI represents 77% of the increase in criticised loans and while heavily influenced by the downgrade of cases in the property and construction sector, there were also significant increases in the hotels, licensed trade and motor trade sub-sectors in the period. Levels of arrears also increased in the residential mortgage portfolio with 91+ days arrears at 1.96% up from 0.70% at December 2008 with arrears on the buy-to-let portfolio which represents approximately 29% of the portfolio at over twice the level of owner occupier arrears. The increased arrears levels reflect the impact of increased unemployment, however they are below industry average.

Capital Markets accounts for 3% of the increase of criticised loans, spread across a number of geographies and sectors, impacted by the downturn in the markets in which the division operates.

AIB Bank UK accounts for 15% of the increase in criticised loans in the period, influenced by continuing low levels of activity and weak asset prices in the property and construction portfolio and the deteriorating trend in the leisure sector, particularly in the licensed trade sub-sector.

CEE represents 5% of the increase in criticised loans which is largely impacted by the introduction of a broader definition of watch loans in Poland with the remaining increase due to deterioration in the property market in that region and an increase in arrears in the personal portfolio.

In the second half of 2008 and through 2009, AIB deployed significant additional experienced credit personnel to manage the increased level of criticised loans particularly in AIB Bank ROI and their objective is the proactive management, in terms of earlier identification and more intensive management, of problem loans, with a view to minimising the loss impact of borrower failure.

Following transfer of loans and receivables to NAMA, AIB Bank ROI division’s loans and receivables at approximately € 58 billion will represent approximately 55% of the Group’s loan portfolio comprising € 27 billion in residential mortgages, € 12.8 billion in property and construction loans, € 12.6 billion in non-property loans and a further € 6 billion in the personal sector.

 

31


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report

 

Of the € 12.8 billion in the property and construction sector, € 5.4 billion (42%) is in criticised grades, including € 2.2 billion in impaired loans. Specific provisions of € 0.5 billion are held for these loans providing cover of 23% with total provisions to total loans of 6.1%.

Included in the € 12.6 billion in non-property loans are the following main sub-sectors: hotels € 1.6 billion; licenced trade € 1.1 billion; retail € 1.6 billion; motor trade € 0.3 billion; other services € 2.9 billion; and agriculture € 1.9 billion. Of the € 12.6 billion in non-property and the € 6 billion in the personal sector, 33% are in the criticised grades, including € 1.9 billion in impaired loans. Specific provisions of € 0.9 billion providing 47% cover are held for this portfolio, with total provisions to total loans (€ 18.6 billion) of 6.5%.

The following table shows impaired loan balances by division and as a percentage of customer loans.

 

Impaired loans by division

   NAMA
€ m
   Non NAMA
€ m
   2009
Total

€ m
   2008
Total
€ m

AIB Bank ROI

   10,114    4,506    14,620    1,862

Capital Markets

   —      559    559    338

AIB Bank UK

   843    912    1,755    522

CEE

   —      519    519    269
                   

AIB Group

   10,957    6,496    17,453    2,991
                   

% of total gross loans

   NAMA
%
   Non NAMA
%
   2009
Total
%
   2008
Total
%

AIB Bank ROI

   52.2    7.7    18.9    2.4

Capital Markets

   —      2.5    2.5    1.3

AIB Bank UK

   25.8    5.3    8.6    2.6

CEE

   —      5.9    5.9    3.1
                   

AIB Group

   47.2    6.1    13.5    2.3
                   

Group impaired loans as a percentage of total customer loans increased significantly to 13.5%, up from 2.3% at 31 December 2008. This increase reflects the considerable and continued deterioration in the markets in which the Group operates, primarily the ROI property market and to a lesser extent the UK, with contagion into other sectors also evident. Property & construction impaired loans constitute 77% of total Group impaired loans.

€ 11 billion or 63% of Group impaired loans relate to loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA and represent 47% of total NAMA eligible assets of up to approximately € 23 billion.

Impaired loans in AIB Bank ROI increased to 18.9% of total customer loans up from 2.4% at 31 December 2008, heavily impacted by the continuing and severe downturn in the property sector with little activity and reduced asset prices across the industry. Loans to the property sector now account for 81% of divisional impaired loans compared with 60% at 31 December 2008, with the majority of the impaired loans relating to the land/development sub-sectors. However other sectors which are also showing signs of pressure are residential mortgages and distribution (which includes hotels, licensed trade and motor trade) where impaired loans amount to 1.75% and 17.2% up from 0.64% and 2.3% respectively in 2008.

€ 10.1 billion representing 52% of the € 19.4 billion of loans and receivables in AIB Bank ROI division held for sale to NAMA are impaired. 96% of these impaired loans relate to the property and construction sector with the remainder relating to associated impaired loans in the distribution and personal sectors.

Impaired loans in Capital Markets increased to 2.5% of total customer loans, up from 1.3% at 31 December 2008 spread across portfolios and geographies, in particular in the property and other services sectors in the US and the financial sector where a small number of large cases and some structured securities were downgraded to impaired status in the period. At 31 December 2009, there were no impaired loans in the € 550 million portfolio of loans held available for sale to NAMA.

In AIB Bank UK, impaired loans increased to 8.6% of total customer loans compared with 2.6% at 31 December 2008. There were increases across a number of sectors, particularly the property and leisure sectors. € 843 million representing 25.8% of the loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA of € 3.3 billion are impaired and in the main relate to land and development exposures of € 2.3 billion. Other NAMA associated impaired loans are in the property investment, financial and other services sectors.

Impaired loans in Poland increased to 5.5% of total customer loans up from 2.9% at 31 December 2008 primarily reflecting the

 

32


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

slowdown in the property sector in the period but also impacted by increased impairment in personal sector credits. Impaired loans in AmCredit at € 42 million or 47% of total customer loans at 31 December 2009 increased from € 19 million at 31 December 2008 and continue to be impacted by the severe downturn in the residential property market in the Baltic region. CEE impaired loans were 5.9% of total customer loans compared with 3.1% at 31 December 2008.

Total provisions(1) were € 5,380 million, up from € 1,849 million in 2008.

 

Provisions

   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
 

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

   5,355    1,822      106   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

   1    (2   (8

Amounts written off financial investments available for sale

   24    29      1   
                 

Total provisions

   5,380    1,849      99   
                 

 

(1)

Includes amounts written off financial investments available for sale.

The crisis in the global financial markets and the severe downturn in the economies in which the Group operates continued to

significantly impact on our businesses throughout 2009 and resulted in a further substantial increase in the provision charge for loans and receivables to customers which was € 5,350 million or 4.05% of average customer loans in 2009 compared with € 1,822 million or 1.37% in 2008. The provision charge for loans and receivables to customers included specific provisions of € 5,159 million (3.91% of average loans) and IBNR provisions of € 191 million (0.14% of average loans) compared with € 848 million or 0.64% and € 974 million or 0.73% respectively in 2008. The increased specific charge resulted largely from the significant level of impairment and associated provisions in our property portfolios in RoI. The IBNR charge at € 191 million was low relative to 2008 reflecting the substantial recognition of impairment in the year which is covered by specific provisions and management’s view at balance sheet date of the incurred but not reported loss in the remaining performing book. The Group holds a stock of IBNR provisions of € 1.4 billion as at balance sheet date (€ 1.15 billion as at December 2008).

The property and construction sector accounted for 73% or € 3.9 billion of the Group’s total provision charge for the year of € 5.4 billion for loans and receivables to customers compared to 79% or € 1.4 billion of the total charge of € 1.8 billion in 2008. Other sectors have also been impacted during the year as the non-property related provision charge was € 1.5 billion compared with € 0.4 billion in 2008.

Of the € 5,350 million of provisions for impairment for loans and receivables to customers, € 3,373 million or 63% relates to loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA. At 31 December 2009 the statement of financial position included € 4.2 billion of provisions for loans held for sale to NAMA.

 

     Year 2009    Year 2008

Divisional impairment charges

   NAMA
€ m
    Non NAMA
€ m
   Total
€ m
   Total
€ m

AIB Bank ROI

   3,215      1,258    4,473    1,298

Capital Markets

   (8   364    356    160

AIB Bank UK

   166      229    395    257

CEE

   —        126    126    107
                    

AIB Group

   3,373      1,977    5,350    1,822
                    

The following table sets out the impairment charge as a percentage of average loans by division.

 

     Year 2009    Year 2008

Divisional impairment charges

   NAMA
bps
    Non
NAMA(1)
bps
   Non NAMA
residential mortgages
bps
   Total
bps
   Total bps

AIB Bank ROI

   1,659      363    33    576    174

Capital Markets

   (1   148    145    141    60

AIB Bank UK

   509      157    33    191    111

CEE

   —        155    116    147    126
                         

AIB Group

   1,454      241    40    405    137
                         

 

(1)

Non NAMA loans excluding residential mortgages.

 

33


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report

 

The AIB Group provision charge of 4.05% of average total customer loans comprised of 14.54% relating to NAMA and 1.82% relating to the non NAMA portfolio (including 0.40% for residential mortgages and 2.41% for other non NAMA loans).

In AIB Bank ROI the provision charge increased to 5.76% of average customer loans compared with 1.74% at December 2008. The charge included specific provisions of € 4,323 million and IBNR provisions of € 150 million. Provisions for loans in the property portfolio accounted for approximately 80% of the charge primarily in the land and development element of the property portfolio (€ 17.1 billion) where the illiquid property market and reduced asset values continued to impact our borrowers.

There was an addition to IBNR provisions of € 150 million in the year and the factors influencing this were the introduction of enhanced credit management processes and the significant level of impaired loans and their related specific provisions which were recognised in the period, and by the reduction in performing advances at € 63.2 billion compared with € 74.9 billion at 31 December 2008.

The total residential mortgage portfolio in ROI division amounted to € 27.1 billion at 31 December 2009, split 64% owner occupier, 29% buy-to-let with staff and other accounting for the remaining 7%. The provision charge for this book was € 91 million or 0.35% of total average residential mortgages compared with € 35 million or 0.16% in December 2008 impacted by increasing unemployment.

The provision charge in the finance & leasing operation in ROI (excluding residential mortgages) increased significantly to € 166 million compared with € 80 million for December 2008 with the main contributors to this position being the plant, equipment and transport financing sub-sectors (portfolio size of € 2.1 billion) which are continuing to be impacted by the low levels of activity in the property and construction sector.

€ 3,215 million or 72% of the charge of € 4,473 million related to loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA. The charge represents 16.6% of the € 19.4 billion of loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA in AIB Bank ROI division and these primarily relate to loans in the land and development sub-sector but also include associated loans in the property investment, distribution, other services and personal sectors.

In Capital Markets the provision charge was € 356 million or 1.41% of average customer loans compared with € 160 million or 0.60% in 2008. The charge included a specific provision of € 326 million and an IBNR provision of € 30 million to recognise the deteriorating grade profile within the performing book. While the provision charge was spread across a number of geographies, the principal sectors impacted were financial, manufacturing, distribution and property sectors.

Included in the above charge is a credit of € 8 million for provisions in relation to loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA. The positive position is largely as a result of the write-back of a provision which is no longer required due to improved performance relating to an associated loan in the property sector.

In AIB Bank UK, the provision charge increased to € 395 million or 1.91% of average loans compared with € 257 million or 1.11% in 2008. While the increase was heavily influenced by property sector cases which accounted for 66% of the charge, there was also evidence of increased provisioning relating to other sectors, particularly the leisure sector where a number of customers in the licensed trade sub-sector have been experiencing problems.

42% (€ 166 million) of the charge of € 395 million related to loans and receivables of € 3.3 billion which are held for sale to NAMA. 90% of the charge related to land and development advances with the remainder largely held for associated property investment assets.

The provision charge for CEE was 1.47% of average customer loans. The provision charge in Poland at € 113 million or 1.34% of average customer loans increased from € 98 million or 1.16% in 2008 reflecting increases in provisions in property sector and personal sectors. The provision charge for AmCredit was € 13 million or 11.75% of gross customer loans, reflecting the continuing weak mortgage market in the Baltics.

 

Associated undertakings

   2009
€ m
    Restated(1)
2008 € m
    Restated(1)
2007 € m

Share of results of associated undertakings

   46      99      130

Profit on disposal of investment in associated undertakings

   —        —        1

Impairment of associated undertakings

   (308   (57   —  
                
   (262   42      131
                

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts - Accounting policies—Basis of preparation.

2009 v 2008

Losses from associated undertakings in 2009 were € 262 million compared with income from associated undertakings of € 42 million in 2008. Associated undertakings include the income after taxation of AIB’s 23.3% average share of M&T Bank Corporation, AIB’s investment in BACB in Bulgaria and Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited (previously known as Hibernian Life Holdings Limited), the

 

34


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

joint venture in Life and Pensions with Aviva. Following the global economic downturn and the resultant impact on banking valuations generally, an impairment review resulted in impairment charges of € 200 million to AIB’s investment in M&T and € 108 million to AIB’s investment in BACB, which is reflected in the associated undertakings loss. Excluding the impairment, M&T’s contribution of US$ 61 million (€ 44 million) was down 56% relative to 2008 contribution of US$ 138 million (€ 94 million). The performance of M&T in 2009 was affected by merger costs related to the Provident acquisition, a Federal Deposit Insurance

Corporation charge, writedowns on the securities portfolio and higher credit provisions. The contribution of M&T to AIB Group’s

2009 performance in euro was impacted by a strengthening in the US dollar rate relative to the euro in 2009. The associate holding in BACB resulted in a loss of € 103 million in 2009 (excluding funding costs of € 1 million).

2008 v 2007

Associated undertakings include the income after taxation of AIB’s 24.2% average share of M&T Bank Corporation, AIB’s investment in BACB in Bulgaria and Hibernian Life Holdings Ltd, the Life and Pensions venture with Hibernian. M&T’s contribution of US$ 138 million (€ 94 million) was down 17% relative to the year to December 2007 contribution of US$ 166 million (€ 120 million). The performance of M&T in 2008 was affected by writedowns on shares held in Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae and by unprecedented turbulence in the financial markets. Separate to this, M&T experienced good growth in its commercial and property books. The contribution of M&T to AIB Group’s 2008 performance in euro was also impacted by a weakening in the US dollar rate relative to the euro in 2008. The investment in BACB resulted in a loss of € 54 million in 2008 (excluding funding costs of € 2 million). Following the global economic downturn and the resultant impact on banking valuations generally, an impairment review resulted in a carrying value adjustment of € 57 million to AIB’s investment in BACB.

Income tax (income)/expense

The taxation credit for 2009 was € 322 million, compared with a tax charge of € 144 million in 2008 and a tax charge of € 442 million in 2007. The taxation charge/credit excludes taxation on share of results of associated undertakings. Share of results of associated undertakings is reported net of taxation in the Group (loss)/profit before taxation. The charge/credit is influenced by the geographic mix of profits and losses, which are taxed at the rates applicable in the jurisdictions where we operate.

Statement of financial position

Total assets amounted to € 174 billion at 31 December 2009 compared to € 182 billion at 31 December 2008 a decrease of € 8 billion. This decrease included the impact of currency factors of € 1.8 billion, excluding this factor, total assets decreased by € 10 billion or 5% due to provisions taken against impaired loans and receivables to customers, deleveraging of assets and a reduction in available for sale assets. Risk weighted assets, amounted to € 120 billion at 31 December 2009 compared to € 134 billion at 31 December 2008. This included the impact of currency factors of € 1.9 billion, excluding this factor, risk weighted assets decreased by € 16 billion or 11%. The decrease mainly reflects the reduction of 3% in gross loans from deleveraging of AIB’s international loan portfolios and the migration of loans from performing to impaired.

AIB Group risk weighted assets were 69% of total assets at 31 December 2009 (73% at 31 December 2008).

 

Risk weighted assets

   2009
€ bn
   2008
€ bn

AIB Bank ROI

   54    63

Capital Markets

   34    38

AIB Bank UK

   21    21

CEE

   10    10

Group

   1    2
         

AIB Group

   120    134
         

The balance sheet now identifies loans eligible for sale to NAMA separately from other customer loans. For the purposes of aiding understanding of balance sheet dynamics and trends, NAMA loan balances have been included in their respective division in the table below.

 

35


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report

 

Gross loans to customers

   2009 as
reported

€ bn
   2009
including NAMA
€ bn
   2008
€ bn

AIB Bank ROI

   58    78    77

Capital Markets

   22    23    26

AIB Bank UK

   17    20    20

CEE

   9    9    9
              

AIB Group

   106    130    132
              

Net loans to customers

   2009
as reported
€ bn
   2009
including NAMA
€ bn
   2008
€ bn

AIB Bank ROI

   56    71    75

Capital Markets

   22    23    26

AIB Bank UK

   17    20    20

CEE

   8    8    8
              

AIB Group

   103    122    129
              

Customer accounts of € 84 billion at 31 December 2009 were € 9 billion (9%) lower than € 93 billion at 31 December 2008. The decrease included the impact of currency factors of € 1.2 billion, excluding which customer accounts decreased by 11%. The reduction in customer accounts was concentrated in the first quarter of 2009 and balances stabilised over the remainder of the year.

 

Customer accounts

   2009
€ bn
   2008
€ bn

AIB Bank ROI

   40    42

Capital Markets

   23    27

AIB Bank UK

   11    14

CEE

   10    10
         

AIB Group

   84    93
         

 

36


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Credit ratings

For details on the Group’s credit ratings, please see Risk management - 3.5 Liquidity risk.

Trading portfolio financial assets

There was a balance of € 296 million in the trading portfolio as at 31 December 2009 (€ 401 million at 31 December 2008). Global Treasury recorded a fair value charge to income of € 4 million during 2009 in relation to the traded credit portfolio.

Financial investments available for sale

Global Treasury manages the significant majority of AIB’s ‘financial investments available for sale’ portfolio of € 25.3 billion. The portfolio includes securities reclassified from the trading portfolio during 2008 in line with the IAS 39 amendment. The accounting requirement is to fair value these assets through equity and not the income statement, unless impaired or on disposal. The fair value of financial assets is determined by reference to market prices where these are available in an active market. Where market prices are not available or markets are inactive, as is the situation in certain sectors at present, fair values are determined using valuation techniques, which use observable and unobservable market parameters.

 

December 2009

Portfolio

 

Treatment/impact

 

Valuation method

- Traded credit portfolio financial assets

 

€ 4 million charge to income

 

Quoted prices(1)/observable market parameters

- Financial investments available for sale

 

€ 297 million (after taxation) credit to equity account(2)

 

Quoted prices(1)/observable and unobservable market parameters

December 2008

Portfolio

 

Treatment/impact

 

Valuation method

- Traded credit portfolio financial assets

 

€ 31 million charge to income

 

Quoted prices(1)/observable market parameters

- Financial investments available for sale

 

€ 465 million (after taxation) charge to equity account(2)

 

Quoted prices(1)/observable and unobservable market parameters

The above charges reflect the accounting convention to fair value these assets.

 

(1)

Quoted prices in relation to debt securities and quoted/unquoted prices in relation to equity shares.

(2)

This is taken directly to reserves and not through the income statement.

 

37


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report

 

Structured securities portfolio (held by Corporate Banking)

The structured securities portfolio consists of US subprime mortgages, CDOs/CLOs and other structured securities. The following summarises the size of each portfolio and the charge taken in the income statement in 2009 and 2008.

 

Portfolio

   Nominal
€ m
        2009
Income

statement
charge

€ m
   Nominal
€ m
   2008
Income

statement
charge

€ m

US subprime mortgages

                          

- Whole loan format

      88              8           111           —  

- Securitisations

      156              60           197           19

Total US subprime

      244              68           308           19   

CDOs/CLOs

      581              22           603           11   

Other structured securities

      532              34           565           14   

Disposal/restructuring of assets

      —                —             —             17   

The total charge in the reporting period for the structured securities portfolio was € 124 million compared to € 61 million in 2008. The increased charge was driven by some deterioration in the subprime portfolio and further pressure on the other portfolios. The fair value charge to other income was € 73 million. There was an impairment provision of € 26 million against our subprime assets, € 1 million against CDO’s/CLO’s and € 24 million in relation to a number of under performing assets in other structured securities.

Funding

Customer resources recovered in the second half of 2009 with a 9% decline (11% excluding currency factors) on December 2008 compared with a June 2009 decline on December 2008 of 12% (excluding currency factors). The reduction in deposits was concentrated in the first quarter and the start of the second quarter and conditions improved over the course of the second quarter of 2009. Gathering customer resources was a key focus for the Group in 2009 with good progress in raising deposits in the second half of the year. Net customer loans including loans held for sale to NAMA decreased by 7% (excluding currency factors) over the year, when combined with customer resources this resulted in a Group loan to deposit ratio of 146% at 31 December 2009 (156% at 30 June 2009 and 140% at 31 December 2008). The Group loan to deposit ratio was 123% excluding loans held for sale to NAMA at 31 December 2009. The net loan decrease is a combination of higher provisions for impairment and successful deleveraging of AIB’s international loan portfolios. The decrease in customer resources from December 2008 reflects a number of factors which include: the impact of the economic downturn; sovereign and bank credit rating downgrades; negative sentiment towards Ireland impacting on the Group’s market activities and on its overseas franchise in quarter 1 2009, a factor that subsequently stabilised in quarter 2. At 31 December 2009 customer resources represented 51% of the Group’s total funding, up from 49% at June 2009 (54% at 31 December 2008).

In a difficult market environment, the Group continued to diversify its funding across currencies, geographies, investor base and products through a range of programmes. During 2009 AIB successfully issued over € 6 billion under the Irish Government guarantee scheme (‘the CIFS scheme’) through a series of public and private placements. The Group also issued senior unsecured unguaranteed bonds totalling € 1.75 billion. In addition, the Group received a € 3.5 billion capital injection from the Irish Government in May 2009. Over the second half of 2009 the Group reduced its secured funding from € 32 billion at 30 June 2009 to € 24 billion at 31 December 2009 and increased its medium and long term unsecured funding activity. The Group continues to develop contingent collateral and liquidity facilities to further support its funding requirements. At 31 December 2009, the Group held € 48 billion (including pledged assets) in qualifying liquid assets/contingent funding. The NAMA bonds received as consideration for loans that may be transferred to NAMA would substantially increase AIB’s level of qualifying liquid assets. The Group’s liquidity levels continue to represent a surplus over the group’s regulatory requirements.

 

38


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Balance sheet summary

        2009          2008  

Total assets € bn

      174         182   

Loans and receivables to customers € bn

      103         129   

Held for sale assets NAMA € bn

      19         —     

Customer deposits € bn

      84         93   

Wholesale funding € bn

      64         63   

Loan deposit ratio (excluding loans held for sale to NAMA)

      123      140

Loan deposit ratio

      146      140
     2009     2008  

Sources of funds

   € bn    %     € bn    %  

Customer accounts

   84    51      93    54   

Deposits by banks - secured

   24    15      8    5   

  - unsecured(1)

   9    5      17    10   

Certificates of deposit and commercial paper

   10    6      21    12   

Asset covered securities

   5    3      7    4   

Senior debt

   16    10      10    6   

Capital(2)

   16    10      15    9   
                      

Total source of funds

   164    100      171    100   

Other(3)

   10      11   
                      

Total liabilities, shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

   174      182   
                      

(1)           Deposits by banks (unsecured) when netted against loans to banks:

   —      —        11    6   
                      

 

(2)

Includes total shareholders’ equity, subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments.

(3)

Non-funding liabilities including derivative financial instruments, other liabilities, retirement benefits and accruals and other deferred income.

Cashflow

As reflected in the statement of cash flows, there was a net increase in cash and cash equivalents of € 3,459 million. Net cash outflow from operating activities before taxation were € 4,209 million, while cash outflows from taxation were € 54 million.

Cash inflows from investing activities were € 4,542 million, primarily reflecting a net decrease in financial investments available for sale of € 4,638 million, which are held for liquidity purposes.

Cash inflows from financing activities were € 3,180 million, primarily reflecting the cash inflow from the issue of the 2009 preference shares of € 3,467 million and interest paid on subordinated liabilities of € 215 million.

Statement of comprehensive income

The total comprehensive income for the period amounted to € 1,865 million negative compared to € 103 million negative in 2008. The loss for the year ended 31 December 2009 was € 2,334 million compared to a profit of € 890 million in 2008. Currency translation adjustments amounted to € 158 million positive in 2009 compared to € 655 million negative in 2008. The currency translation difference relates to the change in value of the Group’s net investment in foreign operations arising from the weakening of the euro against the currencies in which the net foreign investments are held. The net change in cash flow hedges was € 61 million negative in 2009 compared to € 678 million positive in 2008. In accordance with IAS 39, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument deemed to be an effective hedge is recognised in the cashflow hedging reserve. Deferred gains and losses are transferred to the income statement in the period during which the hedged item affects profit or loss. The net change in the fair value of available for sale securities was € 238 million positive in 2009 compared to € 383 million negative in 2008. This represents the net change in fair value of available for sale securities recognised in equity for the period, net of hedging.

The actuarial gain in retirement benefit schemes during 2009 was € 174 million net of taxation compared to a loss of € 706 million in 2008 net of taxation. This included a loss arising from the change in demographic and financial assumptions of € 92 million (2008: gain € 611 million) primarily arising from the change in the discount rates applicable to the pension scheme liabilities. There was an experience gain on assets of € 150 million in 2009 arising from an improvement in the financial markets compared to an experience loss of € 1,367 million in 2008. There were experience gains on liabilities of € 122 million in 2009 (2008: loss € 51 million).

 

39


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report

 

Divisional commentary

 

AIB Bank Republic of Ireland income statement

   2009 €
m
         Restated(1)
2008

€ m
         Restated(1)
2007

€ m

Net interest income

   1,400         1,705         1,777

Other income

   331         478         490
                      

Total operating income

   1,731         2,183         2,267

Personnel expenses

   533         640         716

General and administrative expenses

   271         313         320

Depreciation/amortisation

   46         49         52

Total operating expenses

   850         1,002         1,088
                      

Operating profit before provisions

   881         1,181         1,179

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

   4,473         1,298         104

Amounts written off/(back) financial investments available for sale

   —           4         —  

Total provisions

   4,473         1,302         104
                      

Operating (loss)/profit

   (3,592      (121      1,075

Associated undertakings

   (4      —           10

Profit on disposal of property

   2         6         12
                      

(Loss)/profit before disposal of businesses

   (3,594      (115      1,097

Profit on disposal of business

   —           68         —  
                      

(Loss)/profit before taxation

   (3,594      (47      1,097
                      

2009 v 2008

AIB Bank ROI reported a loss before taxation of € 3.6 billion in 2009 driven by higher provisions for impairment of loans and receivables of € 4.5 billion. This compares to a loss before taxation of € 47 million in 2008, when provisions for impairment of loans and receivables were € 1.3 billion. Operating profit before provisions of € 881 million was down 25% compared with 2008, with total operating income of € 1,731 million lower by 21% and total operating expenses of € 850 million down 15%(1).

2009 was a very difficult year for the Republic of Ireland division. Key sectors within the Irish economy suffered in a worsening economic climate which, when coupled with rising unemployment and more depressed consumer demand, resulted in a significant increase in impaired loans and a lack of opportunity to grow income across all major business lines. In addition, wholesale and retail funding markets remained stressed giving rise to higher customer deposit acquisition costs, shorter duration term market funding combined with higher longer-term wholesale funding costs. Against this challenging economic and financial markets backdrop, an operating profit of € 881 million was achieved. AIB continued to support customers through this difficult period with particular emphasis on viable small and medium sized enterprises (SME) and mortgage business. However, demand for credit from customers was subdued throughout 2009 reflecting customer concerns around job security, reductions in disposable income and a more cautious approach when evaluating investment opportunities.

Total operating income for the year was € 1,731 million, 21% lower than 2008. The key variables driving this fall in income were the higher cost of deposits and longer-term wholesale funding, partially offset by some widening of loan margins and the availability of cheaper short-term funding on the inter-bank market. Deposit pricing in the Irish market was highly competitive throughout 2009 and at an unsustainable loss making level. The weaker Irish economy also adversely impacted activity driven fee income and commissions, with investment product and credit card income also down on 2008 levels. The full year cost of the Irish Government guarantee scheme was also a factor behind the fall in income, with one quarter charge included in 2008 compared to a full year charge in 2009 partly offset by profit from disposal of available for sale debt securities.

From a balance sheet perspective, gross loans grew by 1%, with mortgages up 6% and non-mortgage lending lower by 1% reflecting weaker customer demand and evidence of some deleveraging by customers. AIB had an estimated 36% share of all new business written in the Irish mortgage market in 2009. On the liability side, customer accounts reduced by 6% reflecting lower retail deposits and lower current account balances as the deterioration in the economic climate resulted in lower account transaction activity.

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts.

 

40


Table of Contents
Financial review - 3. Management report   LOGO

 

Costs were tightly managed in 2009 and total operating expenses were down 15% compared to 2008. There was a one-off gain in 2009 from a retirement benefits amendment excluding which costs were down 7%. Personnel costs were down 17% (4% lower excluding the retirement benefits amendment) due to a reduction in staff numbers (approximately 380 lower than December 2008) and staff related costs. General and administrative expenses were 13% lower than 2008 driven by tight management of all areas of expenditure.

The provision for impairment of loans and receivables increased significantly to € 4.5 billion, 5.76% of average loans. This was up from € 1.3 billion (1.74%) in 2008. Property and construction accounted for approximately 80% of the December 2009 charge. Of the total loan book of € 78 billion in Republic of Ireland division it is anticipated that approximately € 19 billion may transfer to NAMA over the coming months. In 2009 the impairment charge associated with these NAMA loans was € 3.2 billion resulting in cumulative credit provisions at 31 December 2009 of € 3.9 billion against the NAMA book. In the non NAMA book there was also evidence of some deterioration in credit quality which is being tightly managed.

Associated undertakings mainly represents AIB’s share of Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited with the financial out-turn for 2009 lower than 2008 primarily due to a reduction in new business volumes and investment markets.

The profit on disposal of business of € 68 million in 2008 reflects the division’s share of profits from the sale of 50.1% of AIB’s merchant acquiring businesses. Following this transaction the Group formed a merchant acquiring joint venture with First Data Corporation.

2008 v 2007

2008 was a very challenging year for AIB Bank Republic of Ireland. A marked deterioration in economic outlook combined with falling asset values and ongoing dislocation in wholesale funding markets adversely impacted revenue growth during 2008. This required taking significant actions to manage credit and contain costs. Operating profit before provisions at € 1,181 million was maintained at the same level as 2007. There is no currency impact in 2008 compared to 2007. This represented a very satisfactory outcome against such a difficult economic backdrop. Operating expenses reduced by 8% with total operating income 4% lower. This generated a positive income/cost growth rate gap of +4%.

Net interest income of € 1,705 million was 4% lower than 2007. AIB continued to provide support to the home mortgage, SME, personal and business markets. Reflecting this support, loan balances increased by 5% with mortgages up 10% and non mortgage lending up by 2%. Net interest margins tightened primarily due to the significant increase in loan funding costs. Total customer accounts increased by 1%. Within this growth percentage deposits increased by 9% reflecting the strength of the AIB franchise, in a very competitive market. This growth was largely offset by a fall in current account volumes.

Other income was 2% down on 2007 reflecting disposal of the AIB’s merchant acquiring businesses and the fourth quarter 2008 cost of the Government guarantee which is treated as a reduction in other income. Investment product income was lower due to the adverse performance of investment markets and customer reluctance to invest. Retail income generally was less buoyant as the economic situation worsened through the course of 2008.

Total operating expenses were 8% lower benefiting from early identification of cost savings and strong management action to deliver efficiencies across all elements of the business. Personnel expenses were 11% lower on the back of reduced staff numbers and variable compensation. General and administrative expenses were also down reflecting tight management of all expense headings. This strong action on cost management resulted in an improvement in the cost income ratio from 48.0% in 2007 to 45.9% in 2008.

The provision charge for loan impairments for the year to December 2008 showed a significant uplift reflecting the weakness in the Irish economy generally and most particularly in the property and construction sector. The impairment charge was 1.74% of average loans, up from 0.16% of average loans for the year to December 2007.

Income from associated undertakings was down and AIB’s share of profit from Hibernian Life Holdings Limited reflects the difficult conditions in that market. The profit on disposal of business of € 68 million reflects the division’s share of profits from the sale of 50.1% of AIB Card Acquiring. Arising from this transaction, a merchant acquiring joint venture was formed with First Data Corporation.

 

41


Table of Contents
LOGO    Financial review - 3. Management report

 

Capital Markets income statement

   2009
€ m
             2008
€ m
              2007
€ m
 

Net interest income

   1,007          1,064            586   

Other income

   252          94            389   
                             

Total operating income

   1,259          1,158            975   

Personnel expenses

   223            268            328   

General and administrative expenses

   103            108            118   

Depreciation/amortisation

   17            16            14   

Total operating expenses

   343          392            460   
                             

Operating profit before provisions

   916          766            515   

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables(1)

   361          160            (18

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

   —            (4         2   

Amounts written off financial investments available for sale

   24          25            1   

Total provisions

   385          181            (15
                             

Operating profit

   531          585            530   

Profit on disposal of businesses

   —            —              2   
                             

Profit before taxation

   531          585            532   
                             

Capital Markets business unit profit split

   2009
€ m
             2008
€ m
              2007
€ m
 

Corporate Banking

   37          335            404   

Global Treasury

   470          213            —     

Investment Banking

   24          37            128   
                             

Profit before taxation

   531          585            532   
                             

2009 v 2008

Capital Markets profit before taxation of € 531 million declined by 9% on 2008 (7% excluding currency factors of € 12 million) while operating profit before provisions grew by 20% from € 766 million to € 916 million (23% excluding currency factors). Net interest income was negatively impacted by higher funding costs, lower margin on USD/Euro liquidity management activities and lower average loan volumes, though partly offset by increased income on strategic interest rate management activities and higher advances margins. The strong growth in other income was driven by a lower cost of cross currency interest rate swaps used to manage liquidity, lower mark to market write downs and profit from disposal of available for sale debt securities. Other income also included the full year cost of the Irish Government guarantee scheme. While the net interest income trend was negatively impacted by a lower margin on USD/Euro liquidity management, other income benefited by a commensurate amount from a lower cost of cross currency swaps with no impact on the total income trend.

Total operating expenses fell by 12% (11% excluding currency factors of € 6 million) reflecting the division’s flexible cost structure and strong management focus on costs across all areas and headings. Excluding the gain from the retirement benefits amendment and currency factors, total operating expenses fell by 6%. Lower staff numbers, salary containment and reduced variable compensation contributed to the fall in personnel expenses while the decrease in other administrative expenses was largely due to the effective operation of cost control initiatives. The impact of these initiatives and the retirement benefits amendment has manifested in a continuation of the downward trend in the cost income ratio, falling from 33.9% in 2008 to 27.3% in 2009.

Total provisions amounted to € 385 million, an increase of 122% on 2008 (excluding currency factors), reflecting the scale of the economic downturn across our principal credit markets and the consequent level of difficulties experienced by borrowers.

 

(1)

Includes provisions on loans and receivables to customers (€ 356 million) and to banks (€ 5 million).

 

42


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Corporate Banking experienced very difficult trading conditions during the year as the scale of economic downturn across key credit markets significantly impacted the level of provisions for loan impairments. Profit before taxation declined as credit impairment provisions increased from € 160 million in 2008 to € 356 million in 2009. This represented an impairment charge of 1.41% of average loans, up from 0.60% in 2008. Profit before provisions fell by 20% (18% excluding currency factors), principally due to higher funding costs, higher mark to market writedowns on the structured securities portfolio and lower demand for credit. Given the unprecedented economic circumstances, management attention was focussed on raising customer deposits, de-risking and re-pricing the balance sheet and engaging in constant monitoring of the credit portfolio. As a consequence, customer deposits increased by 17% year on year, underpinned by the strength of customer relationships in each of our markets, while gross loan volumes declined by € 3.5 billion (14%). Average loan margins increased and overall asset quality continued to remain strong.

Global Treasury profit before taxation increased by 121% (124% excluding currency factors) to € 470 million while profit before provisions increased by 109% (112% excluding currency factors). This reflected exceptionally strong profit growth in Wholesale Treasury, principally benefiting from increased income on strategic interest rate management activities from being well positioned in a low interest rate environment. Higher income from cash management activities, higher amortised income on bonds and lower mark to market writedowns in 2009 compared with 2008 also contributed to the overall growth in income. Customer treasury profits were down on the comparative period, significantly impacted by the economic downturn in the Irish and UK economies, as lower volumes of foreign exchange, derivatives and cross border payments contributed to the fall in income. Impairment provisions were marginally up on 2008.

Investment Banking profit before taxation fell by 35% (21% excluding currency factors) on 2008. The investment banking market continued to be challenging as lower demand for investment banking products and lower asset values negatively impacted asset management income, stockbroking fees and once-off income from structured transactions. Year on year trading income grew as equity markets emerged from exceptionally low levels in 2007/2008 and the benefits of strong management focus on risk containment materialised. Corporate Finance income benefited from the completion of a number of significant transactions and financial outsourcing activities continued to be resilient in difficult market conditions. Aggressive cost and efficiency initiatives were implemented across all business units in line with lower revenue generation and activity levels. Total costs decreased by 11% arising from reduced staff numbers, lower variable compensation and tight cost control over all cost categories.

2008 v 2007

Capital Markets profit before taxation of € 585 million grew by 10% on 2007 while operating profit before provisions increased by 49% from € 515 million to € 766 million. Net interest income increased by 82%, principally driven by higher income arising from the management of cash positions and interest rate and liquidity management activities as lower US funding costs relative to higher euro lending rates gave rise to higher net interest income. Other income declined by 76% due to the offsetting cost of cross currency interest rate swaps used to manage liquidity, lower income from asset management activities and also due to exceptional income in 2007 generated on the sale of a trade investment. The cost in respect of the covered institutions Government guarantee also adversely impacted other income year on year.

Total operating expenses decreased by 15% including a fall in staff costs of 18%, reflecting the division’s flexible cost structure and concerted management focus on cost containment. Strong growth in income and lower costs combined to improve the cost income ratio from 47.1% to 33.9%.

Provisions for loan impairment amounted to € 160 million compared with net write backs of € 18 million in 2007. This reflected the scale of economic downturn experienced in our principal credit markets, further impacted by the price and availability of credit in dislocated and volatile markets.

Corporate Banking profit before taxation declined by 17% due to provisions for loan impairment increasing from net write backs of € 18 million in 2007 to provisions of € 160 million in 2008. Operating profit before provisions increased by 33%, notwithstanding the difficulties encountered in our credit markets and a general slowdown in demand for credit. Average loan margins increased year on year while loan volumes increased by 9%. While the global economic downturn resulted in higher credit provisions, overall asset quality remains resilient with management extremely vigilant in their continuing efforts to anticipate and manage exposures in stressed market conditions. Particular focus on close customer interaction also resulted in significant growth in corporate deposits which grew by 89% during the year.

Global Treasury benefited from a particularly strong performance following on from the exceptional market volatility experienced in the second half of 2007 and which continued into 2008. Profit before taxation was € 213 million compared to a break even outturn in 2007. Customer treasury business was down on 2007, principally due to a combination of lower foreign exchange and derivative volumes as the impact of the economic slowdown set in and also due to significantly weaker sterling exchange rates.

 

43


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report

 

Wholesale Treasury performed very strongly, particularly from cash management, interest rate and liquidity management activities. The amendment to IAS 39, which permitted the reclassification of assets from trading to available for sale portfolios, as outlined in notes 25 and 31 to the financial statements, reduced the level of income volatility in dislocated markets.

Investment Banking profit before taxation fell by 72% on 2007, particularly impacted by declining values in most asset classes which resulted in lower trading, corporate finance, asset management and stockbroking income. In addition, income for 2007 included a once off exceptional profit of € 40 million on the sale of a trade investment. Trading conditions were further adversely impacted by lower demand for investment products and uncertain market conditions for mergers and acquisitions activity. Financial outsourcing

activities continued to perform well in a challenging environment. Notwithstanding the unprecedented level of deterioration in asset values, business units continue to focus on risk minimisation, the development of customer relationships and to endeavour to position business to take maximum advantage of any upturn in the markets.

 

AIB Bank UK income statement

        Year
2009
Stg£ m
              Year
2008
Stg£ m
             Year
2007
Stg£ m
   

Net interest income

      422            471          470  

Other income

      91            107          107  
                                

Total operating income

      513            578          577  

Personnel expenses

      108              157            177    

General and administrative expenses

      63              91            70    

Depreciation/amortisation

      6              7            8    

Total operating expenses

      177            255          255  
                                

Operating profit before provisions

      336            323          322  

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

      352              204          12    

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

      —                —            —      

Total provisions

      352            204          12  
                                

Operating (loss)/profit

      (16         119          310  

Associated undertaking

      1            1          —    

Profit on disposal of property

      —              2          —    
                                

(Loss)/profit before disposal of business

      (15         122          310  

Profit on disposal of business

      —              30          —    
                                

(Loss)/profit before taxation

      (15         152          310  

(Loss)/profit before taxation

    m    (16         190          452  
                                    

2009 v 2008

AIB Bank UK reported an operating profit before provisions of £ 336 million, an increase of 4% on the previous year, in an economic environment that remains very challenging. Impairment charges for the year were £ 352 million compared to £ 204 million in 2008 reflecting the deteriorating economy and increased levels of customers facing financial difficulties. AIB Bank UK reported a net loss of £ 15 million compared to a net profit before disposal of business of £ 122 million in the previous year. Despite the increased impairment provisions, Allied Irish Bank (GB) reported a net profit of £ 71 million for the year, while First Trust Bank recorded a net loss of £ 86 million.

In what continued to be a difficult operating environment, AIB Bank UK focused on managing interest margins on both loans and deposits and continued its strong focus on cost management. Intense competition for deposits and higher wholesale funding costs put pressure on margins, which has been partly offset by increased returns on lending, resulting in a 10% reduction in net interest income. Customer deposit balances reduced by 20% compared with 31 December 2008, reflecting concerns about the Irish sovereign which abated after the first quarter and a highly competitive environment for deposit taking and customer loan balances reduced by 5% on 31 December 2008, in line with a lower demand for credit. Other income declined by 16% on the previous period, however excluding profit on disposal of available for sale debt securities and the cost of the Irish Government deposit guarantee scheme paid within other income, other income showed a decline of 15% on the previous year. This underlying decline was due to decreased transaction income due to lower demand and reduced customer activity reflecting the broad economic environment.

Costs have been very actively managed and have decreased by 31% period on period. Excluding the one-off gain from the retirement benefits amendment, costs have reduced by 20% on 2008. Management actions in 2009 include significant reductions in performance compensation, reduced headcount through natural attrition and reduced discretionary spend. In addition, costs in 2009 included £ 3 million relating to the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (“FSCS”), down from £ 17 million in 2008.

 

44


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The provision charge for the year at £ 352 million was mainly in the property sector of the loan portfolio. This was particularly evident in First Trust Bank, which accounts for 58% of the total provision charge.

The £ 30 million profit on disposal of business in 2008 reflects the division’s share of profits from the sale of 50.1% of AIB’s merchant acquiring businesses. Following this transaction the Group formed a merchant acquiring joint venture with First Data Corporation.

 

AIB Bank UK profit/(loss) split

   Year
2009
Stg£ m
    Year
2008
Stg£ m
   Year
2007
Stg£ m

AIB (GB)

   71      89    174

First Trust Bank

   (86   33    136

Profit on sale of business

   —        30    —  
               

(Loss)/profit before taxation

   (15   152    310
               

Allied Irish Bank (GB), operating profit before provisions increased by 13% to £ 217 million on prior year, however as a result of increased impairment charges profit before taxation of £ 71 million was down 21% on 2008. Net interest income declined by 3% on 2008, as lower deposit income in a low rate environment along with intense competitor pricing were offset by increased margins on loans. Customer loan balances fell by 4% on 31 December 2008 while customer deposit balances reduced by 29% reflecting sovereign concerns in the early part of the year and a period where deposit pricing in the marketplace increased. Other income declined by 5% on the previous year, however excluding the impact of the Irish Government deposit guarantee scheme and profit on disposal of available for sale debt securities, other income was down 2%. Costs declined by 26% on 2008 due to continued focus on managing the cost base. Excluding the one-off gain from the retirement benefits amendment, costs decreased by 18% on 2008. As a result of the continued deterioration in the economy, impairment charges increased significantly on the previous year.

First Trust Bank made an operating profit before provisions of £ 119 million, a reduction of 9% on last year. After higher impairment provisions the loss before taxation was £ 86 million, reflecting the sharp deterioration in the Northern Ireland economy, particularly within the property sector. Net interest income was 21% lower than last year reflecting lower deposit margins driven by increased competition for deposit balances and the impact of a very low rate environment, which has been partly mitigated by an improvement in lending margins. Customer deposit balances increased by 3% over the course of the year, driven by the launch of several fixed term deposit offerings, while customer loans reduced by 5% when compared to December 2008. Other income fell significantly compared to last year reflecting the impact of reduced economic activity on transaction income and costs associated with the Irish Government deposit guarantee scheme, partly offset by a gain on disposal of available for sale debt securities which are accounted for within other income. Costs were 36% lower compared with 2008 (22% lower excluding the one-off gain from the retirement benefits amendment).

2008 v 2007

AIB Bank UK reported profit before taxation of £ 152 million and operating profit before provisions of £ 323 million, marginally ahead of 2007. This is a solid operating performance against the backdrop of the very challenging economic environment. Profit before taxation at £ 152 million compared to £ 310 million for 2007. In these difficult market conditions, AIB Bank UK had a focused approach which delivered a steady operating profit performance, with emphasis on deposit gathering, lending returns and cost management. Net interest income has been maintained, despite higher funding costs, through a series of measures including active margin management and strong deposit growth. Good growth was achieved in underlying net interest income as customer loan and deposit balances increased by 7% and 22% respectively, the majority of loan growth occurred in the first six months. Costs have been actively managed, resulting in zero growth, after including significant costs for the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (“FSCS”). AIB Bank UK’s proportionate share amounted to £ 17 million of the cost of protecting UK depositors of several failed UK financial institutions. These additional costs have been offset by planned operational efficiencies, some reduced headcount, and by reducing discretionary spend which would have resulted in a year on year reduction in operating costs of 6% on 2007 and in a positive income/cost growth rate gap of 6% excluding the UK FSCS £ 17 million charge referred to above. The cost income ratio remained at 44.1%, the same level as the previous year and excluding the cost of the UK FSCS, the ratio would have improved to 41.3%. AIB Bank UK’s deposits are also guaranteed by the Irish Government, and the cost of that guarantee is included within the other income line for the period since its inception in October 2008.

 

45


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Profit before taxation declined by 61% reflecting increased provisions from loan impairment in a deteriorating economic environment, with the provision charge increasing to £ 204 million compared to the very low levels experienced in the previous year. Approximately half of this charge was in relation to IBNR provisions. During the second half of 2008 in more recessionary conditions, there has been an increase in the number of customers experiencing cashflow difficulties and consequently the number of impaired loans has risen to 2.6% of loans. In the early part of 2008 AIB Bank UK strengthened all credit management teams with an emphasis on early identification of impairment and active management of all vulnerable credit cases.

The £ 30 million profit on disposal of business reflects the division’s share of profits from the sale of 50.1% of AIB’s merchant acquiring businesses. Arising from this transaction, a merchant acquiring joint venture was formed with First Data Corporation.

Allied Irish Bank (GB), profit before taxation of £ 89 million was down 49% on 2007. Operating profit before provisions in 2008 increased by 5% to £ 193 million on the previous period, which is a positive performance in very difficult operating conditions. This performance was achieved through a combination of active management of interest income and successfully targeted reductions in the underlying cost base. Net interest income grew by 2% reflecting continued success at margin management and a strong increase in customer deposit balances, which have grown by 29% since December 2007. There has been selective growth in customer loan balances of 12% and the focus on well managed balance sheet growth has continued in 2008. Costs have decreased by 2% on 2007 which includes the cost of the FSCS and if excluded, costs would have shown a significant decrease on the previous year. The cost income ratio for the year has improved to 41.8% from 43.3% for the previous period with positive income/cost growth rate gap of 4%. Against the low provisions experience in 2007, the level of provisions for impairment increased to £ 106 million and included IBNR provisions of £ 39 million, reflecting the economic environment.

First Trust Bank profit before taxation fell by 76% to £ 33 million, while the operating profit before provisions fell by 6% to £ 130 million for 2008. Customer loan balances were maintained at the same level as last year, with the continued focus on balance sheet management leading to an improvement in lending margins along with a 9% growth in customer deposit balances. This was supported by a number of successful issues of fixed rate deposit bonds, offering competitive interest rates in a declining rate environment. Active management of the cost base continues to be a feature of performance. While overall costs have increased by 3%, this includes the costs associated with the participation in the FSCS which if excluded would have resulted in costs reducing by 2% reflecting increased operational efficiencies being realised across the network. The level of provisioning for loan impairment increased to £ 98 million, of which £ 59 million was in relation to IBNR, reflecting the impact from the deterioration of economic conditions in the Northern Ireland economy.

 

46


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

CEE profit split

        Year
2009

€ m
              Year
2008

€ m
              Year
2007

€ m
 

Poland

      196            263            269   

BACB

      (104         (56         —     

AmCredit

      (13         (33         —     
                                 

CEE

      79            174            269   
                                 

Poland income statement

        Year
2009
Pln m
              Year
2008
Pln m
              Year
2007
Pln m
 

Net interest income

      1,628            1,542            1,167   

Other income

      1,315            1,362            1,400   
                                 

Total operating income

      2,943            2,904            2,567   

Personnel expenses

      867              870              822   

General and administrative expenses

      609              656              604   

Depreciation/amortisation

      123              110              123   

Total operating expenses

      1,599            1,636            1,549   
                                 

Operating profit before provisions

      1,344            1,268            1,018   

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

      487            344              6   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

      2            7              (2

Total provisions

      489            351            4   
                                 

Operating profit

      855            917            1,014   

Associated undertakings

      —              (2         2   

Profit on disposal of property

      (1         8            —     
                                 

Profit before taxation

      854            923            1,016   
                                 

Profit before taxation

    m    196            263            269   
                                     

2009 v 2008

Poland recorded a profit before taxation of Pln 854 million in 2009, compared with Pln 923 million in 2008, a decrease of Pln 69 million or 8%. Operating profit before provisions increased by 6% as a result of decisive management action in response to a difficult economic environment and market conditions.

Net interest income grew by 6%. Gross customer loans were in line with 31 December 2008. BZWBK has adapted its approach to lending to reflect the slowing economic conditions and its ongoing objective to be self financing. The focus has been on maintaining loan quality and ensuring diversity in the overall loan portfolio. Special focus was directed at deepening the footprint in the retail and SME sectors where higher returns are achievable. Margins steadily improved across all lines of lending in the year following various management initiatives while meeting our structured managed risk approach. Deposits decreased by 4% compared with 31 December 2008, which is considered a good outcome in the context of the very competitive market for deposits generally. Deposit pricing has remained very competitive in the sector, though some of the pressures noted previously have eased.

Strong underlying growth in banking fee income was recorded. This included a 15% increase in fees on daily banking services, loans, debit cards, credit cards and the provision of third party services. Dividend income from equity investments recorded a substantial increase of 38%. These strong performances were negated by lower profits on equity disposals where the level of disposals in 2008 were not repeated in 2009 and a fall of 35% in fees earned from mutual funds and asset portfolios as a result of the adverse conditions on the local and global financial markets. At 31 December 2009, mutual fund volumes had increased by 25% to Pln 10.5 billion. This followed the substantial reduction of 63% recorded in 2008. BZWBK maintained second place in the market (11.22% v 11.29% in December 2008). Income from the brokerage business was also negatively impacted, a 12% reduction, as a result of depressed market trading conditions during the year. Overall, other income decreased by 3%.

Total operating expenses reduced by 2% reflecting cost reductions in a number of areas. The branch network development programme finalised in 2009 bringing the total number of branches to 512 at the end of 2009. Staff numbers (Full Time Equivalent) reduced by 8% since December 2008. A positive income/cost growth rate gap of 3% leaves the cost income ratio at 54.3%, down from 56.3% in the year ended 31 December 2008.

The provision charge for impairment of loans and receivables of Pln 487 million reflects the challenging environment for lending activities in both retail and business segments. The provision charge represents 1.34% (2008: 1.16%) of average customer loans. At 31 December 2009, impaired loans as a percentage of total loans increased to 5.5% from 2.9% as at the end of 2008.

 

47


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report

 

BACB – Bulgaria

AIB share from profits in BACB for 2009 amounted to € 5 million. A further impairment review was carried out on the investment in 2009 which resulted in an additional impairment charge of € 108 million in AIB’s investment in BACB (2008: € 57 million). There were funding costs of € 1 million in the period.

AmCredit – Baltic Region

AmCredit recorded a loss before taxation of € 13 million in 2009, compared with a loss of € 33 million in 2008. The result in 2009 primarily reflects impairment provisions on loans of € 13 million (11.75% charge on average gross customer loans) arising from the continuation of the sharp downturn in the three Baltic economies and the extremely depressed mortgage market in 2009. A nil operating profit before provisions was recorded in 2009 compared to an operating loss before provisions of € 24 million in 2008, which included a € 15 million goodwill impairment charge.

2008 v 2007

Poland recorded an underlying profit before tax decrease of 9% to Pln 923 million (€ 263 million) for 2008. This is a strong performance in the context of a slowing Polish economy, which has felt the impact of the global downturn, particularly in the second half of 2008.

Net interest income in 2008 was up by 32% driven primarily by exceptional balance sheet growth. Customer loan balances increased by 42% since 31 December 2007. This growth was achieved across all business lines with a specific focus on retail products. Mortgage lending grew by 49% and other personal lending was up 55%, both reflecting the aspirations to increase market share. Business lending grew by 37% with strong growth in the corporate and SME segments. Customer deposits increased by 41% following a strong focused drive for resources throughout 2008. Business deposits grew strongly, particularly in the fourth quarter. Margins improved across all lines of lending reflecting the recovery of increased costs of funding. Market competition for deposits rose in intensity with pricing in excess of market prices a common feature, resulting in reduced margins on deposits.

Other income overall decreased by 3%. Strong underlying growth of 17% was recorded in fee income areas including fees on loans, debit card and credit card fees and daily banking fees. 2008 also benefited from profit on equity disposals and sales of structured products. These strong performances were offset by the substantial fall of 43% in fees earned in the asset management business as a result of the adverse conditions on the local financial and equity markets. The volume of mutual funds decreased by 63% to Pln 8.4 billion, though retaining the number two position in terms of market share (11.3% v 16.8% in December 2007). Brokerage income was also negatively impacted.

Total operating expenses increased by 6% since 2007. The branch network development program is nearing finalisation with 95 branches opened in 2008 bringing the network total to over 500 branches at 31 December 2008. Staff numbers increased by 12% during the year. Overall staff costs have increased by 6% reflecting increased staff numbers and higher salaries, offset somewhat by reduced levels of performance related costs. General and administrative expenses increased by 9%, driven primarily by increased costs of the expanded branch infrastructure and IT development. In light of the evolving economic slowdown a strong proactive approach to cost management generally has been in place in the second part of 2008. Positive income/cost growth rate gap of 7% resulted in a reduced cost/income ratio of 56.3% (2007: 60.4%).

The provision charge of Pln 344 million reflects the weakening of the economic environment. It represents a 1.16% charge on average customer loans and includes 0.55% for IBNR and 0.61% for specific impairment with property and personal lending sectors most impacted. Impaired loans as a percentage of total loans increased to 2.9% from 2.8% at the end of 2007.

BACB – Bulgaria. AIB acquired a 49.99% shareholding in BACB, a SME lender on 29 August 2008.

The result for the post acquisition period September to December 2008 included a share in profits of € 3 million and funding costs of € 2 million. However, following the substantial global economic downturn and the resultant impact on banking valuations generally, an impairment review resulted in a carrying value adjustment of € 57 million, giving rise to a loss of € 56 million being recorded.

AmCredit – Baltic Region. Mortgage business acquired on 1 February 2008.

A loss of € 33 million was recognised since acquisition. This reflected an operating loss of € 9 million, a goodwill impairment charge of € 15 million and additional impairment provisions on loans of € 9 million arising from a sharp downturn in the three Baltic economies in 2008.

 

48


Table of Contents
  LOGO

 

Group income statement

   2009
€ m
              2008
€ m
             2007
€ m
 

Net interest income

   (26         70          62   

Other income/(loss)

   635            104          44   
                             

Total operating income

   609            174          106   

Personnel expenses

   33              53            96   

General and administrative expenses

   43              51            62   

Depreciation/amortisation

   55              46            34   

Total operating expenses

   131            150          192   
                             

Operating profit/(loss) before provisions

   478            24          (86

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

   —                —              —     

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

   —                —              (9

Total provisions

   —              —            (9
                             

Operating profit/(loss)

   478            24          (77

Associated undertaking

   (156         94          120   

Profit on disposal of property

   21            2          64   

Construction contract income

   1            12          55   

Loss on disposal of businesses

   —              —            (1
                             

Profit before taxation

   344            132          161   
                             

2009 v 2008

Group reported a € 344 million profit in 2009 compared with € 132 million in 2008. The result in 2009 included a gain of € 623 million on the capital exchange offering completed in June 2009. Excluding this one-off item, the Group loss before taxation in 2009 was € 279 million. The commentary which follows excludes this one-off item.

The trends in net interest income and other income in Group division are impacted by reclassification of income between headings in relation to interest rate hedging. Consequently, it is more meaningful to analyse the trend in total operating income. Total operating income decreased from € 174 million in 2008 to a loss of € 14 million in 2009. This mainly reflects a reduction in income earned on capital and the impact of interest rate hedge volatility (hedge ineffectiveness and derivative volatility), a charge of € 28 million in 2009 compared with an increase of € 27 million in 2008. Income was also impacted by the capital exchange offering, where the dividends on tier 1 instruments redeemed as part of the capital exchange previously had been paid out of Group profit after tax whereas dividends on the lower tier 2 subordinated debts instruments issued as part of the capital exchange are charged to net interest income. Total operating income also includes hedging profits in relation to foreign currency translation hedging (€ 4 million profit in both 2008 and 2009).

Total operating expenses decreased from € 150 million in 2008 to € 131 million in 2009 notwithstanding significant investment in structures and resources related to NAMA. Total operating expenses included € 28 million in relation to preparation for NAMA, including external professional fees relating to the preparation of the circular, other costs relating to the extraordinary general meeting and costs relating to the valuation of properties. Excluding these costs, the Group division cost base reduced by € 47 million to € 103 million. Personnel expenses decreased from € 53 million in 2008 to € 33 million in 2009, a decrease of € 20 million. General and administrative expenses decreased from € 51 million to € 43 million mainly reflecting lower Group operations and technology costs benefiting from the single enterprise agenda and active management of all cost categories. Depreciation/amortisation expenses increased from € 46 million in 2008 to € 55 million in 2009 reflecting project and investment spend in recent years on the single enterprise agenda.

AIB’s share of M&T’s after tax profit in 2009 amounted to € 44 million. In the first half of 2009, an impairment review resulted in an impairment charge of € 200 million to AIB’s investment in M&T. On a local currency basis, excluding the impairment charge, M&T’s net income of US$ 61 million was down 56% relative to the 2008 contribution of US$ 138 million. M&T reported its results on 20 January 2010, showing net income down 32% to US$ 380 million compared to 2008. The M&T euro contribution to AIB Group performance was impacted by the strengthening in the US dollar rate relative to the euro during 2009.

Profit on disposal of property of € 21 million in 2009 reflects profit on sale of 15 branches (€ 17 million after taxation) as part of the sale and leaseback programme.

 

49


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report

 

2008 v 2007

Group reported a pre-tax profit of € 132 million for the year ended December 2008. This compares to a pre-tax profit of € 161 million for the year ended December 2007. The result for both periods includes construction contract income and profit on disposal of property. The operating profit in 2008 was € 24 million compared with an operating loss of € 77 million in 2007.

The trends in net interest income and other income in Group division are impacted by reclassification of income between headings in relation to interest rate hedging. Consequently, it is more meaningful to analyse the trend in total operating income. Total operating income increased from € 106 million in 2007 to € 174 million in 2008. This increase mainly included higher capital in 2008 and € 27 million relating to interest rate hedge volatility (hedge ineffectiveness and derivative volatility) compared to a negligible amount in 2007. Total operating income also includes hedging profits in relation to foreign currency translation hedging (€ 4 million profit for the year ended 2008 compared to € 12 million profit in 2007).

The total operating expenses decreased from € 192 million in 2007 to € 150 million in 2008. Personnel expenses decreased from € 96 million in 2007 to € 53 million in 2008 mainly due to reduction in variable compensation and tight cost control in a number of areas. General and administrative expenses decreased from € 62 million to € 51 million principally due to a reduction in expenditure on professional fees in 2008 and active management of all cost categories. Depreciation/amortisation expenses increased from € 34 million in 2007 to € 46 million in 2008 reflecting project and investment spend in recent years on the single enterprise agenda.

AIB’s share of M&T’s after-tax profit amounted to € 94 million for 2008. On a local currency basis, M&T’s contribution to AIB of US$ 138 million was down 17% relative to 2007 (US$ 166 million). M&T’s euro contribution to AIB Group performance was impacted by the weakening of the US dollar rate relative to the euro.

Profit on sale of property in 2008 relates to profit on sale of branches in the Republic of Ireland (€ 2 million before tax). Profit on the sale of property in 2007 includes profit on sale of 22 branches in the Republic of Ireland (€ 64 million before tax). Construction contract income of € 12 million reflects the profit earned in 2008 from the development of Bankcentre, based on the stage of completion (construction contract income was € 55 million in 2007).

 

50


Table of Contents
Financial review - 4. Capital management    LOGO

 

The policy of the Group is to maintain adequate capital resources at all times, having regard to the nature and scale of its business and the risk inherent in its operations. It does this through an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (“ICAAP”). The overarching principle of the ICAAP is the explicit linkage between capital and risk; the adequacy of the Group’s capital is assessed on the basis of the risks it is exposed to. This requires a clear assessment of the material risk profile of the Group, and a consideration of the extent to which identified risks, both individually and in aggregate, require capital to support them. In addition, the level of capital held by the Group is influenced by its target debt rating and minimum regulatory requirements.

The Board reviews and approves the Group’s capital plan on an annual basis. The capital planning process is fully integrated into the Group and divisional planning process. The capital plan considers the amount and type of capital the Group requires to support its business strategy and comply with regulatory requirements. It takes into consideration the results of stress tests, and considers strategies for hedging, releasing and raising capital in order to arrive at and maintain the Group’s desired capital profile. Stress testing, in the context of capital planning, is a technique used to evaluate the potential effect on an institution’s capital adequacy of a specific event or movement of a set of economic variables, and focuses on exceptional but plausible events. This means that an institution’s capital requirement can increase significantly during an economic stress despite a decrease in nominal exposures.

Capital resources

The following table* shows AIB’s capital resources at 31 December 2009 and 31 December 2008. Capital resources increased by € 1.1 billion during the year ended 31 December 2009. The composition of the Group’s capital resources changed during 2009 as a result of the capital exchange when the Group issued € 1.2 billion of subordinated notes on the redemption of € 2.4 billion of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments generating a gain in shareholders equity of € 1.2 billion (see note 7). The increase during 2009 arose primarily due to the € 3.5 billion NPRFC investment in preference shares, and positive foreign exchange movement offset by negative retentions.

 

     2009
€ m
   Restated(1)
2008

€ m

Shareholders’ equity(2)

   10,709    8,969

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

   626    1,344

Perpetual preferred securities

   136    864

Undated capital notes

   189    692

Dated capital notes

   4,261    2,970
         

Total capital resources

   15,921    14,839
         

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts.

(2)

Includes other equity interests.

The Capital Requirements Directive

The Capital Requirements Directive (“CRD”), which was transposed into Irish law at the end of 2006, introduced some significant amendments to the capital adequacy framework. Its goal is to provide a greater link between the risk a bank faces and the capital it requires, and it does this in a number of ways. In terms of minimum capital requirements (‘Pillar 1’) it brings greater granularity in risk weightings under the standardised approach for credit risk, and introduces an explicit capital requirement for operational risk. Perhaps the most significant amendment is the ability of banks to use the outputs of their own internal rating systems to calculate capital requirements for credit risk. This is known as the internal ratings based approach (“IRBA”). The IRBA allows banks to use their own estimates of the Probability of Default (“PD”) of their borrowers in the estimation of capital requirements. It can also allow banks to use their own estimates of a transaction’s Loss Given Default (“LGD”) and Exposure at Default (“EAD”). Use of IRBA is subject to supervisory approval, and is provided only to those banks that can demonstrate that their credit risk management and risk estimation processes meet the required minimum standards. Under Foundation IRB Approach banks are required to use the regulator’s prescribed LGD and other parameters required for calculating the risk weighted assets (“RWA”).

The CRD also introduces two additional ‘pillars’. Under Pillar 2 (‘supervisory review’) banks may estimate their own internal capital requirements through an ICAAP, which is subject to supervisory review and evaluation. Pillar 3 (‘market discipline’) involves the disclosure of a suite of qualitative and quantitative risk management information to the market.

 

* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

51


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 4. Capital management

 

The Capital Requirements Directive (continued)

 

Minimum regulatory capital requirement (Pillar 1)

The Group is subject to the requirements of the Financial Regulator. The Financial Regulator’s rules closely follow the provisions of the CRD, and apply a risk asset ratio framework to the measurement of capital adequacy.

The adequacy of the Group’s capital is assessed by comparing available regulatory capital resources with capital requirements. The minimum total capital ratio set by the CRD is 8% of which the tier 1 element must be at least 4%.

While the capital requirements for credit risk depend to a significant degree on the credit worthiness of the obligor, the CRD permits the use of different approaches to the calculation of RWA; the Standardised Approach and the Internal Ratings Based Approach.AIB Group uses a mix of Standardised and Internal Ratings Based Approaches for calculating capital requirements for credit risk.The capital requirement for market risk and operational risk is calculated according to the Standardised Approach.

Internal capital requirement (Pillar 2)

AIB Group defines its internal capital as the tier 1 capital required to protect it against severe unexpected losses that might put the solvency of AIB Group at risk. The internal capital requirement is determined by summing: - The minimum Pillar 1 regulatory requirement for credit risk and operational risk (calculated as 4% of RWA); the economic capital calculation for market risk (VaR based); and the capital calculation for any other material risks that are deemed to warrant a specific capital requirement.

Target capital

For the year ended 31 December 2009 the Group manages and measures its own performance to a target Group tier 1 capital ratio at or above 8% (minimum policy ratio of 7.5%).

Actual capital

This is the actual regulatory capital held for AIB Group, which at 31 December 2009 was € 12,315 million (2008: € 14,053 million). The capital adequacy information table sets out the components and calculation of the Group’s tier 1 and total capital ratios under the CRD at 31 December 2009 and 31 December 2008.

Capital floor

AIB is subject to capital floors as determined by the Financial Regulator. The floors apply to both consolidated and individual subsidiary calculations, and are based on a percentage of the capital requirements that would have been as calculated under the pre-CRD capital adequacy framework.

Regulatory capital ratios

The table on the following page sets out the components and calculation of the Group’s capital ratios under the CRD at 31 December 2009 and 31 December 2008.

The Group’s capital ratios remained strong during 2009, primarily due to the € 3.5 billion NPRFC investment in preference shares, with a core tier 1 ratio of 7.9%, a tier 1 ratio of 7.2% and a total capital ratio of 10.2% at 31 December 2009.

Core Tier 1 capital was € 9.5 billion at 31 December 2009, compared with € 7.8 billion at 31 December 2008. The increase reflects the issue of € 3.5 billion non-cumulative preference shares to the NPRFC (see note 49), a gain of € 1.2 billion on the redemption of capital instruments (see note 7), offset by negative retentions and exchange rate and other movements totalling € 3.0 billion.

Tier 1 capital was € 8.7 billion at 31 December 2009, down from € 9.9 billion at 31 December 2008. The decrease reflects the movements described above offset by the reduction of € 1.8 billion in tier 1 instruments arising from the capital exchange offering (see note 7) and increased supervisory deductions of € 1.3 billion arising from the deterioration in the credit portfolios (1).

Tier 2 capital decreased by € 0.5 billion to € 3.8 billion in the period to 31 December 2009. The decrease reflects the additional supervisory deductions(1) from tier 2 capital of € 1.3 billion and the redemption of perpetual subordinated liabilities of € 0.5 billion (see note 7) offset by the issue of € 1.2 billion of dated subordinated notes under the capital exchange (see note 7) and exchange rate and other movements of € 0.1 billion.

 

(1)

The supervisory deduction from tier 1 capital and tier 2 capital primarily relate to the expected loss adjustment together with capital requirements in respect of securitisation positions, both of which are deducted 50% from tier 1 capital and 50% from tier 2 capital. The expected loss adjustment is the excess of expected loss on the IRBA portfolios over the IFRS provision on the IRBA portfolios.

 

52


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Regulatory capital ratios (continued)

 

Credit risk weighted assets decreased by € 14.2 billion primarily reflecting: (i) the large increase in impaired loans in the IRBA loan portfolios within the RoI Division, which generate an increase in the expected loss adjustment and a reduction in the risk weighted assets; and (ii) reductions in the loan book across each of the Divisions, predominantly in Capital Markets. This was offset by the increase in risk weighted assets arising from the deterioration in the performing IRBA loan portfolios and the impact of exchange rate movements. The increase in operational risk weighted assets reflects the natural increase in capital requirements arising from an increase in business activity rather than any underlying specific increase in operational risks.

 

Capital adequacy information

   2009
€ m
    Restated(1)
2008

€ m
 

Tier 1

    

Paid up share capital

   329      294   

Eligible reserves

   9,952      8,600   

Equity non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

   437      354   

Supervisory deductions from core tier 1 capital

   (1,187   (1,490
            

Core tier 1 capital

   9,531      7,758   

Non-equity non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

   189      990   

Non-cumulative perpetual preferred securities

   136      864   

Reserve capital instruments

   239      497   

Supervisory deductions from tier 1 capital

   (1,425   (172
            

Total tier 1 capital

   8,670      9,937   
            

Tier 2

    

Eligible reserves

   239      232   

Credit provisions

   510      536   

Subordinated perpetual loan capital

   189      692   

Subordinated term loan capital

   4,261      2,970   

Supervisory deductions from tier 2 capital

   (1,425   (172
            

Total tier 2 capital

   3,774      4,258   
            

Gross capital

   12,444      14,195   

Supervisory deductions

   (129   (142
            

Total capital

   12,315      14,053   
            

Risk weighted assets

    

Credit risk

   110,376      124,606   

Market risk

   2,196      2,043   

Operational risk

   7,808      7,250   
            

Total risk weighted assets

   120,380      133,899   
            

Capital ratios

    

Core tier 1

   7.9   5.8

Tier 1

   7.2   7.4

Total

   10.2   10.5

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts - see Accounting policies - Basis of preparation.

The Group’s capital ratios are based on Pillar 1 (‘Minimum Capital Requirements’) under the Capital Requirements Directive. Under Pillar 2 (‘Supervisory Review’) banks may estimate their own capital requirements through an ICAAP which is subject to supervisory review and evaluation.

 

53


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 5. Critical accounting policies & estimates

 

The Group’s accounting policies are set out on pages 123 - 143 of this report.

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of certain assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. The estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Since management judgement involves making estimates concerning the likelihood of future events, the actual results could differ from those estimates. The financial statements continue to be prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Company and the Group as a whole have the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future.

The accounting policies that are deemed critical to AIB’s results and financial position, in terms of the materiality of the items to which the policy is applied and the estimates that have a significant impact on the financial statements are set out below. In addition, estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year are also discussed.

Loan impairment*

AIB’s accounting policy for impairment of financial assets is set out in accounting policy number 16. The provisions for impairment of loans and receivables at 31 December 2009 represent management’s best estimate of the losses incurred in the loan portfolios at the reporting date.

The estimation of loan losses is inherently uncertain and depends upon many factors, including loan loss trends, portfolio grade profiles, local and international economic climates, conditions in various industries to which AIB Group is exposed and other external factors such as legal and regulatory requirements.

Credit risk is identified, assessed and measured through the use of credit rating and scoring tools. The ratings influence the management of individual loans. Special attention is paid to lower quality rated loans and when appropriate, loans are transferred to specialist units to help avoid default, or where in default, to help minimise loss. The credit rating triggers the raising of specific provisions on individual loans where there is doubt about their recoverability.

The management process for the identification of loans requiring provision is underpinned by independent tiers of review. Credit quality and loan loss provisioning are independently monitored by credit and risk management on a regular basis. All AIB divisions assess and approve their provisions and provision adequacy on a quarterly basis. These provisions are in turn reviewed and approved by the AIB Group Credit Committee on a quarterly basis with ultimate Group levels being approved by the Audit Committee and the Board.

Key assumptions underpinning our estimates of collective and IBNR provisioning are back tested with the benefit of experience and revisited for currency on a regular basis.

Specific provisions

A specific provision is made against problem loans when, in the judgement of management, the estimated repayment realisable from the obligor, including the value of any security available, is likely to fall short of the amount of principal and interest outstanding on the obligor’s loan or overdraft account. The amount of the specific provision made in the Group’s consolidated financial statements is intended to cover the difference between the assets’ carrying value and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the assets’ original effective interest rates. Specific provisions are created for cases that are individually significant, and also collectively for assets that are not individually significant.

The amount of an individually assessed specific provision required is highly dependent on estimates of the amount of future cash flows and their timing. Individually insignificant loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. As this process is model driven, based on historic loan recovery rates, the total amount of the Group’s impairment provisions on these loans is somewhat uncertain as it may not totally reflect the impact of the prevailing market conditions.

Changes in the estimate of the value of security and the time it takes to receive those cash flows could have a significant effect on the amount of impairment provisions required and on the income statement expense and balance sheet position.

The construction and property loan portfolio has been particularly adversely impacted by the downturn in both the Irish and UK economies. Collateral values have significantly reduced and, particularly in Ireland, there is little or no market activity in the sector. Accordingly, the estimation of cash flows likely to arise from the realisation of such collateral is subject to a very high degree of uncertainty.

Incurred but not reported provisions

Incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) provisions are also maintained to cover loans which are impaired at the reporting date and, while not specifically identified, are known from experience to be present in any portfolio of loans.

IBNR provisions are maintained at levels that are deemed appropriate by management having considered: credit grading profiles and grading movements; historic loan loss rates; changes in credit management; procedures, processes and policies; levels of credit management skills; local and international economic climates; portfolio sector profiles/industry conditions; and current estimates of loss in the portfolio.

 

* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

54


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The total amount of impairment loss in the Group’s earning portfolio and therefore the adequacy of the IBNR allowance is inherently uncertain. There may be factors in the portfolio that have not been a feature of the past and changes in credit grading profiles and grading movements may lag the change in the credit profile of the customer. In addition, current estimates of loss within the earning portfolio and the period of time it takes following a loss event for an individual loan to be recognised as impaired (‘emergence period’) are subject to a greater element of estimation due to the speed of change in the economies in which we operate and the unprecedented market conditions.

Estimation of expected loss is one method used by management in assessing the adequacy of IBNR provisions. Estimates of expected loss are driven by the following key factors:

 

   

Probability of default i.e. the likelihood of a customer defaulting on its obligations over the next 12 months;

 

   

Loss given default i.e. the fraction of the exposure amount that will be lost in the event of default; and

 

   

Exposure at default i.e. exposure is calculated by adding the expected drawn balance plus a percentage of the unused limits. The Group’s rating systems have been internally developed and are continually being enhanced, e.g. externally benchmarked to help underpin the aforementioned factors which determine the estimates of expected loss.

Financial assets held for sale to the National Asset Management Agency*

The Group’s accounting policy for financial assets classified as held for sale to the National Asset Management Agency (“NAMA”) is set out in accounting policy number 24.

These assets are separately disclosed in the statement of financial position. The bases for measurement, impairment and interest recognition are the same as those for loans and receivables (see accounting policy numbers 6, 16, and 18). Derecognition will take place upon the transfer to NAMA of the risks and rewards inherent in these assets which will be the dates specified in the NAMA acquisition schedules.

Determination of fair value of financial instruments*

The Group’s accounting policy for the determination of fair value of financial instruments is set out in accounting policy number 17.

The best evidence of fair value is quoted prices in an active market. The deterioration of the world’s financial markets has considerably reduced the amount of the Group’s financial instruments that are valued on the basis of quoted prices in active markets. The absence of quoted prices increases reliance on valuation techniques and requires the use of judgement in the estimation of fair value. This judgement includes but is not limited to: - evaluating available market information; determining the cash flows for the instruments; identifying a risk free discount rate and applying an appropriate credit spread.

Valuation techniques that rely to a greater extent on non-observable data require a higher level of management judgement to calculate a fair value than those based wholly on observable data.

The choice of contributors, the quality of market data used for pricing, and the valuation techniques used are all subject to internal review and approval procedures. Given the uncertainty and subjective nature of valuing financial instruments at fair value, any change in these variables could give rise to the financial instruments being carried at a different valuation, with a consequent impact on shareholders’ equity and, in the case of derivatives and trading portfolio assets, the income statement.

Goodwill impairment*

The Group’s accounting policy for intangible assets is set out in accounting policy number 21. Most of the Group’s carrying value of goodwill arises from its investment in BZWBK (see note 39) while other goodwill forms part of the Group’s investment in associated undertakings, including M&T and BACB (see notes 35 and 37).

The process of identifying and evaluating goodwill impairment is inherently uncertain because it requires significant management judgement in making a series of estimations, the results of which are highly sensitive to the assumptions used.

The impairment review process requires the identification of independent cash generating units, by dividing the business into largely independent income streams. The goodwill is then allocated to these independent units. The carrying value of the unit, including the allocated goodwill, is compared to its recoverable amount to determine whether any impairment exists. If the recoverable amount of a unit is less than its carrying value, goodwill will be impaired.

Where readily available market price data is not available, the calculation of the recoverable amount is based upon discounting expected pre-tax cash flows at a risk adjusted interest rate appropriate to the operating unit, the determination of both of which requires

 

* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

55


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 5. Critical accounting policies & estimates

 

the exercise of judgement. The estimation of pre-tax cash flows is sensitive to the periods for which detailed forecasts are available and to assumptions regarding the long term sustainability of the cash flows taking into consideration changes in the market in which a business operates (e.g. economic and credit conditions, competitive activity, regulatory change and availability of funding).

While forecasts are compared with actual performance and external economic data, expected cash flows naturally reflect management’s view of future performance. Using different growth rate forecasts and alternative risk adjusted discount rates would give a different estimate of the recoverable amount, which could give rise to the requirement for an impairment provision.

Retirement benefit obligations*

The Group’s accounting policy for retirement benefit plans is set out in accounting policy number 11.

The Group provides a number of defined benefit and defined contribution retirement benefit schemes in various geographic locations, the majority of which are funded. In relation to the defined benefit schemes, a full actuarial valuation is undertaken every three years and is updated to reflect current conditions in the intervening periods. Scheme assets are valued at fair value. Scheme liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis, using the projected unit method and discounted at the current rate of return on a high quality corporate bond of equivalent term and currency to the liability. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive income.

In calculating the scheme liabilities and the charge to the income statement, the directors have chosen a number of assumptions within an acceptable range, under advice from the Group’s actuaries. The impact on the income statement and statement of financial position could be materially different if a different set of assumptions were used.

Financial asset and financial liability classification*

The Group’s accounting policies provide scope for financial assets and financial liabilities to be designated on inception into different accounting categories in certain circumstances. In classifying financial assets and financial liabilities as ‘trading’ the Group has determined that they meet the definition of trading assets and trading liabilities as set out in accounting policy number 18 Financial assets and accounting policy number 19 Financial liabilities. In circumstances where financial assets are classified as held-to-maturity, the Group has determined that it has both the positive intention and ability to hold the assets until their maturity date as required by accounting policy number 18.

On 13 October 2008 the IASB issued an amendment to IAS 39 which permits the reclassification of financial assets from trading portfolio financial assets. AIB availed of the option provided by the amendment to reclassify securities from the trading portfolio to the available for sale portfolio, based on their fair value on 1 July 2008, as described in note 25. In addition, in 2009 certain available for sale debt securities were reclassified to loan and receivables to customers (see notes 28 and 31). The designation of financial assets and financial liabilities has a significant effect on their income statement treatment and could have a significant impact on reported income.

Deferred taxation*

The Group’s accounting policy for deferred tax is set out in accounting policy number 13.

Deferred tax assets are recognised when it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences will be utilised. Deferred tax assets arising from unutilised tax losses in the Irish tax jurisdiction amount to €381 million. The net deferred tax asset on items recognised directly in equity amounted to € 40 million, the most significant of which relates to retirement benefits. The retirement benefit deferred tax asset fluctuates in line with movements in the value of the pension scheme deficit. An increase in asset values, with no change in liabilities would reduce the associated deferred tax asset. If it transpired that the deficit could only be eliminated by additional cash contributions, then the recovery of the deferred tax asset would require sufficient taxable profits to accrue.

In assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is probable that all deferred tax assets will be realised. Other than as described above in respect of deferred tax on items recognised directly in equity, the ultimate realisation of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income in the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Directors have considered the assumptions underpinning the restructuring plan (see note 55 (v)) and have determined that future taxable profits will be available to absorb the deferred tax assets including the unutilised tax losses. Accordingly, it is considered that recoverability of the deferred tax asset is probable.

 

* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

56


Table of Contents
Financial review - 6. Deposits and short term borrowings   LOGO

 

Customer accounts

The following table analyses average deposits by customers based on the location of the offices in which the deposits are recorded.

 

     2009
€ m
        2008
€ m
        2007
€ m
              

Domestic offices

   11,744       12,972       14,295

Current accounts

                    

Deposits:

                    

Demand

   6,793       7,165       7,214

Time

   36,175       32,729       24,944
   54,712       52,866       46,453

Foreign offices

              

Current accounts

   8,872       12,348       11,540

Deposits:

                    

Demand

   1,878       1,314       2,327

Time

   18,427       18,756       15,743
   29,177       32,418       29,610
                    

Total

   83,889       85,284       76,063
                    

Current accounts are primarily non-interest bearing checking accounts raised through AIB Group’s branch network in Ireland, Northern Ireland, Britain and Poland.

Demand deposits attract interest rates which vary from time to time in line with movements in market rates and according to size criteria. Such accounts are not subject to withdrawal by cheque or similar instrument and have no fixed maturity dates.

Time deposits are generally larger, attract higher rates of interest than demand deposits and have predetermined maturity dates.

Customer accounts by currency

The following table analyses customer deposits by currency.

 

     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m

Euro

   48,465    52,629    47,738

US dollar

   7,302    9,982    4,697

Sterling

   18,035    20,307    21,387

Polish zloty

   9,033    9,257    7,155

Other currencies

   1,118    429    331
              

Total

   83,953    92,604    81,308
              

Large time deposits and certificates of deposit

The following table shows details of the Group’s large time deposits and certificates of deposit (US$ 100,000 and over or the

equivalent in other currencies) by time remaining until maturity as at 31 December 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

     2009
     3 months
or less
€ m
   After 3 months
but within

6 months
€ m
   After 6 months
but within

12 months
€ m
   After
12 months
€ m
   Total
€ m

Large time deposits

              

Domestic offices

   16,839    3,150    1,791    1,551    23,331

Foreign offices

   12,150    2,148    1,336    393    16,027

Certificates of deposit

              

Domestic offices

   559    10    18    —      587

Foreign offices

   4,409    131    236    5    4,781
                        

Total

   33,957    5,439    3,381    1,949    44,726
                        

 

57


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 6. Deposits and short term borrowings (continued)

 

Large time deposits and certificates of deposit (continued)

 

     2008
     3 months
or less
   After 3 months
but within 6
months
   After 6 months
but within

12 months
   After
12 months
   Total
     € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Large time deposits

              

Domestic offices

   27,234    5,046    1,049    1,618    34,947

Foreign offices

   12,900    1,405    1,576    468    16,349

Certificates of deposit

              

Domestic offices

   2,624    220    129    19    2,992

Foreign offices

   10,341    798    907    12    12,058
                        
   53,099    7,469    3,661    2,117    66,346
                        
     2007
     3 months
or less
   After 3 months
but within

6 months
   After 6 months
but within

12 months
   After
12 months
   Total
     € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Large time deposits

              

Domestic offices

   16,436    753    638    1,245    19,072

Foreign offices

   9,842    446    468    324    11,080

Certificates of deposit

              

Domestic offices

   4,112    845    312    85    5,354

Foreign offices

   6,753    5,448    1,422    89    13,712
                        
   37,143    7,492    2,840    1,743    49,218
                        

Short-term borrowings

The following table shows details of short-term borrowings of AIB Group for the years ended 31 December 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
 

Commercial Paper:

      

End of year outstandings

   5,036      5,912      2,987   

Highest month-end balance

   8,413      7,807      3,336   

Average balance

   5,322      5,541      2,446   

Average rate of interest

      

At end of year

   0.62   2.71   5.02

During the year

   1.32   3.46   5.16

Repurchase agreements:

      

End of year outstandings

   24,381      8,610      7,912   

Highest month-end balance

   32,298      13,842      12,524   

Average balance

   24,681      9,687      10,223   

Average rate of interest

      

At end of year

   0.75   2.73   4.54

During year

   1.00   4.97   4.62

Other short-term borrowings:

      

End of year outstandings

   25,900      31,846      46,332   

Highest month-end balance

   46,680      52,489      51,412   

Average balance

   27,637      43,162      40,527   

Average rate of interest

      

At end of year

   1.77   3.46   5.61

During year

   1.89   4.34   5.64

 

58


Table of Contents
Financial review - 6. Deposits and short term borrowings (continued)   LOGO

 

Short-term borrowings (continued)

 

Average interest rates during the year are computed by dividing total interest expense by the average amount borrowed. Average interest rates at the year end are average rates for a single day and as such may reflect one-day market distortions which may not be indicative of generally prevailing rates.’ Other short-term borrowings’ consist principally of borrowings in the inter-bank market included within ‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Debt securities in issue’ in the consolidated financial statements and generally have remaining maturities of one year or less. The maturity profiles of the above outstandings are disclosed in note 60 of the consolidated financial statements.

Financial review - 7. Financial investments available for sale

Available for sale debt securities

The following tables categorises AIB Group’s available-for-sale debt securities by contractual residual maturity and weighted average yield at 31 December 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

     2009
               After 1 but    After 5 but          
     Within 1 year    within 5 years    within 10 years    After 10 years
     € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %

Irish government securities

   81    3.8    1,848    3.8    1,769    5.1    243    4.5

Euro government securities

   193    3.1    1,206    3.5    335    2.9    370    3.9

Non Euro government securities

   613    2.4    1,039    3.5    383    3.2    594    4.8

Non European government securities

   52    6.0    492    4.5    75    3.3    —      —  

U.S.Treasury & U.S. government agencies

   164    3.2    140    3.2    —      —      47    0.5

Collateralised mortgage obligations

   —      —      34    1.6    12    2.0    1,088    0.6

Other asset backed securities

   —      —      58    0.5    309    0.6    3,161    1.3

Euro bank securities

   2,218    1.9    3,813    2.1    763    2.9    10    4.7

Non Euro bank securities

   800    1.7    1,878    2.0    74    2.4    121    10.0

Certificates of deposit

   207    1.7    —      —      —      —      —      —  

Other investments

   47    5.3    610    6.7    111    7.3    51    6.9
                                       

Total

   4,375    2.2    11,118    3.0    3,831    3.9    5,685    2.0
                                       
     2008
               After 1 but    After 5 but          
     Within 1 year    within 5 years    within 10 years    After 10 years
     € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %

Irish government securities

   35    2.4    504    3.9    363    4.5    635    4.4

Euro government securities

   391    3.2    1,273    3.7    513    3.5    521    3.6

Non Euro government securities

   743    2.8    1,083    4.1    461    4.1    592    4.6

Non European government securities

   142    5.1    708    4.7    487    4.0    —      —  

U.S.Treasury & U.S. government agencies

   13    3.5    474    3.3    —      —      63    1.1

Collateralised mortgage obligations

   —      —      33    6.3    64    5.6    1,444    1.4

Other asset backed securities

   —      —      51    2.4    247    3.5    3,756    4.3

Euro bank securities

   1,189    4.3    5,914    4.5    1,543    4.5    32    5.5

Non Euro bank securities

   865    3.5    2,998    4.2    247    4.3    128    8.7

Certificates of deposit

   212    5.5    —      —      —      —      —      —  

Other investments

   96    6.0    700    7.2    157    10.6    60    9.3
                                       

Total

   3,686    3.8    13,738    4.4    4,082    4.5    7,231    3.8
                                       

 

59


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 7. Financial investments available for sale (continued)

 

Available for sale debt securities (continued)

 

     2007
               After 1 but    After 5 but     
     Within 1 year    within 5 years    within 10 years    After 10 years
     € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %

Irish government securities

   9    5.9    75    3.7    81    4.6    —      —  

Euro government securities

   878    3.5    1,391    4.3    667    4.3    —      —  

Non Euro government securities

   460    3.9    1,829    4.9    809    5.3    132    5.0

Non European government securities

   182    5.4    488    4.7    546    4.9    —      —  

U.S.Treasury & U.S. government agencies

   20    3.4    16    3.9    —      —      70    5.3

Collateralised mortgage obligations

   46    3.5    78    5.1    97    4.9    1,427    5.3

Other asset backed securities

   17    5.2    —      —      —      —      1,780    5.8

Euro bank securities

   674    3.9    3,399    4.6    831    4.3    —      —  

Non Euro bank securities

   517    5.4    3,024    5.6    214    5.5    —      —  

Certificates of deposit

   331    5.5    —      —      —      —      —      —  

Other investments

   —      —      425    5.7    128    7.5    17    6.8
                                       

Total

   3,134    4.3    10,725    4.9    3,373    4.9    3,426    5.5
                                       

The weighted average yield for each range of maturities is calculated by dividing the annual interest prevailing at the balance sheet date by market value of securities held at that date.

Financial investments available for sale unrealised gains/losses

The following table gives the fair value of financial investments available for sale by major classifications together with the gross unrealised gains and losses at 31 December 2007. See note 31 of the financial statements for this analysis for 2009 and 2008.

 

     2007  
     Fair value
€ m
   Unrealised
gross gains
€ m
   Unrealised
gross (losses)
€ m
    Net unrealised
gains/(losses)
€ m
    Tax effect
€ m
    Net
after tax
€ m
 

Irish government securities

   165    1    (1   —        —        —     

Euro government securities

   2,936    4    (29   (25   3      (22

Non Euro government securities

   3,230    19    (35   (16   3      (13

Non European government securities

   1,216    2    (18   (16   1      (15

U.S.Treasury & U.S. government agencies

   106    1    —        1      —        1   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

   1,648    3    (16   (13   2      (11

Other asset backed securities

   1,797    5    (38   (33   4      (29

Euro bank securities

   4,904    5    (96   (91   12      (79

Non Euro bank securities

   3,755    4    (49   (45   5      (40

Certificates of deposit

   331    —      —        —        —        —     

Other investments

   570    4    (8   (4   3      (1
                                  

Total debt securities

   20,658    48    (290   (242   33      (209

Equity shares

   326    196    —        196      (36   160   
                                  

Total

   20,984    244    (290   (46   (3   (49
                                  

The amount removed from equity and recognised in the income statement in respect of financial assets available for sale amounted to € 55 million during the period ended 31 December 2007.

 

60


Table of Contents
Financial review - 8. Financial investments held to maturity   LOGO

 

The following table categorises the Group’s financial investments held to maturity, by maturity and weighted average yield at 31 December 2009 and 2008. The Group had no financial investments held to maturity at 31 December 2007.

 

     2009
     Within 1 year    After 1 but
within 5 years
   After 5 but
within 10 years
   After 10 years
     € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %

Non Euro government securities

   231    6.0    1,010    4.9    345    5.8    —      —  
                                       

 

     2008
     Within 1 year    After 1 but
within 5 years
   After 5 but
within 10 years
   After 10 years
     € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %    € m    Yield %

Non Euro government securities

   77    6.04    1,215    5.12    207    5.81    —      —  
                                       

Financial review - 9. Contractual obligations

Financial liabilities by undiscounted contractual cash flows are set out in note 61 to the consolidated financial statements. The table below provides details of the contractual obligations of the Group as at 31 December 2009 in respect of capital expenditure and operating lease commitments.

 

     Less than
1 year
   1 to 3
years
   3 to 5
years
   After 5
years
   Total
     € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Contractual obligations

              

Capital expenditure commitments

   35    —      —      —      35

Operating leases

   119    212    166    659    1,156
                        

Total

   154    212    166    659    1,191
                        

There are certain regulatory restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to transfer funds to the parent company in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. The impact of such restrictions is not expected to have a material effect on the Group’s ability to meet its cash obligations.

 

61


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 10. Off-balance sheet arrangements*

 

Under IFRS, transactions and events are accounted for and presented in accordance with their substance and economic reality and not merely their legal form. As a result, the substance of transactions with a special purpose entity (“SPE”) forms the basis for their treatment in the Group’s financial statements. An SPE is consolidated in the financial statements when the substance of the relationship between the Group and the SPE indicates that the SPE is controlled by the entity and meets the criteria set out in IAS 27 Consolidated and separate financial statements and SIC 12 Consolidation - Special purposes entities. The primary form of SPE utilised by the Group are securitisations and employee compensation trusts.

Securitisations

The Group utilises securitisations in the ordinary course of business, primarily to support the following business objectives:

 

   

as an investor as part of the management of the Group’s interest rate and liquidity risks in Global Treasury;

 

   

as an investor in securitisations where the Group believes that the transaction offers a superior risk adjusted return opportunity;

 

   

as an originator of securitisations, to meet customer demand to offer a full range of investment opportunities by making available opportunities to invest in AIB-managed Collateralised Debt Obligations (“CDOs”) and Collateralised Bond Obligations (“CBOs”); and

 

   

as an originator of securitisations to support the funding activities of the Group.

AIB is primarily an investor in securitisations issued by other credit institutions. The most significant involvement with securitisations is via Global Treasury’s investment in AAA-rated prime Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (‘’RMBS’’) assets. In fulfilling its primary interest rate and liquidity management objective, Global Treasury applies qualifying criteria to the RMBS assets it purchases, including LTV, seasoning, location and quality of originator. Global Treasury also holds a significant portfolio of AAA-rated US student loan asset backed securities; these investments benefit from US government guarantees. It also holds a less significant portfolio of other asset classes. These assets are contained in the available for sale portfolio.

The Group also has a smaller portfolio of investments in securitisations held by the Corporate Banking business unit. The portfolio consists of both cash and synthetic structures across a variety of asset classes, including CDOs, CBOs, Collateralised Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) and RMBS.

The Corporate Banking business is also a sponsor of securitisation transactions. These structures form a small part of their portfolio. The Group has equity interests in five CDO/CBO transactions which are not consolidated in the Group’s financial statements. Four of these vehicles (CDOs) were created primarily to fund the European buyout market, while the fifth is invested in US High yield Bonds (CBO). The Group does not have control over these CDOs/CBO, nor does it bear the significant risks and rewards that are inherent in these assets. The cumulative size of these vehicles at 31 December 2009 was € 1,701 million (2008: € 1,741 million). The Group’s investment and maximum exposure totals € 28 million (2008: € 30 million). There is no recourse to the Group by third parties in relation to these vehicles. A ‘B’ credit grade(1) is assigned to 93% of the underlying assets. The weighted average life of assets the CDOs/CBO hold is approximately 5 years. The deals are funded with long term financing which consists of approximately 90% rated debt notes and 10% equity. There have been write-downs of assets in these CDOs/CBO of € 20 million. Approximately € 81 million of the CDOs/CBO issued mezzanine and senior debt has been downgraded in 2009. AIB does not provide liquidity lines to asset-backed commercial paper conduits or similar entities.

In addition, AIB Group has acted as an originator and invested in three securitisation vehicles: Causeway Securities p.l.c.; Clogher Securities Limited; and Wicklow Gap Limited. These securitisations support the funding activities of the Group, and whilst the assets held in the securitisation vehicles have not been derecognised, the investments are eliminated on consolidation. Details on these three SPEs are set out in note 38 to the financial statements.

Stock borrowing and lending

Securities borrowed are not recognised in the financial statements, unless these are sold to third parties, at which point the obligation to repurchase the securities is recorded as a trading liability at fair value and any subsequent gain or loss included in trading income.

Employee compensation trusts

AIB and some of its subsidiary companies use trust structures to benefit employees and to facilitate the ownership of the Group’s equity by employees. The Group consolidates these trust structures where the risks and rewards of the underlying shares have not been transferred to the employees. Details of these structures are provided in note 51 of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

(1) Moody’s public rating or internal AIB credit grade is assigned to the asset where a Moody’s rating is not available.
* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements.

 

62


Table of Contents
Risk management     LOGO

 

          Page

1.           Risk factors

   64

2.           Framework

  
  

2.1        Risk philosophy

   67
  

2.2        Risk appetite

   67
  

2.3        Risk governance and risk management organisation

   68
  

2.4        Risk identification and assessment process

   69
  

2.5        Risk strategy

   69
  

2.6        Stress and scenario testing

   70

3.           Individual risk types

  
  

3.1        Credit risk

   71
  

3.2        Market risk

   92
  

3.3        Non-trading interest rate risk

   95
  

3.4        Structural foreign exchange risk

   96
  

3.5        Liquidity risk

   96
  

3.6        Operational risk

   97
  

3.7        Regulatory compliance risk

   98
  

3.8        Pension risk

   99

 

63


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 1. Risk factors

 

The Group’s activities are subject to risk factors that could impact its future performance or its ability to continue as a going concern. Certain of these risks can be mitigated by the use of safeguards and appropriate systems and actions. Some risks, however, are outside the Group’s control and cannot be mitigated. The principal factors that may affect the Group’s performance or its ability to continue as a going concern are set out below. These factors should not be regarded as a complete and comprehensive statement of all potential risks and uncertainties because there may be risks and uncertainties of which the Group is not aware and which the Group does not consider significant but which in the future may become significant.

The economic environment continues to be very challenging

The deterioration of the Irish economy, as well as in the economies of the United Kingdom and certain other markets served by the Group, significantly and adversely affected the Group’s financial condition and performance in 2009 and presents significant risks and challenges for the Group in the year and years ahead. Demand for housing and commercial and other property has fallen considerably, particularly in Ireland. Any continued deterioration in property prices in Ireland and/or the United Kingdom could further adversely affect the Group’s financial condition and results of operations. If those levels of market disruption and volatility continue, worsen or abate and then recur, the Group will experience further reductions in business activity, lower demand for its products and services, increased funding costs, as a result of rating downgrades or otherwise, as well as funding pressures, decreased asset values, additional write-downs and impairments charges and lower profitability. The Group’s financial performance may also be affected by future recovery rates on assets and the historical assumptions underlying asset recovery rates may no longer be accurate given the general economic instability. Moreover, even if the current market disruption and volatility abates, a global recession or prolonged recession in one or more of the countries significant to the Group’s business will adversely affect the Group’s earnings and financial condition.

There are significant credit, liquidity, operational and other risks to be managed

Like all banks, the Group is subject to liquidity, credit, market, non-trading interest rate and operational risks in the ordinary course of its business. It is also subject to pension and other risks that, although not common to all banks, have been a factor for a large number of UK and Irish listed companies for many years. The nature of these risks and the mechanisms in place within the Group to address them are described in further detail under Individual risk types below. In addition to such risks that occur most routinely, there have been significantly increased liquidity and credit risks over the past year, which reflect the broader global liquidity crunch to which all financial institutions have been subject, as well as factors that are specific to the Irish banking industry. While the Irish Government’s guarantee of specified bank liabilities (described elsewhere in this report) has helped to significantly ease the liquidity challenges to which the Group and other Irish banks have been subject, there can be no assurance that ongoing challenges will not continue to impact the Group’s funding initiatives, whether as a result of factors specific to the Group or factors that apply to borrowers in Europe, the United States or elsewhere more generally.

The Group’s cost of borrowing is influenced by, among other things, its credit ratings. Rating downgrades create the risk that corporate and institutional counterparties may look to further reduce credit exposures to banks, given current risk aversion trends. The Group suffered ratings downgrades during 2009 and this impacted the Group’s access to funding and cost thereof. Any reductions in credit ratings including what happened in 2010, may limit the Group’s access to the capital markets in terms of both quantum and duration, and trigger additional collateral requirements in derivative contracts and other secured funding arrangements. As a result, any further reductions in the Group’s credit ratings could adversely affect its access to liquidity and competitive position, increase its funding costs and have a negative impact on its earnings and financial condition.

While management of the Irish economy and Ireland’s domestic banking business will continue to be of great importance to the Group, developments in other European countries have the potential to more broadly impact the ability of other borrowers (including AIB) to access international credit markets on satisfactory terms. In addition, the management of credit risk has become more difficult over the past year, particularly in relation to the credit worthiness of a number of the Group’s existing borrowers in Ireland and the United Kingdom.

Participation in the National Asset Management Agency gives rise to several important risks

Although the Group’s participation in the National Asset Management Agency (“NAMA”), approved by the shareholders in December 2009, is expected to contribute to a more orderly resolution of the Group’s exposure to the troubled Irish and UK property sectors, there are also several associated risks to the Group. The NAMA business plan indicates that NAMA may acquire from the Group up to approximately € 23.2 billion in land, development and associated loans and that the stated aim of the Irish Government is to have the acquisition process completed by the middle of 2010. In his statement of 16 September 2009, the Minister estimated an average industry-wide discount of 30% to book value for eligible bank loans. Notwithstanding these plans and

 

64


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

pronouncements, the Group will not have any control over the nature, number and valuation of its NAMA assets that are to be transferred to NAMA. There are risks that the transfer of these assets will be delayed and/or that the discount will differ from the industry-wide percentage amount referred to by the Minister. Other related risks include the possibility of the transfer to NAMA of performing assets at an undervalue, the limited ability of the Group to challenge the valuations attached to specified assets being transferred, limitations around the ability of the Group to manage its NAMA and associated assets, the obligation imposed on the Group to comply with directions from the Minister and/or the Financial Regulator in respect of a number of matters, and the potential credit exposure to NAMA arising from the payment by it for up to 5% of the acquired NAMA assets with subordinated debt. More generally, there are risks associated with the transfer of such a large portion of the Group’s assets to NAMA under arrangements that are uncertain and in respect of which the Group has very limited control.

There are risks associated with the Group’s potential need for additional capital

The Group’s ability to maintain its targeted regulatory capital ratios and those of its subsidiary regulated institutions could be affected by a number of factors, including the level of risk weighted assets. In addition, the Group’s core tier 1 ratio will be directly impacted by its after-tax results which could be affected, most notably, from greater than anticipated asset impairments.

The Group is required by regulators in Ireland, and other countries in which it undertakes regulated activities, to maintain adequate capital, and the Group is subject to the risk of having insufficient capital resources to meet the minimum regulatory capital requirements. In addition, those minimum regulatory requirements may increase in the future and/or the Financial Regulator may change the manner in which it applies existing regulatory requirements to recapitalised banks, including the Group. Furthermore, the Group’s level of risk weighted assets may differ depending on the assumptions used in modelling its risks under the Foundation IRB approach under the Capital Requirements Directive (“CRD”). Under the CRD, capital requirements are inherently more sensitive to market movements than under previous regimes and capital requirements will increase if economic conditions impact negatively on the credit quality of the Group’s loan portfolio.

The deterioration in credit quality of the Group’s loan portfolio may exceed expectations and generate an additional capital requirement. Effective management of the Group’s capital is critical to its ability to operate its businesses, to grow organically and to pursue its strategy. Any change that limits the Group’s ability to manage its balance sheet and capital resources effectively (including, for example, reductions in profits and retained earnings as a result of write-downs or otherwise, increases in risk weighted assets, delays in the disposal of certain assets or the inability to syndicate loans as a result of market conditions or otherwise) or to access funding sources could have a material adverse impact on its financial condition and regulatory capital position. Any failure by the Group to maintain its minimum regulatory capital ratios could result in administrative actions or sanctions, which in turn may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s operating results, financial condition and prospects. If the Group is required to bolster its capital position, it may not be possible for it to raise additional capital from the financial markets or to dispose of marketable assets. That could lead to further capital injections by the Irish Government, which would dilute the interests of the shareholders.

With the continued uncertainty in financial markets, there could be a market expectation for internationally active banks to hold levels of core tier 1 capital and shareholders’ equity at levels higher than those required by regulators. This could lead to the Group being required to hold higher levels of capital than currently envisaged. That requirement could reduce the Group’s operational flexibility and reduce or eliminate earnings growth.

In December 2009, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued for consultation a package of proposals to strengthen global capital and liquidity regulations with the goal of promoting a more resilient banking sector. The consultation closes on 16 April 2010. The Committee has planned a comprehensive impact assessment with the objective to ensure that the new standards introduce greater resiliency of individual banks and the banking sector to periods of stress, while promoting sound credit and financial intermediation activity. It is expected that final proposals will issue by the end of 2010 with implementation by the end of 2012, possibly with transitional and grandfathering arrangements. It is likely that the proposals, if implemented in their current form without transitional and grandfathering arrangements, would have a negative impact on AIB’s capital ratios.

The acceptance of Government support also includes the acceptance of related risks

During 2009, the Irish Government introduced a range of measures designed to provide support to the Group and other members of the Irish banking industry. This included the € 3.5 billion purchase by the Government, acting through the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission, of non-cumulative preference shares and the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee (“ELG”) scheme (which supplements the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme 2008 (the “CIFS Scheme”)) to guarantee specified liabilities of the Group. The acceptance of such support from the Government means the Group is subject to increased responsibilities to, and oversight by, the Government (with the potential that this has to impact the conduct of the Group’s business) and has resulted in the need for a restructuring plan subject to review and approval by the European Commission. Although this restructuring plan has been

 

65


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 1. Risk factors

 

submitted to the Government and the Commission, it is too early to predict the ultimate outcome of this process. However, the Commission is free to impose a range of conditions on the Group, including divestment, conduct of business and other restrictions that could materially impact the Group.

Valuation risk

Under International Financial Reporting Standards, the Group recognises at fair value: (i) derivative financial instruments; (ii) financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss; (iii) certain hedged financial assets and financial liabilities; and (iv) financial assets classified as available-for-sale, each as further described in ‘Accounting Policies’. The best evidence of fair value is quoted prices in an active market. Generally, to establish the fair value of these instruments, the Group relies on quoted market prices or, where the market for a financial instrument is not sufficiently active, internal valuation models that utilise observable market data. In certain circumstances, observable market data for individual financial instruments or classes of financial instruments may not be available or may become unavailable due to changes in market conditions. The deterioration of the world’s financial markets has reduced the amount of the Group’s financial instruments that are valued on the basis of quoted prices in active markets. The absence of quoted prices in active markets increases reliance on valuation techniques and requires the Group to make assumptions, judgements and estimates to establish fair value. In common with other financial institutions, these internal valuation models are complex, and the assumptions, judgements and estimates the Group is required to make often relate to matters that are inherently uncertain, such as expected cash flows, the ability of borrowers to service debt, appropriate credit spreads, residential and commercial property price appreciation and depreciation, and relative levels of defaults. Such assumptions, judgements and estimates are updated to reflect changing facts, trends and market conditions. The resulting change in the fair values of the financial instruments has had and could continue to have an adverse effect on the Group’s earnings and financial condition.

Financial markets continue to experience stress conditions, where steep falls in perceived or actual asset values have been accompanied by a severe reduction in market liquidity. Those stress conditions have resulted in the Group recording significant fair value write-downs on its credit market exposures in 2008 and further fair value write-downs in 2009. Valuations in future periods, reflecting then-prevailing market conditions, may result in significant changes in the fair values of the Group’s exposures, even in respect of exposures, such as credit market exposures, for which the Group has previously recorded fair value write-downs. In addition, the value ultimately realised by the Group may be materially different from the current or estimated fair value. Any of these factors could require the Group to recognise further fair value write-downs or recognise impairment charges, any of which may adversely affect its financial condition and the results of its operations.

The Group is subject to risks resulting from geographical diversification

In addition to its core businesses in Ireland and the United Kingdom, the Group has a larger international presence than any other Irish financial institution. These international activities give rise to a range of additional risks.

The Group has a significant presence in the Polish banking market. In addition, as part of its strategic growth plans, it has sought opportunities for future incremental growth in Central and Eastern Europe. In 2008, it acquired interests in Latvia, Lithuania, Estonia and Bulgaria. Although these investments have been very small to date, investments in developing Eastern European economies involve risks that are quite different to the risks that the Group faces in more traditional markets. Such risks result from significant political, legal and economic changes and liberalisation during the last two decades of transition from communist rule and a planned economy to independence and a market economy. As a result, businesses in which the Group chooses to invest in may still be in the process of adapting to the business standards and practices of the European Union, and the legislation and regulation with which such businesses must comply may remain largely untested in the courts. Should the Group fail to manage the legal, economic or political risks associated with investing in businesses in emerging markets, it could have a negative impact on the Group’s results of operations.

In the United States, the disposal of Allfirst in 2003 and the consequent acquisition of a 22.5% shareholding in M&T (31 December 2009: 22.7%) changed the nature of the Group’s main operations in the United States from a wholly owned subsidiary to that of an investment in an associated undertaking, with a resulting reduction in control. Although the Group is represented on M&T's board, it does not exercise a controlling influence on M&T's operations, and therefore the Group is affected by lending and other activities undertaken by M&T in the United States with limited input on how M&T conducts such activities. Additionally, although the Group has only a minority shareholding in M&T, it continues to have responsibilities to regulators as a source of financial strength and support in respect of M&T. M&T may take action that is not in accordance with the Group’s policies and objectives. Should M&T act contrary to the interest of the Group it could have a material adverse effect upon its business and results of operations.

 

66


Table of Contents
Risk management - 2. Framework   LOGO

 

Introductory remarks

While AIB has an established risk management framework, the financial crisis and in particular how it has manifested in substantial credit losses, has led the Group to review its overall approach to identifying, assessing and managing risks. AIB has already taken a number of steps to enhance its risk management infrastructure, including the restructuring of credit functions, and the deployment of significant levels of experienced resources to credit management areas.

A number of other initiatives to further strengthen the Group’s risk management processes are planned, some of which are mentioned in the individual risk sections below. AIB will continue to consider, and where appropriate make further enhancements to, its risk framework in response to the changing external environment.

Framework

Risk taking is inherent in the provision of financial services and the Group assumes a variety of risks in undertaking its business activities. Risk is defined as any event that could: damage the core earnings capacity of the Group; increase earnings or cash-flow volatility; reduce capital; threaten business reputation or viability; and/or breach regulatory or legal obligations. AIB has adopted an Enterprise Risk Management approach to identifying, assessing and managing risks. The key elements of the Enterprise Risk Management framework are:

2.1 Risk philosophy;

2.2 Risk appetite;

2.3 Risk governance and risk management organisation;

2.4 Risk identification and assessment process;

2.5 Risk strategy; and

2.6 Stress and scenario testing.

These elements are discussed below.

2.1 Risk philosophy

The Board and senior management set the ‘tone at the top’. This establishes the culture, philosophy and behaviour of the Group towards risk and governance, and provides the basis for the engagement of risk governance processes at enterprise, divisional and functional levels. In 2009, the Board has reiterated a set of risk taking principles that reflect the Group's risk philosophy and culture, and articulate the high-level standards against which risk-taking decisions are made. Three key principles are:

 

 

AIB is in the business of taking risk in a controlled manner to enhance shareholder value;

 

 

All risks and related returns are owned by the relevant business units; and

 

 

The risk governance functions perform independent oversight to ensure that key risks are identified and appropriately managed by the relevant business units.

2.2 Risk appetite

The Group’s risk appetite framework seeks to encourage appropriate risk taking to ensure that risks are aligned with business strategy and objectives. The Group determines its risk appetite in a ‘top-down’ and ‘bottom-up’ fashion.‘Top-down’ risk appetite is captured through a range of Board-approved limits and tolerances across risk types. It is also captured through the planning process, whereby the Group considers how much and what type of risk it needs in order to deliver the Group's business objectives and strategy. ‘Bottom-up’ risk appetite is determined by reference to the risk profile that emerges from the various risk assessment processes used by the Group for individual risk types.

AIB intends to enhance its approach to establishing risk appetite and tolerance, and to strengthen the interlinkage between risk appetite and business planning across the Group.

 

67


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 2. Framework

 

2.3 Risk governance and risk management organisation

The Board and senior management have ultimate responsibility for the governance of all risk taking activity in the Group. AIB uses a ‘three lines of defence’ framework in the delineation of accountabilities for risk governance.

Under the three lines of defence model, primary responsibility for risk management lies with line management. Line management is supported by three Group and Divisional functions with a risk governance role. These are the enterprise-wide Risk, Regulatory Compliance and Finance functions. Together these act as the second line of defence. The third and final line of defence is the Group Internal Audit (“GIA”) function which provides independent assurance to the Audit Committee of the Board on all risk-taking activity.

While the Board has ultimate responsibility for all risk-taking activity within AIB, it has delegated some risk governance responsibilities to a number of committees or key officers. The diagram below summarises the Enterprise Committee structure of the Group.

The role of the Board and the Audit Committee is set out in the section on Corporate governance. The Group Executive Committee (“GEC”) is the senior executive committee of the Group. The GEC manages the strategic business risks of AIB and sets the business strategy of the enterprise within which the risk management function operates. The Risk Management Committee (“RMC”) is the highest executive forum for risk governance within the Group. It is responsible for identifying, analysing and monitoring risk exposures, adopting best practice policies and standards, and reviewing risk management activities at an enterprise level.

LOGO

The RMC acts as the parent body of a number of other risk and control committees, namely the Group Credit Committee, the Credit Risk Measurement Committee, the Group Operational Risk Management Committee (‘Group ORMCo’), the Market Risk Committee and the Stress Testing Steering Group.

The Group Asset and Liability Management Committee (‘Group ALCo’) is responsible for all activities in AIB relating to capital planning and management, funding and liquidity management, structural asset and liability management and the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (“ICAAP”) - see Capital Management section.

The Group Disclosure Committee is responsible for ensuring the compliance of the Group’s external disclosures with legal and regulatory requirements, including relevant provisions of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (‘Sarbanes-Oxley Act’).

The role of Risk Management and the Group Chief Risk Officer

The Group Chief Risk Officer (“Group CRO”) has independent oversight of the Group’s enterprise-wide risk management activities. The Group CRO is a member of the GEC and reports to the Group Managing Director, with a dotted line to the chairman of the Audit Committee. The Group CRO’s responsibilities include:

 

 

Developing and maintaining the Enterprise Risk Management framework;

 

 

Providing independent reporting to the Board on risk issues, including the risk appetite and risk profile of the Group;

 

 

Providing independent assurance to the Group Managing Director and Board that material risks are identified and managed by line management and that the Group is in compliance with enterprise risk policies, processes and limits.

Since June 2009, the role of the Group CRO has been performed on a temporary basis by the Group Chief Executive/Managing Director. In addition to the enterprise-wide Risk function, each of the four operating divisions and Operations & Technology have dedicated risk management functions, with divisional CROs reporting directly to the Group CRO.

 

68


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

2.3 Risk governance and risk management organisation (continued)

The role of Finance and the Chief Financial Officer

Finance and the Chief Financial Officer have responsibility for all of the financial processes of the Group. These include financial and capital planning, management accounting, financial disclosures and balance sheet management. Risks embedded in these processes remain the responsibility of the Chief Financial Officer, as does responsibility for compliance with tax legislation as well as external financial and regulatory reporting requirements.

Regulatory Compliance

Regulatory Compliance under the direction of the Group General Manager, Regulatory and Operational Risk, is an enterprise-wide function which operates independently of the business. The function is responsible for identifying compliance obligations arising from ‘conduct of business’ (customer-facing) regulations in each of the Group’s operating markets. There are Regulatory Compliance teams in each division that work closely with management in assessing compliance risks and provide advice and guidance on addressing these risks. Risk-based monitoring of compliance by the business with regulatory obligations is undertaken. The Group General Manager, Regulatory and Operational Risk has a reporting line to the Group CRO and reports independently to the Group Audit Committee on the regulatory compliance and operational risk framework across the Group, and on management’s compliance with financial regulation governing conduct of business, money laundering, terrorist financing and operational risk issues.

The Regulatory Compliance function also promotes the embedding of an ethical framework within AIB’s businesses to ensure that the Group operates with honesty, fairness and integrity.

Group Internal Audit

Group Internal Audit (“GIA”) is an independent evaluation and appraisal function reporting to the Board through the Audit Committee.

GIA acts as the third line of defence in the Group’s risk governance organisation and provides assurance to the Audit Committee on the adequacy, effectiveness and sustainability of the governance, risk management and control processes throughout the Group, including the activities carried out by other control functions. The results of GIA audits are reported quarterly to the Audit Committee, which monitors both resolution of audit issues and progress in the delivery of the audit plan.

2.4 Risk identification and assessment process

Risk is identified and assessed in the Group through a combination of top-down and bottom-up risk assessment processes. Top-down processes focus on broad risk types and common risk drivers rather than specific individual risk events, and adopt a forward-looking view of perceived threats over the planning horizon. The key top-down risk assessment process is the Enterprise Risk Assessment, which is undertaken on a six monthly basis. This looks at the material risks facing the Group, as identified by divisional and functional risk review processes, overlaid with an analysis at Group level of emerging threats, industry trends and external incidents.

The Enterprise Risk Assessment is the most significant input into the Material Risk Assessment undertaken for the purpose of the ICAAP under Pillar 2 of the CRD.

Bottom-up risk assessment processes are more granular, focusing on risk events that have been identified through specific qualitative or quantitative measurement tools. A key qualitative tool is self-assessment, which is used in the assessment of operational and regulatory compliance risk. Quantitative tools include the use of internal grading models to estimate the Probability of Default (“PD”), ‘Loss Given Default’ (“LGD”) and Exposure at Default (“EAD”) of credit exposures, and Value At Risk (“VaR”) in the context of the Group’s trading portfolios.

Top-down and bottom-up views of risk come together through a process of upward reporting of, and management response to, identified and emerging risks. This ensures that the Group’s view of risk remains sensitive to emerging trends and common themes.

2.5 Risk strategy

The Group’s risk strategy is informed by its risk appetite and the risk profile which emerges from the risk assessment process. To the extent that mismatches are identified between risk appetite and the actual risks being taken, action to address such gaps is undertaken. In the current environment, risk strategy is focused on reducing the risk profile of the Group (particularly in respect of credit and funding risk) to support and enhance the sustainability of the Group.

 

69


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 2. Framework

 

2.6 Stress and scenario testing

The Group uses stress testing and scenario analysis to supplement its risk assessment processes and to meet its regulatory requirements. The objective of stress testing and scenario analysis is to assess the Group’s exposure to extreme, but plausible, events. The Stress Testing Steering Group is a senior committee tasked by the RMC with the (i) approval of stress scenarios, (ii) oversight of the conduct of the analysis and (iii) review of, and decision making on foot of, the results. Regulatory requirements for banking supervision include specific stress tests under Pillars 1 and 2 of the CRD. Under Pillar 1, the Group applies a severe stress to its existing portfolios. Under Pillar 2, the Group stresses its Financial and Capital Plan. In addition, the Central Bank requests stress tests from time to time as part of its Financial Stability Assessment and Reporting. The Group continues to seek to enhance its capabilities in assessing the Group’s potential vulnerability to extreme scenarios and exogenous shocks, and to meet increased regulatory expectations in respect of stress and scenario testing.

 

70


Table of Contents
Risk management - 3. Individual risk types    LOGO

This section provides details of the Group’s exposure to, and risk management of, the following individual risk types which have been identified through the Group’s risk assessment process:

3.1 Credit risk;

3.2 Market risk;

3.3 Non-trading interest rate risk;*

3.4 Structural foreign exchange risk;*

3.5 Liquidity risk;*

3.6 Operational risk;

3.7 Regulatory Compliance risk; and

3.8 Pension risk.

3.1 Credit risk

Credit risk is defined as the risk that a customer or counterparty will be unable or unwilling to meet a commitment that it has entered into and that the Group is unable to recover the full amount that it is owed through the realisation of any security interests. The table below sets out the maximum exposure to credit risk that arises within the Group and distinguishes between those assets that are carried in the statement of financial position at amortised cost and those carried at fair value. The most significant credit risks arise from lending activities to customers and banks, trading portfolio, available for sale, held for sale and held to maturity financial investments, derivatives and ‘off-balance sheet’ guarantees and commitments. The credit risks arising from balances at central banks, treasury bills and items in course of collection are deemed to be negligible based on their maturity and counterparty status.

Maximum exposure to credit risk*

 

     2009         2008
     Amortised
cost(4)

€ m
        Fair
value(5)
€ m
        Total
€ m
        Amortised
cost

€ m
        Fair
value

€ m
        Total
€ m

Balances at central banks(1)

   3,564       —         3,564       1,565       —         1,565

Items in course of collection

   251       —         251       272       —         272

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

   19,087       125       19,212       —         —         —  

Trading portfolio financial assets(2)

   —         259       259       —         368       368

Derivative financial instruments

   —         6,071       6,071       —         7,328       7,328

Loans and receivables to banks

   9,093       —         9,093       6,266       —         6,266

Loans and receivables to customers

   103,341       —         103,341       129,489       —         129,489

Financial investments available for sale(3)

   —         25,009       25,009       —         28,737       28,737

Financial investments held to maturity

   1,586       —         1,586       1,499       —         1,499

Included elsewhere:

                                

Sale of securities awaiting settlement

   28       —         28       132       —         132

Trade receivables

   95       —         95       143       —         143

Accrued interest

   541       —         541       968       —         968
                                            
   137,586       31,464       169,050       140,334       36,433       176,767

Financial guarantees

   6,967       —         6,967       8,190       —         8,190

Loan commitments and other credit related commitments

   17,180       —         17,180       20,249       —         20,249
   24,147       —         24,147       28,439       —         28,439
                                            

Maximum exposure to credit risk

   161,733       31,464       193,197       168,773       36,433       205,206
                                            

 

(1)

Included within cash and balances at central banks of € 4,382 million (2008: € 2,466 million).

(2)

Excluding equity shares of € 37 million (2008: € 33 million).

(3)

Excluding equity shares of € 327 million (2008: € 287 million).

(4)

All amortised cost items are ‘loans and receivables’ or ‘financial investments held to maturity’ per IAS 39 definitions.

(5)

All items measured at fair value except ‘financial investments available for sale’ are classified as ‘fair value through profit or loss’.

* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

71


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

While the way in which the Group manages and controls credit risk is outlined in the following sections, the Group has responded to the continuing severe deterioration in elements of our credit portfolio by implementing a number of changes in the management of credit risk which include:

 

 

Integrating the credit functions across the Group under the functional responsibility of the Group Chief Credit Officer;

 

 

A restructure of the credit function:

 

   

provide dedicated focus on workout and debt restructuring;

 

   

meet the needs of existing and new borrowers; and

 

   

have an enhanced framework for credit approval and monitoring.

 

 

A significant number of experienced credit personnel have been redeployed to the management of our criticised loan portfolio, i.e. Watch, Vulnerable and Impaired loans. The objective of these criticised loan teams is the proactive management, in terms of earlier identification and more intensive management of problem loans, with a view to minimising the loss impact of borrower failure;

 

 

Credit authorities have also been revisited and amended where appropriate;

 

 

Certain credit policies have been revisited and amended where appropriate; and

 

 

A dedicated project team has been establised to identify NAMA eligible assets and to ensure that the Group is prepared for their transfer to NAMA.

The Group continues to monitor market dynamics to update property collateral valuations, assess borrower liquidity and early warning signs for all sectors.

Further restructure and reorganisation of the credit and credit risk functions is planned which will enhance its credit management framework to reflect changes in the strategies of the Group and to ensure that they are appropriate for managing the risk inherent in its market environment. This is particularly relevant in today’s environment and against the background of significant losses sustained in our credit portfolio. An integral part of these planned changes will be to align the Group’s credit risk appetite with the Group’s strategic plan to ensure appropriate risk taking within key concentration limits and a review of key credit policies including the Group Large Exposures Policy (“GLEP”).

Credit risk on derivatives*

The credit risk on derivative contracts is the risk that the Group’s counterparty in the contract defaults prior to maturity at a time when AIB has a claim on the counterparty under the contract. AIB would then have to replace the contract at the current market rate, which may result in a loss. Derivatives are used by AIB to meet customer needs, to reduce interest rate risk, currency risk and in some cases, credit risk, and also for proprietary trading purposes. Risks associated with derivatives are managed from a credit, market and operational perspective. The credit exposure is treated in the same way as other types of credit exposure and is included in customer limits. The total credit exposure consists partly of current replacement cost and partly of potential future exposure. The potential future exposure is an estimation, which reflects possible changes in market values during the remaining life of the individual contract. The Group uses a simulation tool to estimate possible changes in future market values and computes the credit exposure to a high level of statistical significance.

Country risk*

Credit risk is also influenced by country risk, where country risk is defined as the risk that circumstances arise in which customers and other counterparties within a given country may be unable to fulfil or precluded from fulfiling their obligations to the Group due to economic or political circumstances.

Country risk is managed by setting appropriate maximum risk limits to reflect each country’s overall credit worthiness. These limits are informed by independent credit information from international sources and supported by periodic visits to relevant countries. Risks and limits are monitored on an ongoing basis.

Settlement risk*

Settlement risk arises in any situation where a payment in cash, securities or equities is made in the expectation of a corresponding receipt in cash, securities or equities. The settlement risk on many transactions, particularly those involving securities and equities, is substantially mitigated when effected via assured payment systems, or on a delivery-versus-payment basis. Each counterparty is assessed

 

* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

72


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Settlement risk* (continued)

 

in the credit process and clearing agents, correspondent banks and custodians are selected with a view to minimising settlement risk. The most significant portion of the Group’s settlement risk exposure arises from foreign exchange transactions. Daily settlement limits are established for each counterparty to cover the aggregate of all settlement risk arising from foreign exchange transactions on a single day.

Credit concentration risk*

Credit concentration risk arises where any single exposure or group of exposures, based on common risk characteristics, has the potential to produce losses large enough relative to the Group’s capital, total assets, earnings or overall risk level to threaten its health or ability to maintain its core operations.

Risk identification and assessment *

Credit risk is identified, assessed and measured through the use of credit rating and scoring tools for each borrower or transaction. The methodology used produces a quantitative estimate of PD for the borrower. This assessment is carried out at the level of the individual borrower or transaction and at sub-portfolio, portfolio, business unit and/or divisional level where relevant.

In the retail consumer and small and medium sized entity (“SME”) book, which is characterised by a large number of customers with small individual exposures, risk assessment is largely informed through statistically-based scoring techniques. Both application scoring for new customers and behavioural scoring for existing customers are used to assess and measure risk as well as to facilitate the management of these portfolios. In the commercial, corporate and interbank books, the rating systems utilise a combination of objective information, essentially financial data, and qualitative assessments of non-financial risk factors such as management quality and competitive position. The combination of expert lender judgement and statistical methodologies varies according to the size and nature of the portfolio together with the availability of relevant default experience.

The ratings influence the management of individual loans. Special attention is paid to lower quality rated loans and, when appropriate, loans are transferred to special units to help avoid default or, when in default, to minimise loss.

Credit concentration risk is identified and assessed at single name counterparty level and at portfolio level. The Board-approved GLEP sets the maximum limit by grade for exposures to individual counterparties or group of connected counterparties. Portfolio concentrations are identified and monitored by exposure and grade using internal sector codes.

Such measures facilitate the measurement of concentrations by balance sheet size and risk profile relative to other portfolios within the Group and in turn facilitate appropriate management action discussion and decision making.

Role of stress and scenario analysis in the assessment of credit risk*

The Group conducts periodic stress tests on specific portfolios to assess the impact of credit concentrations and to assist the identification of any additional concentration in its loan books. These tests are carried out as required by senior management. Additional stress tests are carried out to assist capital planning under the CRD. Stress tests undertaken on the Group’s credit portfolios form a significant part of the Group’s Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 stress tests as described in section 2.6.

Risk management and mitigation*

A framework of delegated authorities supports the Group’s management of credit risk. Credit grading, scoring and monitoring systems facilitate the early identification and management of any deterioration in loan quality. The credit management system is underpinned by an independent system of credit review.

Delegated authority is a key credit risk management tool. The Board determines the credit authority for the Group Credit Committee (“GCC”) and divisional Credit Committees, together with the authorities of the Group Managing Director and the Group Chief Credit Officer. The GCC considers and approves credit exposures which are in excess of divisional credit authorities. Delegated authorities below these levels have been clearly defined and are explicitly linked to levels of seniority within the Group.

Key credit policies are approved by the Board. Divisional management approves divisional credit policy within the parameters of relevant Group level policies. The divisional risk management function is an integral part of the approval process of divisional policies. Material divisional policies are referred to the Risk Management Committee (“RMC”) and/or to the Board, where relevant, for approval.

The GLEP sets out a framework for the management of single-name credit concentrations. Any exceptions to limits are highlighted and reported to the RMC and, as appropriate, also to the Board.

Levels of concentrations by geography, sector and product are effectively set through the divisional and Group planning process.

 

* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

73


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

 

Credit risk mitigation*

In relation to individual exposures, while the perceived strength of the borrower’s repayment capacity is the primary factor in granting the loan, AIB uses various approaches to help mitigate risks in individual credits including: transaction structure, security, and guarantees. These items of collateral or guarantees are required as a secondary source of repayment in the event of the borrower’s default. Guidelines covering the acceptability of different forms of security and how it should be valued are outlined in the various Divisional policy papers. The main types of collateral for loans and receivables to customers are as follows:

Home Mortgages: The Group takes collateral in support of lending transactions for the purchase of residential property. There are clear policies in place which set out the type of property acceptable as collateral and the relationship of loan to property value. All properties are required to be fully insured and subject to a legal charge in favour of the Group.

Corporate/Commercial Lending: For property related lending, it is normal practice to take a charge over the property being financed. This includes investment and development properties. For non-property related lending, collateral typically includes a charge over business assets such as stock and debtors but may also include property. In some circumstances, personal guarantees supported by a lien over personal assets are also taken as security. The Group does not disclose the fair value of collateral held against past due or impaired financial assets as it would be operationally impracticable to do so. Very occasionally, credit derivatives are purchased to hedge credit risk. Current levels are minimal and their use is subject to the normal credit approval process.

The Group enters into master netting agreements with counterparties, to ensure that if an event of default occurs, all amounts outstanding with those counterparties will be settled on a net basis.

In the case of large exposures, it is sometimes necessary to reduce initial deal size through appropriate sell-down and syndication strategies. There are established guidelines in place relating to the execution of such strategies.

The Group also has in place an interbank exposure policy which establishes the maximum exposure for each Bank depending on grade. Each Bank is then assessed for the appropriate exposure limit within the policy. Risk generating business units of each division are required to have an approved bank or country limit prior to granting any credit facility, or approving any obligation or commitment which has the potential to create interbank or country exposure.

Provisioning for impairment*

The identification of loans for assessment as impaired is driven by the Group’s rating systems. The Group provides for impairment in a prompt and consistent way across the credit portfolios. The rating models provide a systematic discipline in the identification of loans as impaired and in triggering a need for provisioning on a timely basis.

Loans are identified for assessment as impaired if they are past due typically for more than ninety days or exhibit, through lender assessment, an inability to meet their obligations to the Group.

Within its provisioning methodology, the Group uses two types of provisions: a) Specific; and b) Incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) – i.e. collective provisions for earning loans.

Specific Provisions

Specific provisions arise when the recovery of a specific loan or group of loans is significantly in doubt. The amount of the specific provision will reflect the financial position of the borrower and the net realisable value of any security held for the loan or group of loans. In practice, the specific provision is the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows for the impaired loan(s) and the carrying value. When raising specific provisions, AIB divides its impaired portfolio into two categories, namely individually significant and individually insignificant.

Individually significant impairment

Each division sets a threshold above which cases are assessed on an individual basis. For those credits identified as being impaired and which require assessment on an individual basis, the impairment provision is calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows at the exposure’s effective interest rate and comparing the result (the estimated recoverable amount) to the carrying amount of the loan to determine the level of provision required. Specific provisions for larger loans (individually significant) are raised by reference to the individual characteristics of each credit including an assessment of the value of collateral held. Some key principles have been applied particularly in respect of property collateral held by the Group as property impaired loans amounted to € 13.4 billion (31 December 2008: € 1.7 billion) of the Group’s total impaired loans of € 17.5 billion (31 December 2008: € 3.0 billion).

For impaired property and construction exposures, cash flows will generally emanate from the development and/or disposal of the assets which comprise the collateral held by the Group. AIB typically holds various types of collateral as security for these loans, e.g. land, developments available for sale/rent and investment properties or a combination of these assets via cross collateralisation.

 

* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

74


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

Individually significant impairment (continued)

The Group uses a number of methods to assist in reaching appropriate valuations for its collateral given the absence of a liquid market for property related assets. These include: consultations with valuers; use of professional valuations; use of residual value methodologies; and the application of local market knowledge in respect of the property and its location.

Consultations with valuers would represent circumstances where local external valuers are asked to give verbal “desk top” updates on their view of the assets’ value. Consultation also takes place on general market conditions to help inform the Group’s view on the particular property valuation. The valuers are external to the Group and are familiar with the location and asset for which the valuation is being requested.

Use of professional valuations would represent circumstances where external firms are requested to provide formal written valuations in respect of the property. Up to date external professional valuations are sought in circumstances where it is believed that sufficient transactional evidence is available to support an expert objective view. Given the significant dislocation in the property markets during 2009, professional valuations were often unavailable or unreliable because of the lack of transactional evidence. Historic valuations are also used as benchmarks to compare against current market conditions.

The residual value methodology assesses the value in the land or property asset after meeting the incremental costs to complete the development. This approach looks at the cost of developing the asset to determine the residual value for the Group, including covering the costs to complete and additional funding costs, to maximise the expected residual cash flows from completing the development. The key factors considered are: (i) the development potential given the location of the asset; (ii) its current or likely near term planning status; (iii) levels of demand; (iv) all relevant costs associated with the completion of the project and (v) expected market prices of completed units. Some elements of this approach are derived from one or a combination of the other valuation methodologies outlined. If, following internal considerations which include consultations with valuers, the optimal value for the Group will be obtained through the development/completion of the project; a residual value methodology is used.

Application of local market knowledge would represent circumstances where the local bank management familiar with the property concerned, with local market conditions, and with knowledge of recent completed transactions would provide indications of the likely realisable value and a potential timeline for realisation.

After applying one of the above methodologies or a combination of these, valuation outcomes have resulted in a wide range of discounts (typically 30% - 90%) influenced by the nature, status and year of purchase of the asset. All relevant costs likely to be associated with the realisation of the collateral are taken into account in the cash flow forecasts. The spread of discounts is influenced by the type of collateral, e.g. land, developed land or investment property and also its location. The valuation arrived at is therefore a function of the nature of the asset, e.g. unserviced land in a rural area will most likely suffer a greater reduction in value if purchased at the height of a property boom than a fully let investment property with strong lessees. The discounts to original value, having applied our valuation methodologies to reflect current market conditions, are typically as follows:

 

- Land urban

   30% to 60%

- Land rural

   Greater than 60%

- Developed land/partially developed, i.e. with completed stock

   30% to 50%

- Investment property

   30% to 60%

The above approach and typical discount rates relate to collateral valuations and not loan valuations, as loans were originated at loan to value (“LTVs”) of an average 75%/80%.

At 31 December 2009, € 10.5 billion (31 December 2008: € 1.5 billion) of the group’s property and construction impaired loans related to land and development which includes undeveloped land, together with land with developments in course of construction/development and depending on the facts and circumstances of each case, AIB uses different methodologies, as described above, in assessing the value of such collateral.

A further € 2.7 billion (31 December 2008; € 0.2 billion) related to loans with investment property assets as collateral. Investment property assets comprise completed developments which are available for letting or disposal in their current condition. In some cases the asset will be generating rental income. Valuations are completed using recent professional valuation and/or by consulting with external valuers’, who provide opinions on current values based on yields for similar investment asset class and location. These valuations and opinions are independently reviewed and challenged internally as to their appropriateness.

When assessing the level of provision required for property loans, apart from the value to be realised from the collateral, the other key driver is the time it takes to receive the funds from the realisation of security. While it depends on the type of security and the

 

75


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

Individually significant impairment (continued)

stage of its development, the period of time to realisation is typically two to seven years but sometimes this time period is exceeded. These estimates are frequently reassessed on a case by case basis. In accordance with IAS 39, AIB discounts these cash flows at the assets’ effective interest rate to calculate their net present value and compares this with the carrying value of the asset, the difference being the level of provision required.

Each division has a dedicated workout unit whose function it is to monitor and proactively manage impaired loans. Ultimately the specialised loan ‘work-out’ manager will decide on the method(s) to be used, based on his/her expert judgement. The ‘work-out’ manager then recommends the required provision to the appropriate approval authority. The Group operates a tiered approval framework for provisions which are approved, depending on amount, by various delegated authorities up to Divisional Credit Committee/Special Credit Committee level. These committees are chaired by the Divisional Chief Credit Officer/Managing Director, where the valuation/provision is reviewed and challenged for appropriateness and adequacy. Provisions in excess of divisional authorities are approved by the GCC.

These approaches and valuation outcomes are documented and the resultant provisions are reviewed and challenged as part of the approval process by the relevant delegated credit authority on a quarterly basis.

Individually insignificant impairment

The calculation of an impairment charge for credits below the ‘significant’ threshold is undertaken on a collective basis. Loans are grouped together in homogeneous pools sharing common characteristics. Recovery rates are established for each pool by assessing the Group’s loss experience for these pools over the past four to five years. Loss experience is determined by examining the amount and timing of cash flows received (typically over four years) from the date the loan was identified as impaired, then discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. These recovery rates are updated on a half-yearly basis. Provisions are then raised on new impaired loans reflecting the Group’s updated recovery experience.

While a uniform approach is adopted throughout the Group, depending upon the range/depth of customer and portfolio information available, the methodologies used in establishing the level of impairment may vary within the divisions. The nature of the asset pools may also differ within divisions.

When a loan has been subjected to a specific provision and the prospects for recovery do not improve, a point will come when it may be concluded that there is no realistic prospect of recovery. When that point is reached, the amount of the loan which is considered to be beyond prospect of recovery is charged off. The management process for the identification of loans requiring provision is underpinned by independent tiers of review. Credit quality and impairment provisioning are independently monitored by credit and risk management on a regular basis. A group wide system for rating advances according to agreed credit criteria exists with an important objective being the timely identification of vulnerable loans so that remedial action can be taken at the earliest opportunity. The rating of an exposure is fundamental to the determination of provisioning in AIB Group; it triggers the process which results in the creation of a specific provision on individual loans where there is doubt on recoverability.

Collective impairment for performing book (Incurred but not reported loss)

IBNR provisions are maintained to cover loans which are impaired at balance sheet date and, while not specifically identified, are known from experience to be present in any portfolio of loans. IBNR provisions can only be recognised for incurred losses and are not permitted for losses that are expected to happen as a result of likely future events. IBNR provisions are determined by reference to loss experience in the portfolios and to the credit environment at balance sheet date.

IBNR provisions are maintained at levels that are deemed appropriate by management having considered: credit grading profiles and grading movements; historic loan loss rates; changes in credit management procedures, processes and policies; levels of credit management skills; local and international economic climates; and portfolio sector profiles/industry conditions.

The approach used for the collective evaluation of impairment is to split the performing financial assets into homogeneous pools on the basis of similar risk characteristics. The asset pools are multiplied by the ‘average annual loss rate’ for that pool, suitably adjusted where appropriate by management for any factors currently affecting the portfolio that may not have been a feature in the past or vice versa. The resultant amount is then adjusted to reflect the emergence period, i.e. the time it takes following a loss event for an individual loan to be recognised as impaired requiring a specific provision.

The emergence period is key in determining the level of collective provisions. Emergence periods for each divisional portfolio are determined by taking into account current credit management practices, historical evidence of assets moving from ‘good’ to ‘bad’ as a result of a ‘loss event’ and will include actual case studies. The range of emergence periods applied by AIB is three to twelve months with the majority of the portfolio having a three to six month emergence period applied.

 

76


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

Risk monitoring and reporting

Credit managers receive sufficient account and customer information on a daily basis to pro-actively manage the Group’s credit risk exposures at transaction and relationship level.

Credit risk at a portfolio level is monitored regularly and reported on a monthly basis to senior management and the Board. Monthly reporting typically includes but is not limited to information on advances, concentrations, provisions and grade profiles and trends. A more detailed credit review is prepared for the Board on a quarterly basis.

Single name counterparty concentrations are monitored at transaction level. Large exposures are reported monthly to senior management and quarterly to the Board. Portfolio concentrations are monitored and reported monthly at divisional and Group level. More detailed reports are prepared quarterly at Group level, which outline trends by exposure and grade for key concentrations.

In addition to the regular suite of reports, the Board also receives periodic ad hoc reports on specific aspects of credit risk.

Credit performance measurement framework

The Group continues to refine its methodology for measuring the risk adjusted profitability of its credit business. Economic Value Added (“EVA”) is one of the primary measures of performance used largely for Corporate business. EVA represents the value added having deducted all costs, including expected loss and a charge for the economic capital required to support the facility. The most important inputs into the determination of the expected loss and the economic capital are the PD, the LGD and the EAD. The grades produced by the rating models are translated into a PD, which is a key parameter when measuring risk. LGD is measured taking into account, inter alia, the security held by the Group. EAD for many products is equal to the outstanding exposure but for some products, such as credit lines and derivative contracts, the EAD may be higher than the outstanding exposure.

Further information on credit risk

Further information on credit risk can be found in the notes to the financial statements.

 

   

Derivative financial instruments (note 26).

 

   

Loans and receivables to banks (note 27).

 

   

Loans and receivables to customers (note 28).

 

   

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables (note 29).

 

   

Amounts receivable under finance leases and hire purchase contracts (note 30).

 

   

Financial investments available for sale (note 31).

 

   

Financial investments held to maturity (note 32).

 

   

Credit ratings (note 33).

 

   

Provisions for liabilities, commitments and other provisions (note 47).

 

   

Memorandum items: contingent liabilities and commitments (note 54).

 

   

Additional parent company information on risk (note 71).

Loan portfolio

AIB Group’s loan portfolio comprises loans (including overdrafts), installment credit and finance lease receivables.

The overdraft provides a demand credit facility combined with a current account. Borrowings occur when the customer’s drawings take the current account into debit. The balance may therefore fluctuate with the requirements of the customer. Although overdrafts are contractually repayable on demand (unless a fixed term has been agreed), provided the account is deemed to be satisfactory, full repayment is not generally demanded without notice.

The credit portfolio is diversified within each of its geographic markets (Ireland, United Kingdom, United States, Poland, Europe) by spread of locations, industry classification and individual customer.

Other than construction and property in Ireland(1) (14.9%) and residential mortgages in Ireland(1) (26.1%), as at 31 December 2009 no one industry, or loan category, in any geographic market accounts for more than 10% of AIB Group’s total loan portfolio(1).

The construction and property loans are diversified by sub-sector, loan type, location and borrower. This portfolio includes loans for property investment which is comprised of loans for investment in commercial, retail, office and residential property (the majority of these loans are underpinned by lessee cashflow as well as collateral of the investment property), residential development and commercial development. A small percentage comprises loans to the contracting sub-sector.

 

(1)

Excluding loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA.

 

77


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

The following table shows the loan and receivables portfolio, excluding those held for sale to NAMA, by geography and industry sector at 31 December 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005. Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA are analysed on page 90.

 

     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2006
€ m
    2005
€ m
 

IRELAND

          

Agriculture

   2,015      2,217      1,956      1,647      1,646   

Energy

   844      992      923      670      733   

Manufacturing

   3,108      3,801      3,212      2,835      2,585   

Construction and property

   15,930      33,290      29,973      22,605      14,863   

Distribution

   8,182      9,364      8,704      8,254      6,589   

Transport

   979      1,016      1,150      790      711   

Financial

   1,403      1,549      1,472      774      938   

Services

   4,700      5,422      5,393      4,355      3,301   

Personal - Residential mortgages

   27,818      26,546      24,507      21,420      17,054   

               - Other

   6,242      7,357      7,862      6,930      5,501   

Lease financing

   922      1,107      1,148      1,107      1,099   

Guaranteed by Irish Government

   —        1      6      4      2   
                              
   72,143      92,662      86,306      71,391      55,022   
                              

UNITED KINGDOM

          

Agriculture

   120      149      160      163      163   

Energy

   292      372      344      453      216   

Manufacturing

   1,193      1,348      1,415      1,378      1,366   

Construction and property

   7,068      10,312      13,506      10,491      8,819   

Distribution

   2,639      2,615      3,004      3,017      2,751   

Transport

   601      647      628      668      489   

Financial

   696      826      1,223      1,170      1,063   

Services

   4,936      5,356      5,655      5,500      4,465   

Personal - Residential mortgages

   3,635      3,629      4,554      4,540      3,802   

               - Other

   861      757      1,394      1,410      1,273   

Lease financing

   48      61      115      94      98   
                              
   22,089      26,072      31,998      28,884      24,505   
                              

UNITED STATES

          

Agriculture

   3      6      4      —        —     

Energy

   435      614      457      269      316   

Manufacturing

   161      260      213      175      200   

Construction and property

   904      1,090      565      629      620   

Distribution

   162      209      119      99      103   

Transport

   69      76      24      20      12   

Financial

   54      146      330      469      439   

Services

   753      977      872      795      810   
                              
   2,541      3,378      2,584      2,456      2,500   
                              

POLAND

          

Agriculture

   126      165      183      167      147   

Energy

   86      76      77      160      202   

Manufacturing

   1,024      1,145      999      756      723   

Construction and property

   2,852      2,760      1,857      1,105      531   

Distribution

   804      790      675      516      462   

Transport

   83      100      91      103      67   

Financial

   143      237      117      67      77   

Services

   322      461      416      335      384   

Personal - Residential mortgages

   1,538      1,352      1,040      684      540   

               - Other

   1,039      857      643      412      316   

Lease financing

   711      745      737      460      418   
                              
   8,728      8,688      6,835      4,765      3,867   
                              

REST OF WORLD

   1,106      1,363      993      652      293   
                              

Total loans to customers

   106,607      132,163      128,716      108,148      86,187   

Unearned income

   (279   (382   (371   (328   (281

Provisions for impairment

   (2,987   (2,292   (742   (705   (674
                              

Total loans and receivables

   103,341      129,489      127,603      107,115      85,232   
                              

 

78


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

The following table shows the percentages of loans, excluding those held for sale to NAMA, by geography and industry sector at 31 December 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

     2009
%
   2008
%
   2007
%
   2006
%
   2005
%

IRELAND

              

Agriculture

   1.9    1.7    1.5    1.5    1.9

Energy

   0.8    0.7    0.7    0.6    0.9

Manufacturing

   2.9    2.9    2.5    2.7    3.0

Construction and property

   14.9    25.2    23.3    20.9    17.3

Distribution

   7.7    7.1    6.8    7.6    7.6

Transport

   0.9    0.8    0.9    0.7    0.8

Financial

   1.3    1.1    1.1    0.7    1.1

Services

   4.4    4.1    4.2    4.0    3.8

Personal - Residential mortgages

   26.1    20.1    19.0    19.8    19.8

               - Other

   5.9    5.6    6.1    6.5    6.4

Lease financing

   0.9    0.8    0.9    1.0    1.3
                        
   67.7    70.1    67.0    66.0    63.9
                        

UNITED KINGDOM

              

Agriculture

   0.1    0.1    0.1    0.2    0.2

Energy

   0.3    0.3    0.3    0.4    0.2

Manufacturing

   1.1    1.0    1.1    1.2    1.6

Construction and property

   6.6    7.8    10.5    9.8    10.2

Distribution

   2.5    2.0    2.3    2.8    3.2

Transport

   0.6    0.5    0.5    0.6    0.6

Financial

   0.7    0.6    1.0    1.1    1.2

Services

   4.6    4.0    4.4    5.0    5.2

Personal - Residential mortgages

   3.4    2.7    3.5    4.2    4.4

               - Other

   0.8    0.6    1.1    1.3    1.5

Lease Financing

   —      0.1    0.1    0.1    0.1
                        
   20.7    19.7    24.9    26.7    28.4
                        

UNITED STATES

              

Energy

   0.3    0.5    0.3    0.2    0.4

Manufacturing

   0.2    0.2    0.2    0.2    0.2

Construction and property

   0.8    0.8    0.4    0.7    0.7

Distribution

   0.2    0.2    0.1    0.1    0.1

Transport

   0.1    0.1    —      —      —  

Financial

   0.1    0.1    0.3    0.4    0.5

Services

   0.7    0.7    0.7    0.7    1.0
                        
   2.4    2.6    2.0    2.3    2.9
                        

POLAND

              

Agriculture

   0.1    0.1    0.1    0.2    0.2

Energy

   0.1    0.1    0.1    0.1    0.2

Manufacturing

   1.0    0.9    0.8    0.7    0.8

Construction and property

   2.7    2.1    1.4    1.1    0.6

Distribution

   0.7    0.6    0.5    0.4    0.5

Transport

   0.1    0.1    0.1    0.1    0.1

Financial

   0.1    0.2    0.1    0.1    0.1

Services

   0.3    0.3    0.3    0.3    0.5

Personal - Residential mortgages

   1.4    1.0    0.8    0.6    0.6

               - Other

   1.0    0.6    0.5    0.4    0.4

Lease financing

   0.7    0.6    0.6    0.4    0.5
                        
   8.2    6.6    5.3    4.4    4.5
                        

REST OF WORLD

   1.0    1.0    0.8    0.6    0.3
                        

Total loans

   100.0    100.0    100.0    100.0    100.0
                        

 

79


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

 

Movements in provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

(including loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA)

 

     Years ended 31 December  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2006
€ m
    2005
€ m
 

Total provisions at beginning of period

   2,294      744      707      676      760   

IFRS transition adjustment

   —        —        —        —        (146

Transfers out

   (10   —        —        —        —     

Exchange translation adjustments

   31      (117   (8   (1   16   

Recoveries of provisions previously charged off

   6      11      13      10      3   
                              
   2,321      638      712      685      633   

Amounts charged off

          

Ireland

   (287   (68   (37   (45   (43

United Kingdom

   (149   (78   (13   (14   (13

United States

   (15   (1   —        —        (2

Poland

   (57   (19   (24   (37   (14

Rest of World

   (12        
                              
   (520   (166   (74   (96   (72

Net provision movement(1)

          

Ireland

   4,671      1,348      111      73      45   

United Kingdom

   530      363      (1   42      54   

United States

   10      12      —        (1   2   

Poland

   117      101      9      16      15   

Rest of World

   33      9      —        (2   2   
                              
   5,361      1,833      119      128      118   

Recoveries of provisions previously charged off(1)

          

Ireland

   (1   (7   (4   (3   (2

United Kingdom

   (1   (1   (2   (1   (1

United States

   —        —        —        —        —     

Poland

   (4   (3   (7   (6   —     
                              
   (6   (11   (13   (10   (3
                              

Total provisions at end of period

   7,156      2,294      744      707      676   
                              

Provisions at end of period

          

Specific

   5,798      1,148      526      518      514   

IBNR

   1,358      1,146      218      189      162   
                              
   7,156      2,294      744      707      676   
                              

Amounts include:

          

Loans and receivables to banks

   4      2      2      2      2   

Loans and receivables to customers

   2,987      2,292      742      705      674   

Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA

   4,165      —        —        —        —     
                              
   7,156      2,294      744      707      676   
                              

 

(1) The aggregate of these sets of figures represents the total provisions for impairment charged to income.

Commentary on the movements is detailed on pages 81 and 82 (provision for impairment), page 83 (net loans charged-off) and page 88 (impaired loans).

 

80


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

 

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

(including loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA)

The following table reconciles the total provisions for impairment charged to income as shown in (A), the table on page 80 relating to ‘Movements in provisions for impairment of loans and receivables (including loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA)’, with that shown in (B), AIB Group’s ‘Consolidated statement of income’.

 

     31 December  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2006
€ m
    2005
€ m
 

(A)

          

Net provision movement

   5,361      1,833      119      128      118   

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

   (6   (11   (13   (10   (3
                              

Total charged to income

   5,355      1,822      106      118      115   
                              

(B)

          

Provisions for impairment

   5,355      1,822      106      118      115   
                              

The following table sets out the provisions charged to income and net loans charged off as a percentage of average loans for the years ended 31 December 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

     31 December
     2009
%
   2008
%
   2007
%
   2006
%
   2005
%

Total provisions charged to income

   4.05    1.37    0.09    0.12    0.15
                        

Net loans charged off

   0.40    0.12    0.05    0.09    0.09
                        

Commentary on provision for impairment in 2009

The following commentary includes provisions for loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA.

A provision of € 5 million in relation to loans and receivables to banks was raised in the period. The provision for impairment for loans and receivables to customers of € 5,350 million (4.05% of average loans) for the year ended 31 December 2009 was € 3,528 million higher than in 2008 (€ 1,822 million, 1.37% of average loans) and reflects the impact of the deep recessions experienced in the economies in which the Group operates. In particular the illiquid property markets in both Ireland and the UK and the resultant decline in asset values significantly influenced the provision charge.

The 2009 provision charge included € 5,159 million in specific provisions compared to € 848 million in 2008 and € 191 million in IBNR compared with € 974 million in 2008. The increase in specific provisions relates largely to the considerable increase in levels of impaired loans in the property portfolios which now represent 77% of Group impaired loans up from 55% at December 2008. The relatively small increase in IBNR provisions compared with the previous year reflects management’s current view of incurred loss in the performing book and is also impacted by enhanced credit management practices, resulting in shorter emergence periods.

Ireland

The provision for impairment increased by € 3,329 million since 31 December 2008 to € 4,670 million. € 5 million of the charge relates to provisions for impairments on loans and receivables to banks. The remaining increase largely relates to RoI division where provisions for loans and receivables to customers increased by € 3,174 million with property and construction sector loans accounting for 80% of the charge in the year. There was also a significant increase in the charge relating to the Finance & Leasing operation (excluding residential mortgages) in RoI up to € 166 million from € 80 million in December 2008 with the main contributors being the plant and transport financing sub-sectors (portfolio size € 2.1 billion) which were impacted by the continuing low levels of activity in the construction sector. Residential mortgage provisions also increased from € 35 million to € 91 million impacted by the continuing problems in the Irish economy resulting in rising unemployment. The provisions in Capital Markets division also increased by € 150 million, primarily relating to the manufacturing, financial and property sectors which have been impacted by the slowdown in the economy.

United Kingdom

The provision for impairment increased by € 167 million since 31 December 2008 to € 529 million. The provision in AIB Bank UK increased by € 139 million in the year to € 395 million influenced by continued problems in the property market in both Northern Ireland and Britain and increased deterioration in the leisure sector. There was an increase of € 28 million in provisions in Capital Markets division primarily in the distribution, financial and other services sectors.

United States

The provision decreased from € 12 million at 31 December 2008 to € 10 million at 31 December 2009 and reflects continued problems with some loans in the energy, other services and property sectors in Capital Markets division.

 

81


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

 

Poland

In 2009 the provision was € 113 million, an increase of € 15 million on the 2008 charge. This largely reflects deterioration in the personal, property and SME sectors.

Rest of World

The provision increased from € 9 million at 31 December 2008 to € 33 million at 31 December 2009 and includes € 13 million in AmCredit relating to problems in the residential mortgage market in the Baltics and also includes € 20 million in Capital Markets division mainly in the manufacturing sector.

Commentary on provision for impairment in 2008

The provision for impairment of loans and receivables of € 1,822 million (1.37% of average loans) for the year ended 31 December 2008 was € 1,716 million higher than in 2007 (€ 106 million, 0.09% of average loans) and reflects the very significant deterioration in the credit markets in which AIB operates. The severe downturn in the construction and property sector impacted particularly in both AIB Bank ROI and AIB Bank UK where construction and property sector loans accounted for 81% and 62% respectively of the provision charge.

The 2008 provision included € 848 million in specific provisions (€ 73 million in 2007) and € 974 million in IBNR compared with € 33 million in 2007. The increase in specific provisions relates largely to the considerable increase in levels of impaired loans in the construction and property portfolios particularly in AIB Bank ROI and AIB Bank UK and to a lesser extent in Poland.

Property loans now account for 55% of Group impaired loans compared with 25% at December 2007. The increase in IBNR provisions acknowledges the heightened level of incurred loss in the performing book with 83% of the IBNR charge relating to the property portfolios across the Group.

Ireland

The provision for impairment increased by € 1,234 million since 31 December 2007 to € 1,341 million. The increase largely relates to AIB Bank ROI division where provisions increased by € 1,187 million with construction and property sector related loans accounting for 81% of the charge in the year. There was also a significant increase in the charge relating to the Finance & Leasing operation in AIB Bank ROI up to € 84 million from € 17 million in December 2007 with the plant and transport financing sub-sectors being impacted by the fall off in activity in the construction sector. The provisions in Capital Markets division also increased by € 47 million, primarily relating to a number of cases in the manufacturing, and property sectors.

United Kingdom

The provision for impairment was € 352 million at 31 December 2008, an increase of € 365 million. The provision in AIB Bank UK increased by € 238 million in the year influenced by a weakening property market in both Northern Ireland and Britain with 62% of the charge relating to this sector. There was a significant increase of € 127 million in provisions in Capital Markets division primarily in the property and distribution sectors offset by a recovery of provision in the manufacturing sector.

United States

The provision at 31 December 2008 was € 12 million (2007: Nil) due to the downgrade to impaired status of a number of loans in Capital Markets in the energy, manufacturing and property sectors.

Poland

In 2008, the provision was € 98 million, an increase of € 96 million on the 2007 charge, largely due to an increase in specific provisions which were € 52 million compared to a net recovery in 2007 of € 9 million. This increase is due to increased provisions for impaired loans in the property, residential mortgage and personal sectors and is also influenced by a reduction in the level of recoveries of provisions which had previously been charged- off. The IBNR provision at € 46 million in 2008 compared with € 11 million in 2007 and the increase related largely to the construction and property portfolio due to recent deterioration in the property market in Poland.

Rest of World

The provision was € 9 million for the year ended 31 December 2008.

 

82


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

 

The following table presents additional information with respect to the provision for impairment as at 31 December 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005. The 2009 figure includes provisions for loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA.

 

     31 December
     2009
%
   2008
%
   2007
%
   2006
%
   2005
%

Provision as a percentage of total loans, less unearned income, at end of period

              

Specific provisions

   4.46    0.87    0.41    0.48    0.59

IBNR provisions

   1.04    0.87    0.17    0.18    0.19
                        
   5.50    1.74    0.58    0.66    0.78
                        

Provisions are raised as outlined on pages 74 – 77.

The increase in provisions (as a percentage of total loans, including loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA) from 1.74% to 5.50% reflects the increased provisioning across all divisions, particularly in specific provision in the period. Specific allowances are allocated to individual impaired loans. Impaired loans increased from € 2,991 million in 2008 to € 17,453 million at December 2009. Specific provisions as a percentage of total loans increased from 0.87% to 4.46% (the geographic splits by sector of specific provisions for non-NAMA and NAMA are set out on pages 85 and 90 respectively).

The quantum of IBNR provisions at balance sheet date deemed appropriate by management is influenced by (i) the most recent provision experience for each pool; (ii) changes in grade profiles; and (iii) macro economic factors such as interest rates and unemployment data.

The IBNR provision as a percentage of loans increased slightly from 0.87% to 1.04% at December 2009 reflecting the substantial recognition of impairment in the year which is covered by specific provisions and management’s view at balance sheet date of the incurred but not reported loss in the remaining performing loan book.

Net loans charged-off 2009

The following commentary includes charge-offs relating to loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA

Group net loans charged-off at 0.40% (€ 514 million) of average loans for the year to December 2009 compared with 0.12% or € 155 million for 2008.

Ireland – net loans charged-off of € 286 million increased by € 225 million compared with 2008. In ROI division the net charge-offs of € 200 million related mainly to the property and personal sectors and in Capital Markets division net charge-offs of € 86 million were in the financial and manufacturing sectors.

United Kingdom – net loans charged-off of € 148 million were € 71 million higher than in 2008 reflecting an increased level of charge-offs in AIB Bank UK of € 13 million mainly in the property sector and in Capital Markets division an increase of € 58 million across a number of sectors with other services and distribution being the main sectors impacted.

United States – net loans charged-off were € 14 million in the year and relate to loans in the energy and property sectors in Capital Markets division.

Poland – net loans charged-off at € 53 million were € 37 million higher than in 2008 impacted by the charge off of a large agricultural sector case in the period and a higher level of charge offs in the personal sector.

Rest of World – net loans charged off at € 12 million include € 3 million of residential mortgage charge-offs in AmCredit and the charge off of loan in the manufacturing sector in Capital Markets division.

Net loans charged-off 2008

Group net loans charged-off at 0.12% (€ 155 million) of average loans for the year to December 2008 compared with 0.05% or € 61 million for 2007.

Ireland – net loans charged-off of € 61 million were € 28 million higher than the same period to December 2007. The charge-offs in 2008 related predominantly to the construction and property sector whereas in 2007 the personal sector accounted for approximately 42% with the rest spread over other sectors.

United Kingdom – net loans charged-off of € 77 million were € 66 million higher than in 2007 reflecting an increased level of charge-offs in both AIB Bank UK and Capital Markets division mainly relating to loans in the manufacturing, construction and property and distribution sectors.

United States – net loans charged-off were € 1 million in the year.

Poland – net loans charged-off at € 16 million were € 1 million lower than in 2007 reflecting a lower level of gross charge-offs and also a lower level of recoveries of loans previously charged-off at € 2 million compared with € 7 million in 2007 in Poland division.

 

83


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

 

The following table presents an analysis of AIB Group’s loans charged off and recoveries of previously charged off loans for the years ended 31 December, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005. There were no charge-offs or recoveries relating to loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA.

 

     31 December
     Loans charged off    Recoveries of loans
previously charged off
     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m
   2006
€ m
   2005
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m
   2006
€ m
   2005
€ m

IRELAND

                             

Agriculture

   1.7    1.7    1.4    2.0    3.8    0.2    0.7    —      —      0.2

Energy

   8.1    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      0.1

Manufacturing

   38.3    1.2    1.7    3.0    1.8    —      —      —      —      0.3

Construction and property

   135.6    35.1    5.1    3.5    1.4    —      —      —      —      0.2

Distribution

   15.3    7.2    3.8    6.8    2.7    —      2.9    —      —      0.2

Transport

   1.5    1.5    0.8    0.8    0.5    —      —      —      —      —  

Financial

   26.7    0.1    0.1    0.1    2.1    —      2.2    0.9    —      —  

Services

   5.8    5.7    2.8    3.2    9.5    —      —      —      0.1    0.2

Personal - Residential mortgages

   9.5    2.4    0.9    1.0    0.1    —      0.1    —      0.1    0.1

               - Other

   28.9    9.6    16.2    21.0    16.3    0.6    1.0    2.1    2.3    0.8

Lease financing

   15.6    3.6    3.7    4.0    4.4    0.2    0.3    0.6    0.3    0.3
                                                 
   287.0    68.1    36.5    45.4    42.6    1.0    7.2    3.6    2.8    2.4
                                                 

UNITED KINGDOM

                             

Agriculture

   0.1    0.1    0.1    —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Energy

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      0.1    —      —  

Manufacturing

   5.7    15.5    1.0    8.1    1.1    —      0.2    0.8    —      —  

Construction and property

   40.9    33.4    0.6    0.1    0.3    —      0.1    0.2    0.1    0.1

Distribution

   63.2    19.4    1.1    1.8    0.9    0.2    0.1    0.2    0.3    0.1

Transport

   0.3    0.3    0.2    —      0.1    —      —      —      —      —  

Financial

   0.5    0.1    0.2    0.8    —      —      —      —      —      —  

Services

   33.6    5.5    6.6    0.4    1.1    0.1    0.1    0.1    0.1    0.1

Personal - Residential mortgages

   0.5    0.3    —      —      0.2    —      —      —      —      —  

               - Other

   4.0    3.8    3.2    3.1    9.2    0.2    0.3    0.3    0.4    0.6
                                                 
   148.8    78.4    13.0    14.3    12.9    0.5    0.8    1.7    0.9    0.9
                                                 

UNITED STATES

                             

Energy

   8.2    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Manufacturing

   1.4    —      0.3    —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Commercial

   —      —      —      0.4    2.4    —      —      —      —      —  

Construction and property

   5.3    0.9    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  
                                                 
   14.9    0.9    0.3    0.4    2.4    —      —      —      —      —  
                                                 

POLAND

   57.0    18.7    24.2    35.8    13.9    4.1    2.9    7.3    5.9    —  
                                                 

REST OF WORLD

   12.3    —      —      0.1    —      —      —      —      —      —  
                                                 

TOTAL

   520.0    166.1    74.0    96.0    71.8    5.6    10.9    12.6    9.6    3.3
                                                 

 

84


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

 

The following table presents an analysis of AIB Group’s provisions for impairment at 31 December 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005. Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA is analysed separately on page 90.

 

     31 December
     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m
   2006
€ m
   2005
€ m

IRELAND

              

Agriculture

   44    19    16    14    15

Energy

   4    8    3    4    4

Manufacturing

   58    35    11    15    15

Construction and property

   557    398    54    31    17

Distribution

   286    57    48    29    33

Transport

   20    8    8    6    7

Financial

   53    10    1    1    1

Services

   90    34    22    19    24

Personal - Residential mortgages

   81    32    12    11    8

               - Other

   302    136    97    87    72

Lease financing

   67    25    12    10    13
                        
   1,562    762    284    227    209
                        

UNITED KINGDOM

              

Agriculture

   1    —      1    1    2

Manufacturing

   29    13    36    42    33

Construction and property

   178    134    24    21    9

Distribution

   88    37    20    14    21

Transport

   2    1    2    25    2

Financial

   35    2    1    2    2

Services

   61    21    16    24    42

Personal - Residential mortgages

   16    3    3    2    2

               - Other

   24    17    15    17    16
                        
   434    228    118    148    129
                        

UNITED STATES

              

Energy

   —      4    —      —      —  

Manufacturing

   —      4    —      —      —  

Construction and property

   2    4    —      —      5

Services

   4    —      —      —      —  
                        
   6    12    —      —      5
                        

POLAND

              

Agriculture

   7    —      —      —      —  

Energy

   1    —      —      —      —  

Manufacturing

   24    —      —      —      —  

Construction and property

   45    —      —      —      —  

Distribution

   23    —      —      —      —  

Transport

   4    —      —      —      —  

Financial

   1    —      —      —      —  

Services

   8    101    98    120    140

Personal - Residential mortgages

   6    32    22    23    24

               - Other

   58    —      —      —      —  

Lease financing

   11    6    4    —      5
                        
   188    139    124    143    169
                        

REST OF WORLD

   24    7    —      —      2
                        

TOTAL SPECIFIC PROVISIONS

   2,214    1,148    526    518    514
                        

TOTAL IBNR PROVISIONS

   777    1,146    218    189    162
                        

TOTAL PROVISIONS

   2,991    2,294    744    707    676
                        

 

85


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

 

Risk elements in lending

The Group’s loan control and review procedures generally do not include the classification of loans as non-accrual, accruing past due, restructured and potential problem loans, as defined by the SEC. Management has, however, set out below the amount of loans, (including, in the case of 2009, those held for sale to NAMA), at 31 December, without giving effect to available security and before deduction of provisions, using the SEC’s classification:

 

     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m
   2006
€ m
   2005
€ m

Loans accounted for on non-accrual basis(1)

              

Ireland

   14,922    1,972    531    396    347

United Kingdom

   1,944    689    331    304    246

United States

   42    61    —      1    5

Poland

   477    250    187    232    262

Rest of World

   68    19    —      —      8
                        
   17,453    2,991    1,049    933    868
                        

Accruing loans(2) which are contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest

              

Ireland

   815    153    48    142    124

United Kingdom

   83    117    46    73    61

United States

   —      13    —      —      —  

Poland

   4    1    13    —      —  
                        
   902    284    107    215    185
                        

Restructured loans not included above(3)

   140    —      —      —      —  

Other real estate and other assets owned

   10    —      —      —      —  

 

(1)

These figures represent AIB’s impaired loans before provisions. Total interest income that would have been recorded during the year ended 31 December 2009 had interest on gross impaired loans been included in income amounted to € 235 million (2008: € 109 million; 2007: € 60 million; 2006: € 47 million; 2005: € 46 million) - € 174 million for Ireland, € 30 million for the United Kingdom, United States € 1 million, € 27 million for Poland and Rest of World € 3 million. Of the total figure of € 235 million above € 172 million (2008: € 45 million; 2007: € 21 million; 2006: € 25 million; 2005: € 19 million) was included in income for the year ended 31 December 2009 for interest on impaired loans (net of provisions).

(2)

Accruing loans contractually past due for 90 days or more as at 31 December 2006 and 2005 exclude overdrafts, bridging loans and cases with expired limits.

(3)

AIB does not normally restructure loans at concessionary interest rates or restructure on uncommercial terms. In circumstances where it does enter into such arrangements these loans are classified as impaired and hence included in the table above. In certain circumstances, as part of a loan restructure, AIB will convert debt to equity and if the recapitalised borrower is viable will reclassify the debt as performing. The value of equity held in the statement of financial position as at 31 December 2009 from such transactions was € 34 million and the amount of debt resulting from such transactions and held in performing grades was € 106 million. Not included above is an amount of € 4,459 million (2008: € 154 million) in respect of renegotiated loans as defined in note 28.

AIB Group generally expects that loans, where known information about possible credit problems causes management to have serious doubt as to the ability of borrowers to comply with loan repayment terms, would be included under its definition of impaired loans and would therefore have been reported in the above table.

In AIB Group, loans are typically reported as impaired when interest thereon is 90 days or more past due or where a provision exists in anticipation of loss, except: (i) where there is sufficient evidence that repayment in full, including all interest up to the time of repayment (including costs) will be made within a reasonable and identifiable time period, either from realisation of security, refinancing commitment or other sources; or (ii) where there is independent evidence that the balance due, including interest, is adequately secured. Upon impairment the accrual of interest income based on the original terms of the claim is discontinued but the increase of the present value of impaired claims due to the passage of time is reported as interest income.

 

86


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

 

The following table presents an analysis of AIB Group’s impaired loans at 31 December 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005. Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA are analysed on page 90.

 

     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m
   2006
€ m
   2005
€ m

IRELAND

              

Agriculture

   105    47    23    21    23

Energy

   11    10    3    4    5

Manufacturing

   134    71    17    26    23

Construction and property

   2,275    1,148    125    51    29

Distribution

   846    147    109    99    61

Transport

   34    11    12    11    11

Financial

   70    17    2    2    2

Services

   206    65    36    25    41

Personal - Residential mortgages

   475    163    53    42    37

               - Other

   556    257    135    101    98

Lease financing

   96    36    16    14    17
                        
   4,808    1,972    531    396    347
                        

UNITED KINGDOM

              

Agriculture

   4    2    1    2    3

Energy

   2    —      —      —      —  

Manufacturing

   66    33    43    54    41

Construction and property

   449    432    108    71    24

Distribution

   229    89    51    29    61

Transport

   2    2    6    53    4

Financial

   85    3    3    3    4

Services

   168    53    50    42    73

Personal - Residential mortgages

   56    53    34    24    13

               - Other

   40    22    35    26    23
                        
   1,101    689    331    304    246
                        

UNITED STATES

              

Energy

   —      32    —      —      —  

Manufacturing

   11    17    —      1    5

Construction and property

   8    12    —      —      —  

Services

   23    —      —      —      —  
                        
   42    61    —      1    5
                        

POLAND

              

Agriculture

   10    39    47    47    47

Energy

   2    —      —      3    2

Manufacturing

   74    46    31    40    67

Construction and property

   194    61    32    48    22

Distribution

   52    30    29    41    64

Transport

   8    3    2    3    4

Financial

   1    —      1    1    2

Services

   13    7    7    10    13

Personal - Residential mortgages

   13    11    11    13    14

               - Other

   75    36    19    19    19

Lease financing

   35    17    8    7    8
                        
   477    250    187    232    262
                        

REST OF WORLD

   68    19    —      —      8
                        

TOTAL

   6,496    2,991    1,049    933    868
                        

 

87


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

 

Impaired Loans

2009

The total Group impaired loans including loans held for sale to NAMA amounted to € 17,453 million at 31 December 2009 an increase of € 14,462 million on December 2008.

Impaired loans held for sale to NAMA amounted to € 10,957 million, representing 47.2% of the loans held for sale to NAMA, with € 10,114 million in Ireland and € 843 million in the United Kingdom. Construction and property sector loans amounted to € 10,517 million, of which € 833 million are in the United Kingdom.

Excluding NAMA loans, impaired loans at € 6,496 million now represent 6.1% of loans and receivables to customers compared to 2.3% at 31 December 2008. The following commentary excludes the NAMA loans.

In Ireland, impaired loans increased by € 2,836 million to € 4,808 million and as a percentage of loans have increased to 6.66% from 2.13% at 31 December 2008. 93% of the increase in impaired loans related to the RoI division with increases in a number of sectors reflecting the continuing problems in the Irish economy, with increasing levels of unemployment which is impacting borrowers’ ability to meet repayments. Sectors with significant increased impaired loans are the property, residential mortgage, finance & leasing, distribution and personal sectors. Impaired loans in Capital Markets division also increased in the period by € 192 million particularly in the property, financial and manufacturing sectors.

Impaired loans in the United Kingdom increased by € 412 million in the year to 31 December 2009 to € 1,101 million and as a percentage of loans have increased to 4.98% from 2.64% at 31 December 2008. In Capital Markets division impaired loans increased by € 22 million and reflect the addition of a large case in the distribution sector. In AIB Bank UK division, impaired loans increased by € 1,233 million largely in the property and leisure sectors.

Impaired loans in the United States reduced by € 19 million reflecting new impaired loans in Capital Markets division in the other services sector of € 23 million offset by the charge-off of a number of loans in the energy, manufacturing and property sectors.

In Poland, impaired loans have increased by € 227 million in the year to 31 December 2009 and now represent 5.47% up from 2.88% at 31 December 2008. The increases occurred in the property, personal, SME and leasing sectors reflecting the slowdown in the general economy and the property market in particular.

Impaired loans in the Rest of World increased by € 49 million with an increase of € 23 million relating to AmCredit, where impaired loans now represent 46.7% of total AmCredit loans, impacted by the continuing problems in the residential mortgage market in the Baltics but also the deterioration of a number of cases in Capital Markets division primarily in the manufacturing sector.

2008

Group impaired loans increased by € 1,942 million in the year to 31 December 2008 and now represent 2.3% of loans, up from 0.8% at 31 December 2007.

In Ireland, impaired loans increased by € 1,441 million and as a percentage of total loans have increased to 2.13% from 0.62% at 31 December 2007. 94% of the increase in impaired loans related to AIB Bank ROI with impaired loans in the construction and property portfolio in that division accounting for the majority of the increase. However, there were also increases in the residential mortgage and personal sectors reflecting the downturn in the Irish economy which is impacting borrowers’ ability to meet repayments. Impaired loans in Capital Markets division also increased in the period by € 90 million, with the increase spread across a number of diverse sectors.

Impaired loans in the United Kingdom increased by € 358 million in the year to 31 December 2008 and as a percentage of loans have increased to 2.64% from 1.03% at 31 December 2007. In Capital Markets division impaired loans increased by € 110 million (€ 123 million net of currency movements) mainly in the construction and property and distribution sectors with a decrease in the manufacturing sector of € 26 million due to the charge-off of a number of cases. In AIB Bank UK impaired loans increased by € 241 million largely in the construction and property, services and residential mortgage sectors.

In Poland, impaired loans have increased by € 63 million in the year to 31 December 2008 to € 250 million and now represent 2.88% of loans, slightly up from 2.80% at 31 December 2007. The increases occurred in the construction and property, residential mortgage, personal and leasing sectors reflecting the slowdown in the property and residential mortgage markets and increased delinquency in the personal sector, particularly in cash loans.

Impaired loans in the United States amounted to € 61 million where in Capital Markets division the energy, manufacturing and construction and property sectors were impacted by the deteriorating economic environment.

In Rest of World, impaired loans increased from nil to € 19 million reflecting the deterioration in the mortgage market in the Baltics.

 

88


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

 

Analysis of loans to customers (excluding those classified as held for sale to NAMA) by contractual residual maturity and interest rate sensitivity

The following tables analyse gross loans to customers by maturity and interest rate sensitivity. Overdrafts, which in the aggregate represent approximately 4% of the portfolio, are classified as repayable within one year. Approximately 11% of AIB Group’s loan portfolio is provided on a fixed rate basis. Fixed rate loans are defined as those loans for which the interest rate is fixed for the full term of the loan. The interest rate risk exposure is managed by Global Treasury within agreed policy parameters.

Loans and receivables to customers

 

     2009
     Fixed
rate

€ m
   Variable
rate

€ m
   Total
€ m
   Within 1
year

€ m
   After 1 year
but within 5
years

€ m
   After 5
years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Ireland

   9,463    62,680    72,143    19,143    21,516    31,484    72,143

United Kingdom

   914    21,175    22,089    6,391    6,606    9,092    22,089

United States

   147    2,394    2,541    1,125    1,204    212    2,541

Poland

   1,245    7,483    8,728    3,150    3,467    2,111    8,728

Rest of World

   90    1,016    1,106    107    799    200    1,106
                                  

Total loans by maturity

   11,859    94,748    106,607    29,916    33,592    43,099    106,607
                                  
     2008
     Fixed
rate

€ m
   Variable
rate

€ m
   Total
€ m
   Within 1
year

€ m
   After 1 year
but within 5
years

€ m
   After 5
years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Ireland

   8,245    84,417    92,662    36,457    23,457    32,748    92,662

United Kingdom

   2,025    24,047    26,072    8,030    7,587    10,455    26,072

United States

   430    2,948    3,378    810    2,151    417    3,378

Poland

   1,022    7,666    8,688    2,915    3,476    2,297    8,688

Rest of World

   8    1,355    1,363    62    701    600    1,363
                                  

Total loans by maturity

   11,730    120,433    132,163    48,274    37,372    46,517    132,163
                                  
     2007
     Fixed
rate

€ m
   Variable
rate

€ m
   Total
€ m
   Within 1
year

€ m
   After 1 year
but within 5
years

€ m
   After 5
years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Ireland

   7,792    78,514    86,306    33,876    20,859    31,571    86,306

United Kingdom

   2,530    29,468    31,998    10,395    9,242    12,361    31,998

United States

   373    2,211    2,584    662    1,562    360    2,584

Poland

   513    6,322    6,835    2,323    2,735    1,777    6,835

Rest of World

   3    990    993    57    408    528    993
                                  

Total loans by maturity

   11,211    117,505    128,716    47,313    34,806    46,597    128,716
                                  
     2006
     Fixed
rate

€ m
   Variable
rate

€ m
   Total
€ m
   Within 1
year

€ m
   After 1 year
but within 5
years

€ m
   After 5
years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Ireland

   7,241    64,150    71,391    25,164    20,238    25,989    71,391

United Kingdom

   2,247    26,637    28,884    10,306    6,710    11,868    28,884

United States

   423    2,033    2,456    483    1,553    420    2,456

Poland

   328    4,437    4,765    1,681    1,801    1,283    4,765

Rest of World

   —      652    652    16    383    253    652
                                  

Total loans by maturity

   10,239    97,909    108,148    37,650    30,685    39,813    108,148
                                  

 

89


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

 

Loans and receivables to customers

 

     2005
     Fixed
rate

€ m
   Variable
rate

€ m
   Total
€ m
   Within 1
year

€ m
   After 1 year
but within 5
years

€ m
   After 5
years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Ireland

   4,482    50,540    55,022    19,131    13,925    21,966    55,022

United Kingdom

   2,182    22,323    24,505    10,352    5,120    9,033    24,505

United States

   330    2,170    2,500    336    1,605    559    2,500

Poland

   270    3,597    3,867    1,537    1,447    883    3,867

Rest of World

   —      293    293    21    75    197    293
                                  

Total loans by maturity

   7,264    78,923    86,187    31,377    22,172    32,638    86,187
                                  

Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA

 

     2009
     Fixed
rate
€ m
   Variable
rate

€ m
   Total
€ m
   Within 1
year

€ m
   After 1 year
but within 5
years

€ m
   After 5
years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Ireland

   444    19,000    19,444    16,528    1,812    1,104    19,444

United Kingdom

   —      3,722    3,722    2,433    679    610    3,722

United States

   —      29    29    29    —      —      29
                                  

Total loans by maturity

   444    22,751    23,195    18,990    2,491    1,714    23,195
                                  

 

     2009

Analysis of loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA

   Loans and
receivables
€ m
    Specific
provisions for
impairment

€ m
    Impaired
loans

€ m

IRELAND:

      

Agriculture

   24      5      15

Energy

   64      8      23

Manufacturing

   37      3      10

Construction and property

   18,055      3,245      9,684

Distribution

   602      79      228

Transport

   19      —        —  

Financial

   16      —        1

Services

   200      11      33

Personal - Residential mortgages

   138      6      17

               - Other

   289      35      103

UNITED KINGDOM:

      

Agriculture

   1      —        —  

Energy

   4      —        —  

Manufacturing

   16      —        —  

Construction and property

   3,523      189      833

Distribution

   85      —        —  

Financial

   20      2      3

Services

   57      1      6

Personal - Residential mortgages

   6      —        —  

               - Other

   10      —        1

UNITED STATES

      

Construction and property

   29      —        —  
                

Total

   23,195 (1)    3,584 (2)    10,957
                

 

(1)

€ 19,030 million net of provisions of € 4,165 million.

(2)

Total provisions of € 4,165 million (including IBNR of € 581 million).

 

90


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.1 Credit risk (continued)

 

Cross-border outstandings

Cross-border outstandings, which exclude finance provided within AIB Group, are based on the country of domicile of the borrower and comprise placings with banks and money at call and short notice, loans to customers (including those classified as held for sale to NAMA), finance lease receivables and installment credit, acceptances and other monetary assets, including non-local currency claims of overseas offices on local residents. AIB Group monitors geographic breakdown based on the country of the borrower and the guarantor of ultimate risk. Cross-border outstandings exceeding 1% of total assets are shown in the following table.

 

     As % of
total
assets(1)
%
   Total
€ m
   Banks and
other
financial
institutions
€ m
   Government
and

official
institutions
€ m
   Commercial
industrial
and other
private
sector

€ m

31 December 2009

              

United Kingdom

   2.9    5,093    1,186    695    3,212

United States

   4.7    8,193    1,127    1,303    5,763

Germany

   1.2    2,065    1,300    294    471

France

   1.7    3,013    1,974    480    559

Spain

   2.1    3,610    1,585    117    1,908
                        

31 December 2008

              

United Kingdom

   5.1    9,362    1,776    1,456    6,130

United States

   5.0    9,052    596    1,689    6,767

Germany

   2.2    3,984    2,458    743    783

France

   1.6    2,973    1,603    662    708

Spain

   2.5    4,576    2,180    223    2,173

Italy

   1.1    1,929    730    652    547
                        

31 December 2007

              

United Kingdom

   3.5    6,211    2,126    1,118    2,967

United States

   4.8    8,443    829    1,410    6,204

Germany

   2.1    3,763    2,565    889    309

France

   2.1    3,705    2,410    793    502

Spain

   2.9    5,173    2,569    264    2,340

Australia

   1.2    2,135    955    —      1,180
                        

31 December 2006

              

United Kingdom

   4.8    7,635    3,046    878    3,711

United States

   4.9    7,681    669    1,763    5,249

Germany

   2.7    4,327    2,912    1,180    235

France

   2.0    3,127    2,371    363    393

Spain

   2.3    3,683    2,155    267    1,261

Australia

   1.0    1,565    712    —      853

Italy

   1.1    1,761    688    604    469
                        

31 December 2005

              

United Kingdom

   5.5    7,312    2,753    958    3,601

United States

   5.1    6,814    891    1,007    4,916

Germany

   2.6    3,507    1,813    1,313    381

France

   2.5    3,361    2,347    561    453

Spain

   2.1    2,803    1,665    272    866

Netherlands

   1.3    1,736    862    352    522

Australia

   1.3    1,684    662    —      1,022

Italy

   1.0    1,378    338    761    279

Sweden

   1.0    1,326    696    568    62

 

(1)

Assets, consisting of total assets as reported in the consolidated statement of financial position and acceptances, totalled € 174,314 million at 31 December 2009 (2008: € 182,174 million; 2007: € 177,888 million; 2006: € 158,526 million; 2005: € 133,214 million).

At 31 December 2009 cross-border outstandings to borrowers in Netherlands amounted to 0.74%, Italy 0.94% and Australia 0.82%.

 

91


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.2 Market risk*

 

Market risk refers to the uncertainty of returns attributable to fluctuations in market factors, such as adverse movements in the level or volatility of market prices of debt instruments, equities and currencies. Where the uncertainty is expressed as a potential loss in value, it represents a risk to the income and capital position of the firm. The Group assumes market risk as a consequence of the risk management services it provides to its client base and through risk positioning in selected wholesale markets. In addition, the Group assumes market risk as a result of its pro-active balance sheet and capital management activity (see Financial review—4. Capital management).

Fundamental to the Group’s market risk policy is that management of the Group’s principal market risks (i.e. interest rate and foreign exchange) is centralised within the Global Treasury business unit where the necessary expertise, processes and systems are maintained. This ensures that all parts of the Group neutralise their interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk, leaving their planned margin/fees unaffected by changes in financial market rates.

Global Treasury is also authorised to trade on its own account in selected wholesale markets. The strategies employed are desk and market specific and approved on an annual basis by the Market Risk Committee. Much of Global Treasury’s market risk appetite is expressed through strategic interest rate positioning in bond and derivatives markets. Trading strategies are determined mainly by the objective of the trading desk, the importance of customer flows and the view of the market. Examples include directional trading, spread trading, relative value trading, range trading and straight yield curve views.

The Group’s brokerage businesses are similarly mandated to take moderate equity risk, specifically Goodbody’s principal trading team (located in the Capital Markets division) and Dom Maklerski’s equity market-making team (the BZWBK brokerage house, located in the CEE division).

Risk identification and assessment

Separate risk functions exist within each trading business and are tasked with capturing all material sources of market risk within the trading portfolios. In addition to the standard risk factors, credit spreads, liquidity issues, non-linearity and risk concentrations are also considered. A ‘New Products’ protocol complements the risk identification and assessment process by acting as a gateway to the trading portfolio. An integral element of the process is the ongoing dialogue between dealers and risk analysts, in both formal and informal settings.

In quantifying the portfolio’s market risk profile, the Group’s risk measurement systems are configured to address all material risk factors, including price dynamics, volatilities and correlation behaviour. The Group’s core risk measurement methodology is based on a variance co-variance application of the industry standard value at risk (“VaR”) technique that incorporates the portfolio diversification effect within each standard risk factor (interest rate, foreign exchange, equity, as applicable). The resulting VaR figures, calculated at the close of business each day, are an estimate of the probable maximum loss in fair value over a one month holding period that would arise from a ‘worst case’ movement in market rates. This ‘worst case’ is derived from an observation of historical prices over a period of three years, assessed at 99% statistical confidence level. Instruments with significant embedded or explicit option characteristics receive special attention, including Monte Carlo simulation and a full analysis of option sensitivities.

Although an important measure of risk, VaR has limitations as a result of its use of historical data, assumed distribution, holding periods and frequency of calculation. Furthermore, the use of confidence intervals does not convey any information about potential loss when the confidence level is exceeded. The Group recognises these limitations and supplements its use with a variety of other techniques, including sensitivity analysis, interest rate gaps by time period and daily open foreign exchange and equity positions. Stress-testing and scenario analysis are employed on an ongoing basis to gauge the Group’s vulnerability to loss under stressful market conditions. For example, for interest rate risk portfolios, principal components analysis (“PCA”) is used to analyse interest rate term structure factor sensitivity measures, i.e. it identifies the three most predictive elements driving interest rate changes, namely parallel shift, twist and bow. Potential worst case outcomes are derived by combining PCA analysis with Monte Carlo simulation, using over 10,000 possible yield curve shifts. In addition, stressed outcomes derived from revaluing the current portfolio using specific historical scenarios which incorporate historical observations of market moves during previous periods of market stress. For foreign exchange and equity portfolios, historical simulation techniques are used to determine potential worst case outcomes. Stress-testing results are reported to senior management, providing them with an assessment of the financial impact such events would have on the portfolio.

 

* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

92


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.2 Market risk (continued) Risk management and mitigation

 

In managing and overseeing market risk, the Group makes a distinction between its trading and non-trading activities. Trading occurs when front line management exercises its discretion, subject to allocated market risk limits, to increase, hold, hedge or exit the market risk inherent in a given position. All such trading positions, including equity market-making, are subject to the rigour of the market risk management framework and are overseen by a Market Risk Committee, irrespective of accounting or regulatory treatment. The Group refers to all other positions that are structural in nature as ‘non-trading’ i.e. market risks inherent in the structure of the Group’s balance sheet that are non-proprietary in nature, for example non-interest earning current account balances. The Group ALCo is responsible for the oversight of these activities and the appropriate strategies for measuring and hedging these risks. From a regulatory perspective, these positions are always recorded in the ‘Banking Book’.

The majority of the Group’s managed positions also meet the criteria for inclusion in the regulatory-defined ‘banking book’ and any changes in fair value are accounted for in reserves. The balance of the risk positions including all derivative activity, other than those in hedge accounting relationships, and all equity market-making transactions meet the criteria for inclusion in the regulatory-defined ‘Trading Book’ and are accounted for at fair value through profit or loss.

Market risk management in the Group has a number of inter-related components. As a management process, it is actively administered on the basis of clearly delegated authorities that reflect the appropriate segregation of duty, fit for purpose trading environments with enabling technology and competent personnel with relevant skill and experience. It should be noted that credit risk issues inherent in the market risk portfolios are subject to the credit risk framework that was described in the previous section. A comprehensive suite of policies and standards clarifies roles and responsibilities, and provides for effective risk assessment, measurement, monitoring and review of trading positions.

Market risk management aligns with trading business strategy through the articulation of an annual risk strategy and appetite statement. Risk appetite is defined as the level and nature of risk the trading businesses are willing to accept in pursuit of value. Market risk appetite addresses the question of how much and what type of market risk is acceptable to the Group and is consistent with its overall business strategy.

Market risk portfolios are managed both in terms of their risk and financial impacts.

Risk perspective: the Group uses VaR limits to control the impact of market risk activities on tier 1 capital – the Group employs a matrix of such limits across the trading businesses; Financial perspective: the Group uses an earnings constraint (limit) to control the income statement impact of capital erosion by defining the maximum tolerance for recognising losses in a given reporting period. Stop loss mechanisms at the trader level form part of this process. Management of the financial dimension of market risk activity is supplemented with limits on the portfolio’s permissible negative embedded value.

Risk monitoring & reporting

Quantitative and qualitative information is used at all levels of the organisation, up to and including the Board, to identify, assess and respond to market risk. The actual format and frequency of risk disclosure depends on the audience and purpose and ranges from transaction-level control and activity reporting to enterprise level risk profiles. For example, front office and risk functions receive the full range of daily control and activity, valuation, sensitivity and risk measurement reports, while the Board receives a monthly market risk commentary and summary risk profile.

Market risk profile

The tables on page 94 show the consolidated market risk profile of AIB Group at the end of 2009 and 2008, measured in terms of VaR for each standard risk type. For interest rate risk positions, the table also differentiates between those positions that are accounted for on a ‘mark to market’ basis and those that are not. For internal reporting, the Group employs a 99% confidence interval and a 1-month holding period, though the figures have also been scaled to a 1-day holding period for reference purposes. The trading book exposures are included in the ‘MTM portfolio’ column and the banking book exposures are included in the ‘other portfolio’ column. The equivalent profile for Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. is presented in note 71 to the financial statements.

 

93


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.2 Market risk (continued)

 

The following table illustrates the VaR figures for interest rate risk for the years ended 31 December 2009 and 2008.

 

     VaR (MTM
portfolio)
   VaR (Other
portfolios)
   Total VaR
     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

Interest rate risk

                 

1 month holding period:

                 

Average

   14.8    16.1    58.3    54.5    57.5    64.4

High

   22.7    24.8    80.1    87.0    82.7    88.3

Low

   10.5    8.8    45.1    30.0    41.4    38.2

31 December

   11.1    24.8    48.8    84.7    45.5    88.3
                             

1 day holding period:

                 

Average

   3.2    3.4    12.4    11.6    12.3    13.7

High

   4.8    5.3    17.1    18.6    17.6    18.8

Low

   2.2    1.9    9.6    6.4    8.8    8.2

31 December

   2.4    5.3    10.4    18.1    9.7    18.8
                             

The key movements in the Group’s VaR profile during 2009 relate to its portfolio of interest rate risk positions. There was a gradual reduction in the interest rate (“IR”) VaR component during the year to well below 2008 levels. For example, the IR VaR finished the year at € 45.5 million against € 88.3 million in December 2008 while, on an average basis, the equivalent figures are € 57.5 million for whole of 2009 against € 64.4 million in 2008. In general, changes in the IR VAR exposure were influenced by perceived market opportunities, the performance of the existing positions held and Group’s general risk appetite during a very volatile period.

The decrease in the overall IR VaR figure was influenced by a reduction in underlying exposures as existing positions moved closer to final maturity. Asset positions performed very strongly as market interest rates fell during the year and a number of strategic risk positions were crystallised resulting in lower risk levels being run. Within the total position, the average IR VaR associated with trading activities was € 14.8 million in 2009 compared to € 16.1 million in 2008.

While the net outcome was a reduction in IR VaR during 2009, some offsetting factors included the impact of lower interest rates in all the main currencies which act to reduce the discounting effect inherent in the VaR calculation, thereby increasing the reported VaR. In addition, the higher market volatility after the Lehman collapse in September 2008 is reflected in the VaR calculation in the form of higher volatility shocks also increasing the reported VaR.

The following table sets out the VaR for equity and foreign exchange rate risk for the years ended 31 December 2009 and 2008.

 

     Equity risk    Foreign exchange rate
risk-trading
     VaR (MTM portfolio)    VaR (MTM portfolio)
     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

1 month holding period:

           

Average

   6.1    7.3    1.8    1.5

High

   15.1    15.7    2.4    4.7

Low

   2.6    2.4    1.0    0.7

31 December

   8.5    5.5    1.9    1.1
                   

1 day holding period:

           

Average

   1.3    1.5    0.4    0.3

High

   3.2    3.3    0.5    1.0

Low

   0.6    0.5    0.2    0.2

31 December

   1.8    1.1    0.4    0.5
                   

Foreign exchange VaR (for both 1 month and 1 day average holding periods) was slightly higher in 2009 than in 2008 while Equity VaR was lower. In both cases, overall exposure levels remain low.

2009 has been another challenging year for the Irish stock market. Having continued its declines in early 2009, the Irish market experienced a significant recovery in tandem with global markets, supported by a belief that a sharp recovery was in place within most of the large global economies. While the Irish market participated in the rebound during quarters 2 and 3, with the ISEQ index reaching its year high in September, it finished approximately 15% lower from that peak by year-end.

 

94


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.2 Market risk (continued)

 

Given this backdrop, the Group continued to operate at much lower levels of risk during the year with the VaR limit utilisation maintained within a narrow range of € 1 million to € 4 million. In quarter 4, following a review of the market environment, the Group’s risk appetite and the introduction of an historical simulation approach to VaR estimation, the Group moderately increased its exposure while remaining within established sectoral limits. In general, the Group retains a defensive stance reflected in a diversified portfolio and a focus on short-term trading opportunities.

3.3 Non-trading interest rate risk*

Non-trading interest rate risk is defined as the Group’s sensitivity to earnings volatility in its non-trading activity arising from movements in interest rates. This is referred to as interest rate risk in the banking book. It reflects a combination of non-trading treasury activity and interest rate risk arising in the Group’s retail, commercial and corporate operations. AIB’s treasury activity includes its money market business and management of internal funds flows with the Group’s businesses. These treasury transactions are also captured under the market risk VaR assessment measure. Non-trading interest rate risk in retail, commercial and corporate banking activities can arise from a variety of sources, including where those assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments have different repricing dates.

Risk identification and assessment

Banking book interest rate risk is calculated in each business unit on the basis of establishing the repricing behaviour of each asset, liability and off-balance sheet product. For some products the actual interest repricing characteristics differ from the contractual repricing arrangements. In these cases, the repricing maturity is determined by the market interest rates that most closely fit the behaviour of the product interest rate. For non-interest bearing current accounts, the repricing maturity is determined by the stability of the portfolio. The assumptions behind these repricing maturities and the stability levels of portfolios are reviewed annually by the relevant divisional asset and liability committees. The risks from these exposures are managed through a series of VaR, basis point sensitivity and earnings at risk measures. The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s banking book to a hypothetical immediate and sustained 100 basis point (“bp”) movement in interest rates on 1 January 2010 and 2009 and its impact on net interest income over a twelve month period.

Sensitivity of projected net interest income to interest rate movements:

 

As at 31 December

   2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
 

+ 100 basis point parallel move in all interest rates

   19      (47

- 100 basis point parallel move in all interest rates

   (12   56   
            

The analysis is subject to certain simplifying assumptions including but not limited to: all rates of all maturities move simultaneously by the same amount; all positions on wholesale books run to maturity; and there is no management action in response to movements in interest rates, in particular no changes in product margins.

In practice, positions in both retail and wholesale books are actively managed and the actual impact on interest income will be different to the model.

Risk management and mitigation

As a core risk management principle, the Group requires that all material interest rate risk is transferred to Global Treasury. This transferred banking book risk is managed as part of Global Treasury’s overall interest rate risk position. The Group manages structural interest rate risk volatility by maintaining a portfolio of instruments with interest rates fixed for several years. The size and maturity of this portfolio is determined by characteristics of the interest-free or fixed-rate liabilities or assets and, in the case of equity, an assumed average maturity.

Risk monitoring and reporting

Group ALCo monitors the Group’s banking book interest rate risk and has oversight responsibility for non-treasury banking book risk. Treasury banking book risk is overseen by the Market Risk Committee. Group ALCo meets on a monthly basis and receives standing reports on the Group’s asset and liability risk profile. It monitors positions against these limits on a monthly basis. The Board reviews and approves relevant policies and limits.

 

* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements.

 

95


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.4 Structural foreign exchange risk*

 

Structural foreign exchange rate risk arises from the Group’s non-trading net asset position in foreign currencies. This arises almost entirely from the Group’s net investments in its sterling, US dollar and Polish zloty-based subsidiaries and associates.

Risk identification and assessment

The Group prepares its consolidated balance sheet in euro. Accordingly, the consolidated balance sheet is affected by movements in the exchange rates between these currencies and the euro. Due to the Group’s diversified international operations, the currency profile of its capital may not necessarily match that of its assets and risk-weighted assets. These positions are not actively hedged, although some mitigation of euro/sterling and euro/zloty positions arises from the Group’s capital structure.

At 31 December 2009 and 2008, the Group’s structural foreign exchange position against the euro was as follows:

 

     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

US dollar

   1,464    1,529

Sterling

   2,108    1,858

Polish zloty

   1,131    1,030

Other

   52    163
         
   4,755    4,580
         

The Group also has a structural exposure to foreign exchange risk arising from its share of earnings from overseas subsidiaries and associates. Group ALCo sets the framework for and reviews the management of these activities. Open positions are reported as differences between expected earnings in the current year and the value of hedges in place.

Risk management and mitigation

The Group’s structural foreign exchange hedging activity is overseen by the Hedging Committee, a sub-committee of the Group ALCo. The objective of the Group’s hedging policy is to manage the Group’s foreign currency earnings within tolerance levels based on the budget for the forthcoming year, making use of other natural hedges within the Group’s balance sheet where these are available.

Risk monitoring and reporting

Group ALCo monitors the Group’s structural foreign exchange risks. It meets on a monthly basis and receives standing reports on the Group’s asset and liability risk profile including structural foreign exchange risk. The Board reviews and approves relevant policies and limits.

3.5 Liquidity risk*

The objective of liquidity management is to ensure that, at all times, the Group holds sufficient funds to meet its contracted and contingent commitments to customers and counterparties at an economic price. Throughout the difficult market conditions of 2009, the Group’s liquidity management process has proved itself to be robust in maintaining its liquidity position.

Risk identification and assessment

Liquidity risk is assessed by modelling the net cash outflows of the Group over a series of maturity bands. Behavioural assumptions are applied to those liabilities whose contractual repayment dates are not reflective of their inherent stability. These net cash outflows are compared against the Group’s stock of liquid assets to consider, within each maturity band, the adequacy of the Group’s liquidity position.

Risk management and mitigation

The objective of the Group’s liquidity management policy is to ensure that the Group can at all times meet its obligations as they fall due at an economic price. The Group achieves this in a number of ways. Firstly, through the active management of its liability maturity profile, it ensures a balanced spread of repayment obligations with a key focus on 0-8 day and 9-31 day time periods. Monitoring ratios apply to periods in excess of 31 days. Secondly, the Group maintains a stock of high quality liquid assets to meet its obligations as they fall due. Discounts are applied to these assets based upon their cash-equivalence and price sensitivity. The Group’s stock of liquid assets and contingent funding facilities are maintained at a level considered sufficient to meet the withdrawal of deposits or calls on commitments in both normal and abnormal trading conditions. In all cases, net outflows are monitored on a daily basis. Finally, the Group maintains a diversified funding base across all segments of the markets in which it operates, while focusing on minimising concentration in any single source of funding and maintaining a balance between short-term and long-term funding sources.

 

* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements.

 

96


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.5 Liquidity risk* (continued)

 

Customer deposits represent the largest source of funding, with the Group’s core retail franchise and accompanying core retail deposit base in Ireland, the UK and Poland providing the Group with a stable and reasonably predictable source of funds. Although a significant element of these retail deposits are contractually repayable on demand or at short notice, the Group’s customer base and geographic spread generally mitigates against this risk.

The Group monitors and manages the funding support provided by its deposit base to its loan book through a series of measures including its externally reported customer loan to deposit ratio. More refined measures are utilised internally which recognise the capacity to generate contingent liquidity out of the Group’s loan book, the structure of the Group’s wholesale term funding and the stability of its customer deposit base. The Group’s customer loan-to-deposit ratio increased from 140% at 31 December 2008 to 146% at 31 December 2009 (123% excluding loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA).

Global Treasury, through its Wholesale Treasury operations manages, on a global basis, the liquidity and funding requirements of the Group. Euro, sterling, US dollar and Polish zloty represent the most important currencies to the Group from a funding and liquidity perspective. Global Treasury is active in the wholesale funding markets including the interbank and corporate deposit market. This is supplemented by commercial paper, certificate of deposit, medium term note, covered bond and other issuance programmes which serve to further diversify the Group’s sources of funding. Challenging market conditions in 2009 have resulted in a contraction of wholesale market appetite on the part of participants for liquidity risk. This has manifested itself through a shortening of duration in wholesale funding available, leading to a contraction in the term funding profile of many institutions including AIB. As a consequence, AIB had to increase its use of secured funding to offset reduced wholesale market activity experienced in the first half of 2009. AIB has decreased its use of secured funding in the latter part of the year as markets became less stressed. This was evident in AIB’s successful issuance of two senior unsecured unguaranteed bonds (€ 1.0 billion three-year and € 750 million five-year) in the second half of 2009.

During 2009, AIB increased its qualifying liquid asset and contingent funding capacity, through the structuring of loan portfolios into central bank eligible assets. Such initiatives have helped to increase the Group’s capacity to access further liquidity.

AIB has successfully issued a series of medium term notes totalling over € 6 billion under the CIFS scheme in 2009. The Irish Government introduced the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee (“ELG”) scheme on 9 December 2009. AIB joined the ELG scheme on 21 January 2010.

The Group’s debt rating for all debt/deposits not covered by the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Act 2008/Credit Institutions (Eligible Liability Guarantee) Scheme 2009 are as follows: Moody’s long-term “A1” and short-term “P-1”; Fitch long-term “A-” and “F1” short-term; Standard and Poor’s long-term single “A-” and “A-2” short term.

The Group’s debt rating for all debt/deposits covered by the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Act 2008/Credit Institutions (Eligible Liability Guarantee) Scheme 2009 are as follows: Moody’s long-term “Aa1” and short-term “P-1”, Fitch long-term “AA-” and short-term “F1+”; Standard and Poor’s long-term “AA” and short-term “A-1+”.

The Group’s liquidity management policy ensures that it has sufficient liquidity to meet its current requirements. In addition, it operates a funding strategy designed to anticipate additional funding requirements based upon projected balance sheet movements. The Group undertakes liquidity stress testing and contingency planning to deal with unforeseen events. Stress tests include both firm specific and systemic risks events. These scenario events are reviewed in the context of the Group’s liquidity contingency plan, which details corrective action options under various levels of stress events. The purpose of these actions is to ensure continued stability of the Group’s liquidity position, within the Group’s pre-defined risk tolerance levels.

The Group’s approach to liquidity management complies with the Financial Regulator’s revised ‘Requirements for the Management of Liquidity Risk’, introduced in July 2007 and the Group regulatory ratio requirements for liquidity were met throughout 2009.

Risk monitoring and reporting

The liquidity position of AIB is measured and monitored daily within Global Treasury. The daily liquidity report shows the Group’s principal operating currencies of euro, sterling, US dollar and Polish zloty. Group ALCo and the Board receive monthly reports on the liquidity and funding position of the Group. Further information on liquidity risk can be found in note 61 to the financial statements.

3.6 Operational risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It includes legal risk, but excludes strategic and reputational risk. In essence, operational risk is a broad canvas of individual risk types which include information technology and business continuity risk, internal and external fraud risk and fiduciary and legal risk.

 

* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements. To be read in conjunction with ‘Funding’ on page 38.

 

97


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

3.6 Operational risk

Risk identification and assessment

Risk and Control Self-Assessment (‘self-assessment’) is a core process in the identification and assessment of operational risk across the enterprise. The process serves to ensure that key operational risks are proactively identified, evaluated, monitored and reported, and that appropriate action is taken.

Self-assessments are completed at business unit level and are regularly reviewed and updated. Assurance processes are in place at divisional and enterprise level to ensure the completeness and robustness of each business unit’s self-assessment, and that appropriate attention is given to more significant risks.

Risk management and mitigation

Each business area is primarily responsible for managing its own operational risks. An overarching Group Operational Risk Management (“ORM”) policy is in place, which has established an effective and consistent approach to Operational Risk Management across the enterprise. The Group ORM policy is also supported by a range of specific policies addressing issues such as new product and initiative approval, information security, and business continuity management.

An important element of the Group’s operational risk management framework is the ongoing monitoring through self-assessment of risks, control deficiencies and weaknesses, the tracking of incidents and loss events and the use of a structured ‘lessons learned’ process to ensure that, once identified, control deficiencies are communicated and remedied across the Group. The role of Group ORMCo is to review and coordinate operational risk management activities across the Group including setting policy and promoting best practice disciplines.

The Group takes an end-to-end approach to internal controls in order to make sure that all components, taken together, deliver the control objectives of key risk management processes.

In addition, an insurance programme is in place, including a self insured retention, to cover a number of risk events which would fall under the operational risk umbrella. These include financial lines policies (Comprehensive crime/Computer crime; Professional indemnity/Civil liability; Employment practices liability; Directors and officers liability) and a suite of general insurance policies to cover such things as property and business interruption, terrorism, combined liability and personal accident.

Risk monitoring and reporting

The primary objective of the operational risk management reporting and control process within the Group is to provide timely, pertinent operational risk information to the appropriate management level so as to enable appropriate corrective action to be taken and to resolve material incidents which have already occurred. A secondary objective is to provide a trend analysis on operational risk and incident data for the Group. The reporting of operational incidents, trend data, key risk indicators and outstanding audit issues at Group ORMCo supports these two objectives. In addition, the Board, Group Audit Committee and the RMC receive summary information on significant operational incidents on a regular basis.

3.7 Regulatory compliance risk

Regulatory compliance risk is defined as the risk of regulatory sanctions, material financial loss or loss to reputation which the Group may suffer as a result of failure to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, rules, standards and codes of conduct applicable to its activities.

Risk identification and assessment

The scope of the Regulatory Compliance function relates to ‘conduct of business’ compliance obligations, including anti-money laundering and regulation on privacy and data protection. The identification, interpretation and communication roles relating to other legal and regulatory obligations have been assigned to functions with specialist knowledge in those areas. For example, employment law is assigned to Human Resources, taxation law to Group Taxation and prudential regulation to the Finance and Risk functions.

Regulatory Compliance undertakes a six-monthly assessment of the key compliance risks at divisional and enterprise level. The significance of compliance risks, its potential impact on the business and the effectiveness of management controls to mitigate these risks are assessed. These reviews of compliance risks also take a forward looking view of the compliance risks facing the Group, anticipating upstream risks in the form of new regulations, increased regulatory scrutiny and the increasing demands of stakeholders.

The divisional risks are discussed and agreed at divisional management boards. These are collated and processed by Regulatory Compliance into an overall enterprise-wide review of compliance risks. This is reviewed at the RMC and ultimately the Group Audit

 

98


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.7 Regulatory compliance risk (continued)

 

Committee. The Regulatory Compliance function supports and validates this approach by operating a risk framework model that is used in collaboration with business units to identify, assess and manage key compliance risks at business unit level. These risks are incorporated into the Operational Risk Self Assessment Risk Templates (“SARTs”) for the relevant business unit.

Risk management and mitigation

The Board, operating through the Audit Committee, has approved the Group’s compliance policy and the mandate for the Regulatory Compliance function. The Audit Committee reviews the Group’s key compliance risks on a six monthly basis to assess the extent to which they are being managed effectively.

Management is responsible for ensuring that the Group complies with its regulatory responsibilities. GEC’s responsibilities in respect of compliance include the establishment and maintenance of the framework for internal controls and the control environment in which compliance policy operates thereby ensuring that Regulatory Compliance is suitably independent from business activities and that it is adequately resourced.

The Regulatory Compliance function is specifically responsible for:

 

   

Independently identifying, assessing and monitoring compliance risks faced by the Group;

 

   

Advising and reporting to the RMC, divisional boards and the Board of Directors (through the Audit Committee) on the effectiveness of the processes established to ensure compliance with laws and regulations within its scope;

 

   

Providing advice and guidance to management and staff on compliance risks within its scope and on appropriate policies and procedures to mitigate these risks; and

 

   

Providing a monitoring capability for ‘non-conduct of business’ compliance risks in areas of taxation law, company law, employment law, environmental law, and health and safety law on a risk prioritised basis.

Regulatory Compliance is an enterprise-wide function headed by the Group General Manager, Regulatory and Operational Risk who reports to the Group Chief Risk Officer and independently to the Chairman of the Audit Committee. The primary role of the Regulatory Compliance function is to provide direction and advice to enable management to discharge its responsibility for managing the Group’s compliance risks.

Regulatory Compliance is also mandated to conduct investigations of possible breaches of compliance policy and to appoint outside legal counsel or other specialist external resources to perform this task if appropriate.

The principal compliance risk mitigants are risk identification, assessment, measurement and the establishment of suitable controls at business level. In addition, the Group has insurance policies that cover a number of risk events which fall under the regulatory compliance umbrella.

Risk monitoring and reporting

Regulatory Compliance undertakes risk-based monitoring of compliance with relevant policies, procedures and regulatory obligations. Monitoring can be undertaken by either dedicated compliance monitoring teams, front-line quality assurance functions at the direction of the compliance function, or in the case of the Capital Markets division by the business unit compliance officers.

Risk prioritised annual compliance monitoring plans are prepared based on the risk assessment process. Monitoring is undertaken both on a business unit and a process basis. The annual monitoring plan is reviewed regularly, and updated to reflect changes in the risk profile from emerging risks, changes in risk assessments and new regulatory ‘hotspots’. Issues emerging from compliance monitoring are escalated for management attention, and action plans and implementation dates are agreed. The implementation of these action plans is monitored by Regulatory Compliance.

3.8 Pension risk

Pension risk is the risk that the funding position of the Group’s defined benefit plans would deteriorate to such an extent that the Group would be required to make additional contributions to cover its pension obligations towards current and former employees. Pension risk includes market risk, investment risk and actuarial risk. The Group maintains a number of defined benefit pension schemes for past and current employees, further details of which are included in note 11 to the financial statements. The ability of the pension funds to meet the projected pension payments is maintained through the diversification of the investment portfolio across geographies and across a wide range of assets including equities, bonds and property. Market risk arises because the estimated market value of the pension fund assets might decline or their investment returns might reduce. Actuarial risk is the risk that the estimated value of the pension liabilities might increase. In these circumstances, the Group could be required, or might choose, to make extra contributions to the pension fund.

 

99


Table of Contents
LOGO   Governance & oversight

 

               Page
1.    The Board & Group Executive Committee    101
2.    Report of the Directors    103
3.    Corporate Governance statement    105
4.    Supervision & Regulation   
   4.1    Current climate of regulatory change    115
   4.2    Ireland    115
   4.3    United Kingdom    117
   4.4    Poland    119
   4.5    United States    121
   4.6    Other locations    124

 

100


Table of Contents

Governance & oversight -

1. The Board & Group Executive Committee

   LOGO

Certain information in respect of the Directors and Executive Officers is set out below.

Dan O’Connor* B Comm, FCA - Executive Chairman

Director of CRH plc, former President and Chief Executive Officer, GE Consumer Finance Europe, and former Senior Vice-President of General Electric Company. Joined the Board in 2007 and was appointed Non-Executive Chairman in July 2009. Assumed certain executive responsibilities in November 2009 and will revert to Non-Executive Chairman during 2010 – see Corporate Governance statement on page 105. (Age 50)

Colm Doherty* B Comm - Group Managing Director

Director of M&T Bank Corporation. Joined AIB International Financial Services in 1988, and became its Managing Director in 1991. Appointed Head of Investment Banking in 1994. Appointed Managing Director of AIB Capital Markets in 1999. Joined the Board in 2003 and assumed responsibility as Group Managing Director in November 2009. (Age 51)

Declan Collier BA Mod (Econ), MSc (Econ)

Chief Executive of the Dublin Airport Authority. Director of Dublin Airport Authority plc. Chairman of Aer Rianta International cpt and DAA Finance plc. Joined the Board in January 2009 as a nominee of the Minister for Finance under the Irish Government’s Guarantee Scheme. (Age 54)

Kieran Crowley BA, FCA - Corporate Social Responsibility Committee Chairman

Consultant. Founder of Crowley Services Dublin Ltd., which operates the Dyno-Rod franchise in Ireland. Director of AIB Group (UK) p.l.c., AIB Mortgage Bank and former Director of Bank Zachodni WBK S.A., AIB’s Polish subsidiary. Former Chairman of the Small Firms Association and former member of the Irish Business and Employers’ Confederation (IBEC) National Executive Council. Former member of the Government appointed Advisory Forum on Financial Legislation. Joined the Board in 2004. (Age 58)

Stephen Kingon CBE, BA, DBA, FCA, FCIM - Audit Committee Chairman

Chairman of Invest Northern Ireland, the Northern Ireland Centre for Competitiveness and Balcas Limited. Member of the Economic Development Forum and co-chair of the North/South Roundtable Group. Director of AIB Group (UK) p.l.c., Anderson Spratt Group (Holdings) Limited, The Baird Group Limited, Forward Emphasis International Limited, Mivan Limited, Mivan (UK) Limited, Opera Northern Limited and SOS Bus Limited. He has held the following positions and offices in the recent past: Managing Partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers in Northern Ireland; member of the BT Ireland Advisory Board; President of the Northern Ireland Chamber of Commerce and Industry; Chairman of Business in the Community in Northern Ireland, the Ulster Society of Chartered Accountants, and the Institute of Management Consultants in Northern Ireland; and Joint Secretary for the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland. Joined the Board in 2007. (Age 62)

Anne Maher FIIPM, BCL

Non-Executive Director of Irish Airlines Pensions Limited, Retirement Planning Council of Ireland, Allied Irish Banks Pensions Limited and AIB DC Pensions (Ireland) Limited. Chairman of Medical Professional Competence Steering Committee and Governor of Pensions Policy Institute (UK). Member of Chartered Accountants Regulatory Board and of FTSE Policy Group (UK). Former positions and offices held include, Chief Executive of The Pensions Board, Chairman of the Irish Association of Pension Funds and member of the Committee for European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Supervisors, member of the Professional Oversight Board (UK), the Actuarial Stakeholder Interests Working Group (UK) and Board member of the Irish Accounting and Auditing Supervisory Authority. Joined the Board in 2007. (Age 64)

Sean O’Driscoll B Comm, FCA - Remuneration Committee Chairman

Group Chief Executive, Glen Dimplex. Member of the University College Cork President’s Consultative Board. Appointed by the Irish Government to the high-level group overseeing Ireland’s Asia strategy. Awarded an Honorary OBE for his contribution to British industry. Joined the Board in 2006. (Age 52)

David Pritchard BSc (Eng) Chairman, AIB Group (UK) p.l.c.; Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

Former Group Treasurer, Executive Director, and Non-Executive Deputy Chairman of Lloyds TSB Group plc; spent two years as secondee at the Financial Services Authority while employed at Lloyds TSB. Former Managing Director Citicorp Investment Bank,

 

101


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Governance & oversight -

1. The Board & Group Executive Committee

 

London, and former General Manager Royal Bank of Canada Group. Non-Executive Chairman of Songbird Estates plc, Non-Executive Director of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC., The Motability Tenth Anniversary Trust, and former Non-Executive Director of LCH Clearnet Group. Joined the Board in 2007 and was appointed Deputy Chairman for the period May to December 2009. (Age 65)

Dr. Michael Somers B Comm M.Econ. Sc Ph.D

Former Chief Executive of the National Treasury Management Agency. Member of the Board of the European Investment Bank and other companies. Appointed to the Board in January 2010 as a nominee of the Minister for Finance under the Irish Government’s National Pensions Reserve Fund Act 2000 (as amended). (Age 67)

Dick Spring BA, BL

Former Tanaiste (Deputy Prime Minister) of the Republic of Ireland, Minister for Foreign Affairs and leader of the Labour Party. Non-Executive Director, Fexco Holdings Ltd., Chairman of International Development Ireland Ltd., Altobridge Ltd., Alder Capital Ltd., and Realta Global Aids Foundation Ltd. Director of Repak Ltd. and Diversification Strategy Fund plc. Joined the Board in January 2009 as a nominee of the Minister for Finance under the Irish Government’s Guarantee Scheme. (Age 59)

Robert G Wilmers

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”), Buffalo, New York State. Served as Chairman of the New York State Bankers’ Association in 2002, and as a Director of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York from 1993 to 1998. Former Chairman of the Empire State Development Corporation and former Director of the Business Council of New York State, Inc. Joined the Board in 2003, as the designee of M&T, on the acquisition by AIB of a strategic stake in M&T. (Age 75)

Jennifer Winter BSc

President, AstraZeneca Hungary. Former positions and offices held include Vice President, Corporate Reputation and Government Affairs of AstraZeneca plc, Chief Executive, The Barretstown Gang Camp Limited, Director of Project Management Holdings Ltd., and Managing Director of SmithKline Beecham, Ireland. Joined the Board in 2004. (Age 50)

 

* Executive Directors

Board Committees

Information concerning membership of the Board’s Audit, Corporate Social Responsibility, Nomination & Corporate Governance, and Remuneration Committees is given in the Corporate Governance statement on pages 105 to 114.

Executive Officers (in addition to Executive Directors above)

Name

  

Principal occupation

   Year in which
appointed to
present position

Gerry Byrne (53)

   Managing Director,   
   AIB CEE Division    2001

John Conway (54)

   Head of Group   
   Human Resources    2010

Robbie Henneberry (46)

   Managing Director,   
   AIB Bank, Republic of Ireland    2009

Marcel McCann (49)

  

Head of Operations and

Technology

   2010

Jerry McCrohan (60)

   Managing Director,   
   AIB Capital Markets    2010

Joseph O’Connor (61)

   Group Chief Credit Officer    2010

Maeliosa O’hOgartaigh (50)

  

Head of Corporate Development and

Government Relations and

Acting Group Chief Financial Officer

   2010
2009

Nick Treble (50)

   Managing Director,   
   AIB Group (UK) p.l.c.    2009

 

102


Table of Contents

Governance & oversight - 2. Report of the Directors

for the year 31 December 2009

  LOGO

 

The Directors of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (‘the Company’) present their report and the audited accounts for the year ended 31 December 2009. A Statement of the Directors’ responsibilities in relation to the Accounts appears on page 286.

Results

The Group loss attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the Company amounted to € 2,413 million and was arrived at as shown in the consolidated income statement on page 146.

Dividend

There was no dividend paid in 2009.

Capital

Information on the structure of the Company’s share capital, including the rights and obligations attaching to each class of shares, is set out in note 49 and in the Schedule on page 290.

There were no allotments of new ordinary shares during the year.

At an Extraordinary General Meeting held on 13 May, 2009 (“the EGM”), shareholders granted authority for the Company to:

 

  (a) increase the authorised share capital of the Company from € 625,200,000, US$ 500,000,000, Stg£ 200,000,000 and Yen 35,000,000,000 to € 884,200,000, US$ 500,000,000, Stg£ 200,000,000 and Yen 35,000,000,000 by the creation of: (i) 700,000,000 new ordinary shares of € 0.32 each, such shares forming one class with the existing ordinary shares; and (ii) 3,500,000,000 2009 non-cumulative preference shares of € 0.01 each, such ordinary shares and 2009 non-cumulative preference shares having attached thereto the respective rights and privileges and being subject to the respective limitations and restrictions set out in the articles of association of the Company adopted at the EGM; and

 

  (b) issue to the NPRFC, as an integral part of its investment in the Company by way of the Preference Share Issue, warrants to subscribe for a number of Ordinary Shares equal to 25 per cent. of the number of issued Ordinary Shares (excluding treasury shares) on 13 May 2009, computed as if the Warrants were exercisable and had been exercised in full on 13 May 2009. No further consideration is payable by the NPRFC in respect of the issue to it of the Warrants. The terms and conditions to which the warrants are subject are detailed on page 245.

As at 31 December 2009, some 35.7 million shares purchased in previous years were held as Treasury Shares; information in this regard is given in note 51.

Accounting policies

The principal accounting policies, together with the basis of preparation of the accounts, are set out on pages 125 to 145.

Review of activities

The Statement by the Chairman on pages 4 and 5 and the Review by the Group Managing Director on pages 6 and 7 and the Management report on pages 24 to 50 contain a review of the development of the business of the Group during the year, of recent events, and of likely future developments.

Directors

The following Board changes occurred with effect from the dates shown:

 

   

Mr. Declan Collier was appointed a Non-Executive Director on 22 January 2009;

 

   

Mr. Dick Spring was appointed a Non-Executive Director on 22 January 2009;

 

   

Mr. Michael J. Sullivan retired as Non-Executive Director on 13 May 2009;

 

   

Mr. Donal Forde resigned as Executive Director on 13 May 2009;

 

   

Mr. Dermot Gleeson retired as Chairman and Non-Executive Director on 1 July 2009;

 

   

Mr. John O’Donnell retired as Group Finance Director on 31 August 2009;

 

   

Mr. Eugene Sheehy retired as Group Chief Executive on 30 November 2009;

 

   

Dr. Michael Somers was appointed a Non-Executive Director on 14 January 2010.

Ms. Jennifer Winter will retire as a Non-Executive Director on 30 March 2010. Mr. Sean O’Driscoll will retire as a Non-Executive

 

103


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Governance & oversight - 2. Report of the Directors

for the year 31 December 2009

 

Director at the 2010 AGM, on 28 April 2010, and will not offer himself for re- appointment. All other Directors, excluding government appointees who are appointed by the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission, as the Government Preference Shareholder, will retire at the 2010 AGM and, being eligible, offer themselves for reappointment. The names of the Directors appear on pages 101 and 102 together with a short biographical note on each Director.

The appointment and replacement of Directors, and their powers, are governed by company law and the Articles of Association, and information on these is set out on pages 294 to 299. Amendments to the Articles of Association can only be effected by special resolution of shareholders.

Directors’ and Secretary’s Interests in the Share Capital

The interests of the Directors and the Secretary in the share capital of the Company are shown in note 62.

Director’s remuneration

The Company’s policy with respect to directors’ remuneration is included in the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 109 to 110. Details of the total remuneration of the Directors in office during 2009 and 2008 are shown in note 62.

Substantial Interests in the Share Capital

The following substantial interests in the Ordinary Share Capital (excluding shares held as Treasury Shares) had been notified to the Company at 1 March:

 

 

T Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 4.87%;

 

 

Fidelity International Limited 3.99%; and

 

 

Deutsche Bank AG 3.24%.

None of the clients on whose behalf these shares are held had a beneficial interest in 3% or more of the Ordinary Share Capital. An analysis of shareholdings is shown on page 310.

Corporate Governance

The Directors’ Corporate Governance statement appears on pages 105 to 114.

Books of Account

The measures taken by the Directors to secure compliance with the Company’s obligation to keep proper books of account are the use of appropriate systems and procedures, including those set out in the Internal controls section of the Corporate Governance statement on pages 112 and 113, and the employment of competent persons. The books of account are kept at the Company’s Registered Office, Bankcentre, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4, Ireland; at the principal offices of the Company’s main subsidiary companies, as shown on pages 315 and 316; and at the Company’s other principal offices, as shown on those pages.

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Information concerning the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Company and the Group, as required under the terms of the European Accounts Modernisation Directive (2003/51/EEC) (implemented in Ireland by the European Communities (International Financial Reporting Standards and Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations 2005), is set out in the Risk Management section on pages 64 to 66.

Branches outside the State

The Company has established branches, within the meaning of EU Council Directive 89/666/EEC (implemented in Ireland by the European Communities (Branch Disclosures) Regulations 1993), in Australia, Canada, Estonia, France, Germany, Latvia, Lithuania, the United Kingdom and the United States of America.

Auditor

The Auditor, KPMG, has signified willingness to continue in office in accordance with Section 160(2) of the Companies Act, 1963.

Dan O’Connor

Executive Chairman

Colm Doherty

Group Managing Director

 

104


Table of Contents

Governance & oversight -

3. Corporate Governance statement

  LOGO

 

Corporate governance is concerned with how companies are managed and controlled. The Board of Directors is committed to the highest standards in that regard.

AIB is listed on the Irish and London Stock Exchanges and has an ADR listing on the New York Stock Exchange. AIB’s corporate governance practices reflect Irish company law, the Listing Rules of the aforementioned Stock Exchanges and the UK Listing Authority, the principles and provisions of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance (“the Code”), and certain provisions of the US Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

The following information explains how AIB applies the principles of the Code, the provisions of which it has complied with

throughout 2009. As required by the Sarbanes Oxley Act, related certifications have been (or shortly will be) filed with the SEC.

The Board of Directors

Role

The Board is responsible for the leadership, direction and control of the Company and the Group and is accountable to shareholders for financial performance. There is a comprehensive range of matters specifically reserved for decision by the Board; at a high level this includes:

 

 

determining the Company’s strategic objectives and policies;

 

 

appointing the Chairman and the Group Chief Executive (or Group Managing Director) and addressing succession planning;

 

 

monitoring progress towards achievement of the Company’s objectives and compliance with its policies;

 

 

approving annual operating and capital budgets, major acquisitions and disposals, and risk management policies and limits; and

 

 

monitoring and reviewing financial performance, risk management activities and controls.

Review of Activities

The statement by the Chairman on pages 4 and 5, the Review by the Group Managing Director on pages 6 and 7, and the Management report on pages 24 to 50 contain a review of the development of the business of the Group during the year, of recent events, and of likely future developments.

Chairman

Mr. Dan O’Connor was appointed Non-Executive Chairman, for a three-year term, with effect from 1 July 2009, renewable for a second three-year term on the Board’s approval. On his appointment as Chairman, Mr. O’Connor met the independence criteria set out in the Code. The Chairman’s responsibilities include the leadership of the Board, ensuring its effectiveness, setting its agenda, ensuring that the Directors receive adequate, accurate and timely information, facilitating the effective contribution of the Non-Executive Directors, ensuring the proper induction of new Directors, and reviewing the performance of individual Directors.

On 18 November 2009, Mr. O’Connor was appointed Executive Chairman on a temporary basis in order to oversee the Group’s work on the completion of the key tasks of capital raising, the implementation of NAMA and the EU restructuring plan.

The role of the Chairman is separate from the role of the Group Managing Director, with clearly-defined responsibilities attaching to each; these are set out in writing and agreed by the Board.

Following the implementation of NAMA and the EU restructuring plan, which is expected to be mid-2010, an assessment of the Group management structure will be undertaken by the Board, in consultation with the Minister for Finance and other stakeholders, to determine whether the management format announced in November 2009, including the appointment of an Executive Chairman on a temporary basis, remains relevant to the challenges and requirements of the new environment.

Group Managing Director

The day-to-day management of the Group has been delegated to the Group Managing Director, Mr. Colm Doherty, who took up that position on 18 November 2009. The Group Managing Director is responsible for the day-to-day running of the Group, ensuring an effective organisation structure, the appointment, motivation and direction of senior executive management, and for the operational management of all the Group’s businesses.

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

The Senior Independent Non-Executive Director is available to shareholders if they have concerns which contact through the normal channels of Chairman or Group Managing Director have failed to resolve, or for which such contact is considered by the shareholder(s) concerned to be inappropriate. Mr. David Pritchard was appointed Senior Independent Non-Executive Director with effect from 13 May 2009.

 

105


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Governance & oversight -

3. Corporate Governance statement

 

Company Secretary

The Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, Mr. David O’Callaghan, who is responsible for ensuring that Board procedures are followed and that applicable rules and regulations are complied with.

Meetings

The Chairman sets the agenda for each Board meeting. The Directors are provided in advance with relevant papers to enable them to consider the agenda items, and are encouraged to participate fully in the Board’s deliberations. Executive management attend Board meetings and make regular presentations.

The Board held 10 scheduled meetings during 2009, 27 additional out-of-course meetings or briefings, and a full day seminar focussing on issues of strategic importance. Attendance at Board meetings and meetings of Committees of the Board is reported on below. During a number of Board meetings, the Non-Executive Directors met in the absence of the Executive Directors, in accordance with good governance standards. In addition to their attendance at Board and Committee meetings, Non-Executive Directors attended Board meetings of overseas subsidiaries and held consultative meetings with the Chairman.

Membership

It is the policy of the Board that a significant majority of the Directors should be Non- Executive. At 31 December 2009, there were 9 Non-Executive Directors and 2 Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors are appointed so as to maintain an appropriate balance on the Board, and to ensure a sufficiently wide and relevant mix of backgrounds, skills and experience to provide strong and effective leadership and control of the Group.

The names of the Directors, with brief biographical notes, appear on pages 101 and 102. All Directors are required to act in the best interests of the Company, and to bring independent judgement to bear in discharging their duties as Directors.

Mr. Robert G Wilmers serves as a Director of the Company as the designee of M&T Bank Corporation, in which AIB held a 22.7% interest at 31 December 2009. In these circumstances, Mr.Wilmers is not determined to be independent for the purposes of the Code. Mr. Declan Collier and Mr. Dick Spring were appointed Non-Executive Directors on 22 January 2009 as nominees of the Minister for Finance under the Irish Government’s Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme 2008 (S.I. No. 411 of 2008). Dr. Michael Somers was appointed Non-Executive Director on 14 January 2010 as a nominee of the Minister for Finance under the Irish Government’s National Pensions Reserve Fund Act 2000 (as amended). Under the terms of the Government’s preference share investment, Messrs. Collier, Somers and Spring are not required to stand for election or regular re-election by shareholders and are not, therefore, considered independent for the purposes of the Code. (The Government’s preference shares give the Minister for Finance the right, while any such preference shares are outstanding, to appoint directly 25% of the Directors (including the three Directors appointed to date), and 25% of total ordinary voting rights in respect of change of control transactions over 50% and Board appointments.)

The Board has determined that all other Non-Executive Directors in office in December 2009 are independent in character and judgement and free from any business or other relationship with the Company or the Group that could affect their judgement. Ms. Jenny Winter will resign from the Board on 30 March 2010 after almost six years of service, and Mr. Sean O’Driscoll will resign from the Board at the 2010 Annual General Meeting after almost four years of service, both due to other business commitments.

There is a procedure in place to enable the Directors to take independent professional advice, at the Company’s expense.

The Company holds insurance cover to protect Directors and Officers against liability arising from legal actions brought against them in the course of their duties.

Performance Evaluation

Evaluations of the performances of the Board and Board Committees were conducted by Mr. Dan O’Connor, Chairman, who held discussions with each of the Directors. The results were presented to the Board. The evaluation of the performance of the individual Directors was conducted by the Chairman. An evaluation of the performance of the Chairman was conducted in his absence by the Non-Executive Directors, under the Chairmanship of Mr. David Pritchard, the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, who also consulted the Group Managing Director. Attendance at Board and Committee meetings is one of a number of important factors considered in evaluating performance. A chart showing each Board Member’s participation in such meetings appears on page 107.

 

106


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Attendance at scheduled Board and Board Committee Meetings

 

Name

   Board    Audit Committee    Corporate Social
Responsibility
Committee
   Nomination &
Corporate
Governance
Committee
   Remuneration
Committee
     A    B    A    B    A    B    A    B    A    B

Declan Collier

   10    9                      1    1

Kieran Crowley

   10    10    14    14    4    4            

Colm Doherty

   10    9                        

Donal Forde

   4    2                        

Dermot Gleeson

   5    5                1    1    1    1

Stephen L Kingon

   10    10    14    14    4    4            

Anne Maher

   10    10    14    14                  

Dan O’Connor

   10    10    9    9          1    1    1    1

John O’Donnell

   6    6                        

Sean O’Driscoll

   10    10          4    3          2    2

David Pritchard

   10    10    14    14                1    1

Eugene Sheehy

   9    9                1    1      

Dick Spring

   10    10                        

Michael J Sullivan

   4    4          1    1    1    1      

Robert G Wilmers

   10    9                        

Jennifer Winter

   10    9                      2    1

Column A indicates the number of scheduled meetings held during 2009 which the Director was eligible to attend; Column B indicates the number of meetings attended by each Director during 2009. The Board held 10 scheduled meetings during 2009, 27 additional out-of-course meetings or briefings, and a full day seminar focussing on issues of strategic importance.

Terms of Appointment

Non-Executive Directors are generally appointed for a three-year term, with the possibility of renewal for a further three years; the term may be further extended, in exceptional circumstances, on the recommendation of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. Following appointment, Directors are required by the Articles of Association to retire at the next Annual General Meeting (“AGM”), and may go forward for reappointment. Subsequently, all Directors are required to submit themselves for re-appointment at intervals of not more than three years. Since 2005, all the Directors retire from office at the AGM and offer themselves for reappointment. It is intended that this measure of strengthened corporate governance practice will apply again at the 2010 AGM. Letters of appointment, as well as dealing with appointees’ responsibilities, stipulate that a specific time commitment is required from Directors (a copy of the standard terms of the letter of appointment of Non-Executive Directors is available from the Company Secretary).

Induction and Professional Development

There is an induction process for new Directors. Its content varies as between Executive and Non-Executive Directors. In respect of the latter, the induction is designed to familiarise Non-Executive Directors with the Group and its operations, and comprises the provision of relevant briefing material, including details of the Company’s strategic and operational plans, and a programme of meetings with the Group Managing Director, the Heads of Divisions and the senior management of businesses and support functions.

Board Committees

The Board is assisted in the discharge of its duties by a number of Board Committees, whose purpose is to consider, in greater depth than would be practicable at Board meetings, matters for which the Board retains responsibility. The composition of such Committees is reviewed annually by the Board. A description of these Committees, each of which operates under Terms of Reference approved by the Board, and their membership, is given below. The minutes of all meetings of Board Committees are circulated to all Directors, for information, with their Board papers, and are formally noted by the Board. This provides an opportunity for Directors who are not members of those Committees to seek additional information or to comment on issues being addressed at Committee level. The Terms of Reference of the Audit Committee, the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, and the Remuneration Committee are available on AIB’s website: www.aibgroup.com.

 

107


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Governance & oversight -

3. Corporate Governance statement

 

Audit Committee

Members: Mr. Stephen L Kingon (Chairman from 1 September 2009); Mr. Dan O’Connor (Chairman and member until 31 August 2009); Mr. Kieran Crowley; Ms. Anne Maher; and Mr. David Pritchard.

The role and responsibilities of the Audit Committee are set out in its Terms of Reference. Those responsibilities are discharged through its meetings and receipt of reports from management, the external auditor (‘the Auditor’), the Group Finance Director, the Acting Group Chief Financial Officer, the Group Internal Auditor, the Group Chief Risk Officer, the Acting Group Chief Risk Officer, and the Group General Manager, Regulatory and Operational Risk.

The Audit Committee reviews the Group’s annual and interim financial statements; the scope of the audit; the findings, conclusions and recommendations of the Group Internal Auditor and the Auditor; reports on compliance; and the effectiveness of internal controls. The Committee is responsible for making recommendations on the appointment, re-appointment and removal of the Auditor, ensuring the cost-effectiveness of the audit, and for confirming the independence of the Auditor, the Group Internal Auditor, and the Group General Manager, Regulatory and Operational Risk, each of whom it meets separately at least once each year, in confidential session, in the absence of management. Each of these parties has unrestricted access to the Chairman of the Audit Committee. There is a process in place by which the Audit Committee reviews the nature and extent of non-audit services undertaken by the Auditor and, if considered appropriate, approves, within parameters approved by the Board, the related fees. This ensures that the objectivity and independence of the Auditor is safeguarded, as well as compliance with related requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. A report is submitted, annually, to the Board, regarding the activities undertaken and issues considered by the Committee. The Audit Committee met on fourteen occasions during 2009. The following attend the Committee’s meetings, by invitation: the Auditor; the Group Finance Director; the Acting Group Chief Financial Officer; the Group Internal Auditor; the Group Chief Risk Officer, the Acting Group Chief Risk Officer; and the Group General Manager, Regulatory and Operational Risk.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that the Audit Committee include an “audit committee financial expert”, as defined in related SEC rules. The Board has determined that Mr Stephen L Kingon is an ‘independent audit committee financial expert’ for these purposes. Mr. Kingon has accepted this determination on the understanding that he has not thereby agreed to undertake additional responsibilities beyond those of a member and Chairman of the Audit Committee.

Corporate Social Responsibility Committee

Members: Mr. Kieran Crowley, Chairman; Mr. Donal Forde (resigned from the Board on 13 May 2009); Mr. Stephen L Kingon; Mr. Sean O’Driscoll and Mr. Michael J Sullivan (retired from the Board on 13 May 2009).

The objectives of the CSR Committee are, on behalf of the board, to monitor the Bank’s responsibilities and activities across all divisions concerning staff, marketplace (including customers, products and suppliers), the environment and the community. The Committee reviews operations, policies and objectives in these matters in the light of changing circumstances and developments in best practice, and recommends improvements. It approves corporate-giving budgets and any substantial philanthropic donations.

Particular focus during 2009 was directed to compliance with undertakings to the Government on credit, complaint handling, staff welfare and vulnerable customers.

The Committee met four times in 2009. It made its Annual Report to the Board, reviewed its terms of reference and assessed its performance. Senior executives attended the Committee from Human Resources, Information Technology, Procurement, Engineering Services and Group Finance. Divisional representatives provided updates on SMEs, Credit and Home Mortgages.

Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee

Members: Mr. Dan O’Connor, Chairman (from 1 July 2009); Mr. Dermot Gleeson (retired from the Board on 30 June 2009), Mr. Eugene Sheehy (retired from the Board on 30 November 2009); Mr. Michael J Sullivan (retired from the Board on 13 May 2009); Mr. David Pritchard, (from 30 April 2009), Mr. Dick Spring (from 30 April 2009); Mr. Kieran Crowley (from 22 February 2010); and Ms. Anne Maher (from 22 February 2010).

The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities include: recommending candidates to the Board for appointment as Directors; reviewing the size, structure and composition of the Board and the Board Committees; and reviewing succession planning. The search for suitable candidates for the Board is a continuous process, and recommendations for appointment are made, based on merit and objective criteria, following an appraisal process and interviews. The Committee is also responsible for reviewing the Company’s corporate governance policies and practices. The Committee met once during 2009. Nomination and corporate governance matters of a significant nature were considered by the Board as a whole during 2009.

 

108


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Remuneration Committee

Members: Mr. Sean O’Driscoll, Chairman; Mr. Dermot Gleeson (retired from the Board on 30 June 2009); Mr. David Pritchard (member until 30 April 2009; reappointed 22 February 2010); Ms. Jennifer Winter; Mr. Declan Collier (from 30 April 2009); and Mr. Dan O’Connor (from 8 October 2009).

We have adopted a revised format for this year’s remuneration report and, in addition to the information included in previous years, we have included details on the changes we are making to our remuneration policies in 2010 and an overview of general developments regarding remuneration matters at AIB. The changes we are making reflect the regulatory responses to the turmoil in financial services during 2008 and 2009, at global, European Commission (EC) and national levels which led to an in-depth review of the operating framework for the banking industry.

The adoption of remuneration policies and practices, which are both fair and competitive, is a key responsibility of the Board. To ensure a formal and transparent procedure for developing policy on executive remuneration the Board has a long-established Remuneration Committee whose purpose, duties and membership are set by its Terms of Reference which may be viewed on our website www.aibgroup.com.

The Remuneration Committee’s responsibilities include recommending to the Board: Group remuneration policies and practices; the remuneration of the Chairman of the Board (which matter is considered in his absence); performance-related bonus schemes for Executives; and the operation of share-based incentive schemes.

The Committee also determines the remuneration of the Group Managing Director, and, in consultation with the Group Managing Director, the remuneration of other Executive Directors, when in office, and the other members of the Group Executive Committee, under advice to the Board. Details of the total remuneration of the Directors in office during 2009 and 2008 are shown in note 62.

The Committee met twice during 2009.

Remuneration policy and commentary

In 2009, AIB began the process of adapting its remuneration policies to take account of the emerging regulatory consensus and to ensure that AIB’s remuneration policies and practices are fully consistent with, and promote, effective risk management. As part of this process, amendments have been made to the Terms of Reference of the Remuneration Committee and our Executive Remuneration Policy.

Recent and emerging international regulation of remuneration policies at financial services companies (e.g., from the EC, the Committee of European Banking Supervisors (CEBS) and the UK Financial Services Authority (FSA)) are similar in scope and direction. AIB has reviewed the key elements of the regulatory guidance and has reported to both the Financial Regulator in the Republic of Ireland and the FSA in the UK regarding its plans for compliance. In planning to comply with the key elements of the principles and guidance that have been issued, AIB is:ensuring that its remuneration policies are consistent with effective risk management and do not encourage excessive risk taking; focusing on staff whose activities have a material impact on the risk profile of the Bank; developing the membership and terms of reference of its Remuneration Committee to better enable it meet the increased governance requirements; enabling risk management and compliance functions to have a greater input into setting and reviewing remuneration policy; designing new reward structures that focus on long term sustained performance; and developing the most appropriate approach and methodology for adjusting performance measures for current and future risk.

AIB’s remuneration policies will be appropriately structured to discourage excessive risk taking and to ensure the alignment of individuals’ short-term incentives and the long-term objectives of the Bank. To this end, AIB’s remuneration policies have been reviewed and our short term and long term incentive structures are being revised to better support and enhance effective risk management by: linking the vesting of future bonus and share awards to risk-adjusted profit; placing significant weight on non-financial measures of performance, including the satisfaction of risk and compliance responsibilities; deferring senior executive cash bonuses over a period of several years and by linking long-term incentives to AIB’s share price, risk-adjusted return and earnings growth; requiring that deferred bonus awards be subject to forfeiture if performance is subsequently found to have been misstated, misjudged or overvalued; and including discretionary provisions in bonus schemes that will give AIB the discretion not to pay individual bonuses in a year in which AIB (or a part of it) makes a loss or an unacceptable risk assessed return.

 

109


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Governance & oversight -

3. Corporate Governance statement

 

Independent advisors

The Committee’s independent advisors, Kepler Associates, provided independent professional advice to the Committee during 2009 on a number of reward matters including: advising on remuneration governance and future reward structures and strategy; supporting the drafting of AIB’s submission to the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”) in response to the FSA’s guidelines on remuneration; and advising on an appropriate fee for the Chairman and Deputy Chairman.

Terms of reference

The Committee’s Terms of Reference were reviewed during 2009 by the Committee, and Kepler Associates, following which a number of changes were made to reflect the regulatory guidance and emerging market practice on governance and risk management. These changes were approved by the Board.

The Terms of Reference now state that the Committee shall ensure that all short and long term incentives are consistent with and support sound risk management, and are aligned with shareholder interests, demonstrating that the Committee’s decisions are consistent with a reasonable assessment of the Bank’s financial situation and future prospects [Terms of Reference 3.8]; satisfy itself that the proportion of risk-adjusted profits awarded in the form of variable remuneration is appropriate [Terms of Reference 3.11]; review annually a report, prepared by Group Risk, that summarises the risk exposure of the Bank, including a risk assessment of the performance delivered by the members of the GEC or any other executives defined by the Committee [Terms of Reference 3.16].

Furthermore, the Terms of Reference now require that the Chief Risk Officer shall attend one meeting of the Remuneration Committee each year to present a report on the risk exposure of AIB, including a risk assessment of the performance delivered by the executives within the Committee’s remit. In addition, the terms of membership are to be amended to require that at least one member of the Remuneration Committee should also be a member of the Risk or Audit Committees.

Subscription Agreement

The Subscription Agreement between the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission, the Minister for Finance and AIB, which sets out the terms and conditions of the Irish Government’s subscription for the 2009 Preference Shares and Warrants, imposes certain conditions on AIB with respect to Senior Executives’ remuneration and Directors’ fees. AIB certifies its compliance with the terms of the Subscription Agreement on a quarterly basis to the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission.

Performance-related remuneration

During 2009, AIB took determined action to reduce its remuneration spend and cost base in light of the financial crisis and AIB’s performance. In summary: no bonuses were paid in AIB generally in 2009 in respect of 2008 performance. Bonuses were paid to staff in our Polish subsidiary BZWBK (which was not covered by the Irish Government’s Deposit Guarantee Scheme) and in AIB’s Channel Islands based business. Some bonus schemes were also triggered in the Capital Markets Division in respect of 2008 performance. These bonuses have not been paid in the Republic of Ireland but were paid to staff located outside of Ireland on foot of threatened or initiated legal challenges. On the basis of legal advice, we have made an accrual against the future payment of outstanding, deferred 2008 bonus amounts, the timing of which will be subject to the approval of the Board and the Department of Finance in the Republic of Ireland. Bonus schemes in relation to the Group Executive Committee, executives and managers across Group Supports, Operations & Technology, AIB Bank ROI and AIB Group (UK) plc were not renewed for the 2009 performance year. No bonuses will be paid in these areas or in Capital Markets in respect of 2009, however, a provision has been set aside in the 2009 financial statements to meet any legal obligations arising.

No general pay increases were awarded to executives and managers across AIB Group or to staff participating in functional pay structures such as IT or Finance as part of the annual review of salaries. Pay increases of around 3 per cent were paid to staff, below manager level, following extensive negotiations with the Irish Bank Officials Association regarding AIB’s proposal for a pay freeze. Following conciliation and negotiation efforts, under the direction of the Irish Labour Relations Commission, the pay increases were awarded subject to a six month pay pause.

Directors’ Remuneration

Details of the total remuneration of the Directors in office during 2009 and 2008 are shown in note 62.

Relations with Shareholders

The Group has a number of procedures in place to allow its shareholders and other stakeholders to stay informed about matters affecting their interests. In addition to this Annual Financial Report (which is only sent to those shareholders who request it), the following communication tools are used by the Group:

 

110


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Summary Shareholders’ Report

The Summary Report has been expanded to include core information which, heretofore, has been available only in the Annual Financial Report. The Summary Report, a copy of which has been sent to each shareholder, explains features of the Company’s performance in the previous year, and includes, inter alia, the Chairman’s Statement and Group Chief Executive’s Review, an abridged Corporate Governance Statement, biographical details of the Directors, details of the Directors’ remuneration, and a description of AIB’s interaction with the wider community.

Website

The website, www.aibgroup.com, contains, for the previous five years, the Annual Financial Report, the Interim Report/Half-yearly Financial Report, the Annual Report on Form 20-F, and slides from annual and interim results presentations to analysts and investors. The Company’s presentations to fund managers and analysts of annual and interim financial results are broadcast live on the internet, and may be accessed on: www.aibgroup.com/webcast. The times of the broadcasts are announced in advance on the website, which is also updated to include the Company’s Stock Exchange releases. These releases include an Interim Management Statement, issued in May and November in compliance with the EU Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) Regulations 2007. These items are thus available for review by all shareholders who have access to the internet. Commencing in 2009, the Annual Financial Report and the Annual Report on Form 20-F have been combined in the form of this Annual Financial Report. None of the information on the website is incorporated in, or otherwise forms part of, this Annual Financial Report.

Annual General Meeting

All shareholders are invited to attend the AGM and to participate in the proceedings. At the AGM, it is practice to give a brief update on the Group’s trading performance and developments of interest for the year to date. Separate resolutions are proposed on each separate issue and voting is conducted by way of poll. The votes for, against, and withheld, on each resolution, including proxies lodged, are subsequently published on AIB’s website. Proxy forms provide the option for shareholders to direct their proxies to withhold their vote. It is usual for all Directors to attend the AGM and to be available to meet shareholders before and after the Meeting. The Chairmen of the Board’s Committees are available to answer questions about the Committees’ activities. A Help Desk facility is available to shareholders attending. The Company’s 2010 AGM is scheduled to be held on 28 April, at the Company’s Head Office at Bankcentre, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4, and it is intended that the Notice of the Meeting will be posted to shareholders at least 20 working days before the meeting, in line with the requirements of the Code.

Institutional Shareholders

The Company held over 200 meetings with its principal institutional shareholders and with financial analysts and brokers during 2009. The Group Chief Executive, the Group Finance Director, Heads of Divisions, other Executive Management as requested by shareholders, and the General Manager, Group Finance participated in those meetings, at which care was taken to ensure that price-sensitive information was not divulged. Company representatives also spoke at a number of investor conferences.

The Chairman, the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, and all other Non-Executive Directors are available to meet institutional shareholders on request, and the links with those shareholders and the communication of their views to the Board were strengthened during 2009 through the following steps:

 

 

the General Manager, Group Finance reported on institutional shareholders’ views to the Board; and

 

 

analysts’ and brokers’ briefings on the Company were circulated to the Directors, on receipt, throughout the year.

Accountability and Audit

Accounts and Directors’ Responsibilities

The Accounts and other information presented in the 2009 Annual Financial Report are consistent with the Code Principle requiring the presentation of “a balanced and understandable assessment of the Company’s position and prospects”. The Statement concerning the responsibilities of the Directors in relation to the Accounts appears on page 286.

Going Concern

The Group’s activities are subject to risk factors. The continued global financial crisis and the deteriorated economic environments in the countries in which it operates have increased the intensity of these risk factors. The Directors have reviewed the Group’s Business and Financial Plan for 2010/2011 which incorporates its funding and capital plan and considered the critical assumptions underpinning same. They have also considered the measures introduced by the Irish Government to improve liquidity, including the

 

111


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Governance & oversight -

3. Corporate Governance statement

 

Government Guarantee; the € 3.5 billion recapitalisation (see note 55 (ii); AIB’s participation in NAMA (see note 55 (iv)); the Government’s acknowledgement of AIB’s systemic importance to the Irish economy; and the Government’s continued stated support including the provision of additional capital if necessary. The financial statements continue to be prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Company and the Group as a whole have access to the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future.

Internal Controls

By virtue of being listed in Dublin, London and New York, AIB is subject to a range of ‘internal control’ requirements referred to below.

Requirements in the Republic of Ireland and the United Kingdom

The Directors acknowledge that they are responsible for the Group’s system of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness. The Turnbull Guidance (‘Internal Control: Revised Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code’) (‘the Guidance’), issued by the Financial Reporting Council in October 2005, assists Directors in complying with the Code’s requirements in respect of internal control. That Guidance states that systems of internal control are designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business objectives, and can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. The Group’s system of internal control includes:

 

 

a clearly-defined management structure, with defined lines of authority and accountability;

 

 

a comprehensive annual budgeting and financial reporting system, which incorporates clearly-defined and communicated common accounting policies and financial control procedures, including those relating to authorisation limits; capital expenditure and investment procedures. The accuracy and integrity of the Group’s financial information is confirmed through Divisional reports to the Divisional Finance Director, and through reporting to the Acting Group Chief Financial Officer;

 

 

the Group Executive Committee, whose members receive and review reports in various aspects of control and compliance with relevant laws, regulations and best practice guidelines, reviews the management accounts and ensures that no restrictions are placed on the scope of the statutory audit or on the independence of the Internal Audit or the Regulatory Compliance function;

 

 

appropriate policies and procedures relating to capital management, asset and liability management (including interest rate risk, exchange rate risk and liquidity management), credit risk management, operational risk management and regulatory compliance;

 

 

regular review by the Group Executive Committee of overall strategy, business plans, variances against operating and capital budgets and other performance data;

 

 

a Group-wide Risk Management function, headed in each Division by a Chief Risk Officer who reports directly to the Group Chief Risk Officer (“Group CRO”), with a matrix reporting line to the Divisional Managing Director. The Group CRO reports directly to the Managing Director and the Audit Committee, and is responsible for ensuring that risks are identified, assessed and managed throughout the Group;

 

 

the Group Internal Audit function, which is responsible for independently assessing the adequacy, effectiveness and sustainability of the Group’s governance, risk management and control processes (the Group Internal Auditor attended the Board on two occasions in 2009 in confidential session in the absence of management);

 

 

independent reporting on conduct of business compliance matters by the Head of Compliance in each Division who reports to the Group General Manager, Regulatory and Operational Risk (who, in turn, has a reporting line to the Group Managing Director). The Group General Manager, Regulatory and Operational Risk reports to the Audit Committee on conduct of business compliance issues across the Group, and on management’s attention to compliance matters;

 

 

the Audit Committee, which receives reports on various aspects of control, including reports on the design and operating effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting framework in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reviews the Group’s Statutory Accounts and other published financial statements and information, and ensures that no restrictions are placed on the scope of the statutory audit or on the independence of the Internal Audit and Regulatory and Operational Risk functions. The Audit Committee reports to the Board on these matters, and on compliance with relevant laws and regulations, and related issues;

 

 

involvement at all meetings of the Audit Committee of the Group Finance Director, Group Head of Accounting and Finance, Group Internal Auditor, Group Chief Risk Officer, and Group General Manager, Regulatory and Operational Risk, or their representatives;

 

 

specialist functions with a Group reporting line, including Human Resources, Health & Safety and Environment, which are responsible for non-conduct of business compliance matters;

 

 

physical and computer security and business continuity planning.

 

112


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The Group’s structure and processes for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks faced by the Group are described in the Risk Management section. Those processes, which have been in place throughout the year and up to the date of the approval of the Accounts, are regularly reviewed by the Board, and accord with the above-mentioned Guidance.

The Directors confirm that, with the assistance of reports from the Audit Committee and management, they have reviewed the

adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal control for the year ended 31 December 2009 and are satisfied therewith.

Additional requirements in the United States

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the US Exchange Act). Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2009, based on the criteria set forth by the US Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission in their publication ‘Internal Control—Integrated Framework’. Based on this assessment, Management believes that, as of 31 December 2009, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

In addition to the need for such internal controls over financial reporting, the SEC has adopted somewhat broader requirements designed to ensure that reporting companies, such as AIB, have adequate “disclosure controls and procedures” in place. As of 31 December 2009, the Group carried out an evaluation, under the supervision of and with the participation of the Group’s Management, including the Group Managing Director and the Acting Group Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon and as of the date of the Group’s evaluation, the Group Managing Director and the Acting Group Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective in all material respects to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Group files and submits under the US Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported as and when required.

Code of Business Ethics

The Group has adopted a code of business ethics that applies to all employees. A copy of that code is available on the website at www.aibgroup.com/investorrelations. (The information on this website is not incorporated by reference into this document). There have been no waivers to the code of business ethics since its adoption. Information regarding any future amendments or waivers will be published on the aforementioned website. The code of business ethics sets out for employees the general principles that govern how AIB Group conducts its affairs. To complement this, a code of leadership behaviours for senior management was approved during 2004, and reviewed and updated in 2007. This code of leadership behaviours places personal responsibility on senior management for ensuring that business and support activities are carried out with the highest standards of behaviour. The application of the Code of Business Ethics is underpinned by policies, practices and training which are designed to ensure that the Code is understood and that all staff act in accordance with it. It is also designed to satisfy related SEC requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Significant differences between AIB’s corporate governance practices and those followed by US companies under the New York Stock Exchange’s (“NYSE”) listing standards

Although AIB is subject to a number of requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (and related SEC rules), it is not subject to the same corporate governance requirements as US companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise subject to SEC reporting requirements.

Subject to certain exceptions, NYSE listed companies that are foreign private issuers are permitted to follow their home-country corporate governance practice in lieu of the provisions of Section 303A of the NYSE corporate governance standards (“NYSE standards”); one such exception requires such companies to ‘disclose any significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US domestic companies under NYSE listing standards’ (Section 303A.11). The following commentary is given for the benefit of AIB’s US shareholders, in compliance with this particular provision.

In common with companies listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange, AIB’s corporate governance practices reflect, inter alia, compliance with (a) domestic company law; (b) the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange and the UK Listing Authority; and (c) the Combined Code on Corporate Governance (‘the Combined Code’). Differences arise in the following areas:

 

(a) under the NYSE standards, listed companies must have a Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee composed entirely of independent directors. The corresponding provision in the Combined Code requires that a majority of members of the nomination committee should be independent non-executive directors, a provision with which AIB is in compliance;

 

(b)

the NYSE standards require Nominating/Corporate Governance Committees to, inter alia, select, or to recommend that the

 

113


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Governance & oversight -

3. Corporate Governance statement

 

 

Board selects, the ‘director nominees for the next annual meeting of shareholders’. As a measure of strengthened corporate governance, all AIB’s directors have, since the 2005 Annual General Meeting, retired from office and offered themselves individually for re-appointment on an annual basis;

 

(c) the NYSE standards require a listed company’s Audit Committee to prepare an Audit Committee report to be included in the company’s annual proxy statement. No such requirement arises under Irish/UK company law, corporate governance, or Listing Rule provisions; AIB’s Corporate Governance statement, which is included in the Bank’s Annual Financial Report, and appears also on the Company’s website, contains information on the composition and role of the Audit Committee, and its Terms of Reference;

 

(d) under NYSE standards, a listed company’s Audit Committee is required to discuss the company’s earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies; AIB’s interim management statements (which include such guidance) are considered and approved by the Board as a whole;

 

(e) the NYSE standards, referring to rule 10A-3(b)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act, require the Audit Committee to be ‘directly responsible for the appointment . and retention . of any registered public accounting firm engaged . for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the listed issuer’. The corresponding provision in the Combined Code requires the Audit Committee to make recommendations to the Board in relation to the appointments, re-appointment and removal of the external auditor, a provision with which AIB is in compliance; recommendations regarding the appointment and/or removal of the external auditor are put to the shareholders for their approval in general meeting;

 

(f) the NYSE standards require listed companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines, and stipulate certain subjects which must be addressed therein. The Combined Code also sets out guidelines for such disclosures with which AIB complies in full. AIB is in compliance with the NYSE requirements to disclose the stipulated corporate governance guidelines, with the exception of those relating to Management succession. AIB does not disclose details of policies and principles for CEO selection and performance review, or succession in the event of an emergency or the retirement of the CEO. Responsibility for development and execution of these policies and principles fall within the remit of the Board Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee.

 

114


Table of Contents
Governance & oversight - 4. Supervision & Regulation   LOGO

 

4.1 Current climate of regulatory change

Global financial markets have experienced significant dislocations since August 2007 and have deteriorated significantly since market highs in 2008. The severe volatility in global financial markets, combined with numerous bank failures and widespread regulatory lapses, has fostered an environment that is ripe for regulatory change. In the light of this environment, regulators and governments around the world are reassessing their respective country’s regulatory regimes and are reacting to an appetite and demand on the part of their various constituencies for significant change in regulatory practice. The changes currently under debate, particularly in the U.S., are of a sweeping and far-reaching nature and may substantially affect the regulatory landscape for both national, as well as international banking in ways that we are not able to predict.

4.2 Ireland

Overview of financial services legislation

There is currently a single regulatory authority for the financial services sector in Ireland, the Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland (the ‘Bank’). The Irish Financial Services Regulatory Authority (the ‘Financial Regulator’) is a constituent part of the Bank and is responsible for regulating and supervising a range of banking and financial services entities in Ireland including credit institutions, investment firms, stockbroking firms, payment institutions, insurance companies and credit unions. The Irish Government has indicated that it proposes to amend this structure to provide for a single integrated Central Banking Commission. In addition, the Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland Act 2004 (the ‘2004 Act’) established the Financial Services Ombudsman’s Bureau to deal with certain complaints about financial institutions and created consumer and industry consultative panels to advise the Financial Regulator.

The Financial Regulator

The Financial Regulator has a wide range of statutory powers to enable it to effectively regulate and supervise the activities of financial institutions in Ireland including the power to carry out inspections. It must approve the appointment of directors and senior management reporting to the board of licensed entities. The Financial Regulator has extensive enforcement powers including the

ability to impose administrative sanctions for failure to comply with regulatory requirements (including codes of conduct and practice). Such administrative sanctions may include a caution or reprimand, financial penalties (not exceeding € 5 million in the case of a firm or € 0.5 million in the case of an individual), and a direction disqualifying a person from being concerned in the management of a regulated financial service provider.

Banking Legislation

The banking regulatory code in Ireland is comprised principally of the Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland Acts 1942 to 2009 (the ‘Central Bank Acts’); regulations made under the European Communities Act 1972; and regulatory notices issued and statutory instruments made by the Financial Regulator. Various statutory instruments (“S.I.s”) and regulatory notices made by the Financial Regulator implement in Ireland the substantial range of European Union (“EU”) directives relating to banking supervision and regulation, including the (recast) Banking Consolidation Directives (2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC) (the “CRD”). To the extent that areas of banking activity in Ireland are the subject of EU regulations or directives, the provisions of Irish banking law reflect the requirements of those EU instruments.

The Central Bank Acts regulate the conduct of banking business in Ireland and provide that banking business may only be carried on by the holder of a banking license or an EU/EEA entity which exercises ‘passport rights’ to carry on business in Ireland. Every Irish licensed bank is obliged to draw up and publish their annual accounts in accordance with the European Communities (Credit Institutions: Accounts) Regulations, 1992 (as amended by the European Community (Credit Institutions) (Fair Value Accounting) Regulations 2004). As a listed entity AIB is required to prepare its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) endorsed by the European Union (as applied by the European Communities (International Financial Reporting Standards and Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations 2005) and with those parts of the Companies Act 1963 to 2009 that are applicable to companies reporting under IFRS; and with article 4 of the EU Council Regulation 1606/2002 of 19 July 2002.

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and AIB Mortgage Bank hold banking licenses; no conditions are attached to these licenses.

Capital Requirements

The capital adequacy rules for credit institutions and investment firms have been updated by the CRD Regulations. These instruments give effect to the CRD, which relates capital levels more closely to risks. Each relevant company within the AIB Group works with the Financial Regulator on an ongoing basis to ensure that it meets the capital adequacy requirements to which it is

 

115


Table of Contents
LOGO   Governance & oversight - 4. Supervision & Regulation

 

subject under the CRD. In the context of its prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, the Financial Regulator has powers to enforce EU Directives relating to the financial regulation of such entities. It may, from time to time, require a credit institution or investment firm to maintain a specified ratio, or a certain minimum or maximum ratio, between its assets and its liabilities, which may be expressed to apply to all license-holders of a specified category or categories, to the total assets or total liabilities of the license-holders concerned, or to specified assets or to assets of a specified kind. The Financial Regulator is concerned principally to ensure that certain minimum standards apply on an ongoing basis in respect of the following: (a) initial capital requirements; (b) own funds/solvency requirements; (c) capital adequacy requirements; (d) liquidity requirements; (e) large exposures limits; (f) sectoral concentration limits; and (g) funding requirements.

Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID”)

The EU Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (2004/39/EC) and its EU-level implementing instruments, (together “MiFID”) were transposed into Irish law by the Markets in Financial Instruments and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 2007 and the European Communities (Markets in Financial Instruments) Directive 2007 (S.I. No. 60 of 2007) as amended (together the “MiFID Regulations”). The MiFID Regulations regulate the provision of investment services (“MiFID services”) provided in respect of financial instruments and apply both to credit institutions and investment firms (including stockbroking firms). Each relevant AIB Group company ensures that it fulfils its obligations under the MiFID Regulations on an ongoing basis and ensures that it holds the appropriate authorisation for its business at all times. The following subsidiaries of AIB Group: AIB Capital Markets plc; AIB Investment Managers Limited; AIB Corporate Finance Limited; Goodbody Stockbrokers Limited; Goodbody Corporate Finance Limited; and AIB International Financial Services Limited provide MiFID services and each is authorised as an investment firm under the MiFID Regulations. Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. also complies with the MiFID Regulations where it provides MiFID services.

Other Financial Services Companies

In addition to the companies listed above, the AIB Group includes a number of other financial services companies, each of which is also regulated by the Financial Regulator. Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has a 24.99 percent interest in Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited, the holding company which brought together Ark Life Assurance Company Limited and Aviva Life & Pensions Ireland Limited (an Aviva Group p.l.c. subsidiary). Both of these companies carry on business as authorised life assurance companies and must comply with the provisions of legislation including the Insurance Acts 1909 to 1989 and the European Communities (Life Assurance) Framework Regulations 1994 (as amended). Further, the European Communities (Insurance Mediation) Regulations 2005 have implemented the EU Directive on insurance mediation and lay down rules for undertaking insurance mediation and reinsurance mediation, as well as prescribing registration requirements for persons who wish to carry out insurance mediation business or act as an insurance intermediary or as a reinsurance intermediary.

AIB Mortgage Bank is a designated mortgage credit institution under the Asset Covered Securities Act 2001 (as amended), to issue mortgage covered securities. In addition to the role of the Financial Regulator, the activities of a credit institution that is designated for the purposes of the Asset Covered Securities Act 2001 (as amended) are subject to close oversight by an independent covered assets monitor. The principal role of the covered assets monitor is to ensure that the assets maintained in the covered assets pool are sufficient to provide adequate security to the holders of the asset covered securities.

Codes of conduct including Consumer Protection Code

The Financial Regulator has issued a range of codes of conduct, codes of practice and other requirements applicable to credit institutions and other regulated financial services entities (including investment business firms authorised under the Investment Intermediaries Act (“IIA”) and insurance companies). The codes address a substantial range of requirements including supervisory and reporting requirements; advertising requirements; books and records requirements and disclosure requirements. The Financial Regulator has also issued client asset requirements which apply to financial services entities including credit institutions, IIA firms and MiFID firms. In force since July 2007, a Consumer Protection Code (“CPC”) has applied in respect of ‘non-MiFID’ services provided by firms including credit institutions, insurance undertakings and investment business firms. In addition, the Financial Regulator has also published a Code of Conduct for Business Lending to Small and Medium Enterprises (in force since 13 March 2009) and Code of Conduct on Mortgage Arrears (in force since 27 February 2009) which seek to impose minimum lending and arrears management standards for Irish regulated entities with the exception of credit unions.

Consumer legislation

The provision of credit to consumers is regulated in Ireland by the Consumer Credit Act 1995 (the ‘1995 Act’) and the 1995 Act is relevant to the AIB Group to the extent that any of its Group companies provides credit to consumers. The 1995 Act prescribes a

 

116


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

range of detailed requirements to be included in consumer credit agreements and imposes a number of obligations on the provider of such credit. The 1995 Act imposes a requirement on all credit institutions to notify the Financial Regulator in advance of imposing on a customer any new charge in relation to the provision of certain specified services; increasing any charge previously notified; or imposing any charge that does not comply with a direction from the Financial Regulator. Irish law contains a wide range of consumer protection provisions, such as the European Communities (Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts) Regulations 1995, the Consumer Protection Act 2007 and other measures regulating the content of face-to-face and distance marketing contracts made with a consumer. A new European Consumer Credit Directive, adopted by the European Parliment and Council in April 2008, is due to be implemented into Irish Law in June 2010. This will require some changes to the 1995 Act. The Consumer Director, a full member of the board of the Financial Regulator, aims to monitor closely the provision of financial services to consumers and the previously-mentioned CPC is an important aspect of that role (in respect of “non-MiFID” services).

Deposit protection and investor compensation

Under the European Communities (Deposit Guarantee Schemes) Regulations 1995 (as amended) which implement in Ireland the Deposit Guarantee Schemes Directive, the Financial Regulator operates a deposit protection scheme under which each licensed bank must contribute to the deposit protection account held by the Financial Regulator. Currently, the level of contribution required is 0.2 per cent of deposits (in whatever currency) held at all branches of the licensed bank in the EEA, including deposits on current accounts but excluding certain funds and commitments such as interbank deposits, negotiable certificates of deposit, debt securities issued by the same institution and promissory notes. The maximum amount of deposit protected has been increased to €100,000 per depositor per institution.

In October 2008, AIB (one of a number of Irish credit institutions) entered into a legal agreement with the Irish Government that gave effect, inter alia, to the Irish Government guaranteeing all retail, commercial, institutional and interbank deposits of the Group, together with dated subordinated liabilities, up to 29 September 2010. The Group entered into the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee (“ELG”) scheme on 21 January 2010. The ELG scheme is intended to facilitate the ability of credit institutions in Ireland to issue debt securities and take deposits with maturity after September 2010 on either a guaranteed or unguaranteed basis.

The Investor Compensation Act 1998 (the ‘1998 Act’) provided for the establishment of the Investor Compensation Company Limited (the “ICCL”) to administer and supervise an investor compensation scheme. The 1998 Act requires authorised investment firms to pay the ICCL such contribution to the fund maintained by the ICCL as the ICCL may from time to time specify. The maximum amount payable under the investor compensation scheme is 90% of the amount lost by an eligible investor subject to a maximum compensation payment of € 20,000.

Anti-money laundering

Financial institutions (including credit institutions, investment firms, and insurance companies) designated under the Criminal Justice Act 1994 (the ‘1994 Act’) are obliged to take the necessary measures to effectively counteract money laundering in accordance with the provisions of the 1994 Act and the relevant sectoral Guidance Notes which have been issued with the approval of the Money Laundering Steering Committee. The 1994 Act and the relevant Guidance Notes set out measures to counteract money laundering in line with the Forty Recommendations of the OECD-based Financial Action Task Force and the EU Directives on the prevention of the use of the financial system for the purposes of money laundering. Analogously, Ireland, by means including the Criminal Justice (Terrorist Offences) Act 2005, applies EU and UN mandated restrictions on financial transfers with designated individuals and regimes, and prescribes criminal offences for participating in the financing of terrorism. The Third Anti-Money Laundering Directive came into force in December 2007, however, it has yet to be transposed into Irish law.

Certain measures related to recent financial crisis

In response to the recent financial crisis described elsewhere in this report, the Irish Government adopted a range of measures to provide support to and oversight of AIB and other Irish banks. These measures are described in note 55 to the financial statements.

4.3 United Kingdom

Regulation of AIB Group (UK) p.l.c.

AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. is a company incorporated in Northern Ireland and is authorised by the Financial Services Authority (the “FSA”) under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”) to carry on a wide range of regulated activities (including deposit taking and certain investment business) in the UK. It carries on business under the trading names ‘Allied Irish Bank (GB)’ and ‘First Trust Bank’ in Great Britain and Northern Ireland, respectively. The FSMA is the principal piece of legislation governing the

 

117


Table of Contents
LOGO   Governance & oversight - 4. Supervision & Regulation

 

establishment, supervision and regulation of financial services in the UK. The FSA is the single regulator for the full range of financial business in the UK; it derives its powers under the FSMA and regulates both the prudential aspects and conduct (including market conduct) of those businesses. The FSA Handbook contains the rules and guidance issued by the FSA. The FSA is responsible both for the prudential supervision and for the general supervision of AIB Group (UK) p.l.c.’s business in the UK. The FSA’s prudential rules include requirements in respect of, among other things, capital adequacy, limits on large exposures and liquidity. AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. is also required to comply with the other (non-prudential) rules promulgated by the FSA, including rules relating to conduct of business, market conduct (including market abuse), money laundering and systems and controls.

AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. has the statutory power to issue bank notes as local currency in Northern Ireland (it does this under the name ‘First Trust Bank’). In this connection, it is subject to the provisions of the Bank Charter Act 1844, the Bankers (Northern Ireland) Acts 1845 and 1928, the Currency and Bank Notes Act 1928, the Allied Irish Banks Act 1981, the Allied Irish Banks Act 1993 and the Allied Irish Banks Act 1996. The Banking Code is a voluntary code followed by UK banks (and building societies) in their relations with personal customers in the UK. It covers current accounts, personal loans, savings and credit cards. The first Banking Code took effect in March 1992 and is revised periodically, the most recent revised edition became effective on 31 March 2008. The Business Banking Code covers banks’ relations with small businesses (those with a turnover of up to Stg£ 1 million a year). The first Business Banking Code took effect on 31 March 2002 and a revised edition became effective on 31 March 2008. AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. has adopted both the Banking Code and the Business Banking Code. Compliance with each of the codes is monitored by the Banking Code Standards Board. On 1 November 2009, retail bank deposit taking in the UK became regulated by the FSA. The FSA has introduced a Banking Conduct of Business Sourcebook (“BCOBS”) that introduced a principles-based regulation to personal and micro-enterprise deposit taking products and services. The new regime replaced the non-lending aspects of the Voluntary Banking Codes for Conducting Retail Banking Practices. AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. is subject to the new regime.

First Trust Independent Financial Advisers Ltd (a company incorporated in Northern Ireland) is authorised by the FSA to advise on and arrange certain investments, including pensions, insurance, securities and shares and is also authorised to deal as agent in non-investment insurance contracts. As in the case of AIB Group (UK) p.l.c., the FSA is responsible both for the prudential supervision and for the general supervision of First Trust Independent Financial Advisers Ltd’s business in the UK. From 1 December 2009, new liquidity rules came into force in the UK and are contained in the FSA’s new handbook module BIPRU 12.

Regulation of AIB

AIB is incorporated and has its head office in Ireland, and is authorised as a credit institution in Ireland by the Financial Regulator. Pursuant to the Banking Consolidation Directive (Directive 2006/48/EC (the “BCD”)) AIB has exercised its EU ‘passport’ rights to provide banking, treasury and corporate treasury services in the UK through the establishment of branches (in the name of AIB) and also by providing services on a cross-border basis.

In accordance with the BCD, the ‘Home State’ regulator (here, the Financial Regulator) has primary responsibility for the prudential supervision of credit institutions incorporated in Ireland. However, credit institutions exercising their ‘passport’ rights must comply with certain requirements (in particular, conduct of business rules) set by the ‘Host State’ regulator (here, the FSA). In addition, the FSA has a responsibility to co-operate with the Financial Regulator in ensuring that branches of Irish credit institutions in the UK maintain adequate liquidity and take sufficient steps to cover risks arising from their open positions on financial markets in the UK.

Regulation of other AIB Group entities

Certain other AIB Group entities currently have FSA authorisation to carry on regulated activities (either by way of the right to provide cross-border services into the UK under the EU passport or by way of direct authorisation); however, they carry on an insignificant amount of business in the UK at present.

Deposit protection and investor compensation

The Financial Services Compensation Scheme (“FSCS”) protects depositors up to a specified maximum level in respect of their deposits with authorised banks in the UK. From 30 June 2009, the deposit compensation limit is Stg£ 50, 000. The FSCS also applies to investments, and covers loss arising when an investment business is unable to make payments to investors and also loss arising from bad investment advice or poor investment management. Payments under the FSCS for a claim against an investment firm (including residential mortgage business) are limited to 100% of the first Stg£ 30,000 of an investor’s total investment and 90% of the next Stg£ 20,000, resulting in a maximum payment of Stg£ 48,000. From 14 January 2008, payments under the FSCS in respect of claims against an insurance mediation firms are calculated on the basis of (i) claims in respect of liabilities subject to compulsory insurance, 100% of the claim and (ii) other insurance claims, 100% of the first Stg£ 2,000 and 90% of the remainder of the claim, with no limit to the claim in either circumstance. Both AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. and First Trust Independent Financial Advisers Ltd are covered by the

 

118


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

FSCS. AIB, as a bank operating in the UK under its EU passport, is not covered by the FSCS but, in accordance with the Deposit Guarantee Schemes Directive (Directive 94/19/EC), is covered by its home state (Ireland) deposit compensation scheme (as described in ‘Supervision and regulation – Ireland’).

Consumer credit

The Consumer Credit Act (“CCA”) 1974 regulates the provision of certain secured and unsecured loans and ancillary credit businesses such as credit brokerage and debt collecting. The Office of Fair Trading is responsible for the issue of licenses under, and the superintendence of the working and the enforcement of the CCA 1974 and other consumer protection legislation. Both AIB and AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. hold current CCA 1974 licenses. A new European Consumer-Credit Directive, adopted by the European Parliament and Council in April 2008, is due to be implemented into UK legislation in June 2010. This will require some changes to the current CCA regime.

The Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts Regulations 1999 (together with the Unfair Contract Terms Act 1977, the ‘Unfair Terms Regulations’) apply to certain contracts for goods and services entered into with consumers, including mortgages and related products and services. The main effect of the Unfair Terms Regulations is that a contractual term covered by the Unfair Terms Regulations (generally new core terms) which is “unfair” will not be enforceable against a consumer.

Certain financial services developments during 2009

In response to the financial crisis in the UK, the Government has adopted a range of measures to provide support to UK credit institutions. Such support, subject to the fulfilment of certain criteria, could be available to AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. as a FSA authorised deposit-taker. In addition, there has been a strengthening of financial services regulation in the UK and it is possible that further significant changes to the financial services regulatory regime may be made. On 19 November 2009, the Financial Services Bill (the ‘Bill’) was introduced to Parliament. The Bill delivers significant reforms that aim to provide stronger financial regulation and greater rights and information for customers. The Bill would make a number of significant changes to the current regulatory scheme, such as a prohibition on certain bonus arrangements, the requirement for authorized firms to prepare recovery and resolution plans, and proposals for collective proceedings in respect of financial services claims, the establishment of the Consumers’ Finance Education body and Money Guidance Service as well as giving the FSA new objectives, duties and a range of new powers. The Group of 20 (the “G-20”) met in London on 2 April 2009 to advance the work in five areas tasked by the Washington Summit in November 2008, namely, strengthening transparency and accountability; enhancing sound regulation; promoting integrity in financial markets, reinforcing international cooperation and reforming the international financial institutions. From 1 November 2009, for the first time, payment services will be subject to a single, regulatory regime—the Payment Services Regulations 2009 (the “PSRs”). Credit institutions regulated by the FSA must comply with parts of the PSRs.

4.4 Poland

Overview of banking regulation

BZWBK, with its registered office in Wroclaw, is established under Polish Law as a joint stock company authorised to carry out banking business in Poland. It is subject to the regulatory framework laid down by the Banking Act of 1997 as amended (‘Banking Act’), the National Bank of Poland Act of 1997 as amended (‘NBP Act’) and executive regulations by the National Bank of Poland (“NBP”), the Financial Market Supervision Act of 2006 (‘FMS Act’) with executive regulations by the Financial Supervision Commission (“FSC”), and the Act on the Banking Guarantee Fund of 1994 as amended (‘BGF Law’).

The Banking Act

The Banking Act is of primary importance as it regulates the operation of the Polish banking system. It defines the principles governing the foundation of banks in Poland, their organisation, activity, turnaround process, liquidation, bankruptcy and supervision. In compliance with its articles, banking business in Poland is restricted to holders of banking licenses. After Poland’s accession to the EU, the amendments to the Banking Act implemented the EU ‘single market’ principle. As a result, credit institutions from other EU member states may undertake banking business in Poland upon notifying the banking supervisory authority, i.e. the FSC. A branch set up by such a credit institution is subject to supervision by appropriate agencies in the credit institution’s home state. However, it must comply with Polish law and the FSC is obliged to monitor its liquidity. The Banking Act and its executive regulations have established various prudential standards, including limits on each bank’s exposures to individual customers, limits on lending concentrations, classification of the quality of bank assets, constraints on equity investments, monthly reporting of liquidity levels and capital adequacy ratios. These requirements are generally in line with international standards.

 

119


Table of Contents
LOGO   Governance & oversight - 4. Supervision & Regulation

 

The NBP Act

The NBP Act regulates the Polish central bank, including the Monetary Policy Council (“MPC”). The MPC, which is placed within the NBP, is responsible for the monetary policy of Poland, sets official interest rates and the obligatory reserve rate.

The Financial Market Supervision Act

Poland adopted a consolidated model of financial market supervision in 2006. The Financial Market Supervision Act of 2006 created a single supervisory authority under the name of the Financial Supervision Commission (“FSC”). This replaced the three bodies that had previously regulated the stock market, insurance and pension funds market, and finally the banking market.

The objectives of banking supervision in Poland as undertaken by the FSC is to monitor and curtail excessive exposure of banks to various banking risks and thus ensure the safety of customer deposits and the stability of the financial system. Apart from exercising supervision over the financial market, the FSC is also responsible for fostering proper operation, security and transparency of the financial market, promoting its development, preparing drafts of legal acts relating to financial market supervision and taking appropriate educational/informational actions. The committee is a collegial body supervised by the Prime Minister, to whom its annual reports are submitted.

Regulatory framework for capital markets

As an issuer of securities trading in the regulated market, BZWBK is subject to the three acts governing capital markets in Poland, namely the Act on Trading in Financial Instruments, the Act on Public Offering, Conditions for Introduction of Financial Instruments to Organised Trading System and on Public Companies (‘the Act on Public Offering’), and also the Act on Capital Market Supervision. These regulations came into effect on 24 October 2005 and superseded the previous Act on Public Trading in Securities. As a result, harmonisation of the Polish capital markets with current EU regulations has been achieved. This legislation ensures adequate level of market protection and provides effective measures against irregularities, such as the ban of financial trading manipulation and the obligation on investment firms to notify the FSC of any suspicious financial transactions. Proper operation, stability and transparency of capital markets are enhanced by the powers vested in the FSC, including sanctioning powers ranging from a monetary penalty to a cease and discontinue order. Based on legal provisions, all market participants are entitled to equal access to reliable information. The issuers of securities trading in the regulated market are required to disclose any circumstances or events that classify as inside information. They are also obliged to make public disclosures in the form of periodic (annual, semi-annual, quarterly) and current reports (on specific events concerning the issuer) which are regulated by the executive ordinance under the Act on Public Offering.

Capital market supervision as performed by the FSC is also governed by the Act on Investment Funds of May 2004. This Act and two others, i.e. the Act on Public Offering and the Act on Trading in Financial Instruments have been amended to transpose the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID”) to Polish law. The Act of Investment Funds and the Act on Public Offering were the first to have been accordingly adjusted and the revised laws became effective from 12 January 2009. The relevant amendments to the Act on Trading in Financial Instruments came into effect on 21 October 2009 and made Poland fully compliant with the MiFID Directive. BZWBK, along with its subsidiaries involved in brokerage business, mutual funds and asset management, has incorporated the former MiFID-related provisions into the corporate procedures and is currently availing of the period granted by the legislators to implement the newly-imposed MiFID requirements.

Legal initiatives for financial stability

Amid world-wide financial and economic crisis over the past eighteen months, the NBP and the Polish Government have taken a number of measures to strengthen the economy and confidence in the country’s inter-bank market.

In October 2008, the President of NBP drew up a ‘Confidence Pact’ which puts forward measures aimed to ensure the smooth functioning of the inter-bank market. It focuses on providing banks with liquidity in zloty and foreign currencies through a wider range of open market operations and an increased use of collateral. In March 2009, an updated version of the ‘Confidence Pact’ was announced whereby effective from 29 May 2009 the NBP could offer foreign exchange swaps and repo operations with longer maturities (up to 1 month and 6 months, respectively) and accept a broader range of securities as collateral for repo transactions.

In order to reinforce the financial system in Poland and to put in place anti-crisis mechanisms, the Ministry of Finance prepared a legislative package, including law on Financial Stability Committee, law amending the Banking Guarantee Fund Law (‘BGF Law’), law on the State Treasury support to financial institutions and law on recapitalisation of certain financial institutions. With the exception of the law in recapitalisation, all others had been enacted by the end of 2009.

 

120


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Deposit protection law

Pursuant to the BGF Law of 1994, a banking guarantee fund was created to provide deposit insurance to all bank customers and to assist banks in case of solvency problems. As a result of amendments passed to the bill in 2008, the fund’s operations are financed exclusively by the commercial banks which, among others, are obliged to make annual contributions to the fund. The respective amounts are calculated based on a revised formula which takes into account the risk-measurement and capital requirements defined by the Capital Requirement Directive. Similar to other EU member states and in compliance with the Directive on Deposit-Guarantee Schemes, the currently applicable Polish legislation provides for the full coverage of deposits up to the PLN equivalent of € 50,000 held by a single customer with a given bank, irrespective of other banking relationships. The extended guarantee limit became effective from 28 November 2008. Along with the NBP and the Financial Supervision Authority, the BGF conducts detailed analysis of individual banks and industry to ensure early detection of threats to the stability of banks.

Anti-money laundering law

The Act of 2000, as amended, on Counteracting Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing imposed measures to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism. It also defined the scope of entities obliged to register above-threshold (in excess of € 15,000) and suspicious transactions and their specific duties with regard to gathering and disclosing information. Reports on both kinds of transactions are required to be filed with the General Inspector of Financial Information (‘GIFI’), who analyses them and in cases of justified suspicion that a given transaction constitutes a crime, passes information to a prosecutor along with relevant documents.

In June 2009, the Polish Parliament adopted amendments to the Act which brought the national legislation into full compliance with the third EU Anti-Money Laundering Directive. The amended Act, which became effective in October 2009, allows a six month period for the obligated institutions to adjust their internal procedures before being fully enforceable. The required organisational and procedural measures are being implemented across BZWBK to ensure compliance with these legal requirements.

Data protection law

The Act on Personal Data Protection of 1997, as amended, determines the principles of personal data processing and the rights of natural persons whose data are or can be processed as a part of a data filing system. Under the Act, each data administrator is obliged to conform to a number of technical and formal requirements, which include measures to protect the personal data, maintenance of appropriate documentation and a list of persons authorised to carry out the processing. The law is enforced by the Bureau of Inspector General for personal data protection, which among other duties maintains a central registry of databases. Registration details include the name and address of the data controller, the scope and purpose of the data processing, methods of collection and disclosure, and the security measures. BZWBK complies with the data protection requirements and submits relevant notifications to the Inspector General.

Corporate governance

In July 2007 the Warsaw Stock Exchange (‘WSE’) adopted the New Corporate Governance Rules compiled in the ‘Best Practices of WSE Listed Companies’. This includes four sections: Recommendations for Best Practices of Listed Companies; Best Practices of Management Boards of Listed Companies; Best Practices of Supervisory Board Members; and Best Practices of Shareholders. The new Best Practices have been effective since 1 January 2008 and superseded the ‘Best Practices in Public Companies 2005’. They aim at enhanced transparency of listed companies, improved communication with investors and strengthened protection of stockholders’ rights. BZWBK observes corporate governance rules and issues annual reports including statements of compliance along with the required corporate governance information.

4.5 United States

Nature of the AIB Group’s activities

AIB conducts operations in the United States directly and also indirectly through its shareholding in M&T. These direct and indirect activities require AIB and its affiliates to comply with a range of US federal and state laws.

Applicable federal and state banking laws and regulations

The International Banking Act of 1978 (the “IBA”) imposes limitations on the types of business that may be conducted by AIB in the United States and on the location and expansion of banking operations in the US. Because of its 22.7% shareholding in M&T,AIB is also subject to the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (together with regulations hereunder, the “BHCA”), and is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Board”). A fundamental

 

121


Table of Contents
LOGO   Governance & oversight - 4. Supervision & Regulation

 

principle underlying the Board’s supervision and regulation of bank holding companies is that a bank holding company should act as a source of financial strength to, and commit resources to support, each of its subsidiary banks. Subsidiary banks are in turn to be operated in a manner that protects the overall soundness of the institution and the safety of deposits. While M&T is the first tier holding company for this purpose, AIB also has responsibility for acting as a source of financial strength and support with respect to M&T and its subsidiaries.

The business and activities of M&T are subject to regulation by state and federal bank regulatory agencies. Furthermore, there are regulatory limitations on the amount of dividends the banking subsidiaries of M&T may pay without prior regulatory approval. The banking regulators may prohibit the payment of any dividend which would constitute an ‘unsafe or unsound practice’.

In addition to its indirect operations in the United States through M&T, AIB conducts corporate lending, treasury and other operations directly through various offices in major US cities. In December 2003, AIB sold the retail business at its New York branch to Atlantic Bank of New York. However, AIB maintains its license for the New York branch and is authorised to conduct certain corporate lending, treasury and other operations. Therefore, the New York branch is still subject to supervision, regulation and periodic examination by the New York State Banking Department and the Board. Acting through its various US offices, AIB is subject to a variety of federal and state banking and other laws.

On 26 October 2001, in response to the events of 11 September the President of the United States signed into law the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the ‘USA Patriot Act’). The USA Patriot Act significantly expands the responsibilities of financial institutions in preventing the use of the US financial system for money laundering or to fund terrorist activities. Title III of the USA Patriot Act (officially, the ‘International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act of 2001’) is the anti-money laundering portion of the USA Patriot Act and amends the Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”). Title III provides for a sweeping overhaul of the US anti-money laundering regime. Among other provisions, Title III of the USA Patriot Act and the BSA require financial institutions operating in the United States to adopt risk-based anti-money laundering programs, develop ‘know your customer’ policies and customer identification programs, establish due diligence programs for foreign correspondent banking and private banking relationships, monitor and report suspicious activity to regulatory authorities, and report certain transactions involving currency and monetary instruments.

AIB’s operations in the United States must also comply with the US Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) regulations. OFAC administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targets such as foreign countries, terrorists, and international narcotics traffickers to carry out U.S. foreign policy and national security objectives. Generally, the regulations require blocking of accounts and other property of specified countries, entities and individuals, and the prohibition of certain types of transactions (unless OFAC issues a license) with specified countries, entities and individuals. Banks, including US branches of foreign banks, are expected to establish and maintain appropriate OFAC compliance programs to ensure compliance with OFAC regulations.

Applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations

AIB’s ordinary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Like other registrants, AIB files reports required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and other information with the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 20-F and Current Reports on Form 6-K. On 30 July 2002, the President of the United States signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act imposes significant requirements on AIB and other SEC registrants. These include requirements with respect to the composition of AIB’s audit committee, the supervision of AIB’s auditors (and the services that may be provided by such auditors), and the need for personal certification by the chief executive officer and chief (principal) financial officer of Annual Reports on Form 20-F, as well as the financial statements included in such reports and related matters.

Although subject to such requirements, the Exchange Act and related SEC rules and regulations afford foreign private issuers, including AIB, relief from a number of requirements applicable to US registrants and, in certain respects, defers to the home country requirements of the company in question. This report includes significant executive compensation and other disclosures applicable to AIB under Irish law, but these disclosures are not fully comparable with disclosure requirements applicable to US registrants. In addition, the SEC’s rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are, in some respects, less burdensome on AIB and other foreign private issuers than they are on similarly situated US registrants. This report reflects compliance with the internal control and auditor attestation requirements applicable to AIB by virtue of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Certain measures related to the recent financial crisis

On 3 October 2008, in response to the global financial crisis, the President of the United States signed into law the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) a statute which, among other things, gave the Treasury Secretary the authority to establish the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”), which is designed to purchase, and to make and fund commitments to

 

122


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

purchase, “troubled assets” from financial institutions, which, with certain limitations, may include U.S. branches of foreign banking organisations. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) has implemented a Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) with two components, the Debt Guarantee Program (“DGP”), under which the FDIC guarantees the payments of certain newly-issued senior unsecured debt, and the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAGP”), under which the FDIC guarantees certain noninterest bearing transaction accounts. Eligible entities include, among others, FDIC-insured depository institutions (excluding, in the case of the DGP, FDIC-insured branches of foreign banks) and any U.S. bank holding company or financial holding company that controls at least one chartered and operating insured depository institution. Additional programs have been established by the Federal Reserve Banks, such as the Asset Backed Commercial Paper Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility (“AMLF”) and the Commercial Paper Funding Facility (“CPFF”). Under the AMLF, eligible borrowers, including U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks, may borrow funds from the AMLF in order to fund the purchase of eligible asset backed commercial paper from a money market mutual fund under certain conditions. The CPFF is designed to provide a liquidity backstop through a special purpose vehicle that purchases three-month unsecured and asset-backed commercial paper directly from U.S. issuers, including U.S. issuers with a foreign parent company.

Under the authority of EESA, the U.S. Treasury instituted a voluntary capital purchase program (“CPP”) to encourage U.S. financial institutions to build capital to increase the flow of financing to U.S. businesses and consumers and to support the U.S. economy. Under the program, the U.S. Treasury has been purchasing senior preferred shares of financial institutions which will pay cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per year for five years and thereafter at a rate of 9% per year. The terms of the senior preferred shares indicate that the shares may not be redeemed for three years except with the proceeds of a “qualifying equity offering” and that after three years, the shares may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at par value plus accrued and unpaid dividends. In February 2009, legislation was signed that may result in changes to those terms. The senior preferred shares are non-voting and qualify as tier 1 capital for regulatory reporting purposes. In connection with purchasing senior preferred shares, the U.S. Treasury also receives warrants to purchase the common stock of participating financial institutions having a market price of 15% of the amount of senior preferred shares on the date of investment with an exercise price equal to the market price of the participating institution’s common stock at the time of approval, calculated on a 20-trading day trailing average. The warrants have a term of ten years and are immediately exercisable, in whole or in part. For a period of three years, the consent of the U.S. Treasury will be required for participating institutions to increase their common stock dividend or repurchase their common stock, other than in connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice. Participation in the CPP also includes certain restrictions on executive compensation. The minimum subscription amount available to a participating institution is one percent of total risk-weighted assets. The maximum subscription amount is three percent of risk-weighted assets.

These recent initiatives primarily affect AIB indirectly through its ownership interest in M&T, which has elected to participate in the TLGP and in the CPP. M&T elected to participate in the CPP at an amount equal to approximately 1% of its risk-weighted assets at the time. Pursuant to that election, on 23 December 2008, M&T issued to the U.S. Treasury US$ 600 million of Series A Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 1,218,522 shares of M&T Common Stock at US$ 73.86 per share.

On 17 June 2009, the Obama Administration introduced its Comprehensive Plan for Financial Regulatory Reform (the ‘Plan’). The Plan focuses on five areas: (1) Promotion of robust supervision and regulation of financial firms; (2) Establishment of comprehensive regulation of financial markets, including asset-backed securities, over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives and clearing systems; (3) Protection of consumers and investors from financial abuse through the creation of a new consumer protection agency and stronger regulation; (4) Creation of a new government insolvency resolution authority over key non-bank financial institutions; and (5) Raising international regulatory standards and improving international cooperation. Subsequently, various parts of the Plan were proposed in the form of various bills considered by the House Financial Services Committee. These bills were then consolidated in the Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the ‘Wall Street Reform Act’) (H.R. 4173), which was introduced by House Financial Services Committee Chairman Barney Frank on 2 December 2009. Among the bills consolidated in the Wall Street Reform Act are the following: (a) Financial Stability Improvement Act (H.R. 3996); (b) Federal Insurance Office Act (H.R. 2609); (c) Over-the-Counter Derivatives Markets Act (H.R. 3795); (d) Accountability and Transparency in Rating Agencies Act (H.R. 3890); (e) Private Fund Investment Advisers Registration Act (H.R. 3818); (f) Investor Protection Act (H.R. 3817); (g) Consumer Financial Protection Agency Act (H.R. 3126); and (h) Corporate and Financial Institution Compensation Fairness Act of 2009 (H.R. 3269). In addition, the bill includes provisions that would require origination of securitizations to return an economic interest in underlying debt. Somewhat similar legislation was introduced in the U.S. Senate by Senate Banking Committee Chairman Christopher Dodd on 10 November 2009. That legislation, the ‘Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2009’ (the ‘Financial Stability Act’), if enacted, would establish a single bank super-regulator to replace the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift Supervision, both currently under the auspices of the U.S. Department of Treasury, and certain significant oversight functions of each of the FDIC and

 

123


Table of Contents
LOGO   Governance & oversight - 4. Supervision & Regulation

 

the Board. The Financial Stability Act, which was introduced into the U.S. Senate in November of 2009, would also create a systemic risk regulator, an independent ‘Agency for Financial Stability,’ that would police firms and practices that present a systemic risk to the health of the entire financial system. The proposed Financial Stability Act would also establish an enhanced resolution authority with the responsibility to make systemic risk determinations and wind down covered financial companies when necessary. Further, it contemplates the establishment of a consumer protection agency, changes to the regulation of the insurance, securitisation and derivatives markets and changes to executive compensation and corporate governance rules, among other matters. Subsequently, amended versions of Senator Dodd’s proposal were expected to be introduced in the US Senate.

4.6 Other locations

Smaller operations are undertaken in other locations that are also subject to the regulatory environment in those jurisdictions.

 

124


Table of Contents
Accounting policies*    LOGO

 

1 Reporting entity

 

2 Statement of compliance

 

3 Basis of preparation

 

4 Basis of consolidation

 

5 Foreign currency translation

 

6 Interest income and expense recognition

 

7 Fee and commission income

 

8 Net trading income

 

9 Dividend income

 

10 Operating leases

 

11 Employee benefits

 

12 Non-credit risk provisions

 

13 Income tax, including deferred income tax

 

14 Construction contracts

 

15 Impairment of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets

 

16 Impairment of financial assets

 

17 Determination of fair value of financial instruments

 

18 Financial assets

 

19 Financial liabilities

 

20 Property, plant and equipment

 

21 Intangible assets

 

22 Derivatives and hedge accounting

 

23 Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations

 

24 Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

 

25 Collateral and netting

 

26 Financial guarantees

 

27 Sale and repurchase agreements (including stock borrowing and lending)

 

28 Leases

 

29 Shareholders’ equity

 

30 Insurance and investment contracts

 

31 Segment reporting

 

32 Cash and cash equivalents

 

33 Prospective accounting changes

 

* Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements.

 

125


Table of Contents
LOGO    Accounting policies (continued)

 

The significant accounting policies that the Group applied in the preparation of the financial statements are set out below.

1 Reporting entity

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (‘the parent company’) is a company domiciled in Ireland. The address of the Company’s registered office is Bankcentre, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4, Ireland. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (the parent company) and its subsidiary undertakings, collectively referred to as the ‘Group’, where appropriate, including certain special purpose entities and are made up to the end of the financial year. The Group is primarily involved in retail and corporate banking, investment banking and the provision of asset management services.

2 Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (collectively “IFRS”) both as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and subsequently adopted by the European Union (“EU”) and applicable for the year ended 31 December 2009. The accounting policies have been consistently applied by Group entities unless otherwise described. The financial statements also comply with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 and the European Communities (Credit Institutions:Accounts) Regulations, 1992 (as amended) and the Asset Covered Securities Acts 2001 and 2007. The parent company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with both IFRS as issued by the IASB and subsequently adopted by the EU as applicable for the year ended 31 December 2009 and with Irish Statute. In publishing the parent company financial statements together with the Group financial statements, AIB has taken advantage of the exemption in paragraph 2 of the European Communities (Credit Institutions:Accounts) Regulations, 1992 not to present its parent company income statement, statement of comprehensive income and related notes that form part of these approved financial statements.

3 Basis of preparation

The financial statements are presented in euro, which is the functional currency of the parent company and a significant number of its subsidiaries, rounded to the nearest million.

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost basis, with the exception of the following assets and liabilities which are stated at their fair value: derivative financial instruments, financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss, certain hedged financial assets and financial liabilities and financial assets classified as available-for-sale.

The financial statements comprise the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated and parent company statements of financial position, the consolidated and parent company statements of cash flows, and the consolidated and parent company statements of movements in equity together with the related notes. These notes also include financial instrument related disclosures which are required by IFRS 7 and revised IAS 1, as well as certain off-balance sheet transaction disclosures, contained in the Financial review and the Risk management sections of this Annual Financial Report. The information on those pages is identified as forming an integral part of the audited financial statements.

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of certain assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. The estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Since management’s judgement involves making estimates concerning the likelihood of future events, the actual results could differ from those estimates. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future period affected. The estimates that have a significant effect on the financial statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year are in the areas of loan impairment; financial assets held for sale to NAMA; determination of the fair value of certain financial assets and financial liabilities; retirement benefit liabilities, impairment of goodwill; and the recoverability of deferred tax. In addition, the designation of financial assets and financial liabilities has a significant impact on their income statement treatment and could have a significant impact on reported income. A description of these estimates and judgments is set out within Financial review – Critical accounting policies. This section is identified as forming an integral part of the audited financial statements.

Comparative figures have been adjusted where necessary as a result of changes in accounting policies or to conform with changes in presentation where additional analysis has been provided in the current year.

Going concern

The Group’s activities are subject to risk factors. The continued global financial crisis and the deteriorated economic environments in the countries in which it operates have increased the intensity of these risk factors. The Directors have reviewed the Group’s Business and Financial Plan for 2010/2011 which incorporates its funding and capital plan and considered the critical assumptions underpinning same. They have also considered the measures introduced by the Irish Government to improve liquidity, including the

 

126


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Government Guarantee, the € 3.5 billion recapitalisation, AIB’s participation in NAMA (all of which are considered in note 55); the Government’s acknowledgement of AIB’s systemic importance to the Irish economy; and the Government’s continued stated support including the provision of additional capital if necessary. The financial statements continue to be prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Company and the Group as a whole have access to the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future.

Changes in accounting policies

Insurance contracts

The Group’s accounting policy for insurance and investment contracts is set out in accounting policy number 30. In the preparation of the 2009 Annual Financial Report, the Group has changed its method of accounting for insurance contracts from European Embedded Value (“EEV”) to Market Consistent Embedded Value (“MCEV”) principles. This follows the publication by the European Insurance CFO Forum of the MCEV principles, which will replace the EEV principles as the CFO Forum endorsed method of embedded value reporting from 1 January 2011.

These principles provide a framework intended to improve comparability and transparency in embedded value reporting across Europe. The adoption of MCEV principles is expected to deliver a shareholder perspective on value, being the present value of cash flows available to shareholders, adjusted for the risks of those cash flows; and a market consistent approach to financial risk.

This change in accounting policy has been accounted for retrospectively and the comparative financial statements have been restated.

IAS 1 - Presentation of Financial Statements requires a ‘statement of financial position’ at the beginning of the earliest comparative period following a change in accounting policy, and accordingly, the Group has presented three statements of financial position.

Borrowing costs

The Group has implemented the revised IAS 23 - Borrowing Costs in the preparation of its financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2009. Previously, the Group’s policy was to expense borrowing costs related to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets.

Commencing on 1 January 2009, it is Group policy to capitalise, as part of the cost of an asset, borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of that asset. This applies to qualifying assets, which are assets that take a substantial period of time to complete and for which the acquisition, construction or production commenced after 1 January 2009. This change in accounting policy did not have a material impact in the year ended 31 December 2009. Comparative figures have not been adjusted.

Adoption of new accounting standards

The following standards/amendments to standards have been adopted by the Group during the year ended 31 December 2009:

IFRS 8 - Operating Segments

This standard is effective from 1 January 2009, replacing IAS 14 - Segmental Reporting. IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about components of the entity that are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources to the segment and to assess its performance. The introduction of this standard has not had a significant impact on Group reporting. Since the new standard only impacts presentation and disclosure aspects, there is no impact on earnings per share.

Revised IAS 1 - Presentation of Financial Statements

This revised standard, effective from 1 January 2009 is aimed at improving users’ ability to analyse and compare the information given in financial statements. The revisions include changes in the titles of some of the primary financial statements to reflect their function more clearly. The Group has adopted the ‘two separate statements approach’ of presenting items of income and expense and components of other comprehensive income. The revised standard requires all changes in equity arising from transactions with owners in their capacity as owners to be presented separately from non-owner changes in equity in the ‘Consolidated statement of changes in equity’. Comparative information has been re-presented in accordance with the requirements of the revised standard. Since the new standard only impacts presentation and disclosure aspects, there is no impact on earnings per share.

Improving Disclosures about Financial Instruments (Amendments to IFRS 7)

This amended standard, effective for accounting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2009, requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements and liquidity risk in respect of financial instruments.

The amendments require that fair value measurement disclosures use a three-level fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in measuring fair values of financial instruments in the statement of financial position. Specific disclosures are required when fair value measurements are categorised as Level 3 (significant unobservable inputs) in the fair value hierarchy. The

 

127


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)

 

Adoption of new accounting standards (continued)

 

amendments require that any significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy be disclosed separately, distinguishing between transfers into and out of each level. Furthermore, changes in valuation techniques from one period to another, including the reasons therefor, are required to be disclosed for each class of financial instrument.

Revised disclosures in respect of fair values of financial instruments are included in note 56.

Further, the definition of liquidity risk has been amended and it is now defined as the risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset.

IFRIC 16 - Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation

Effective 1 January 2009, the Group has implemented IFRIC 16 Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation.

IFRIC 16 provides guidance with respect to the nature of the foreign exchange risks that can be hedged in a net investment in a foreign operation, where in a consolidated group the hedging instrument can be held and what amounts should be reclassified from equity to profit or loss as reclassification adjustments on disposal of the foreign operation.

The application of this IFRIC did not have any impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

IAS 32 - Financial Instruments: Presentation and IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements - Puttable financial instruments and obligations arising on liquidation

Effective 1 January 2009, the Group has implemented amendments to IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation and IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. The amendments are relevant to entities that have issued financial instruments that are (i) puttable financial instruments, or (ii) instruments, or components of instruments, that impose on the entity an obligation to deliver to another party a pro-rata share of the net assets of the entity only on liquidation. Under the revised IAS 32, subject to specified criteria being met, these instruments will be classified as equity whereas, prior to these amendments, they would have been classified as financial liabilities.

The application of the amended requirement did not have any impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

4 Basis of consolidation

Subsidiary undertakings

A subsidiary is one where the Group has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity, so as to obtain benefits from its activities. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered in assessing whether the Group controls the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group until the date that control ceases.

A special purpose entity is an entity created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective such as the securitisation of particular assets, or the execution of a specific borrowing or lending transaction. The financial statements of special purpose entities are included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements where the substance of the relationship is that the Group controls the special purpose entity.

The Group uses the purchase method of accounting to account for the acquisition of subsidiary undertakings. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of the transaction, plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition. Identifiable assets acquired are fair valued at the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any non-controlling interest. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

The Group commonly acts as trustee and in other fiduciary capacities that result in the holding or placing of assets on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. These assets, and income arising thereon, are excluded from the financial statements, as they are not assets of the Group.

Associated undertakings

An associate undertaking is generally one in which the Group’s interest is greater than 20% and less than 50% and in which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the entity’s operating and financial policies.

Investments in associated undertakings are initially recorded at cost and increased (or decreased) each year by the Group’s share of the post acquisition net income (or loss), and other movements reflected directly in the equity of the associated undertaking.

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of an associated undertaking is included in the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate has reduced the carrying amount to zero, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations to make payments on behalf of the associate.

The Group’s share of the results of associated undertakings after tax reflects the Group’s proportionate interest in the associated undertaking and is based on financial statements made up to a date not earlier than three months before the period end reporting date, adjusted to conform with the accounting polices of the Group.

 

128


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

4 Basis of consolidation (continued)

 

Since goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of the investment in an associate is not recognised separately, it is therefore not tested for impairment separately. Instead, the entire amount of the investment in an associate is tested for impairment as a single asset when there is objective evidence that the investment in an associate may be impaired.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and any unrealised income and expenses, arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. Unrealised gains on transactions with associated undertakings are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investees.

5 Foreign currency translation

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using their functional currency, being the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates.

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the respective entity’s functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate prevailing at the period end. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the retranslation at period end exchange rates of the amortised cost of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement except for qualifying cash flow hedges, which are recognised in other comprehensive income. Exchange differences on equities and similar non-monetary items held at fair value through profit or loss are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. Exchange differences on equities classified as available for sale financial assets, together with exchange differences on a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation are reported in other comprehensive income.

Foreign operations

The results and financial position of all Group entities that have a functional currency different from the euro are translated into euro as follows:

 

   

assets and liabilities including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation of foreign operations are translated at the closing rate;

 

   

income and expenses are translated into euro at the average rates of exchange during the period where these rates approximate to the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions;

 

   

foreign currency translation differences are recognised in other comprehensive income; and

 

   

since 1 January 2004, the Group’s date of transition to IFRS, all such exchange differences are included in the foreign currency translation reserve within shareholders’ equity. When a foreign operation is disposed of in part or in full, the relevant amount of the foreign currency translation reserve is transferred to the income statement.

6 Interest income and expense recognition

Interest income and expense is recognised in the income statement for all interest-bearing financial instruments using the effective interest method.

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or financial liability (or group of financial assets or financial liabilities) and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. The application of the method has the effect of recognising income receivable, and expense payable, on the instrument evenly in proportion to the amount outstanding over the period to maturity or repayment.

In calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates cash flows (using projections based on its experience of customers’ behaviour) considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument but excluding future credit losses. The calculation takes into account all fees, including those for early redemption, and points paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premiums and discounts.

All costs associated with mortgage incentive schemes are included in the effective interest rate calculation. Fees and commissions payable to third parties in connection with lending arrangements, where these are direct and incremental costs related to the issue of a financial instrument, are included in interest income as part of the effective interest rate.

Interest income and expense presented in the income statement includes:-

 

   

Interest on financial assets and financial liabilities at amortised cost on an effective interest method;

 

129


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)

 

6 Interest income and expense recognition (continued)

 

 

   

Interest on financial investments available for sale on an effective interest method;

 

   

Net interest income and expense on qualifying hedge derivatives designated as cash flow hedges or fair value hedges which are recognised in interest income or interest expense depending on the nature of the underlying hedged item; and

 

   

Interest income and funding costs of trading portfolio financial assets, excluding dividends on equity shares.

7 Fee and commission income

Fees and commissions are generally recognised on an accruals basis when the service has been provided, unless they have been included in the effective interest rate calculation. Loan syndication fees are recognised as revenue when the syndication has been completed and the Group has retained no part of the loan package for itself or retained a part at the same effective interest rate as applicable to the other participants.

Portfolio and other management advisory and service fees are recognised based on the applicable service contracts. Asset management fees relating to investment funds are recognised over the period the service is provided. The same principle is applied to the recognition of income from wealth management, financial planning and custody services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time.

Commitment fees, together with related direct costs, for loan facilities where drawdown is probable are deferred and recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest rate on the loan once drawn. Commitment fees in relation to facilities where drawdown is not probable are recognised over the term of the commitment on a straight line basis. Other credit related fees are recognised as the service is provided except for arrangement fees where it is likely that the facility will be drawn down, and which are included in the effective interest rate calculation.

8 Net trading income

Net trading income comprises gains less losses relating to trading assets and trading liabilities, and includes all realised and unrealised fair value changes.

9 Dividend income

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive income is established. Usually this is the ex-dividend date for equity securities.

10 Operating leases

Payment made under operating leases are recognised in the income statement on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received, and premiums paid, at inception of the lease are recognised as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.

11 Employee benefits

Retirement benefit obligations

The Group provides employees with post retirement benefits mainly in the form of pensions.

The Group provides a number of retirement benefit schemes including defined benefit and defined contribution as well as a hybrid scheme that has both defined benefit and defined contribution elements. In addition, the Group contributes, according to local law in the various countries in which it operates, to Governmental and other schemes which have the characteristics of defined contribution schemes. The majority of the defined benefit schemes are funded.

Full actuarial valuations of defined benefit schemes are undertaken every three years and are updated to reflect current conditions at each year-end reporting date. Scheme assets are measured at fair value determined by using current bid prices. Scheme liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned for their service in current and prior periods and discounting that benefit at the current rate of return on a high quality corporate bond of equivalent term and currency to the liability. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. The difference between the fair value of the scheme assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the year-end reporting date is recognised in the statement of financial position. Schemes in surplus are shown as assets and schemes in deficit, together with unfunded schemes, are shown as liabilities. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in other comprehensive income.

The cost of providing defined benefit pension schemes to employees, comprising the current service cost, past service cost, curtailments, the expected return on scheme assets, and the change in the present value of scheme liabilities arising from the passage of time is charged to the income statement within personnel expenses.

The cost of the Group’s defined contribution schemes, is charged to the income statement in the accounting period in which it is incurred. Any contributions unpaid at the year-end reporting date are included as a liability. The Group has no further obligation under these schemes once these contributions have been paid.

 

130


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

11 Employee benefits (continued)

 

Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits, such as salaries and other benefits, are accounted for on an accruals basis over the period during which employees have provided services. Bonuses are recognised to the extent that the Group has a legal or constructive obligation to its employees that can be measured reliably. The cost of providing subsidised staff loans and preferential rates on staff deposits is charged within personnel expenses.

Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognised as an expense when the Group is demonstrably committed, without the realistic possibility of withdrawal, to a formal plan to terminate employment before the normal retirement date. Termination benefits for voluntary redundancies are recognised if the Group has made an offer encouraging voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted, and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably.

Share based compensation

The Group operates a number of equity settled share based compensation schemes. The fair value of the employee services received is measured by reference to the fair value of the shares or share options granted on the date of the grant. The cost of the employee services received in exchange for the shares or share options granted is recognised in the income statement over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options, which is the vesting period. The amount expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted. The fair value of the options granted is determined using option pricing models, which take into account the exercise price of the option, the share price at date of grant of the option, the risk free interest rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the option and other relevant factors. Vesting conditions included in the terms of the grant are not taken into account in estimating fair value except where those terms relate to market conditions. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of shares or share options included in the measurement of the cost of employee services so that ultimately the amount recognised in the income statement reflects the number of vested shares or share options. Where vesting conditions are related to market conditions, the charges for the services received are recognised regardless of whether or not the market related vesting conditions are met, provided that any non-market vesting conditions are met.

If either the Group or the employee can choose whether or not to meet a non-vesting condition, the Group will treat its employee’s failure to meet that non-vesting condition during the vesting period as a cancellation. A cancellation requires the immediate recognition of the amount that otherwise would have been recognised for services received over the remainder of the vesting period.

The expense relating to equity settled share based payments is credited to the share based payments reserve in shareholders’ equity. Where the share based payment arrangements give rise to the issue of new shares, the proceeds of issue of the shares are credited to share capital (nominal amount) and share premium and the amount credited to the share based payment reserve in respect of these shares is transferred to share premuim when the options are exercised. When the share based payment give rise to the reissue of shares from treasury shares, the proceeds of issue are credited to the treasury shares reserve within shareholders’ equity. In addition, there is a transfer between the share based payment reserve and the treasury shares reserve reflecting the cost of the share based payment already recognised in the income statement.

12 Non-credit risk provisions

Provisions are recognised for present legal or constructive obligations arising as consequences of past events where it is probable that a transfer of economic benefit will be necessary to settle the obligation, and it can be reliably estimated.

When the effect is material, provisions are determined by discounting expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

Payments are deducted from the present value of the provision and interest at the relevant discount rate is charged annually to interest expense using the effective interest method. Changes in the present value of the liability as a result of movements in interest rates are included in other financial income. The present value of provisions is included in other liabilities.

When a leasehold property ceases to be used in the business, provision is made, where the unavoidable costs of future obligations relating to the lease are expected to exceed anticipated income. The provision is calculated using market rates of interest to reflect the long-term nature of the cash flows. Before the provision is established, the Group recognises any impairment loss on the assets associated with the lease contract.

 

131


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)

 

12 Non-credit risk provisions (continued)

 

Restructuring costs

Where the Group has a formal plan for restructuring a business and has raised valid expectations in the areas affected by the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features, provision is made for the anticipated cost of restructuring, including retirement benefits and redundancy costs, when an obligation exists. The provision raised is normally utilised within twelve months. Future operating costs are not provided for.

Legal claims and other contingencies

Provisions are made for legal claims where the Group has present legal or constructive obligations as a result of past events and it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated.

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurence of uncertain future events giving rise to present obligations where the transfer of economic benefit is uncertain or cannot be reliably estimated. Contingent liabilities are not recognised but are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements unless the possibility of the transfer of economic benefit is remote.

13 Income tax, including deferred income tax

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in other comprehensive income. Income tax relating to items in equity is recognised directly in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred income tax is provided, using the financial statement liability method, on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates based on legislation enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and expected to apply when the deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled. Deferred income tax assets are recognised where it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences will be utilised.

Deferred and current tax assets and liabilities are only offset when they arise in the same tax reporting group and where there is both the legal right and the intention to settle the current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The principal temporary differences arise from depreciation of property, plant and equipment, revaluation of certain financial assets and financial liabilities including derivative contracts, provisions for pensions and other post retirement benefits, tax losses carried forward, and in relation to acquisitions, on the difference between the fair values of the net assets acquired and their tax base.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, the following temporary differences are not provided for: goodwill, the amortisation of which is not deductible for tax purposes, and assets and liabilities the initial recognition of which affect neither accounting nor taxable profit. Income tax payable on profits, based on the applicable tax law in each jurisdiction, is recognised as an expense in the period in which the profits arise. The tax effects of income tax losses available for carry forward are recognised as an asset when it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which these losses can be utilised.

14 Construction contracts

Revenue from construction contacts is recognised when it is probable that the economic benefits of the transaction will flow to the Group and when the revenue, the costs (both incurred and future), the outcome of the contract and its stage of completion can all be measured reliably. Once the above criteria are met, both contract revenue and contract costs are recognised by reference to the stage of completion of the contract. The stage of completion is formally reviewed by an external firm of quantity surveyors at each reporting date.

When the outcome of a construction contract cannot be estimated reliably, no profit is recognised, but revenue is recognised to the extent of costs incurred that are probable of recovery. Costs are recognised as an expense in the income statement in the accounting period in which the work is performed.

 

132


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

15 Impairment of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets

Annually, or more frequently where events or changes in circumstances dictate, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, are assessed for indications of impairment. If indications are present, these assets are subject to an impairment review.

Goodwill and intangible assets not yet available for use are subject to an annual impairment review. The impairment review comprises a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or cash generating unit with its recoverable amount. Cash-generating units are the lowest level at which management monitors the return on investment in assets. The recoverable amount is determined as the higher of fair value less costs to sell of the asset or cash generating unit and its value in use. Fair value less costs to sell is calculated by reference to the amount at which the asset could be disposed of in an arm’s length transaction evidenced by an active market or recent transactions for similar assets. Value in use is calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows obtainable as a result of the asset’s continued use, including those resulting from its ultimate disposal, at a market-based discount rate on a pre-tax basis. For intangible assets not yet available for use, the impairment review takes into account the cash flows required to bring the asset into use.

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are written down by the amount of any impairment and this loss is recognised in the income statement in the period in which it occurs. A previously recognised impairment loss relating to a fixed asset may be reversed in part or in full when there is an indication that the impairment loss may no longer exist and there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount. The carrying amount of the asset will only be increased up to the amount that it would have been had the original impairment not been recognised. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.

16 Impairment of financial assets

It is Group policy to make provisions for impairment of financial assets to reflect the losses inherent in those assets at the reporting date.

Impairment

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a portfolio of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or portfolio of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more loss events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset and on or before the balance sheet date (“a loss event”), and that loss event or events has had an impact such that the estimated present value of future cash flows is less than the current carrying value of the financial asset, or portfolio of financial assets.

Objective evidence that a financial asset or a portfolio of financial assets is impaired includes observable data that comes to the attention of the Group about the following loss events:

 

  a) significant financial difficulty of the issuer or obligor;

 

  b) a breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;

 

  c) the granting to the borrower of a concession, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty that the Group would not otherwise consider;

 

  d) it becomes probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation;

 

  e) the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties; or

 

  f) observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from a portfolio of financial assets since the initial recognition of those assets, although the decrease cannot yet be identified with the individual financial assets in the portfolio, including:

 

  i. adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers in the portfolio;

 

  ii. national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on the assets in the portfolio.

Incurred but not reported

The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and individually or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant (i.e. individually insignificant). If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and includes these performing assets under the collective incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) assessment. An IBNR impairment provision represents an interim step pending the identification of impairment losses on an individual asset in a group of financial assets. As soon as information is available that specifically identifies losses on individually impaired assets in a group, those assets are removed from the group. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is, or continues to be, recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

 

133


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)

 

16 Impairment of financial assets (continued)

 

Collective evaluation of impairment

For the purpose of collective evaluation of impairment (individually insignificant impaired assets and IBNR), financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar risk characteristics. These characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the counterparty’s ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated.

Future cash flows in a group of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the group and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the group. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not currently exist.

The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

Impairment loss

For loans and receivables and assets held to maturity, the amount of impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. The amount of the loss is recognised using an allowance account and is included in the income statement.

Following impairment, interest income is recognised using the original effective rate of interest which was used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance account. The amount of the reversal is recognised in the income statement.

When a loan has been subjected to a specific provision and the prospects of recovery do not improve, a time will come when it may be concluded that there is no real prospect of recovery. When this point is reached, the amount of the loan which is considered to be beyond the prospect of recovery is written off against the related provision for loan impairment. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off decrease the amount of the provision for loan impairment in the income statement.

Assets acquired in exchange for loans and receivables in order to achieve an orderly realisation are accounted for as a disposal of the loan and an acquisition of an asset. Any further impairment of the assets or business acquired is treated as an impairment of the relevant asset and not as an impairment of the original instrument.

Collateralised financial assets

The calculation of the present value of the estimated future cash flows of a collateralised financial asset reflects the cash flows that may result from foreclosure, costs for obtaining and settling the collateral, and whether or not foreclosure is probable.

Past due loans

When a borrower fails to make a contractually due payment, a loan is deemed to be past due. ‘Past due days’ is a term used to describe the cumulative numbers of days that a missed payment is overdue. Past due days commence from the close of business on the day on which a payment is due but not received. In the case of overdrafts, past due days are counted once a borrower:

 

   

has breached an advised limit;

 

   

has been advised of a limit lower than the then current outstandings; or

 

   

has drawn credit without authorisation.

When a borrower is past due, the entire exposure is reported as past due, rather than the amount of any excess or arrears.

Loans and receivables renegotiated

Loans and receivables renegotiated are those facilities outstanding at the reporting date that, during the financial year have had their terms renegotiated, resulting in an upgrade from 91+ days past due or default status to performing status.

Where possible, the Group seeks to restructure loans rather than to take possession of collateral. This may involve extending the payment arrangements and the agreement of new loan conditions. Once the terms have been renegotiated, the loan is no longer considered past due. Management continuously reviews renegotiated loans to ensure that all criteria are met and that future payments are likely to occur. The loans continue to be subject to an individual or collective impairment assessment, calculated using the loan’s original effective interest rate.

 

134


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

16 Impairment of financial assets (continued)

 

Available for sale assets

In the case of equity instruments classified as available for sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the instrument below its cost is considered in determining whether impairment exists. Where such evidence exists, the cumulative net loss that had been previously recognised in other comprehensive income is recognised in the income statement as a reclassification adjustment. Reversals of impairment of equity shares are not recognised in the income statement and increases in the fair value of equity shares after impairment are recognised in other comprehensive income.

In the case of debt securities classified as available for sale, impairment is assessed on the same criteria as for all other financial assets. Impairment is recognised by transferring the cumulative loss that has been recognised directly in other comprehensive income to the income statement. Any subsequent increase in the fair value of an available for sale security is included in other comprehensive income unless the increase in fair value can be objectively related to an event that occurred after the impairment was recognised in the income statement, in which case the impairment loss or part thereof is reversed.

17 Determination of fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.

Financial assets are initially recognised at fair value, and, with the exception of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, the initial fair value includes direct and incremental transaction costs.

Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value, being their issue proceeds (fair value of consideration received) net of transaction costs incurred.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the methods used to determine the fair value of financial instruments include quoted prices in active markets where those prices are considered to represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. Where quoted prices are not available or are unreliable because of market inactivity, fair values are determined using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques which use, to the extent possible, observable market data, include the use of recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other similar instruments, option pricing models and discounted cash flow analysis and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants.

Quoted prices in active markets

Quoted market prices are used where those prices are considered to represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis, in active markets.

Valuations for negotiable instruments such as debt and equity securities are determined using bid prices for asset positions and offer prices for liability positions. Where securities are traded on an exchange, the fair value is based on prices from the exchange. The market for debt securities largely operates on an ‘over the counter’ basis which means that there is not an official clearing or exchange price for these security instruments. Therefore market makers and/or investment banks (‘contributors’) publish bid and offer levels which reflect an indicative price that they are prepared to buy and sell a particular security. The Group’s valuation policy requires that the prices used in determining the fair value of securities quoted in active markets must be sourced from established market makers and/or investment banks.

Valuation techniques

In the absence of quoted market prices, or in the case of over-the-counter derivatives, fair value is calculated using valuation techniques. Fair value may be estimated using quoted market prices for similar instruments, adjusted for differences between the quoted instrument and the instrument being valued. Where the fair value is calculated using discounted cash flow analysis, the methodology is to use, to the extent possible, market data that is either directly observable or is implied from instrument prices, such as interest rate yield curves, equities and commodities prices, credit spreads, option volatilities and currency rates. In addition, the Group considers the impact of own credit risk when valuing its derivative liabilities.

The methodology is to calculate the expected cash flows under the terms of each specific contract and then discount these values back to a present value. The assumptions involved in these valuation techniques include:-

 

   

The likelihood and expected timing of future cash flows of the instrument. These cash flows are generally governed by the terms of the instrument, although management judgement may be required when the ability of the counterparty to service the instrument in accordance with the contractual terms is in doubt. In addition, future cash flows may also be sensitive to the occurrence of future events, including changes in market rates; and

 

   

Selecting an appropriate discount rate for the instrument, based on the interest rate yield curves including the determination of an appropriate spread for the instrument over the risk-free rate. The spread is adjusted to take into account the specific credit risk profile of the exposure.

 

135


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)

 

17 Determination of fair value of financial instruments (continued)

 

Certain financial instruments may be valued on the basis of valuation techniques that feature one or more significant market inputs that are not observable. When applying a valuation technique with unobservable data, estimates are made to reflect uncertainties in fair values resulting from a lack of market data, for example, as a result of illiquidity in the market. For these instruments, the fair value measurement is less reliable. Inputs into valuations based on non-observable data are inherently uncertain because there are little or no current market data available from which to determine the level at which an arm’s length transaction would occur under normal business conditions. However, in most cases there is some market data available on which to base a determination of fair value, for example historical data, and the fair values of most financial instruments will be based on some market observable inputs even where the non-observable inputs are significant.

The Group tests the outputs of the model to ensure that it reflects current market conditions. The calculation of fair value for any financial instrument may require adjustment of the quoted price or the valuation technique output to reflect the cost of credit risk, the liquidity of the market, and hedging costs where these are not embedded in underlying valuation techniques or prices used.

The choice of contributors, the quality of market data used for pricing, and the valuation techniques used are all subject to internal review and approval procedures.

18 Financial assets

The Group classifies its financial assets into the following categories: - financial assets at fair value through profit or loss; loans and receivables; held to maturity investments; and available for sale financial assets.

Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade date, being the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the assets. Loans are recognised when cash is advanced to the borrowers.

Interest is calculated using the effective interest method and credited to the income statement. Dividends on available for sale equity securities are recognised in the income statement when the entity’s right to receive payment is established. Impairment losses and translation differences on monetary items are recognised in the income statement.

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or when the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

This category can have two sub categories: - Financial assets held for trading; and those designated at fair value through profit or loss at inception. A financial asset is classified in this category if it is acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near term; part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit taking; or if it is so designated at initial recognition by management, subject to certain criteria.

The assets are recognised initially at fair value and transaction costs are taken directly to the income statement. Interest and dividends on assets within this category are reported in interest income, and dividend income, respectively. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are included directly in the income statement within net trading income.

Derivatives are also classified in this category unless they have been designated as hedges or are financial guarantee contracts.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and which are not classified as available for sale. They arise when the Group provides money or services directly to a customer with no intention of trading the loan. Loans and receivables are initially recognised at fair value including direct and incremental transaction costs and are subsequently carried on an amortised cost basis.

Held to maturity

Held to maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that the Group’s management has the intention and ability to hold to maturity. If the Group was to sell other than an insignificant amount of held to maturity assets, the remainder would be required to be reclassified as available for sale. Held to maturity investments are initially recognised at fair value including direct and incremental transaction costs and are carried on an amortised cost basis using the effective interest method.

Any available for sale financial investments reclassified into the held to maturity category are transferred at fair value and are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Unrealised gains or losses held in equity in respect of such reclassified assets are amortised to the income statement using the effective interest rate method.

Available for sale

Available for sale financial assets are non-derivative financial investments that are designated as available for sale and are not categorised into any of the other categories described above. Available for sale financial assets are those intended to be held for an indefinite

 

136


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

18 Financial assets (continued)

 

period of time, which may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or changes in interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices. Available for sale financial assets are initially recognised at fair value including direct and incremental transaction costs. They are subsequently held at fair value. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are included in other comprehensive income until sale or impairment when the cumulative gain or loss is transferred to the income statement as a reclassification adjustment. Assets reclassified from the held for trading category are recognised at fair value.

Parent Company accounts: Investment in subsidiary and associated undertakings

The company accounts for investments in subsidiary and associated undertakings that are not classified as held for sale at cost less provisions for impairment. If the investment is classified as held for sale, the company accounts for it at the lower of its carrying value and fair value less costs to sell.

Dividends from a subsidiary or an associated undertaking are recognised in the income statement, when the company’s right to receive the dividend is established.

Transfers of businesses or investments in subsidiary undertakings between members of the Group are measured at their carrying value at the date of the transaction.

Reclassification of financial assets

In October 2008, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 39 - Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, and IFRS 7 -Financial Instruments: Disclosures, titled ‘Reclassification of Financial Assets’. These amendments permit an entity to reclassify certain non-derivative financial assets (other than those designated at fair value through profit or loss at initial recognition) out of the fair value through profit or loss category. AIB implemented these amendments which are effective from 1 July 2008. The impact of the reclassifications is set out in note 25.

19 Financial liabilities

Issued financial instruments or their components are classified as liabilities where the substance of the contractual arrangement results in the Group having a present obligation to either deliver cash or another financial asset to the holder, to exchange financial instruments on terms that are potentially unfavourable or to satisfy the obligation otherwise than by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of equity shares.

Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value, being their issue proceeds (fair value of consideration received) net of transaction costs incurred. Financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost, with any difference between the proceeds net of transaction costs and the redemption value recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method.

Where financial liabilities are classified as trading they are also initially recognised at fair value and the related transaction costs are taken directly to the income statement. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are recognised directly in the income statement within net trading income.

Preference shares which carry a mandatory coupon, are classified as financial liabilities. The dividends on these preference shares are recognised in the income statement as interest expense using the effective interest method.

The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired.

20 Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, or deemed cost, less accumulated depreciation and provisions for impairment, if any. Additions and subsequent expenditures are capitalised only to the extent that they enhance the future economic benefits expected to be derived from the asset. No depreciation is provided on freehold land. Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight line basis over their estimated useful economic lives. Depreciation is calculated based on the gross carrying amount, less the estimated residual value at the end of the assets’ economic life.

The Group uses the following useful lives when calculating depreciation:

 

Freehold buildings and long-leasehold property    50 years
Short leasehold property    life of lease, up to 50 years
Costs of adaptation of freehold and leasehold property   

Branch properties

   up to 10 years(1)

Office properties

   up to 15 years(1)
Computers and similar equipment    3 – 7 years
Fixtures and fittings and other equipment    5 – 10 years

 

(1)

Subject to the maximum remaining life of the lease.

 

137


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)

 

20 Property, plant and equipment (continued)

 

The Group reviews its depreciation rates regularly, at least annually, to take account of any change in circumstances. When deciding on useful lives and methods, the principal factors that the Group takes into account are the expected rate of technological developments and expected market requirements for, and the expected pattern of usage of, the assets. When reviewing residual values, the Group estimates the amount that it would currently obtain for the disposal of the asset, after deducting the estimated cost of disposal if the asset were already of the age and condition expected at the end of its useful life.

Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are included in the income statement.

It is Group policy not to revalue its property, plant and equipment.

21 Intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill may arise on the acquisition of subsidiary and associated undertakings. Purchased goodwill is the excess of the fair value of the purchase consideration and direct costs of making the acquisition, over the fair value of the Group’s share of the assets acquired and the liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed on the date of the acquisition. For the purpose of calculating goodwill, fair values of acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are determined by reference to market values or by discounting expected future cash flows to present value. This discounting is performed either using market rates or by using risk-free rates and risk adjusted expected future cash flows.

Goodwill is capitalised and reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently when there are indications that impairment may have occurred. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. Goodwill arising on the acquisition of an associated undertaking is included in the carrying amount of the investment in the consolidated financial statements. Gains or losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of the goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill previously written off to reserves under Irish GAAP has not been reinstated and will not be included in calculating any subsequent profit or loss on disposal.

Computer software and other intangible assets

Computer software and other intangible assets are stated at cost, less amortisation on a straight line basis and provisions for impairment, if any. The identifiable and directly associated external and internal costs of acquiring and developing software are capitalised where the software is controlled by the Group, and where it is probable that future economic benefits that exceed its cost will flow from its use over more than one year. Costs associated with maintaining software are recognised as an expense when incurred. Capitalised computer software is amortised over 3 to 7 years. Other intangible assets are amortised over the life of the asset. Computer software and other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. Intangible assets not yet available for use are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis.

22 Derivatives and hedge accounting

Derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, options and forward rate agreements, currency swaps and options, and equity index options are used for trading purposes while interest rate swaps and currency swaps and credit derivatives are used for hedging purposes.

The Group maintains trading positions in a variety of financial instruments including derivatives. Trading transactions arise both as a result of activity generated by customers and from proprietary trading with a view to generating incremental income.

Non-trading derivative transactions comprise transactions held for hedging purposes as part of the Group’s risk management strategy against assets, liabilities, positions and cash flows.

Derivatives

Derivatives are measured initially at fair value on the date on which the derivative contract is entered into and subsequently remeasured at fair value. Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets, including recent market transactions, and from valuation techniques using discounted cash flow models and option pricing models as appropriate. Derivatives are included in assets when their fair value is positive, and in liabilities when their fair value is negative, unless there is the legal ability and intention to settle net.

The best evidence of the fair value of a derivative at initial recognition is the transaction price (i.e. the fair value of the consideration given or received) unless the fair value of that instrument is evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument (i.e. without modification or repackaging) or based on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets.

Profits or losses are only recognised on initial recognition of derivatives when there are observable current market transactions or valuation techniques that are based on observable market inputs.

 

138


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

22 Derivatives and hedge accounting (continued)

 

Embedded derivatives

Some hybrid contracts contain both a derivative and a non-derivative component. In such cases, the derivative component is termed an embedded derivative. Where the economic characteristics and risks of embedded derivatives are not closely related to those of the host contract, and the hybrid contract itself is not carried at fair value through profit or loss, the embedded derivative is treated as a separate derivative, and reported at fair value with gains and losses being recognised in the income statement.

Hedging

All derivatives are carried at fair value and the accounting treatment of the resulting fair value gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. Where derivatives are held for risk management purposes, and when transactions meet the criteria specified in IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments:

Recognition and Measurement’, the Group designates certain derivatives as either:

 

  (1) hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or firm commitments (“fair value hedge”); or

 

  (2) hedges of the exposure to variability of cash flows attributable to a recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable forecasted transaction (“cash flow hedge”); or

 

  (3) hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation.

When a financial instrument is designated as a hedge, the Group formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item as well as its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking the various hedging transactions.The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items.

The Group discontinues hedge accounting when:

 

  a) it is determined that a derivative is not, or has ceased to be, highly effective as a hedge;

 

  b) the derivative expires, or is sold, terminated, or exercised;

 

  c) the hedged item matures or is sold or repaid; or

 

  d) a forecast transaction is no longer deemed highly probable.

To the extent that the changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative differ from changes in the fair value of the hedged risk in the hedged item; or the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedging derivative differs from the cumulative change in the fair value of expected future cash flows of the hedged item, ineffectiveness arises. The amount of ineffectiveness, (taking into account the timing of the expected cash flows, where relevant) provided it is not so great as to disqualify the entire hedge for hedge accounting, is recorded in the income statement.

In certain circumstances, the Group may decide to cease hedge accounting even though the hedge relationship continues to be highly effective by no longer designating the financial instrument as a hedge.

Fair value hedge accounting

Changes in fair value of derivatives that qualify and are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the fair value hedging adjustment cumulatively made to the carrying value of the hedged item is, for items carried at amortised cost, amortised over the period to maturity of the previously designated hedge relationship using the effective interest method. For available for sale items the fair value hedging adjustment remains in equity, until the hedged item affects the income statement and is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method. If the hedged item is sold or repaid, the unamortised fair value adjustment is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Cash flow hedge accounting

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is initially recognised directly in other comprehensive income and included in the cash flow hedging reserves in the statement of changes in equity. The amount recognised in other comprehensive income is reclassed to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment in the same period as the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss, and in the same line item in the statement of comprehensive income. Any ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in the income statement immediately.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income from the time when the hedge was effective remains in equity and is reclassified to the income statement as a reclassification adjustment as the forecast transaction affects profit or loss.When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was recognised in other comprehensive income from the period when the hedge was effective is reclassified from equity to the income statement.

 

139


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)

 

22 Derivatives and hedge accounting (continued)

 

Net investment hedge

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations, including monetary items that are accounted for as part of the net investment, are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income is recognised in the income statement on the disposal or partial disposal of the foreign operation. Hedges of net investments may include non-derivative liabilities as well as derivative financial instruments.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Certain derivative contracts entered into as economic hedges do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement.

23 Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations

A non-current asset or a group of assets containing a non-current asset (a disposal group) is classified as held for sale if its carrying amount will be recovered principally through sale rather than through continuing use, it is available for immediate sale and sale is highly probable within one year. For the sale to be highly probable, the appropriate level of management must be committed to a plan to sell the asset.

On initial classification as held for sale, non-current assets and disposal groups are measured at the lower of previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell with any adjustments taken to the income statement. The same applies to gains and losses on subsequent remeasurement. However, financial assets within the scope of IAS 39 continue to be measured in accordance with that standard. No reclassifications are made in respect of prior periods.

Impairment losses subsequent to classification of assets as held for sale are recognised in the income statement. Increases in fair value less costs to sell of assets that have been classified as held for sale are recognised in the income statement to the extent that the increase is not in excess of any cumulative impairment loss previously recognised in respect of the asset. Assets are not depreciated while they are classified as held for sale.

A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale, that has been disposed of, has been abandoned or that meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale. Discontinued operations are presented on the income statement (including comparatives) as a separate amount, comprising the total of the post tax profit or loss of the discontinued operations for the period together with any post-tax gain or loss recognised on the measurement to fair value less costs to sell, or on disposal of the assets/disposal groups constituting discontinued operations.

24 Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

Assets that the Group believe will be transferred to NAMA are classified as financial assets held for sale to NAMA in the statement of financial position. These assets are measured on the same basis as prior to their classification as held for sale (see accounting policy number 18). Interest income and fee income for such assets are recognised on the same basis as for loans and receivables and will be recognised up to the date of derecognition (see accounting policy number 6). The impairment policy for loans and receivables as set out in accounting policy number 16 continues to apply.

Derecognition will take place on a date specified by NAMA for the legal transfer of the assets which will also be the date on which the risks and rewards inherent in these assets will transfer. The consideration received will be measured at fair value. The difference between the carrying value at the date of derecognition and consideration received will be recognised in the income statement as a gain or loss in other operating income.

25 Collateral and netting

The Group enters into master netting agreements with counterparties, to ensure that if an event of default occurs, all amounts outstanding with those counterparties will be settled on a net basis.

Collateral

The Group obtains collateral in respect of customer liabilities where this is considered appropriate. The collateral normally takes the form of a lien over the customer’s assets and gives the Group a claim on these assets for both existing and future liabilities. The collateral is, in general, not recorded on the statement of financial position.

The Group also receives collateral in the form of cash or securities in respect of other credit instruments, such as stock borrowing contracts, and derivative contracts in order to reduce credit risk. Collateral received in the form of securities is not recorded on the statement of financial position. Collateral received in the form of cash is recorded on the statement of financial position with a corresponding liability. These items are assigned to deposits received from banks or other counterparties in the case of cash collateral received. Any interest payable or receivable arising is recorded as interest expense or interest income respectively.

 

140


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

25 Collateral and netting (continued)

 

In certain circumstances, the Group will pledge collateral in respect of liabilities or borrowings. Collateral pledged in the form of securities or loans and receivables continues to be recorded on the statement of financial position. Collateral paid away in the form of cash is recorded in loans and advances to banks or customers. Any interest payable or receivable arising is recorded as interest expense or interest income respectively.

Netting

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position if, and only if, there is a currently enforceable legal right to set off the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. This is not generally the case with master netting agreements, where the related assets and liabilities are presented gross on the statement of financial position.

26 Financial guarantees

Financial guarantees are given to banks, financial institutions and other bodies on behalf of customers to secure loans, overdrafts and other banking facilities (‘facility guarantees’) and to other parties in connection with the performance of customers under obligations relating to contracts, advance payments made by other parties, tenders, retentions and the payment of import duties. In its normal course of business Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. issues financial guarantees to other Group entities. Financial guarantees are initially recognised in the financial statements at fair value on the date that the guarantee is given. Subsequent to initial recognition, the Group’s liabilities under such guarantees are measured at the higher of the initial measurement, less amortisation calculated to recognise in the income statement the fee income earned over the period, and the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle any financial obligation arising as a result of the guarantees at the year-end reporting date. Any increase in the liability relating to guarantees is taken to the income statement in provisions for undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees.

27 Sale and repurchase agreements (including stock borrowing and lending)

Financial assets may be lent or sold subject to a commitment to repurchase them (‘repos’). Such securities are retained on the statement of financial position when substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership remain with the Group. The liability to the counterparty is included separately on the statement of financial position as appropriate. Similarly, when securities are purchased subject to a commitment to resell (‘reverse repos’), or where the Group borrows securities, but does not acquire the risks and rewards of ownership, the transactions are treated as collateralised loans, and the securities are not included in the statement of financial position. The difference between the sale and repurchase price is accrued over the life of the agreements using the effective interest method. Securities lent to counterparties are also retained in the financial statements. Securities borrowed are not recognised in the financial statements, unless these are sold to third parties, at which point the obligation to repurchase the securities is recorded as a trading liability at fair value and any subsequent gain or loss included in trading income.

28 Leases

Lessor

Assets leased to customers are classified as finance leases if the lease agreements transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, with or without ultimate legal title. When assets are held subject to a finance lease, the present value of the lease payments, discounted at the rate of interest implicit in the lease, is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the total payments receivable under the lease and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income, which is allocated to accounting periods under the pre-tax net investment method to reflect a constant periodic rate of return.

Assets leased to customers are classified as operating leases if the lease agreements do not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. The leased assets are included within property, plant and equipment on the statement of financial position and depreciation is provided on the depreciable amount of these assets on a systematic basis over their estimated useful lives. Lease income is recognised on a straight line basis over the period of the lease unless another systematic basis is more appropriate.

Lessee

Operating lease rentals payable are recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight line basis over the lease term unless another systematic basis is more appropriate.

 

141


Table of Contents
LOGO    Accounting policies (continued)

 

29 Shareholders’ equity

Issued financial instruments, or their components, are classified as equity where they meet the definition of equity and confer on the holder a residual interest in the assets of the Group.

Share capital

Share capital represents funds raised by issuing shares in return for cash or other considerations. Share capital comprises ordinary shares and preference shares of the entity.

Share premium

When shares are issued at a premium whether for cash or otherwise, the excess of the amount received over the par value of the shares, is transferred to share premium.

Share issue costs

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are charged, net of tax, to the share premium account.

Dividends and distributions

Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders, or in the case of the interim dividend when it has been approved for payment by the Board of Directors. Dividends declared after the year-end reporting date are disclosed in note 70.

Dividends on preference shares accounted for as equity and distributions on the Reserve Capital Instruments are recognised in equity when approved for payment by the Board of Directors.

Other equity interests

Other equity interests relate to Reserve Capital Instruments and the fair value of the warrants attaching to the 2009 Preference Shares (see note 52).

Capital reserves

Capital reserves represent transfers from retained earnings in accordance with relevant legislation.

Revaluation reserves

Revaluation reserves represent the unrealised surplus, net of tax, which arose on revaluation of properties prior to the implementation of IFRS at 1 January 2004.

Available for sale securities reserves

Available for sale securities reserves represent the net unrealised gain or loss, net of tax, arising from the recognition in the statement of financial position of financial investments available for sale at fair value.

Cash flow hedging reserves

Cash flow hedging reserves represent the net gains or losses, net of tax, on effective cash flow hedging instruments that will be reclassified to the income statement when the hedged transaction affects profit or loss.

Revenue reserves

Revenue reserves represent retained earnings of the parent company, subsidiaries and associated undertakings. It is shown net of the cumulative deficit within the defined benefit pension schemes and other appropriate adjustments.

Foreign currency translation reserves

The foreign currency translation reserves represent the cumulative gains and losses on the retranslation of the Group’s net investment in foreign operations, at the rate of exchange at the year-end reporting date.

Treasury shares

Where the Company or other members of the consolidated Group purchase the Company’s equity share capital, the consideration paid is deducted from total shareholders’ equity as treasury shares until they are cancelled. Where such shares are subsequently sold or re-issued, any consideration received is included in shareholders’ equity.

 

142


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

29 Shareholders’ equity (continued)

 

Share based payments reserves

The share based payment expense charged to the income statement is credited to the share based payment reserve over the vesting period of the shares and options. Upon grant of shares and exercise of options, the amount in respect of the award credited to the share based payment reserves is transferred to revenue reserves.

Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests comprise both equity and non equity interests. Equity interests relate to the interests of outside shareholders in consolidated subsidiaries. Non equity interests relate to non-cumulative perpetual preferred securities issued by a subsidiary.

30 Insurance and investment contracts

In accounting for its interest in Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited (“ALH”) formerly Hibernian Life Holdings Limited, the Group has classified its Long Term Assurance business in accordance with IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’. Insurance contracts are those contracts containing significant insurance risk. In the case of life contracts, insurance risk exists if the amount payable on the occurrence of an insured event exceeds the assets backing the contract, or could do so in certain circumstances, and the product of the probability of the insured event occurring and the excess amount payable has commercial substance. In particular, guaranteed equity bonds which guarantee a return of the original premium irrespective of the current value of the backing assets are deemed to be insurance contracts notwithstanding that at the year-end reporting date there may be no excess of the original premium over the backing assets. Investment contracts are contracts that do not have significant insurance risk.

Insurance contracts

The Group accounts for its insurance contracts using the Market Consistent Embedded Value Principles, published by the CFO Forum. The embedded value comprises two components: the net assets attributable to the Group and the present value of the in-force business (“VIF”). The change in the VIF before tax is accounted for as revenue. The value is estimated as the net present value of future cash flows attributable to the Group before tax, based on the market value of the assets at the year-end reporting date, using assumptions that reflect experience and a long-term outlook for the economy and then discounting at an appropriate risk free yield curve rate.

Insurance contract liabilities are calculated on a statutory basis. Premiums are recognised as revenue when due from the policyholder. Claims, which together with the increase in insurance contract liabilities are recognised in the income statement as they arise, are the cost of all claims arising during the period.

Investment contracts

Investment contracts are primarily unit-linked. Unit linked liabilities are deemed equal to the value of units attaching to contracts at the year-end reporting date. The liability is measured at fair value, which is the bid value of the assets held to match the liability. Increases in investment contract liabilities are recognised in the income statement as they arise. Revenue in relation to investment management services is recognised as the services are provided. Certain upfront fees and charges have been deferred and are recognised as income over the life of the contract. Premiums and claims are accounted for directly in the statement of financial position as adjustments to the investment contract liability.

31 Segment reporting

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it earns revenues and incurs expenses. The Group has identified reportable segments on the basis of internal reports about components of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in order to allocate resources to the segment and assess its performance. Based on this identification, the reportable segments are the operating divisions within the Group, the head of each being a member of the Group Executive Committee (“GEC’’). The GEC is the CODM and it relies primarily on the management accounts to assess performance of the reportable segments and when making resource allocation decisions.

Transactions between operating segments are on normal commercial terms and conditions, with internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments reflected in the performance of each operating segment. Revenue sharing agreements are used to allocate external customer revenues to an operating segment on a reasonable basis. Income on capital is allocated to the divisions on the basis of the amount of capital required to support the level of risk weighted assets. Interest income earned on capital not allocated to operating segments is reported and retained in Group.

Geographical segments provide products and services within a particular economic environment that is subject to risks and rewards that are different to those components operating in other economic environments. The geographical distribution of profit before taxation is based primarily on the location of the office recording the transaction. In addition, geographic distribution of loans and related impairment is also based on the location of the office recording the transaction.

 

143


Table of Contents
LOGO    Accounting policies (continued)

 

32 Cash and cash equivalents

For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash comprises cash on hand and demand deposits, and cash equivalents comprise highly liquid investments that are convertible into cash with an insignificant risk of changes in value and with original maturities of less than three months.

33 Prospective accounting changes

The following legislative changes and new accounting standards or amendments to standards approved by the IASB in 2009 (but not early adopted by the Group) will impact the Group’s financial reporting in future periods. If applicable they will be adopted in 2010.

The IASB issued ‘Improvements to IFRSs’ in both April 2008 and in April 2009, which comprise a collection of necessary but not urgent amendments to IFRSs. The earliest effective date for the application of the 2009 amendments is for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009. These amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s accounts. Certain of the 2008 amendments have been implemented with the remainder having an effective date of 1 July 2009.

The following will be applied in 2010:

Amendment to IFRS 2 – Share-based Payment Transactions -Group Cash-settled Share-based Payment Transactions

This amendment to IFRS 2 clarifies its scope and the accounting for group cash-settled share-based payments transactions in the separate or individual financial statements of the entity receiving the goods or services when that entity has no obligation to settle the share-based payment transaction. This amendment is not expected to have a material impact on the separate financial statements of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

IFRS 3 Revised - Business Combinations and amended IAS 27 - Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements

The revisions to the standards apply prospectively and deal with: partial and step acquisitions; acquisition related costs; and the recognition and measurement of contingent consideration and transactions with non-controlling interests. The objective is to enable users of financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of a business combination. The impact on the Group will be dependent on the nature of any future acquisitions.

Amendments to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement - Eligible Hedged Items

This clarifies the application of existing principles that determine whether specific risks or portions of cash flows are eligible for designation in a hedging relationship. The amendments will become mandatory for the Group’s 2010 consolidated financial statements, with retrospective application required. The amendments are not expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

IFRIC 17 - Distribution of Non-Cash Assets to Owners

This amendment offers guidance on accounting for arrangements whereby an entity distributes non-cash assets to shareholders. This IFRIC is not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

The following will be applied in 2011:

Amendment to IAS 24 – Related Party Disclosures

This amendment simplifies the definition of a related party, clarifying its intended meaning and eliminating inconsistencies from the definition. It also provides a partial exemption from the disclosure requirements for government-related entities. This amendment will impact upon the disclosure of related party relationships, transactions and outstanding balances, including commitments in the financial statements of the Group.

Amendment to IAS 32 – Financial Instruments: Presentation-Classification of rights issues

The amendment states that if rights issues are issued by an entity pro rata to all existing shareholders in the same class for a fixed amount of currency, they should be classified as equity regardless of the currency in which the exercise price is denominated. This amendment is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s accounts.

Amendment to IFRIC 14 - Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement

The amendments correct an unintended consequence of IFRIC 14 IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction. Without the amendments, in some circumstances entities would not be permitted to

 

144


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

33 Prospective accounting changes (continued)

 

recognise as an asset some voluntary prepayments for minimum funding contributions. This was not intended when IFRIC 14 was issued, and the amendments correct the problem. The revision will allow such prepayments to be recorded as assets in the statement of financial position. This IFRIC is not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

IFRIC 19 Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments

This IFRIC clarifies the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) when an entity renegotiates the terms of a financial liability with its creditor and the creditor agrees to accept the entity’s shares or other equity instruments to settle the financial liability fully or partially. The impact on the Group will be dependent on the nature of any future liability management actions, undertaken by the Group.

The following will be applied in 2013:

IFRS 9 Financial instruments

IFRS 9 is the first part of the IASB’s project to replace IAS 39. The new standard endeavours to enhance the ability of investors and other users of financial information to understand the accounting for financial assets and to reduce complexity. IFRS 9 uses a single approach to determine whether a financial asset is measured at amortised cost or fair value, replacing the many different rules in IAS 39. The approach in IFRS 9 is based on how an entity manages its financial instruments (its business model) and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. The new standard also requires a single impairment method to be used, replacing the many different impairment methods in IAS 39. Thus IFRS 9 aims to improve comparability and makes financial statements easier to understand for investors and other users.

The first phase of the IAS 39 project as described above has been finalised and awaits EU endorsement. Proposals addressing the second phase, the impairment methodology for financial assets were published for public comment at the beginning of November 2009, while proposals on the third phase, on hedge accounting, continue to be developed.

The implications of Phase 1 as well as the other 2 phases will be examined in due course.

 

145


Table of Contents
LOGO    Consolidated income statement
   for the year ended 31 December 2009

 

                      Restated(1)          Restated(1)  
     Notes     2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
         2007
€ m
 

Interest and similar income

   2      6,596         10,228         9,340   

Interest expense and similar charges

   3      3,363         6,361         5,922   
                          

Net interest income

     3,233         3,867         3,418   

Dividend income

   4      26         27         31   

Fee and commission income

   5      996         1,183         1,453   

Fee and commission expense

   5      (235      (142      (197

Net trading income/(loss)

   6      11         (73      74   

Gain on redemption of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   7      623         —           —     

Other operating income

   8      205         206         89   

Other income

     1,626         1,201         1,450   
                          

Total operating income

     4,859         5,068         4,868   

Administrative expenses

   9      1,741         2,187         2,376   

Impairment and amortisation of intangible assets

   39      77         78         60   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

   40      79         92         85   

Total operating expenses

     1,897         2,357         2,521   
                          

Operating profit before provisions

     2,962         2,711         2,347   

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

   29      5,355         1,822         106   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

   47      1         (2      (8

Amounts written off financial investments available for sale

   12      24         29         1   
                          

Operating (loss)/profit

     (2,418      862         2,248   

Associated undertakings

   34      (262      42         131   

Profit on disposal of property

   13      23         12         76   

Construction contract income

   14      1         12         55   

Profit on disposal of businesses

   15      —           106         1   
                          

(Loss)/profit before taxation

     (2,656      1,034         2,511   

Income tax (income)/expense

   17      (322      144         442   
                          

(Loss)/profit for the period

     (2,334      890         2,069   
                          

Attributable to:

              

Owners of the parent

     (2,413      772         1,952   

Non-controlling interests

   18      79         118         117   
                          
     (2,334      890         2,069   
                          

Basic (loss)/earnings per share

   19 (a)    (215.2c      83.4c         218.3c   

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share

   19 (b)    (215.2c      83.3c         216.8c   
                          

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts – see Accounting policies – Basis of preparation.

Dan O’Connor, Executive Chairman. Colm Doherty, Group Managing Director. Stephen Kingon, Director. David O’Callaghan, Secretary.

 

146


Table of Contents
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income    LOGO
for the year ended 31 December 2009   

 

                          Restated(1)          Restated(1)  
     Notes         2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
         2007
€ m
 

(Loss)/profit for the period

         (2,334      890         2,069   

Other comprehensive income:

                  

Exchange translation adjustments

   50       158         (655      (241

Net change in cash flow hedges, net of tax

   50       (61      678         (36

Net change in fair value of available for sale securities, net of tax

   50       238         (383      (185

Net actuarial gain/(loss) in retirement benefit schemes, net of tax

   11       174         (706      396   

Recognised (losses)/gains in associated undertakings, net of tax

         (40      73         (81

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

         469         (993      (147
                              

Total comprehensive income for the period

         (1,865      (103      1,922   
                              

Attributable to:

                  

Owners of the parent

         (1,967      (162      1,796   

Non controlling interests

         102         59         126   
                              

Total comprehensive income for the period

         (1,865      (103      1,922   
                              
Effect of change in accounting policy adjusted against opening retained earnings                                    1 January
2007

€ m
 

Attributable to:

                  

Owners of the parent

                   23   

Non-controlling interests

                   —     
                      
                   23   
                      

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts – see Accounting policies – Basis of preparation.

Dan O’Connor, Executive Chairman. Colm Doherty, Group Managing Director. Stephen Kingon, Director. David O’Callaghan, Secretary.

 

147


Table of Contents
LOGO    Consolidated statement of financial position
   as at 31 December 2009

 

                         Restated(1)         Restated(1)
     Notes         2009
€ m
        2008
€ m
        2007
€ m

Assets

                    

Cash and balances at central banks

   59       4,382       2,466       1,264

Items in course of collection

         251       272       383

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

   23       19,212       —         —  

Disposal group and assets classified as held for sale

   24       50       8       239

Trading portfolio financial assets

   25       296       401       8,256

Derivative financial instruments

   26       6,071       7,328       4,557

Loans and receivables to banks

   27       9,093       6,266       9,465

Loans and receivables to customers

   28       103,341       129,489       127,603

Financial investments available for sale

   31       25,336       29,024       20,984

Financial investments held to maturity

   32       1,586       1,499       —  

Interests in associated undertakings

   34       1,641       1,999       1,708

Intangible assets and goodwill

   39       782       774       636

Property, plant and equipment

   40       536       603       608

Other assets

         456       673       786

Current taxation

         57       69       2

Deferred taxation

   41       583       248       254

Prepayments and accrued income

         641       1,055       1,143
                          

Total assets

         174,314       182,174       177,888
                          

Liabilities

                    

Deposits by banks

   42       33,333       25,578       30,389

Customer accounts

   43       83,953       92,604       81,308

Financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

   23       3       —         —  

Disposal group classified as held for sale

   24       —         —         161

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   44       23       111       194

Derivative financial instruments

   26       5,520       6,468       4,142

Debt securities in issue

   45       30,654       37,814       41,866

Current taxation

         65       35       181

Deferred taxation

   41       —         2       60

Other liabilities

   46       3,025       2,158       1,473

Accruals and deferred income

         1,027       1,375       1,808

Retirement benefit liabilities

   11       714       1,105       423

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

   47       76       85       74

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   48       4,586       4,526       4,605
                          

Total liabilities

         162,979       171,861       166,684
                          

Shareholders’ equity

                    

Share capital

   49       329       294       294

Share premium

   49       4,975       1,693       1,693

Other equity interests

   52       389       497       497

Reserves

         935       698       327

Profit and loss account

         4,081       5,787       7,042

Shareholders’ equity

         10,709       8,969       9,853

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

   53       626       1,344       1,351
                          

Total shareholders’ equity including non-controlling interests

         11,335       10,313       11,204
                          

Total liabilities, shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

         174,314       182,174       177,888
                          

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts—see Accounting policies—Basis of preparation.

Dan O’Connor, Executive Chairman. Colm Doherty, Group Managing Director. Stephen Kingon, Director. David O’Callaghan, Secretary

 

148


Table of Contents
Statement of financial position of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.    LOGO
as at 31 December 2009   

 

     Notes         2009
€ m
        2008
€ m
 

Assets

              

Cash and balances at central banks

   59       2,589       1,651   

Items in course of collection

         127       151   

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

   23       15,991       —     

Assets classified as held for sale

   24       43       6   

Trading portfolio financial assets

   25       120       171   

Derivative financial instruments

   26       5,465       6,654   

Loans and receivables to banks

   27       58,816       47,113   

Loans and receivables to customers

   28       67,928       88,873   

Financial investments available for sale

   31       22,178       25,872   

Interests in associated undertakings

   34       957       1,066   

Investments in Group undertakings

   38       1,969       1,472   

Intangible assets

   39       290       287   

Property, plant and equipment

   40       326       378   

Other assets

         245       444   

Current taxation

         61       13   

Deferred taxation

   41       469       190   

Prepayments and accrued income

         816       1,091   
                    

Total assets

         178,390       175,432   
                    

Liabilities

              

Deposits by banks

   42       62,268       52,186   

Customer accounts

   43       72,697       77,990   

Financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

   23       3       —     

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   44       22       109   

Derivative financial instruments

   26       5,104       5,826   

Debt securities in issue

   45       23,261       26,376   

Current taxation

         24       7   

Deferred taxation

   41       —         2   

Other liabilities

   46       1,597       1,142   

Accruals and deferred income

         1,160       1,441   

Retirement benefit liabilities

   11       565       1,035   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

   47       48       50   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   48       4,450       3,662   
                    

Total liabilities

         171,199       169,826   
                    

Shareholders’ equity

              

Share capital

   49       329       294   

Share premium

   49       4,975       1,693   

Other equity interests

   52       389       497   

Reserves

         330       (38

Profit and loss account

         1,168       3,160   

Shareholders’ equity

         7,191       5,606   
                    

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

         178,390       175,432   
                    

Dan O’Connor, Executive Chairman. Colm Doherty, Group Managing Director. Stephen Kingon, Director. David O’Callaghan, Secretary

 

149


Table of Contents
LOGO    Consolidated statement of cash flows
   for the year ended 31 December 2009

 

                      Group     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  
                Restated(1)     Restated(1)        
     Notes    2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
 

Reconciliation of profit before taxation to net cash inflow from operating activities

               

(Loss)/profit before taxation

      (2,656   1,034      2,511      (2,726   1,067      1,625   

Adjustments for:

               

Gain on redemption of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   7    (623   —        —        (282   —        —     

Profit on disposal of businesses

   15    —        (106   (1   —        (106   1   

Construction contract income

   14    (1   (12   (55   —        —        —     

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

   13    (23   (12   (76   (21   (9   (76

Investment income

      (64   (55   (56   (896   (540   (532

Associated undertakings

   34    (46   (99   (131   —        —        —     

Impairment of associated undertakings

   34    308      57      —        108      57      —     

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

   29    5,355      1,822      106      4,608      1,388      80   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

      1      (2   (8   1      (4   (9

Amounts written off financial investments available for sale

   12    24      29      1      21      25      —     

(Decrease)/increase in other provisions

      (6   26      (2   2      3      (6

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

      156      170      145      112      121      93   

Interest on subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

      275      249      252      248      198      195   

Profit on disposal of financial investments available for sale

      (173   (146   (52   (169   (117   (10

Share based payment

      1      5      41      (2   (4   27   

Amortisation of premiums and discounts

      (46   (18   27      (16   (4   30   

Decrease/(increase) in prepayments and accrued income

      377      1      (244   254      (38   (440

(Decrease)/increase in accruals and deferred income

      (429   (306   434      (369   (10   379   
                                       
      2,430      2,637      2,892      873      2,027      1,357   
                                       

Net increase/(decrease) in deposits by banks

      7,636      (3,880   (2,025   9,348      698      (5,263

Net (decrease)/increase in customer accounts

      (9,957   16,939      8,231      (5,547   14,157      14,710   

Net decrease/(increase) in loans and receivables to customers(2)

   3,656      (11,895   (23,827   1,291      (7,544   (27,714

Net (increase)/decrease in loans and receivables to banks

      (1,116   11      256      (8,743   (6,420   5,566   

Net decrease/(increase) in trading portfolio financial assets/liabilities

      26      1,466      516      (31   1,599      384   

Net decrease/(increase) in derivative financial instruments

      249      (500   (75   382      (356   (107

Net decrease/(increase) in items in course of collection

      30      70      122      24      52      71   

Net (decrease)/increase in debt securities in issue

      (7,203   (2,335   14,321      (3,299   (3,693   11,759   

Net (increase)/decrease in notes in circulation

      54      (109   (13   —        —        —     

Net decrease/(increase) in other assets

      231      668      232      208      435      54   

Net increase/(decrease) in other liabilities

      716      1,016      (235   408      764      (159

Effect of exchange translation and other adjustments

      (961   934      522      46      503      280   
                                       

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating assets and liabilities

      (6,639   2,385      (1,975   (5,913   195      (419
                                       

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities before taxation

      (4,209   5,022      917      (5,040   2,222      938   

Taxation paid

      (54   (357   (400   (2   (106   (176
                                       

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities

      (4,263   4,665      517      (5,042   2,116      762   

Investing activities (note a)

      4,542      (5,544   (3,325   4,887      (3,024   (2,436

Financing activities (note b)

      3,180      (540   (848   3,242      (423   (710
                                       

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

      3,459      (1,419   (3,656   3,087      (1,331   (2,384

Opening cash and cash equivalents

      8,522      10,427      14,355      6,984      8,951      11,614   

Effect of exchange translation adjustments

      86      (486   (272   68      (636   (279
                                       

Closing cash and cash equivalents

      12,067      8,522      10,427      10,139      6,984      8,951   
                                       

 

150


Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of cash flows (continued)

for the year ended 31 December 2009

  LOGO

 

                      Group     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  
     Notes    2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
 

(a) Investing activities

               

Purchase of financial investments available for sale

   31    (4,812   (19,404   (18,476   (3,795   (16,591   (12,179

Proceeds from maturity of financial investments available for sale

      9,450      14,294      15,250      8,360      13,475      9,341   

Purchase of financial investments held to maturity

   32    (128   —        —        —        —        —     

Proceeds from maturity of financial investments held to maturity

   32    71      —        —        —        —        —     

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   40    (64   (140   (128   (48   (80   (86

Disposal of property, plant and equipment

      43      26      105      39      18      100   

Additions to intangible assets

   39    (80   (150   (138   (68   (123   (123

Additions to investment in associated undertakings

   34    (2   (231   —        —        (220   —     

Disposal of investment in associated undertakings

   34    —        5      5      —        —        —     

Investments in Group undertakings

   38    —        —        —        (501   (44   (20

Disposal/redemption of investment in businesses and subsidiaries

      —        114      1      4      114      (1

Dividends received from associated undertakings

   34    64      55      56      62      55      56   

Investment in business

      —        (113   —        —        (113   —     

Dividends received from subsidiary companies

      —        —        —        834      485      476   
                                       

Cash flows from investing activities

      4,542      (5,544   (3,325   4,887      (3,024   (2,436
                                       

(b) Financing activities

               

Re-issue of treasury shares

      —        10      49      —        10      49   

Issue of 2009 preference shares

   49    3,467      —        —        3,467      —        —     

Cost of redemption of capital instruments

   7    (8   —        —        (3   —        —     

Issue of subordinated liabilities

      —        885      128      —        885      128   

Redemption of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

      —        (356   —        —        (356   —     

Interest paid on subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

      (215   (255   (254   (178   (203   (197

Equity dividends paid on ordinary shares

   22    —        (720   (651   —        (721   (652

Dividends on other equity interests

   21    (44   (38   (38   (44   (38   (38

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

   18    (20   (66   (82   —        —        —     
                                       

Cash flows from financing activities

      3,180      (540   (848   3,242      (423   (710
                                       

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts – see Accounting policies – Basis of preparation.

(2)

Net decrease/(increase) in loans and receivables to customers includes financial assets held for sale to NAMA.

 

151


Table of Contents
LOGO    Consolidated statement of changes in equity

 

     Attributable to equity holders of the parent              
     Share
capital
€ m
   Share
premium
€ m
   Other
equity
interests
€ m
    Capital
reserves
€ m
   Revaluation
reserves
€ m
   Available
for sale
securities
reserves
€ m
    Cash flow
hedging
reserves
€ m
    Revenue
reserves
€ m
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserves
€ m
    Treasury
shares
€ m
    Share
based
payments
reserves
€ m
    Total
€ m
    Non-
controlling
interests
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

2009

                                

At 1 January 2009 as reported

   294    1,693    497      683    33    (556   538      6,882      (745   (462   81      8,938      1,344      10,282   

Change in accounting policy

   —      —      —        —      —      —        —        31      —        —        —        31      —        31   
                                                                                

As restated

   294    1,693    497      683    33    (556   538      6,913      (745   (462   81      8,969      1,344      10,313   

Total comprehensive income for the period

   —      —      —        —      —      297      (60   (2,305   101      —        —        (1,967   102      (1,865

Issue of 2009 Preference Shares

   35    3,282    150      —      —      —        —        —        —        —        —        3,467      —        3,467   

Dividends on other equity interests

   —      —      —        —      —      —        —        (44   —        —        —        (44   (20   (64

Share based payments

   —      —      —        —      —      —        —        4      —        —        5      9      —        9   

Redemption of capital instruments (note 7)

   —      —      (258   —      —      —        —        538      —        —        —        280      (801   (521

Net movement in own shares

   —      —      —        —      —      —        —        (2   —        —        —        (2   —        (2

Other movements

   —      —      —        —      —      —        —        (1   —        —        (2   (3   1      (2
                                                                                

At 31 December 2009

   329    4,975    389      683    33    (259   478      5,103      (644   (462   84      10,709      626      11,335   
                                                                                

Total comprehensive income

In 2009, the € 297 million included in available for sale securities reserves, represents the € 238 million recognised in the statement of comprehensive income together with the share of other comprehensive income of associates available for sale securities of € 68 million less an amount attributable to non-controlling interest of € 9 million. The € 60 million reduction in the cash flow hedging reserves represents the € 61 million recognised in the statement of comprehensive income offset by the share of other comprehensive income of associates cash flow hedging amounting to € 1 million. The € 2,305 million loss recognised in revenue reserves comprises the loss attributable to owners of the parent amounting to € 2,413 million plus actuarial gains of € 174 million recognised in the statement of comprehensive income together with the share of other comprehensive income of associates actuarial gains of € 9 million less share of other comprehensive income of associates amounting to € 75 million. The € 101 million recognised in foreign currency translation reserves comprises the € 158 million recognised in the statement of comprehensive income offset by the share of other comprehensive income of associates foreign currency translation of € 43 million and an amount attributable to non-controlling interests of € 14 million.

In 2008, the € 465 million reduction in available for sale securities reserves, represents the € 383 million recognised in the statement of comprehensive income together with the share of other comprehensive income of associates available for sale securities of € 82 million. The € 680 million increase in the cash flow hedging reserves represents the € 678 million recognised in the statement of comprehensive income together with a negative amount attributable to non-controlling interests of € 2 million. The € 117 million recognised in revenue reserves comprises the profit attributable to owners of the parent amounting to € 772 million less actuarial losses of € 706 million recognised in the statement of comprehensive income together with the share of other comprehensive income of associates actuarial losses of € 21 million offset by the share of other comprehensive income of associates amounting to € 72 million. The € 494 million reduction recognised in foreign currency translation reserves comprises the € 655 million recognised in the statement of comprehensive income offset by the share of other comprehensive income of associates foreign currency translation of € 104 million and an amount attributable to non-controlling interests of € 57 million.

In 2007, the € 177 million reduction in available for sale securities reserves, represents the € 185 million recognised in the statement of comprehensive income together with the share of other comprehensive income of associates available for sale securities of € 6 million offset by an amount attributable to non-controlling interests of € 14 million. The € 37 million reduction in the cash flow hedging reserves represents the € 36 million recognised in the statement of comprehensive income together with the share of other comprehensive income of associates cash flow hedging of € 1 million. The € 2,323 million recognised in revenue reserves comprises the profit attributable to owners of the parent amounting to € 1,952 million plus actuarial gains of € 396 million recognised in the statement of comprehensive income together with the share of other comprehensive income of associates actuarial losses of € 3 million less share of other comprehensive income of associates amounting € 22 million. The € 313 million reduction in foreign currency translation reserves comprises the € 241 million recognised in the statement of comprehensive income together with the share of other comprehensive income of associates foreign currency translation of € 49 million and an amount attributable to non-controlling interests of € 23 million.

 

152


Table of Contents
Consolidated statement of changes in equity    LOGO

 

    Attributable to equity holders of the parent              
    Share
capital
€ m
  Share
premium
€ m
  Other
equity
interests
€ m
  Capital
reserves
€ m
  Revaluation
reserves
€ m
    Available
for sale
securities
reserves
€ m
    Cash flow
hedging
reserves
€ m
    Revenue
reserves
€ m
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserves
€ m
    Treasury
shares
€ m
    Share
based
payments
reserves
€ m
  Total
€ m
    Non-
controlling
interests
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

2007

                           

At 1 January 2007 as reported

  294   1,693   497   527   35      86      (105   6,033      62      (574   57   8,605      1,307      9,912   

Change in accounting policy

  —     —     —     —     —        —        —        23      —        —        —     23      —        23   
                                                                         

As restated

  294   1,693   497   527   35      86      (105   6,056      62      (574   57   8,628      1,307      9,935   

Total comprehensive income for the period

  —     —     —     —     —        (177   (37   2,323      (313   —        —     1,796      126      1,922   

Dividends on ordinary shares

  —     —     —     —     —        —        —        (651   —        —        —     (651   (82   (733

Dividends on other equity interests

  —     —     —     —     —        —        —        (38   —        —        —     (38   —        (38

Share based payments

  —     —     —     —     —        —        —        6      —        —        19   25      1      26   

Other movements

  —     —     —     —     (2   —        —        2      —        —        —     —        (1   (1

Ordinary shares re-issued

  —     —     —     —     —        —        —        —        —        83      —     83      —        83   

Net movement in own shares

  —     —     —     —     —        —        —        10      —        —        —     10      —        10   
                                                                         

At 31 December 2007 - restated

  294   1,693   497   527   33      (91   (142   7,708      (251   (491   76   9,853      1,351      11,204   
                                                                         

2008

                           

At 1 January 2008 as reported

  294   1,693   497   527   33      (91   (142   7,682      (251   (491   76   9,827      1,351      11,178   

Change in accounting policy

  —     —     —     —     —        —        —        26      —        —        —     26      —        26   
                                                                         

As restated

  294   1,693   497   527   33      (91   (142   7,708      (251   (491   76   9,853      1,351      11,204   

Total comprehensive income for the period

  —     —     —     —     —        (465   680      117      (494   —        —     (162   59      (103

Dividends on ordinary shares

  —     —     —     —     —        —        —        (720   —        —        —     (720   (18   (738

Dividends on other equity interests

  —     —     —     —     —        —        —        (38   —        —        —     (38   (48   (86

Share based payments

  —     —     —     —     —        —        —        —        —        —        5   5      —        5   

Other movements

  —     —     —     156   —        —        —        (156   —        —        —     —        —        —     

Ordinary shares re-issued

  —     —     —     —     —        —        —        —        —        29      —     29      —        29   

Net movement in own shares

  —     —     —     —     —        —        —        2      —        —        —     2      —        2   
                                                                         

At 31 December 2008 - restated

  294   1,693   497   683   33      (556   538      6,913      (745   (462   81   8,969      1,344      10,313   
                                                                         

 

153


Table of Contents
LOGO    Statement of changes in equity - Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

 

     Share
capital
€ m
   Share
premium
€ m
   Other
equity
interests
€ m
    Capital
reserves
€ m
   Revaluation
reserves
€ m
   Available
for sale
securities
reserves
€ m
    Cash flow
hedging
reserves
€ m
   Revenue
reserves
€ m
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserves
€ m
    Treasury
shares
€ m
    Share
based
payments
reserves
€ m
    Total
€ m
 
2009                              

At 1 January 2009

   294    1,693    497      156    20    (500   286    3,735      (74   (549   48      5,606   

Total comprehensive income attributable to equity holders of the parent

   —      —      —        —      —      176      192    (2,047   (12   —        —        (1,691

Issue of 2009 Preference Shares

   35    3,282    150      —      —      —        —      —        —        —        —        3,467   

Dividends on other equity interests

   —      —      —        —      —      —        —      (44   —        —        —        (44

Share based payments

   —      —      —        —      —      —        —      4      —        —        (6   (2

Redemption of capital instruments (note 7)

   —      —      (258   —      —      —        —      113      —        —        —        (145

Other movements

   —      —      —        —      —      —        —      —        —        —        —        —     
                                                                   

At 31 December 2009

   329    4,975    389      156    20    (324   478    1,761      (86   (549   42      7,191   
                                                                   

 

154


Table of Contents
Statement of changes in equity - Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.    LOGO

 

     Share
Capital
€ m
   Share
premium
€ m
   Other
equity
interests
€ m
   Capital
reserves
€ m
   Revaluation
reserves
€ m
   Available
for sale
securities
reserves
€ m
    Cash flow
hedging
reserves
€ m
    Revenue
reserves
€ m
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserves
€ m
    Treasury
shares
€ m
    Share
based
payments
reserves
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

2007

                             

At 1 January 2007

   294    1,693    497    —      20    (57   (92   3,275      (13   (661   43      4,999   

Total comprehensive income attributable to the equity holders of the parent

   —      —      —      —      —      (115   (50   1,753      (21   —        —        1,567   

Dividends on ordinary shares

   —      —      —      —      —      —        —        (652   —        —        —        (652

Dividends on other equity interests

   —      —      —      —      —      —        —        (38   —        —        —        (38

Share based payments

   —      —      —      —      —      —        —        2      —        —        11      13   

Other movements

   —      —      —      —      —      —        —        —        —        —        —        —     

Ordinary shares re-issued

   —      —      —      —      —      —        —        —        —        83      —        83   

Net movement in own shares

   —      —      —      —      —      —        —        1      —        —        —        1   
                                                                   

At 31 December 2007

   294    1,693    497    —      20    (172   (142   4,341      (34   (578   54      5,973   
                                                                   

2008

                             

At 1 January 2008

   294    1,693    497    —      20    (172   (142   4,341      (34   (578   54      5,973   

Total comprehensive income attributable to the equity holders of the parent

   —      —      —      —      —      (328   428      308      (40   —        —        368   

Dividends on ordinary shares

   —      —      —      —      —      —        —        (721   —        —        —        (721

Dividends on other equity interests

   —      —      —      —      —      —        —        (38   —        —        —        (38

Share based payments

   —      —      —      —      —      —        —        —        —        —        (6   (6

Other movements

   —      —      —      156    —      —        —        (156   —        —        —        —     

Ordinary shares re-issued

   —      —      —      —      —      —        —        —        —        29      —        29   

Net movement in own shares

   —      —      —      —      —      —        —        1      —        —        —        1   
                                                                   

At 31 December 2008

   294    1,693    497    156    20    (500   286      3,735      (74   (549   48      5,606   
                                                                   

 

155


Table of Contents
LOGO    Notes to the accounts

 

Note     
1    Segmental information
2    Interest and similar income
3    Interest expense and similar charges
4    Dividend income
5    Net fee and commission income
6    Net trading income/(loss)
7    Gain on redemption of capital instruments
8    Other operating income
9    Administrative expenses
10    Share-based compensation schemes
11    Retirement benefits
12    Amounts written off financial investments available for sale
13    Profit on disposal of property
14    Construction contract income
15    Profit on disposal of businesses
16    Auditor’s fees
17    Income tax (income)/expense
18    Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
19    Earnings per share
20    Adjusted earnings per share
21    Distributions to other equity holders
22    Distributions on equity shares
23    Financial assets and financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA
24    Disposal group and assets classified as held for sale
25    Trading portfolio financial assets
26    Derivative financial instruments
27    Loans and receivables to banks
28    Loans and receivables to customers
29    Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables
30    Amounts receivable under finance leases and hire purchase contracts
31    Financial investments available for sale
32    Financial investments held to maturity
33    Credit ratings
34    Interests in associated undertakings
35    Interest in M&T Bank Corporation
36    Interest in Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited
37    Interest in Bulgarian American Credit Bank AD
38    Investments in Group undertakings
39    Intangible assets and goodwill
40    Property, plant & equipment
41    Deferred taxation
42    Deposits by banks
43    Customer accounts
44    Trading portfolio financial liabilities
45    Debt securities in issue
46    Other liabilities
47    Provision for liabilities, commitments and other provisions
48    Subordinated liabilities and commitments and other capital instruments
49    Share capital
50    Analysis of movements in reserves in other comprehensive income
51    Own shares
52    Other equity interests
53    Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
54    Memorandum items: contingent liabilities and commitments
55    Summary of relationship with the Irish Government
56    Fair value of financial instruments
57    Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities
58    Interest rate sensitivity
59    Statement of cash flows
60    Financial assets and financial liabilities by contractual residual maturity
61    Financial liabilities by undiscounted contractual maturity
62    Report on directors’ remuneration and interests
63    Related party transactions
64    Commitments
65    Employees
66    Capital compliance
67    Financial and other information
68    Average balance sheets and interest rates
69    Non adjusting events after the reporting period
70    Dividends
71    Additional parent company information on risk
72    Approval of accounts

 

156


Table of Contents
Notes to the accounts    LOGO

1 Segmental information

For management and reporting purposes, the activities of AIB Group are organised into four operating divisions supported by Group, which includes Operations and Technology. A description of the activities of each division is set out on pages 14 - 15. The Group Executive Committee as chief operating decision maker relies primarily on the management accounts to assess the performance of the segments and make decisions about resource allocations.

AIB Bank ROI: Retail and commercial banking operations in the Republic of Ireland, Channel Islands and the Isle of Man, AIB Finance and Leasing, AIB Card Services, Wealth Management and its share of Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited, AIB’s venture with Aviva Group Ireland plc.

Capital Markets: AIB’s corporate banking, treasury and investment banking operations principally in Ireland, Britain, Poland and the US, together with offices in Frankfurt, Paris, Luxembourg, Budapest, Zurich, Toronto and Sydney.

AIB Bank UK: Retail and commercial banking operations in Britain (operating under the trading name Allied Irish Bank (GB)) and in Northern Ireland (operating under the trading name First Trust Bank).

Central and Eastern Europe(1): This division comprises: Bank Zachodni WBK S.A. (“BZWBK”), in which AIB has a 70.4% shareholding, together with its subsidiaries and associates which operate in Poland; Bulgarian American Credit Bank, a specialist provider of secured finance to small and medium sized companies in Bulgaria, in which AIB has a 49.99% shareholding; and AmCredit, a mortgage business based in Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia.

Group: Includes hedge volatility (hedge ineffectiveness and derivative volatility), hedging in relation to the translation of foreign locations’ profit, unallocated costs of central services, AIB’s average share of 23.3% in M&T Bank Corporation and profit on disposal of property.

 

(1)

During 2008, the Central & Eastern Europe (“CEE”) division was formed bringing together the Group’s interests in Poland, Bulgaria and the Baltic region.

 

157


Table of Contents
LOGO    Notes to the accounts

1 Segmental information (continued)

 

     2009  
     AIB Bank
ROI

€ m
         Capital
Markets
€ m
        AIB Bank
UK

€ m
         Central &
Eastern
Europe €
m
         Group
€ m
         Total
€ m
 

Operations by business segments

                            

Net interest income

   1,400         1,007       474         378         (26      3,233   

Other income(1)

   331         252       102         306         635         1,626   
                                                  

Total operating income

   1,731         1,259       576         684         609         4,859   

Administrative expenses

   804         326       191         344         76         1,741   

Impairment and amortisation of intangible assets

   18         10       1         10         38         77   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

   28         7       6         21         17         79   

Total operating expenses

   850         343       198         375         131         1,897   
                                                  

Operating profit before provisions

   881         916       378         309         478         2,962   

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

   4,473         361       395         126         —           5,355   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

   —           —         —           1         —           1   

Amounts written off financial investments available for sale

   —           24       —           —           —           24   
                                                  

Operating (loss)/profit

   (3,592      531       (17      182         478         (2,418

Associated undertakings

   (4      —         1         (103      (156      (262

Profit on disposal of property

   2         —         —           —           21         23   

Construction contract income

   —           —         —           —           1         1   
                                                  

(Loss)/profit before taxation

   (3,594      531       (16      79         344         (2,656
                                                  

Other amounts

                            

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

   15,466         675       3,071         —           —           19,212   

Loans and receivables to customers

   56,029         21,958       16,607         8,460         287         103,341   

Interests in associated undertakings

   277         —         4         78         1,282         1,641   

Total assets

   76,775         57,967       23,507         12,348         3,717         174,314   

Customer accounts

   39,666         22,702       11,614         9,971         —           83,953   

Total liabilities(2)

   47,069         87,780       12,994         10,459         4,677         162,979   

Ordinary shareholders’ equity(2)

   3,125         1,977       1,193         592         83         6,970   

Capital expenditure

   53         11       3         21         56         144   

Impairment of associated undertakings

   —           —         —           108         200         308   

Other significant non-cash expenses(3)

   (1      —         2         1         (1      1   
                                                  

 

158


Table of Contents

LOGO

1 Segmental information (continued)

 

                                                          Restated(4)  
     2008  
     AIB Bank
ROI

€ m
         Capital
Markets
€ m
         AIB Bank
UK

€ m
        Central &
Eastern
Europe
€ m
         Group
€ m
        Total
€ m
 

Operations by business segments

                             

Net interest income

   1,705         1,064         591       437         70       3,867   

Other income

   478         94         135       390         104       1,201   
                                                 

Total operating income

   2,183         1,158         726       827         174       5,068   

Administrative expenses

   953         376         312       442         104       2,187   

Impairment and amortisation of intangible assets

   17         9         —         26         26       78   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

   32         7         9       24         20       92   

Total operating expenses

   1,002         392         321       492         150       2,357   
                                                 

Operating profit before provisions

   1,181         766         405       335         24       2,711   

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

   1,298         160         257       107         —         1,822   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

   —           (4      —         2         —         (2

Amounts written off financial investments available for sale

   4         25         —         —           —         29   
                                                 

Operating (loss)/profit

   (121      585         148       226         24       862   

Associated undertakings

   —           —           2       (54      94       42   

Profit on disposal of property

   6         —           2       2         2       12   

Construction contract income

   —           —           —         —           12       12   

Profit on disposal of businesses

   68         —           38       —           —         106   
                                                 

(Loss)/profit before taxation

   (47      585         190       174         132       1,034   
                                                 

Other amounts

                             

Loans and receivables to customers

   75,033         26,120         19,551       8,514         271       129,489   

Interests in associated undertakings

   282         6         3       174         1,534       1,999   

Total assets

   80,819         60,477         22,036       12,368         6,474       182,174   

Customer accounts

   42,295         26,536         13,539       10,234         —         92,604   

Total liabilities(2)

   49,398         89,827         14,776       11,228         6,632       171,861   

Ordinary shareholders’ equity(2)

   4,012         2,384         1,322       656         98       8,472   

Capital expenditure

   89         24         5       79         93       290   

Impairment of associated undertakings

   —           —           —         57         —         57   

Other significant non-cash expenses(3)

   (6      (5      6       2         5       2   
                                                 

 

159


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

1 Segmental information (continued)

 

     Restated(4) 2007  
     AIB Bank
ROI

€ m
         Capital
Markets

€ m
         AIB Bank
UK

€ m
         Central &
Eastern
Europe

€ m
         Group
€ m
         Total
€ m
 

Operations by business segments

                           

Net interest income

   1,777         586         685         308         62         3,418   

Other income

   490         389         156         371         44         1,450   
                                                   

Total operating income

   2,267         975         841         679         106         4,868   

Administrative expenses

   1,036         446         359         377         158         2,376   

Amortisation of intangible assets

   16         6         1         18         19         60   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

   36         8         11         15         15         85   

Total operating expenses

   1,088         460         371         410         192         2,521   
                                                   

Operating profit/(loss) before provisions

   1,179         515         470         269         (86      2,347   

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

   104         (18      18         2         —           106   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

   —           2         —           (1      (9      (8

Amounts written off financial investments available for sale

   —           1         —           —           —           1   
                                                   

Operating profit/(loss)

   1,075         530         452         268         (77      2,248   

Associated undertakings

   10         —           —           1         120         131   

Profit on disposal of property

   12         —           —           —           64         76   

Construction contract income

   —           —           —           —           55         55   

Profit/(loss) on disposal of businesses

   —           2         —           —           (1      1   
                                                   

Profit before taxation

   1,097         532         452         269         161         2,511   
                                                   

Other amounts

                           

Loans and receivables to customers

   71,717         25,387         23,726         6,638         135         127,603   

Interests in associated undertakings

   299         4         —           4         1,401         1,708   

Total assets

   78,267         57,753         24,946         10,106         6,816         177,888   

Customer accounts

   41,933         16,715         14,460         8,200         —           81,308   

Total liabilities(2)

   48,270         84,034         15,306         9,034         10,040         166,684   

Ordinary shareholders’ equity(2)

   4,295         2,757         1,598         508         198         9,356   

Capital expenditure

   116         28         9         41         72         266   

Other significant non-cash expenses(3)

   17         10         9         3         4         43   
                                                   

 

160


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1 Segmental information (continued)

 

     2009  
     Republic of
Ireland

€ m
         United
Kingdom

€ m
         Poland
€ m
         North
America

€ m
         Rest of
the world

€ m
         Total
€ m
 

Operations by geographical segments(5)

                           

Net interest income

   2,258         502         361         83         29         3,233   

Other income(6)

   1,178         123         291         35         (1      1,626   
                                                   

Total operating income

   3,436         625         652         118         28         4,859   

Administrative expenses

   1,080         259         360         21         21         1,741   

Impairment and amortisation of intangible assets

   65         2         8         —           2         77   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

   50         7         21         1         —           79   

Total operating expenses

   1,195         268         389         22         23         1,897   
                                                   

Operating profit before provisions

   2,241         357         263         96         5         2,962   

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

   4,668         530         113         10         34         5,355   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

   —           —           —           —           1         1   

Amounts written off financial investments available for sale

   8         6         —           10         —           24   
                                                   

Operating (loss)/profit

   (2,435      (179      150         76         (30      (2,418

Associated undertakings

   (6      3         —           (156      (103      (262

Profit on disposal of property

   21         2         —           —           —           23   

Construction contract income

   1         —           —           —           —           1   
                                                   

(Loss)/profit before taxation

   (2,419      (174      150         (80      (133      (2,656
                                                   

Other amounts

                           

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

   15,661         3,521         —           30         —           19,212   

Loans and receivables to customers

   69,911         21,448         8,390         2,520         1,072         103,341   

Interests in associated undertakings

   276         5         18         1,282         60         1,641   

Total assets

   122,164         32,112         14,129         4,739         1,170         174,314   

Customer accounts

   52,010         17,250         9,976         4,073         644         83,953   

Total liabilities(2)

   115,022         20,578         11,877         14,682         820         162,979   

Ordinary shareholders’ equity(2)

   3,141         2,117         833         879         —           6,970   

Capital expenditure

   119         3         22         —           —           144   
                                                   

 

161


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

1 Segmental information (continued)

 

     Restated(4) 2008  
     Republic of
Ireland

€ m
         United
Kingdom

€ m
         Poland
€ m
         North
America

€ m
         Rest of
the world

€ m
         Total
€ m
 

Operations by geographical segments(5)

                           

Net interest income

   2,568         714         475         76         34         3,867   

Other income

   525         181         447         39         9         1,201   
                                                   

Total operating income

   3,093         895         922         115         43         5,068   

Administrative expenses

   1,326         370         442         25         24         2,187   

Impairment and amortisation of intangible assets

   49         2         8         —           19         78   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

   56         10         24         1         1         92   

Total operating expenses

   1,431         382         474         26         44         2,357   
                                                   

Operating profit/(loss) before provisions

   1,662         513         448         89         (1      2,711   

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

   1,341         362         98         12         9         1,822   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

   (3      (1      2         —           —           (2

Amounts written off financial investments available for sale

   18         4         —           7         —           29   
                                                   

Operating profit/(loss)

   306         148         348         70         (10      862   

Associated undertakings

   (1      3         —           94         (54      42   

Profit on disposal of property

   8         2         2         —           —           12   

Construction contract income

   12         —           —           —           —           12   

Profit on disposal of businesses

   106         —           —           —           —           106   
                                                   

Profit/(loss) before taxation

   431         153         350         164         (64      1,034   
                                                   

Other amounts

                           

Loans and receivables to customers

   90,788         25,573         8,427         3,352         1,349         129,489   

Interests in associated undertakings

   288         3         11         1,534         163         1,999   

Total assets

   128,459         30,918         14,629         6,825         1,343         182,174   

Customer accounts

   59,653         20,656         10,239         1,936         120         92,604   

Total liabilities(2)

   115,386         28,780         12,382         14,756         557         171,861   

Ordinary shareholders’ equity(2)

   5,259         1,499         819         886         9         8,472   

Capital expenditure

   202         7         79         1         1         290   
                                                   

 

162


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1 Segmental information (continued)

 

     Restated(4) 2007  
     Republic of
Ireland

€ m
         United
Kingdom

€ m
         Poland
€ m
         North
America

€ m
         Rest of
the world

€ m
         Total
€ m
 

Operations by geographical segments(5)

                           

Net interest income

   2,145         857         343         56         17         3,418   

Other income

   684         265         446         43         12         1,450   
                                                   

Total operating income

   2,829         1,122         789         99         29         4,868   

Administrative expenses

   1,502         439         384         39         12         2,376   

Amortisation of intangible assets

   41         1         18         —           —           60   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

   58         11         15         1         —           85   

Total operating expenses

   1,601         451         417         40         12         2,521   
                                                   

Operating profit before provisions

   1,228         671         372         59         17         2,347   

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

   107         (3      2         —           —           106   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

   (6      (1      (1      —           —           (8

Amounts written off financial investments available for sale

   1         —           —           —           —           1   
                                                   

Operating profit

   1,126         675         371         59         17         2,248   

Associated undertakings

   10         —           1         120         —           131   

Profit on disposal of property

   76         —           —           —           —           76   

Construction contract income

   55         —           —           —           —           55   

(Loss)/profit on disposal of businesses

   (1      2         —           —           —           1   
                                                   

Profit before taxation

   1,266         677         372         179         17         2,511   
                                                   

Other amounts

                           

Loans and receivables to customers

   85,706         31,683         6,638         2,583         993         127,603   

Interests in associated undertakings

   303         —           4         1,401         —           1,708   

Total assets

   124,291         35,337         12,152         5,056         1,052         177,888   

Customer accounts

   50,024         22,146         8,224         914         —           81,308   

Total liabilities(2)

   111,542         35,314         10,259         9,212         357         166,684   

Ordinary shareholders’ equity(2)

   6,439         1,789         790         249         89         9,356   

Capital expenditure

   210         10         41         1         4         266   
                                                   

 

(1)

Gain on redemption of subordinated liabilities is recorded within the Group division.

(2)

The fungible nature of liabilities within the banking industry inevitably leads to allocations of liabilities to segments, some of which are necessarily subjective. Accordingly, the directors believe that the analysis of total assets is more meaningful than the analysis of ordinary shareholders’ equity or liabilities.

(3)

Comprises share based payments expense.

(4)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts—see Accounting policies—Basis of preparation.

(5)

The geographical distribution of profit before taxation is based primarily on the location of the office recording the transaction.

(6)

Gain on redemption of subordinated liabilities is recorded within the Republic of Ireland.

 

163


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

2 Interest and similar income

 

     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m

Interest on loans and receivables to customers

   5,405    8,336    7,408

Interest on loans and receivables to banks

   103    420    518

Interest on trading portfolio financial assets

   13    200    393

Interest on financial investments available for sale

   988    1,246    1,021

Interest on financial investments held to maturity

   87    26    —  
              
   6,596    10,228    9,340
              

Interest income in 2009 includes a credit of € 597 million (2008: a charge of € 69 million; 2007: a charge of € 74 million) removed from equity in respect of cash flow hedges.

3 Interest expense and similar charges

 

     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m

Interest on deposits by banks

   501    1,380    1,585

Interest on customer accounts

   1,810    2,867    2,349

Interest on debt securities in issue

   777    1,865    1,736

Interest on subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   275    249    252
              
   3,363    6,361    5,922
              

Interest expense in 2009 includes a charge of € 120 million (2008: a credit of € 35 million; 2007: a credit of € 25 million) removed from equity in respect of cash flow hedges.

4 Dividend income

The dividend income relates to income from equity shares held as financial investments available for sale.

5 Net fee and commission income

 

     2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
         2007
€ m
 

Retail banking customer fees

   599         696         846   

Credit related fees

   135         138         127   

Asset management & investment banking fees

   152         221         308   

Brokerage fees

   57         70         116   

Insurance commissions

   53         58         56   

Fee and commission income

   996         1,183         1,453   

Irish Government Guarantee Scheme expense

   (147      (28      —     

Other fee and commission expense

   (88      (114      (197

Fee and commission expense

   (235      (142      (197
                        
   761         1,041         1,256   
                        

 

6 Net trading income/(loss)

 

  

     2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
         2007
€ m
 

Foreign exchange contracts

   47         (46      113   

Debt securities and interest rate contracts

   26         38         (69

Credit derivative contracts

   (65      (53      —     

Equity securities and index contracts

   3         (12      30   
                        
   11         (73      74   
                        

The total hedging ineffectiveness on cash flow hedges reflected in the income statement amounted to a credit of € 26 million (2008: a credit of € 8 million; 2007: a charge of € 13 million) and is included in net trading income.

 

164


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

7 Gain on redemption of capital instruments

 

As part of the Group’s initiative to raise additional core tier 1 capital, the Group completed the exchange of non-core tier 1 and upper tier 2 capital instruments for a lower tier 2 issue on 25 June 2009. This involved the redemption of the securities outlined below at a discount to their nominal value or issue price, but at a premium to their trading range. The consideration for the redemption was the issue of euro and sterling subordinated capital instruments. This exchange of debt is accounted for under IAS 39 and met the requirements to be treated as an extinguishment of the original instruments. It resulted in a total gain of € 1,161 million (€ 1,161 million after taxation) with € 623 million being recorded in the income statement and a gain of € 538 million being recorded directly in equity. The gain recorded in the income statement relates to those instruments which were held as liabilities on the statement of financial position as ‘Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments’ whilst the gain recorded directly in equity refers to instruments recorded under ‘Shareholders’ equity’. The tables below set out the carrying values of each instrument tendered for exchange, the consideration given and costs arising, to arrive at the gain on redemption.

 

Instruments exchanged

   Percentage
Exchanged
    € m

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

    

€ 200m Fixed Rate Perpetual Subordinated Notes

   73   146

Stg£ 400m Perpetual Callable Step-Up Subordinated Notes

   85   400

Stg£ 350m Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Guaranteed Non-Voting Non-cumulative
Perpetual Preferred Securities

   90   366

€ 500m Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Guaranteed Non-Voting Non-cumulative
Perpetual Preferred Securities

   81   403

Shareholder’s equity and non-controlling interest

    

€ 500m 7.5 per cent Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instrument (“RCI”)

   52   258

€ 1bn Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Guaranteed Non-voting Non-cumulative
Perpetual Preferred Securities (“LPI”)

   81   801
      

Total carrying value of instruments exchanged

     2,374
      

Consideration given including costs

    

€ 868,518,000 12.5 per cent subordinated notes due 25 June 2019

     802

Stg£ 368,253,000 12.5 per cent subordinated notes due 25 June 2019

     403

Costs

     8
      

Total consideration including costs

     1,213
      

Gain on redemption of capital instruments

     1,161
      

The subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments were exchanged at discounts ranging from 33% to 50%. The gain relating to the subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments recognised in the income statement amounted to € 623 million (€ 623 million after taxation). The gain in relation to the redemption of the RCI and LPI amounted to € 538 million (€ 538 million after taxation) and this has been recognised directly in equity. The subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments of the Group as at 31 December 2009 are set out in note 48; the RCI in note 52; and LPI in note 53.

 

165


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

8 Other operating income

 

     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m

Profit on disposal of available for sale debt securities

   165    71    3

Profit on disposal of available for sale equity shares

   8    75    49

Miscellaneous operating income(1)

   32    60    37
              
   205    206    89
              

 

(1)

Includes a charge of €9 million (2008: a credit of € 5 million 2007: a credit of € 2 million) in respect of foreign exchange gains and losses.

9 Administrative expenses

 

     Group    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  
     2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
         2007
€ m
         2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
         2007
€ m
 

Personnel expenses

                           

Wages & salaries(1)

   987         1,105         1,206         659         674         760   

Share-based payment schemes (note 10)

   1         2         43         (2      (5      29   

Retirement benefits (note 11)

   (20      112         158         (16      81         113   

Social security costs

   114         132         135         69         80         78   

Other personnel expenses

   31         61         73         (22      26         5   
   1,113         1,412         1,615         688         856         985   

General and administrative expenses

   628         775         761         287         360         385   
                                                   
   1,741         2,187         2,376         975         1,216         1,370   
                                                   

Employee numbers by division are set out in note 65.

10 Share-based compensation schemes

The Group operates a number of share-based compensation schemes as outlined below on terms approved by the shareholders. The share-based compensation schemes which AIB Group operates in respect of ordinary shares in Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., are:

 

(i) The AIB Group Share Option Scheme;

 

(ii) Employees’ Profit Sharing Schemes;

 

(iii) AIB Save As You Earn (SAYE) Share Option Scheme UK; and

 

(iv) AIB Group Performance Share Plan 2005.

BZWBK operates a Long Term Incentive scheme with grants of shares in BZWBK and this scheme is described below.

(i) AIB Group Share Option Scheme

The following disclosures regarding the “AIB Group Share Option Scheme” (the ‘2000 Scheme’) relate to both AIB Group and to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.. The 2000 Scheme was approved by shareholders at the 2000 AGM. This Scheme has been replaced by the AIB Group Performance Share Plan 2005 (see below), which was approved by shareholders at the 2005 AGM and further grants of options over the Company’s shares will not be made, except in exceptional circumstances. Options were last granted under this scheme in 2005, and these options vested in 2008 based on the 2007 earnings per share out-turn, and are exercisable up to 2015.

 

166


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

10 Share-based compensation schemes (continued)

 

The following table summarises the share option scheme activity over each of the years ended 31 December 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Group

 

     2009    2008    2007
      Number
of

options
‘000
    Weighted
average exercise
price

   Number
of

options
‘000
    Weighted
average exercise
price

   Number
of

options
‘000
    Weighted
average exercise
price

Outstanding at 1 January

   11,057.6      13.27    11,132.1      13.27    14,042.5      12.90

Exercised

   —        —      (24.5   12.71    (2,672.8   11.53

Forfeited

   (9.0   12.59    (50.0   13.42    (237.6   10.66
                                

Outstanding at 31 December

   11,048.6      13.28    11,057.6      13.27    11,132.1      13.27
                                

Exercisable at 31 December

   11,048.6      13.28    11,057.6      13.27    9,732.5      12.85
                                

The following tables present the number of options outstanding at 31 December 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Group

 

     2009
     Weighted average remaining
contractual life

in years
   Number of options
outstanding

‘000
   Weighted
average exercise
price

Range of exercise price

        

€ 11.98 - € 13.90

   2.90    9,656.0    12.85

€ 16.20 - € 18.63

   5.34    1,392.6    16.21
              
     2008
     Weighted average remaining
contractual life

in years
   Number of options
outstanding
‘000
   Weighted
average exercise
price

Range of exercise price

        

€ 11.98 - € 13.90

   3.90    9,665.0    12.85

€ 16.20 - € 18.63

   6.34    1,392.6    16.21
              
     2007
     Weighted average remaining
contractual life
in years
   Number of options
outstanding
‘000
   Weighted
average exercise
price

Range of exercise price

        

€ 11.98 - € 13.90

   4.90    9,732.5    12.85

€ 16.20 - € 18.63

   7.34    1,399.6    16.21
              

 

167


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

(ii) Employees’ Profit Sharing Schemes

The Company operates the “AIB Approved Employees’ Profit Sharing Scheme 1998” (‘the Scheme’) on terms approved by the shareholders at the 1998 Annual General Meeting. All employees, including executive directors of the Company and certain subsidiaries are eligible to participate, subject to minimum service periods (i.e., a continuous employment for at least one year prior to the last day of the relevant accounting period) and being in employment on the date on which an invitation to participate is issued. The Directors, at their discretion, may set aside each year, for distribution under the Scheme, a sum not exceeding 5% of eligible profits of participating companies.

Eligible employees in the Republic of Ireland may elect to receive any profit sharing allocations either in shares or in cash. Such shares are held by Trustees for a minimum period of two years and are required to be held for a total period of three years for the employees to obtain the maximum tax benefit. Such employees may elect to forego an amount of salary, subject to certain limitations, towards the acquisition of additional shares. The maximum market value of shares that may be appropriated to any employee in a year may not exceed € 12,700. No shares were distributed in 2009 to employees in respect of this Scheme. During 2008, 1,104,540 ordinary shares, with a value of € 15.0 million, were distributed in respect of 2007, (2007: 1,207,757 ordinary shares, with a value of € 27.3 million) to employees participating in the Profit Sharing Scheme in the Republic of Ireland. In addition, in 2008, 735,219 ordinary shares, with a value of € 10.0 million, (2007: 779,141 ordinary shares with a value of € 17.6 million) were purchased by employees through the salary foregone facility. This Scheme is not a share based payments scheme as defined by IFRS 2 - Share Based Payment.

A Share Ownership Plan (‘the Plan’) operates in the UK in place of a profit sharing scheme. The Plan, which was approved by shareholders at the 2002 Annual General Meeting, provides for the acquisition by eligible employees of shares in a number of categories: Partnership Shares, in which each eligible employee may invest up to Stg£ 1,500 per annum from salary; Free Shares, involving the award by the Company of shares up to the value of Stg£ 3,000 per annum per employee, and Dividend Shares which may be acquired by each eligible employee, by re-investing dividends of up to Stg£ 1,500 per annum. No shares were awarded during 2009 under the Free Share category.

Free Shares are forfeited on a sliding scale should the employee leave the service of the Group within three years of grant date. During 2008, a total of 277,066 ordinary shares with a value of € 3.8 million (2007: 320,352 ordinary shares with a value of € 7.2 million) were awarded under the Free Share category. The market value was determined as the mid-market price of the Company’s shares on the Irish Stock Exchange daily official list on the relevant date.

The following table summarises activity in the Free Share category during 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

     2009     2008     2007  
     Number
of
shares
‘000
    Number
of
shares
‘000
    Number
of
shares
‘000
 

Outstanding at 1 January

   1,312.3      1,331.3      1,090.3   

Granted

   —        277.1      320.4   

Forfeited

   (8.3   (15.2   (23.5

Vested

   (312.0   (280.9   (55.9
                  

Outstanding at 31 December

   992.0      1,312.3      1,331.3   
                  

(iii) AIB Save As You Earn (SAYE) Share Option Scheme UK

The Company operates a Save As You Earn Share Option Scheme (‘the Scheme’) in the UK. The Scheme is open to all employees of AIB Group in the UK who have completed six months continuous service at the date of grant. Under the Scheme, employees may opt to save fixed amounts on a regular basis, over a three-year period, subject to a maximum monthly saving of Stg£ 250 per employee. At the end of the three-year period, (a) a tax-free bonus equal to a multiple of the participants’ monthly contribution is added in line with rates approved by the Inland Revenue (1.8 times and 1.6 times for contracts entered into in 2007 and 2008 respectively) and (b) the participant has 6 months in which to exercise the option and purchase ordinary shares at the option price (being the average price per AIB ordinary share, on the London Stock Exchange on the day prior to grant date, less 20% discount); or the participant may withdraw the savings and bonus amount.

 

168


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

10 Share-based compensation schemes (continued)

 

The following table summarises activity during 2009, 2008 and 2007 for the SAYE Share Option Scheme UK.

 

     2009    2008    2007
     Number
of
options
‘000
    Weighted
average exercise
price

   Number
of
options
‘000
    Weighted
average exercise
price

   Number
of
options
‘000
    Weighted
average exercise
price

Outstanding at 1 January

   868.1      10.93    1,003.7      16.30    1,549.4      10.60

Granted

   —        —      1,472.2      10.36    635.5      17.80

Forfeited

   (832.8   10.86    (1,379.7   13.67    (104.3   13.73

Exercised

   —        —      (228.1   12.91    (1,076.9   9.70
                                

Outstanding at 31 December

   35.3      15.58    868.1      10.93    1,003.7      16.30
                                

Exercisable at 31 December

   1.1      15.77    2.1      12.94    3.6      9.70
                                

The Black Scholes option pricing model has been used in estimating the value of the options granted. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the three and a half years prior to the grant of the SAYE options.

The following table details the assumptions used, and the resulting fair values provided by the option pricing model in respect of options being expensed in accordance with IFRS 2.

 

     2008     2007  

Share price at grant date

   12.95      22.24   

Exercise price

   10.36      17.80   

Vesting period (years)

     3        3   

Expected volatility

     27.9     19.0

Option life (years)

     3.5        3.5   

Expected life (years)

     3        3   

Risk-free rate

     4.31     4.06

Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield

     4.5     3.2

Fair value per option

   3.22      4.74   
                

(iv) AIB Group Performance Share Plan 2005

The following disclosures regarding the AIB Group Performance Share Plan 2005 (‘the Plan’) relate to both AIB Group and to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.. The Plan was approved by the shareholders at the 2005 AGM. This Plan is designed to provide market-competitive incentives for senior executives, in the context of the Company’s long-term performance against stretching growth targets and the overall return to shareholders. Conditional grants of awards of ordinary shares are made to employees. These awards vest in full on the third anniversary of the grant if the performance conditions at (a) and (b) below are met:

 

(a) 50% of awards will vest if the growth in the Company’s EPS over the three-year period beginning with the year of grant is not less than the increase in the Irish CPI plus 10% per annum, compounded, over that period; and

 

(b) 50% of awards will vest if:

 

  (i) in respect of awards granted in 2005, the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) (the calculation of which is set out in the Rules of the Plan) over the period referred to at (a) above relative to a peer group of at least 15 banks (listed in the Rules of the Plan) is such as to position AIB not below the 80th percentile;

 

  (ii) in respect of awards granted in 2006 and subsequent years, the Company’s TSR over the period referred to at (a) above relative to the banks in the FTSE Eurofirst 300 Banks Index (listed in the Rules of the Plan) is such as to position AIB not below the 80th percentile; and

 

  (iii) in respect of awards granted in 2007 and subsequent years, in addition to the condition at (ii) above, the Remuneration Committee is also satisfied that the recorded TSR is a genuine reflection of the Group’s underlying financial performance during the relevant three consecutive complete financial years.

For performance below these levels, the following vesting will apply:

 

 

10% of awards will vest if the growth in the Company’s EPS over the three-year period beginning with the year of grant is not less than the increase in the Irish CPI plus 5% per annum, compounded over that period;

 

169


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

10 Share-based compensation schemes (continued)

 

 

10% of awards will also vest if the Company’s TSR over the period relative to the peer group (at (b)(i) in respect of awards granted in 2005, at (b)(ii) in respect of awards granted in 2006 or subsequently, and subject also to the underlying performance condition at (b)(iii) in respect of awards granted in 2007 and subsequently) is not less than the median TSR of that peer group;

 

 

Between these levels of performance (i.e. EPS growth over the period of Irish CPI plus more than 5% and up to 10% per annum compounded, and TSR between the median and the 80th percentile) awards will vest on a graduated scale; and

 

 

No awards will vest if performance is below the minimum levels stated above.

In respect of awards granted in 2005 and 2006, the market value of the shares at the date of the grant was used to determine the value of the grant, adjusted to take into account expected vesting, for the part of the award subject to the EPS vesting criteria. In respect of the part of award subject to the TSR vesting criteria, the expense was determined at date of grant taking into account the expected vesting of the shares. For awards granted in 2007 and subsequent years, the TSR vesting criteria is also subject to an earnings underpin and the income statement expense is adjusted to take into account expected vesting.

At 31 December 2009, conditional grants of awards of 3,687,324 ordinary shares in aggregate were outstanding to 512 employees. As reported in the 2008 Annual Financial Report 64.4% of the 2005 awards (187,343 shares) had vested with effect from 2 March 2009.The 35.6% of the award (103,562 shares) which did not vest lapsed.

Subsequently, the performance conditions of the 2006 awards were measured over the years 2006, 2007 and 2008 in light of which, the remuneration committee determined that AIB failed to reach either of the performance conditions required and the outstanding awards of 1,288,257 shares lapsed on 21 March 2009. There were no awards of performance shares in 2009.

The following table summarises the Performance Share activity during 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

     Number of shares  
     2009
‘000
    2008
‘000
    2007
‘000
 

Outstanding at 1 January

   5,307.4      3,794.6      1,597.8   

Granted

   —        1,557.6      2,233.7   

Vested

   (187.3   —        —     

Lapsed

   (1,391.8   —        —     

Forfeited

   (41.0   (44.8   (36.9
                  

Outstanding at 31 December

   3,687.3      5,307.4      3,794.6   
                  

The fair value of the shares at the date of grant was € 13.26 and € 22.85, for 2008 and 2007 respectively.

BZWBK Long Term Incentive Scheme

During 2006, BZWBK introduced a Long Term Incentive Scheme (‘the Scheme’) on terms approved by its shareholders. The Scheme is designed to provide market-competitive incentives for senior executives and key managers in the context of BZWBK’s long term performance against stretching growth targets.

During 2008, conditional awards of 288,112 ordinary shares of BZWBK were made to less than 600 employees (2007: 78,341 ordinary shares to less than 100 employees) each with vesting to take place on the date of the AGM approving the financial statements for the last year of the performance period. 25% of shares will vest, if EPS performance over the three year period, exceed the growth in the Polish CPI plus 8% per annum with up to 100% vesting on a straight line basis if EPS performance over the three year period exceeds Polish CPI plus 16% p.a.

In each case there is no re-test and the grant will expire after 3 years.

 

170


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

10 Share-based compensation schemes (continued)

 

The following table summarises option activity during 2009, 2008 and 2007:

 

     2009    2008    2007
     Number
of
shares
    Weighted
average exercise
price
   Number
of
shares
    Weighted
average exercise
price
   Number
of
shares
    Weighted
average exercise
price

Outstanding at 1 January

   476,929      2.87    200,722      2.60    128,223      2.57

Granted

   —        —      288,112      3.10    78,341      2.65

Forfeited

   (19,499   2.96    (11,905   2.55    (5,842   2.65

Exercised

   (115,729   2.44    —        —      —        —  
                                

Outstanding at 31 December

   341,701      2.74    476,929      2.87    200,722      2.60
                                

Exercisable at 31 December

   —        —      —        —      —        —  
                                

The Black Scholes model has been used in estimating the value of the grant. The expected volatility is based on an analysis of historical volatility over an approximate 7 month period preceding the grant date.

The following table details the assumptions used and the resulting fair values provided by the option pricing model.

 

     2008     2007  

Share price at grant date

   46.26      77.46   

Number of BZWBK shares granted in the year

     288,112        78,341   

Exercise price

   3.10      2.65   

Vesting period (years)

     3        3   

Options life (years)

     3        3   

Expected volatility

     40.82     40.69

Risk-free rate

     6.9     4.9

Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield

     2.01     2.05

Fair value per option

   37.88      70.78   
                

Income statement expense

The total expense arising from share-based payment transactions amounted to € 1 million in the year ended 31 December 2009 (2008: € 2 million; 2007: € 43 million).

Limitations on share-based payment schemes

The company complies with guidelines issued by the Irish Association of Investment Managers in relation to shares of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. issued under the above schemes.

11 Retirement benefits

The Group operates a number of pension and retirement benefit schemes for employees, the majority of which are funded. These include defined benefit and defined contribution schemes. In December 2007, the Group introduced a hybrid pension arrangement for employees in the Republic of Ireland who were not members of the defined benefit scheme. The hybrid pension arrangement includes elements of both a defined benefit and a defined contribution scheme.

(i) Defined benefit schemes

The Group operates a number of defined benefit schemes, the most significant being the AIB Group Irish Pension Scheme (‘the Irish scheme’) and the AIB Group UK Pension Scheme (‘the UK scheme’).The Irish scheme and the UK Scheme were closed to new members from December 1997. Staff joining the Group in the Republic of Ireland between December 1997 and December 2007 became members of the Defined Contribution (“DC”) scheme. A hybrid pension arrangement was introduced in Ireland in December 2007 and members of the Irish DC scheme had the option at that time to switch to the hybrid pension arrangement. Staff joining the Group in the Republic of Ireland after December 2007 automatically join the hybrid pension arrangement. Members of the hybrid scheme become members of the Irish scheme in respect of their basic annual salary up to a certain limit. Those members whose salaries exceed the limit will also remain members of the DC scheme in respect of that part of their basic annual salary above the limit.

 

171


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

11 Retirement benefits (continued)

 

Approximately 86 per cent of staff in the Republic of Ireland are members of the Irish scheme while 46 per cent of staff in the UK are members of the UK scheme.

Retirement benefits for the defined benefit schemes are calculated by reference to service and pensionable salary at normal retirement date. The benefits payable to future retirees of the Irish and UK schemes were amended during 2009. Retirement benefits payable upon retirement will in future be based on the average pensionable salary over the five years before retirement, as opposed to being payable on the level of final salary, subject to a retiree not receiving a pension lower than their current accrued benefit. The effect of this curtailment is a reduction of € 159 million on the liability and a gain to the income statement of € 159 million.

Independent actuarial valuations for the main Irish and UK schemes are carried out on a triennial basis by the Group’s actuary, Mercer. The last such valuations were carried out on 30 June 2006 using the Attained Age Method. The schemes are funded and a contribution rate of 28.6% of pensionable salaries was set for the Irish scheme with effect from 1 January 2007. This funding rate was amended following the introduction of the hybrid pension arrangement and from January 2009, was set at 23%. Members of the hybrid pension arrangement contribute 5% of pensionable salary.

For the UK scheme a contribution rate of 30.8% of pensionable salaries together with annual payments of Stg£ 17 million from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2011 increasing to Stg£ 29 million per annum for five years thereafter has been set.A contribution of Stg£ 34 million was paid into the UK Defined Benefit scheme in December 2008 as an advancement of the annual payments for 2009 and 2010. The Group agreed with the Trustees of the Irish scheme that it will fund the deficit over approximately 15 years (UK scheme: 10 years). The total contribution to the defined benefit pension schemes in 2010 is estimated to be € 115 million approximately. The actuarial valuations are available for inspection to the members of the schemes.

The following table summarises the financial assumptions adopted in the preparation of these accounts in respect of the main schemes. The assumptions, including the expected long-term rate of return on assets, have been set based upon the advice of the Group’s actuary.

 

     as at 31 December
     2009    2008
     %    %

Financial assumptions

     

Irish scheme

     

Rate of increase in salaries(1)

   3.50    4.00

Rate of increase of pensions in payment

   2.00    2.00

Expected return on scheme assets

   7.10    7.58

Discount rate

   6.00    5.80

Inflation assumptions

   2.00    2.00
         

UK scheme

     

Rate of increase in salaries(1)

   4.25    4.00

Rate of increase of pensions in payment

   3.50    2.75

Expected return on scheme assets

   6.86    6.99

Discount rate

   5.70    6.25

Inflation assumptions (RPI)

   3.50    2.75
         

Other schemes

     

Rate of increase in salaries

   3.5 - 4.25    4.00

Rate of increase of pensions in payment

   0.0 - 3.5    0.0 - 2.75

Expected return on scheme assets

   6.6 - 7.4    6.8 - 8.0

Discount rate

   5.5 - 6.0    5.8 - 6.5

Inflation assumptions

   2.0 - 4.0    2.0 - 2.75
         

 

(1)

The rate of increase in salaries includes the impact of salary scale improvements.

 

172


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

11 Retirement benefits (continued)

 

Mortality assumptions

The mortality assumptions for the Irish and UK schemes have been updated since 31 December 2008. The updated life expectancies underlying the value of the scheme liabilities for the Irish and UK schemes at 31 December 2009 are shown in the table below with comparatives for 2008:

 

          Life expectancy - years
          Irish scheme    UK scheme
          2009    2008    2009    2008
Retiring today age 63               
   Males    22.5    21.7    24.7    23.1
   Females    25.6    24.6    27.0    26.0
Retiring in 10 years at age 63               
   Males    25.5    23.9    25.6    25.0
   Females    28.6    26.9    28.0    27.8

Sensitivity analysis for principal assumptions used to measure scheme liabilities

There are inherent uncertainties surrounding the financial assumptions adopted in calculating the actuarial valuation of the AIB Group Pension Schemes. Set out in the table below is a sensitivity analysis for the key assumptions for the Irish scheme and the UK scheme. Note that the change in assumptions are independent of each other i.e. the effect of the reflected change in the discount rate assumes that there has been no change in the rate of mortality assumption and vice versa.

 

Assumption

  

Change in assumption

  

Impact on scheme liabilities

          Irish scheme    UK scheme

Inflation

   Increase by 0.25%    Increase by 2.9%    Increase by 3.7%

Salary growth

   Increase by 0.25%    Increase by 1.3%    Increase by 1.4%

Discount rate

   Increase by 0.25%    Decrease by 4.5%    Decrease by 5.4%

Rate of mortality

   Increase life expectancy by 1 year    Increase by 2.1%    Increase by 2.3%

The following tables set out on a combined basis for all schemes, the fair value of the assets held by the schemes together with the long-term rate of return expected for each class of asset for the Group and for Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.. The expected rates of return on individual asset classes are estimated using current and projected economic and market factors at the measurement date in consultation with the Group’s actuaries.

 

     2009    2008
     Long term
rate of return
expected
   Value     Scheme
assets
   Long term
rate of return
expected
   Value     Scheme
assets

Group

   %    € m     %    %    € m     %

Equities

   8.0    2,094      71    8.9    1,607      64

Bonds

   4.5    483      16    4.3    504      20

Property

   6.0    195      7    6.0    274      11

Cash/other

   3.6    167      6    3.9    114      5
                               

Total market value of assets

   7.0    2,939      100    7.4    2,499      100

Actuarial value of liabilities of funded schemes

      (3,595         (3,548  
                       

Deficit in the funded schemes

      (656         (1,049  

Unfunded deferred benefit obligation

      (58         (56  
                       

Net pension deficit

      (714         (1,105  
                       

 

173


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

11 Retirement benefits (continued)

 

     2009    2008
     Long term
rate of return
expected
   Value     Scheme
assets
   Long term
rate of return
expected
   Value     Scheme
assets

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   %    € m     %    %    € m     %

Equities

   8.0    1,633      72    8.9    1,271      66

Bonds

   4.5    300      13    4.3    339      17

Property

   6.0    180      8    6.0    260      13

Cash/other

   3.7    148      7    4.8    71      4
                               

Total market value of assets

   7.1    2,261      100    7.6    1,941      100

Actuarial value of liabilities of funded schemes

      (2,777         (2,928  
                       

Deficit in the funded schemes

      (516         (987  

Unfunded deferred benefit obligation

      (49         (48  
                       

Net pension deficit

      (565         (1,035  
                       

At 31 December 2009, the Group pension scheme assets included AIB shares amounting to € 6 million (2008: € 7 million). For Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. this amounted to € 6 million (2008: € 7 million). Included in the actuarial value of the liabilities is an amount in respect of commitments to pay annual pensions amounting to € 109,813 (2008: € 117,272) in aggregate to a number of former directors.

The following table sets out the components of the defined benefit expense for each of the three years ended 31 December 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

     Group  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
 

Included in administrative expenses:

      

Current service cost

   91      110      128   

Past service cost

   2      3      11   

Expected return on pension scheme assets

   (189   (247   (235

Interest on pension scheme liabilities

   211      221      218   

Curtailment

   (159   —        —     
                  

Cost of providing defined retirement benefits

   (44   87      122   
                  

The actual return/(loss) on scheme assets during the year ended 31 December 2009 was € 339 million (2008: a loss of € 1,120 million; 2007: a gain of € 23 million)

 

     Group     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
 

Movement in defined benefit obligation during the year

            

Defined benefit obligation at beginning of year

   3,604      4,116      4,634      2,976      3,169      3,515   

Current service cost

   91      110      128      75      89      99   

Past service cost

   2      3      11      —        2      9   

Interest cost

   211      221      218      170      173      165   

Contributions by employees

   7      7      —        7      7      —     

Actuarial (gains) and losses

   (30   (560   (682   (179   (396   (580

Benefits paid

   (116   (103   (100   (96   (82   (78

Curtailments/settlements

   (159   —        (7   (127   —        (7

Transfer between schemes

   —        —        —        —        14      46   

Translation adjustment on non-euro schemes

   43      (190   (86   —        —        —     
                                    

Defined benefit obligation at end of year

   3,653      3,604      4,116      2,826      2,976      3,169   
                                    

 

174


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

11 Retirement benefits (continued)

 

     Group     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
 

Movement in the scheme assets during the year

            

Fair value of scheme assets at beginning of year

   2,499      3,693      3,697      1,941      2,916      2,895   

Expected return

   189      247      235      148      199      187   

Actuarial gains and (losses)

   150      (1,367   (212   114      (1,208   (219

Contributions by employer

   170      189      145      147      100      91   

Contributions by employees

   7      7      —        7      7      —     

Benefits paid

   (116   (103   (100   (96   (82   (77

Settlements

   —        —        (7   —        —        (7

Transfer between schemes

   —        —        —        —        8      46   

Translation adjustment on non-euro schemes

   40      (167   (65   —        1      —     
                                    

Fair value of scheme assets at end of year

   2,939      2,499      3,693      2,261      1,941      2,916   
                                    
     Group     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
 

Analysis of the amount recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

            

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets

   150      (1,367   (212   114      (1,208   (219

Experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities

   122      (51   (32   64      (54   (36

Changes in demographic and financial assumptions

   (92   611      714      115      450      616   

Actuarial gain recognised

   180      (807   470      293      (812   361   

Deferred tax

   (6   101      (74   (37   102      (44
                                    

Recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income(1)

   174      (706   396      256      (710   317   
                                    

 

(1)

The Group’s share of recognised (losses)/gains in associated undertakings, in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes an actuarial gain of € 9 million for the year ended 31 December 2009 (2008: an actuarial loss of € 21 million; 2007: an actuarial loss of € 3 million).

 

     Group  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2006
€ m
    2005
€ m
 

History of experience gains and losses

          

Difference between expected and actual return on scheme assets:

          

Amount

   150      (1,367   (212   234      374   

Percentage of scheme assets

   5   55   6   6   12

Experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities:

          

Amount

   122      (51   (32   (121   (62

Percentage of scheme liabilities

   3   1   1   2   1

Total gross amount recognised in SOCI(1):

          

Amount

   180      (807   470      227      (344

Percentage of scheme liabilities

   5   22   11   5   8
                              

(1)           Statement of comprehensive income

              

     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2006
€ m
    2005
€ m
 

Defined benefit pension schemes

          

Funded defined benefit obligation

   3,595      3,548      4,062      4,551      4,272   

Scheme assets

   2,939      2,499      3,693      3,697      3,135   

Deficit within funded schemes

   656      1,049      369      854      1,137   

Unfunded deferred benefit obligation

   58      56      54      83      90   

Deficit within schemes

   714      1,105      423      937      1,227   
                              

 

175


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

11 Retirement benefits (continued)

 

     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2006
€ m
    2005
€ m
 

History of experience gains and losses

          

Difference between expected and actual return on scheme assets:

          

Amount

   114      (1,208   (219   195      298   

Percentage of scheme assets

   5   62   8   7   12

Experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities:

          

Amount

   64      (54   (36   (148   (69

Percentage of scheme liabilities

   2   2   1   4   2

Total gross amount recognised in SOCI(1):

          

Amount

   293      (812   361      175      (244

Percentage of scheme liabilities

   10   27   11   5   8
                              

(1)          Statement of comprehensive income.

             

     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2006
€ m
    2005
€ m
 

Defined benefit pension plans

          

Funded defined benefit obligation

   2,777      2,928      3,128      3,443      3,193   

Plan assets

   2,261      1,941      2,916      2,895      2,472   

Deficit within funded plans

   516      987      212      548      721   

Unfunded deferred benefit obligation

   49      48      41      72      83   

Deficit within plans

   565      1,035      253      620      804   
                              

The following table details benefits expected to be paid over each of the next five years and in aggregate for the five years thereafter.

 

     2010
€ m
   2011
€ m
   2012
€ m
   2013
€ m
   2014
€ m
   2015-2019
€ m

Future benefits expected to be paid

                 

AIB Group Irish Pension Scheme

   87    91    95    100    105    600

AIB Group UK Pension Scheme

   20    21    23    24    25    135

(ii) Defined contribution schemes

The Group operates a number of defined contribution schemes. The defined benefit scheme in Ireland and the UK was closed to new members from December 1997. Employees joining after December 1997 joined on a defined contribution basis.

In December 2007, the Group introduced a hybrid pension scheme for employees in the Republic of Ireland who are not members of the defined benefit scheme. Staff joining the Group in the Republic of Ireland after December 2007 automatically join the hybrid pension arrangement. This scheme includes elements of both a defined benefit and a defined contribution scheme. Employees who join the new hybrid scheme become members of the Irish scheme. The standard contribution rate in Ireland was 8% during 2007 and increased to 10% in respect of the defined contribution elements of the hybrid scheme.

With regard to the UK, staff joining after December 1997 join on a defined contribution basis. Staff joining from 1 January 2009 join a new enhanced defined contribution scheme. Existing members of the defined contribution scheme were also given the opportunity to join the enhanced scheme. The new enhanced scheme has increments in the contributions ranging from 5% to 20%, increasing as the employee gets older. The member contribution rate also increases with age. These members are also accruing benefits under S2P (the State Second Pension).

The total cost in respect of defined contribution schemes for 2009 was € 16 million (2008: € 18 million; 2007: € 36 million), included in administrative expenses (see note 9). For Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., the total cost amounted to € 9 million (2008: € 10 million; 2007: € 26 million).

(iii) Payment Protection Insurance

AIB provide an additional benefit to employees in the form of payment protection insurance. It provides for the partial replacement of income in event of illness or injury resulting in the employee’s long term absence from work. In 2009, the Group contributed € 8 million (2008: € 7 million) towards employee payment protection insurance. This amount is included in administrative expenses (see note 9). In 2007 and prior years, the cost was included within retirement benefit expense.

 

176


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

12 Amounts written off financial investments available for sale

 

     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m

Debt securities

   20    24    —  

Equity securities

   4    5    1
              
   24    29    1
              

13 Profit on disposal of property

2009

The sale of properties which were surplus to business requirements gave rise to a profit on disposal of € 2 million. In addition, the Group continued with its sale and leaseback programme announced in 2006 and 15 properties were sold giving rise to a profit before tax of € 21 million (€ 17 million after tax). The leases qualify as operating leases and the commitments in respect of the operating lease rentals (initial rent payable € 2 million per annum) are included in note 64 Commitments, operating lease rentals.

2008

The sale of properties which were surplus to business requirements gave rise to a profit on disposal of € 10 million. In addition, the Group continued with its sale and leaseback programme announced in 2006 and 2 properties were sold giving rise to a profit before tax of € 2 million (€ 1 million after tax). The leases qualify as operating leases and the commitments in respect of the operating lease rentals (initial rent payable € 0.3 million per annum) are included in note 64 Commitments, operating lease rentals.

2007

The sale of properties which were surplus to business requirements gave rise to a profit on disposal of € 12 million. In addition, the Group continued with its sale and leaseback programme announced in 2006 and 22 properties were sold giving rise to a profit before tax of € 64 million (€ 58 million after tax). The leases qualify as operating leases and the commitments in respect of the operating lease rentals (initial rent payable € 3.6 million per annum) are included in note 64 Commitments, operating lease rentals.

14 Construction contract income

 

     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
 

Construction revenue

   1    17      101   

Construction expense

   —      (5   (46
                 
   1    12      55   
                 

In 2005,AIB sold land at its Bankcentre headquarters to a syndicate of investors, the Serpentine Consortium. The consortium outsourced the construction of a new development on the above land to Blogram Limited, a subsidiary of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., on a fixed price contract basis. Practical completion of the building was achieved on 1 October 2007. Total consideration amounted to € 363 million and was paid in full by the Serpentine Consortium by 31 December 2007. As at 31 December 2009, 100% of construction profit had been recognised in the income statement (2008: 99.94%; 2007: 97.06%). Construction contract income net of tax amounted to € 1 million (2008: € 11 million; 2007: € 48 million).

Dohcar Limited, a subsidiary of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., contracted with the Serpentine Consortium to lease the property on completion at an initial rent of € 16.1 million per annum for a period of 31 years with a break clause at year 23. Future lease rental commitments in respect of this transaction have been reported in the accounts (see note 64).

The nature of this transaction, which included the sale of land, an agreement to construct a building and an agreement to lease the building represented a linked transaction and met the definition under IFRS of a sale and leaseback. The transaction, which takes the legal form of a lease, is deemed to be linked because the economic benefits of the overall transaction cannot be understood without reference to the series of transactions as a whole.

Because the significant income from the transaction arises from the construction contract, the income is recognised in accordance with IAS 11 ‘Construction Contracts’. Because the contract to construct the building is linked to the contract to sell the land, the profit recognition on the sale of the land is in line with profit recognition on the development project.

 

177


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

15 Profit on disposal of businesses

2009

There were no disposals of businesses during the year ended 31 December 2009.

2008

In January 2008, an arrangement with First Data Corporation was finalised. This arrangement involved the disposal of the Group’s merchant acquiring businesses which comprised property, plant and equipment amounting to € 3 million and merchant contracts which are intangible assets and had not been recorded in the books. These assets were acquired by a group operating under the name AIB Merchant Services in which AIB Group holds a 49.9% share with First Data Corporation holding 50. 1%. The transaction gave rise to a profit on disposal of € 106 million before tax (tax charge: Nil).

AIB is accounting for its interest in AIB Merchant Services as an associated undertaking and recognised € 8 million profit after tax in the income statement in the period from the date of the transaction to 31 December 2009.

2007

The profit on disposal of businesses in 2007 includes the final accrual of € 2 million (tax charge € 0.6 million) arising from the sale of the Govett business in 2003.

16 Auditor’s fees

 

         2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
         2007
€ m
 

Auditor’s fees (including VAT):

            

Audit work:

 

Statutory audit

   4.2         4.7         5.5   
 

Audit related services

   0.9         0.8         1.0   

Non-audit work:

 

Taxation services

   0.6         0.9         0.9   
 

Other consultancy

   2.4         0.6         0.3   
     3.0         1.5         1.2   
                          
     8.1         7.0         7.7   
                          

Audit related services include fees for assignments which are of an audit nature. These fees include assignments where the Auditor provides assurance to third parties.

In the year ended 31 December 2009, 23% (2008: 21%; 2007: 33%) of the total statutory audit fees and 55% (2008: 67%; 2007: 27%) of the audit related services fees were paid to overseas associates of the Auditor.

The Group policy on the provision of non-audit services to the bank and its subsidiary companies includes the prohibition on the provision of certain services and the pre-approval by the Audit Committee of the engagement of the Auditor for non-audit work.

The Audit Committee has reviewed the level of non-audit services fees and is satisfied that it has not affected the independence of the Auditor. It is Group policy to subject all large consultancy assignments to competitive tender.

 

178


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

17 Income tax (income)/expense

 

     2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
         2007
€ m
 

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and subsidiaries

            

Corporation tax in Republic of Ireland

            

Current tax on income for the period

   (34      79         203   

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

   (4      (40      (10
   (38      39         193   

Double taxation relief

   (2      (16      (25
                        
   (40      23         168   

Foreign tax

            

Current tax on income for the period

   124         116         257   

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

   (9      (4      10   
   115         112         267   
                        
   75         135         435   

Deferred taxation

            

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

   (381      (9      20   

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

   (16      18         (13
                        

Total income tax (income)/expense

   (322      144         442   
                        

Effective income tax rate

   12.1      14.0      17.6
                        

Factors affecting the effective income tax rate

The effective income tax rate for 2009 is higher (2008 and 2007 lower) than the weighted average of the Group’s statutory corporation tax rates across its geographic locations. The differences are explained below.

 

     2009     2008     2007  
     %     %     %  

Weighted average corporation tax rate

   11.0      20.4      19.7   
Effects of:       

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

   (1.1   2.1      0.6   

Exempted income, income at reduced rates and tax credits

   6.2      (3.5   (0.8

Income taxed at higher rates

   (0.2   0.3      0.3   

Net effect of differing tax rates overseas

   (0.3   0.7      0.2   

Other differences

   (1.4   (0.6   (0.2

Tax on associated undertakings

   (3.2   (2.6   (1.7

Adjustments to tax charge in respect of previous periods

   1.1      (2.8   (0.5
                  

Effective income tax rate

   12.1      14.0      17.6   
                  

 

179


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

18 Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

 

     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m

The profit attributable to non-controlling interests is analysed as follows:

        

Ordinary share interest in subsidiaries

   59    70    69

Other equity interest in subsidiaries (note 53)

   20    48    48
              
   79    118    117
              

A distribution of € 20 million was paid in June 2009 in conjunction with the redemption of € 801 million of the € 1 billion perpetual preferred securities (see notes 7 and 53).

19 Earnings per share

The calculation of basic earnings per unit of € 0.32 ordinary share is based on the (loss)/profit attributable to ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average ordinary shares in issue excluding treasury shares and own shares held.

The diluted earnings per share is based on the (loss)/profit attributable to ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average ordinary shares in issue excluding treasury shares and own shares held adjusted for the effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

           Restated(1)     Restated(1)  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
 

(a) Basic

      

(Loss)/profit attributable to equity holders of the parent

     (2,413     772        1,952   

Distributions to other equity holders (note 21)

     (44     (38     (38

Gain on redemption of RCI and LPI recognised in equity (note 7)

     538        —          —     
                        

(Loss)/profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

     (1,919     734        1,914   
                        
     Number of shares (millions)  

Weighted average number of shares in issue during the period

     880.6        879.9        876.7   

Contingently issuable shares(2)

     11.5        —          —     
                        

Weighted average number of shares

     892.1        879.9        876.7   
                        

(Loss)/earnings per share

   EUR (215.2c   EUR 83.4c      EUR 218.3c   
                        
           Restated(1)     Restated(1)  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
 

(b) Diluted

      

(Loss)/profit attributable to ordinary shareholders (note 19(a))

     (1,919     734        1,914   

Dilutive impact of potential ordinary shares in subsidiary and associated companies

     —          (1     (2
                        

Adjusted (loss)/profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

     (1,919     733        1,912   
                        
     Number of shares (millions)  

Weighted average number of shares in issue during the period

     880.6        879.9        876.7   

Dilutive effect of options outstanding

     —   (3)      0.2        5.2   

Contingently issuable shares(2)

     11.5        —          —     

Potential weighted average number of shares

     892.1        880.1        881.9   
                        

(Loss)/earnings per share—diluted

   EUR (215.2c   EUR 83.3c      EUR 216.8c   
                        

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts—see Accounting policies—Basis of preparation.

(2)

Contingently issuable shares are treated as outstanding from 14 December 2009, the date the ‘Dividend Stopper’ came into effect (see note 55 (vi)). The shares relate to the number of shares (on a time apportioned basis) that would issue to the NPRFC, if the coupon on the € 3.5 billion Preference Shares is not paid in cash.

(3)

The incremental shares from assumed conversions of options and warrants are not included in calculating the diluted per share amounts because they are anti-dilutive.

 

180


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20 Adjusted earnings per share

 

     Profit attributable     Earnings per share  
           Restated(1)     Restated(1)           Restated(1)     Restated(1)  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2009
cent
    2008
cent
    2007
cent
 

(a) Basic earnings per share

            

As reported (note 19(a))

   (1,919   734      1,914      (215.2   83.4      218.3   

Adjustments:

            

Construction contract income (note 14)

   (1   (11   (48   (0.1   (1.2   (5.5

Hedge volatility(2)

   27      (26   —        3.0      (3.0   —     

Profit on disposal of property(3)

   (17   (1   (58   (1.9   (0.2   (6.6

Profit on disposal of businesses (note 15)

   —        (106   —        —        (12.0   —     

Gain on redemption of capital instruments (note 7)

   (1,161   —        —        (130.2   —        —     
                                    
   (3,071   590      1,808      (344.4   67.0      206.2   
                                    
     Profit attributable     Earnings per share  
           Restated(1)     Restated(1)           Restated(1)     Restated(1)  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2007
€ m
    2009
cent
    2008
cent
    2007
cent
 

Diluted earnings per share

            

As reported (note 19(b))

   (1,919   733      1,912      (215.2   83.3      216.8   

Adjustments:

            

Construction contract income (note 14)

   (1   (11   (48   (0.1   (1.2   (5.5

Hedge volatility(2)

   27      (26   —        3.0      (3.0   —     

Profit on disposal of property(3)

   (17   (1   (58   (1.9   (0.2   (6.5

Profit on disposal of businesses (note 15)

   —        (106   —        —        (12.0   —     

Gain on redemption of capital instruments (note 7)

   (1,161   —        —        (130.2   —        —     
                                    
   (3,071   589      1,806      (344.4   66.9      204.8   
                                    

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts—see Accounting policies—Basis of preparation.

(2)

Hedge volatility (hedging ineffectiveness and derivative volatility) is included in net trading income.

(3)

Profit on disposal of property is related to the sale and leaseback programme (see note 13).

Although not required under IFRS, adjusted earnings per share is presented to help readers understand the underlying performance of the Group. The adjustments in 2009, 2008 and 2007 are items that management believe do not reflect the underlying business performance. Only material profits on disposal of businesses are excluded in the calculation of adjusted EPS. The adjustments listed above are shown net of taxation.

 

181


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

21 Distributions to other equity holders

Distributions to other equity holders are recognised in equity when declared by the Board of Directors. In 2009, the distribution on the € 500m Reserve Capital Instruments (“RCIs”) amounted to € 44 million (2008: € 38 million; 2007: € 38 million) including a coupon of € 6 million which was paid in June 2009 in conjunction with the redemption of € 258 million of the RCI (see notes 7 and 52).

22 Distributions on equity shares

 

     2009    2008    2007    2009    2008    2007
     cent per €0.32 share    € m    € m    € m

Ordinary shares of € 0.32 each

                 

Final dividend 2008 (2007; 2006)

   —      51.2    46.5    —      451    407

Interim dividend 2009 (2008; 2007)

   —      30.6    27.8    —      270    245
                             

Total

   —      81.8    74.3    —      721    652
                             

No dividends were paid during 2009.

23 Financial assets and financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

On 7 April 2009, the Minister for Finance announced the Government’s intention to establish a National Asset Management Agency (“NAMA”) and on 22 November 2009, the NAMA Act was enacted providing for the establishment of NAMA. The purposes of the NAMA Act include the restoration of stability to the banking system and the facilitation of restructuring of credit institutions of systemic importance to the Irish economy. The Government has acknowledged AIB’s systemic importance to the Irish economy in the context of the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme 2008 and by virtue of the € 3.5 billion investment in the Group by the NPRFC in 2009. The participation of AIB in the NAMA programme was approved by shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on 23 December 2009.

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and each of its subsidiaries, was designated a participating institution under the Act on 12 February 2010. BZWBK and its subsidiaries was excluded from the designation. Based on Government statements, eligible asset regulations and its on-going interaction with NAMA, the Group estimates that NAMA may acquire from AIB land and development loans and certain associated loans with a gross value of up to approximately € 23.2 billion (i.e. before taking account of € 4.2 billion of loan loss provisions) together with related derivatives and accrued interest of € 0.2 billion.

The consideration for the NAMA assets acquired from AIB will comprise the issue to AIB of NAMA bonds and subordinated NAMA bonds equal in nominal value to the purchase price of the NAMA Assets.

The table below provides an analysis of the assets and liabilities that may transfer to NAMA by original statement of financial position classification.

 

     Group    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
     Assets    Liabilities    Assets    Liabilities
     2009
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2009
€ m

Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA(1)

   19,030    —      15,827    —  

Derivative financial instruments held for sale to NAMA

   125    3    125    3

Accrued income held for sale to NAMA

   57    —      39    —  
                   
   19,212    3    15,991    3
                   

 

(1)

Net of provisions of € 4,165 million (Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.; € 3,930 million).

The unwind of the discount on the carrying amount of impaired loans amounted to € 92 million and is included in the carrying value of loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA. This has been credited to interest income.

 

182


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

23 Financial assets and financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA (continued)

 

Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA by geographic location and industry sector

 

     2009  
     Republic of
Ireland

€ m
    United
Kingdom

€ m
    Poland
€ m
   United
States of
America

€ m
   Rest of
the
world

€ m
   Total
€ m
 

Agriculture

   24      1      —      —      —      25   

Energy

   64      4      —      —      —      68   

Manufacturing

   37      16      —      —      —      53   

Construction and property

   18,055      3,523      —      29    —      21,607   

Distribution

   602      85      —      —      —      687   

Transport

   19      —        —      —      —      19   

Financial

   16      20      —      —      —      36   

Other services

   200      57      —      —      —      257   

Personal

               

- Home mortgages

   138      6      —      —      —      144   

- Other

   289      10      —      —      —      299   
                                 
   19,444      3,722      —      29    —      23,195   

Provisions (note 29)

   (3,933   (232   —      —      —      (4,165
                                 

Total

   15,511      3,490      —      29    —      19,030   
                                 

Construction and property loans held for sale to NAMA by division

 

     2009
     AIB Bank
ROI

€ m
        Capital
Markets

€ m
        AIB Bank
UK

€ m
        Central &
Eastern
Europe

€ m
        Total
€ m

Investment

                          

Commercial investment

   3,687       323       661       —         4,671

Residential investment

   816       —         122       —         938
   4,503       323       783       —         5,609

Development

                          

Commercial development

   5,558       45       411       —         6,014

Residential development

   7,998       77       1,849       —         9,924
   13,556       122       2,260       —         15,938

Contractors

   38       —         22       —         60
                                    

Total

   18,097       445       3,065       —         21,607
                                    

Loans for property investment comprises of loans for investment in commercial, retail office and residential property (the majority of these loans are underpinned by cash flows from lessees as well as the investment property collateral). Commercial investment by its nature has a strong element of tenant risk.

The commercial investment exposure of € 3,687 million in AIB Bank RoI is spread across the following property types: retail 35%; office 36%; industrial 5%; and mixed 24%. The € 323 million in Capital Markets predominantly relates to offices.

 

183


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

23 Financial assets and financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA (continued)

 

Aged analysis of contractually past due but not impaired facilities held for sale to NAMA

 

     2009  
     1-30 days
€ m
    31-60 days
€ m
    61-90 days
€ m
    91+ days
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Agriculture

   —        1      —        1      2   

Energy

   —        2      —        —        2   

Construction and property

   1,032      284      164      269      1,749   

Distribution

   12      9      —        9      30   

Financial

   13      —        —        1      14   

Other services

   8      1      —        8      17   

Personal

          

- Home mortgages

   4      2      1      2      9   

- Other

   19      10      3      13      45   
                              
   1,088      309      168      303      1,868   
                              

As a percentage of total loans(1)

   4.7   1.3   0.7   1.3   8.1
                              

 

(1)

Total loans relate to loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA and are gross of provisions and unearned income.

Impaired loans held for sale to NAMA by geographic location and industry sector

 

     2009
     Republic of
Ireland

€ m
   United
Kingdom

€ m
   Poland
€ m
   United
States of
America

€ m
   Rest of
the
world

€ m
   Total
€ m

Agriculture

   15    —      —      —      —      15

Energy

   23    —      —      —      —      23

Manufacturing

   10    —      —      —      —      10

Construction and property

   9,684    833    —      —      —      10,517

Distribution

   228    —      —      —      —      228

Financial

   1    3    —      —      —      4

Other services

   33    6    —      —      —      39

Personal

                 

- Home mortgages

   17    —      —      —      —      17

- Other

   103    1    —      —      —      104
                             
   10,114    843    —      —      —      10,957
                             

Further information in relation to loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA is available in notes 29, 33 and 71.

 

184


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

23 Financial assets and financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA (continued)

 

The following table shows the notional principal amounts and the fair values of derivative financial instruments held for sale to NAMA as at 31 December 2009.

 

     Group     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  
     Notional
principal
amount

€ m
   Fair values     Notional
principal
amount

€ m
   Fair values  
        Assets
€ m
   Liabilities
€ m
       Assets
€ m
   Liabilities
€ m
 

Derivative financial instruments held for sale to NAMA

                

Interest rate derivatives—over the counter (OTC)

                

Interest rate swaps

   2,720    125    (3   2,720    125    (3
                                

Interest rate contracts total

   2,720    125    (3   2,720    125    (3
                                

Total derivative financial instruments held for sale to NAMA

   2,720    125    (3   2,720    125    (3
                                

24 Disposal group and assets classified as held for sale

At 31 December 2009, the Group has classified certain assets as held for sale other than those held for sale to NAMA. These assets comprise property, motor vehicles, and equipment and have been measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell in accordance with our accounting policy for such assets. Assets held for sale total € 50 million and comprise certain of the Group’s branches amounting to € 40 million and repossessed assets of € 10 million.

At 31 December 2009 € 40 million (31 December 2008: € 8 million) of the Group’s branches held for sale are being sold as part of the sale and leaseback programme which began in 2006. Repossessed assets relate to defaulted loans where the Group has taken possession of the underlying security and consists of commercial and residential properties, motor vehicles and equipment.

In November 2007, AIB announced an agreement to form a merchant acquiring joint venture with First Data Corporation. The assets and liabilities of the merchant acquiring business were classified as held for sale at 31 December 2007. All elements of the transaction were completed by 4 February 2008.

 

185


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

25 Trading portfolio financial assets

 

     Group         Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
     2009
€ m
        2008
€ m
        2009
€ m
        2008
€ m

Debt securities:

                    

Government securities

   245       348       102       141

Bank eurobonds

   9       13       9       13

Other debt securities

   5       7       5       7
   259       368       116       161

Equity securities

   37       33       4       10
                            
   296       401       120       171
                            
     Group         Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
     2009
€ m
        2008
€ m
        2009
€ m
        2008
€ m

Of which listed:

                    

Debt securities

   259       368       116       161

Equity securities

   29       23       4       10

Of which unlisted:

                    

Equity securities

   8       10       —         —  
                            
   296       401       120       171
                            

During 2008, trading portfolio financial assets reclassified to financial investments available for sale, in accordance with the amended IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, amounted to €6,104 million. The fair value of reclassified assets at 31 December 2009 was €4,104 million (2008:€5,674 million).

As of the reclassification date, effective interest rates on reclassified trading portfolio financial assets ranged from 4% to 10% with expected gross recoverable cash flows of €7,105 million. If the reclassification had not been made, the Group’s income statement for the year ended 31 December 2009 would have included unrealised fair value gains on reclassified trading portfolio financial assets of €5 million (2008: losses €236 million).

After reclassification, the reclassified assets contributed the following amounts to the income statement:

 

     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
 

Interest on financial investments available for sale

   148      161   

Amounts written off financial investments available for sale

   (12   (3
            

Up to the date of reclassification, in 2008 € 55 million of unrealised losses on the reclassified trading portfolio financial assets were recognised in the income statement (year ended December 2007: € 111 million).

 

186


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

26 Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives are used to service customer requirements, to manage the Group’s interest rate, exchange rate, equity and credit exposures and for trading purposes. Derivative instruments are contractual agreements whose value is derived from price movements in underlying assets, interest rates, foreign exchange rates or indices. The majority of the Group’s derivative activities are undertaken at the parent company level and the discussion below applies equally to the parent company and Group.

These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of market risk and credit risk which are not reflected in the consolidated balance sheet. Market risk is the exposure to potential loss through holding interest rate, exchange rate and equity positions in the face of absolute and relative price movements, interest rate volatility, movements in exchange rates and shifts in liquidity. Credit risk is the exposure to loss should the counterparty to a financial instrument fail to perform in accordance with the terms of the contract.

While notional principal amounts are used to express the volume of derivative transactions, the amounts subject to credit risk are much lower because derivative contracts typically involve payments based on the net differences between specified prices or rates.

Credit risk in derivatives contracts is the risk that the Group’s counterparty in the contract defaults prior to maturity at a time when the Group has a claim on the counterparty under the contract (i.e. contracts with a positive fair value). The Group would then have to replace the contract at the current market rate, which may result in a loss. For risk management purposes, consideration is taken of the fact that not all counterparties to derivative positions are expected to default at the point where the Group is most exposed to them.

The following tables present the notional principal amount together with the positive fair value of interest rate, exchange rate, equity

and credit derivative contracts for 2009 and 2008.

 

     Group    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

Interest rate contracts(1)

           

Notional principal amount

   166,336    221,617    189,087    221,556

Positive fair value

   5,627    6,026    5,074    5,548
                   

Exchange rate contracts(1)

           

Notional principal amount

   25,877    34,297    24,640    30,548

Positive fair value

   303    1,215    262    1,018
                   

Equity contracts(1)

           

Notional principal amount

   3,853    4,254    3,853    4,075

Positive fair value

   141    86    129    87
                   

Credit derivatives(1)

           

Notional principal amount

   870    937    870    937

Positive fair value

   —      1    —      1
                   

Total

           

Notional principal amount

   196,936    261,105    218,450    257,116
                   

Positive fair value(2)

   6,071    7,328    5,465    6,654
                   

 

(1)

Interest rate, exchange rate and credit derivative contracts are entered into for both hedging and trading purposes. Equity contracts are entered into for trading purposes only.

(2)

81% of fair value relates to exposures to banks (2008: 80%).

 

187


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

26 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

The Group uses the same credit control and risk management policies in undertaking all off-balance sheet commitments as it does for on balance sheet lending including counterparty credit approval, limit setting and monitoring procedures. In addition, derivative instruments are subject to market risk policy and control framework as described in the Risk Management section.

The following table analyses the notional principal amount and positive fair value of interest rate, exchange rate, equity contracts and credit derivatives by maturity.

 

     Residual maturity

Group

   < 1 year
€ m
   1 < 5 years
€ m
   5 years +
€ m
   Total
€ m

2009

           

Notional principal amount

   100,351    71,565    25,020    196,936

Positive fair value

   2,412    2,081    1,578    6,071
                   

2008

           

Notional principal amount

   124,627    102,122    34,356    261,105

Positive fair value

   3,653    2,378    1,297    7,328
                   
     Residual maturity

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   < 1 year
€ m
   1 < 5 years
€ m
   5 years +
€ m
   Total
€ m

2009

           

Notional principal amount

   97,721    71,897    48,832    218,450

Positive fair value

   1,994    1,903    1,568    5,465
                   

2008

           

Notional principal amount

   94,079    105,318    57,719    257,116

Positive fair value

   2,915    2,346    1,393    6,654
                   

AIB Group has the following concentration of exposures in respect of notional principal amount and positive fair value of all interest rate, exchange rate, equity and credit derivative contracts. The concentrations are based primarily on the location of the office recording the transaction.

 

     Notional principal amount    Positive fair value

Group

   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

Republic of Ireland

   174,692    206,246    4,743    5,786

United Kingdom

   8,967    12,469    449    760

Poland

   9,048    37,453    773    546

United States of America

   4,151    4,881    95    216

Rest of World

   78    56    11    20
                   
   196,936    261,105    6,071    7,328
                   
     Notional principal amount    Positive fair value

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

Republic of Ireland

   208,114    242,337    5,090    5,889

United Kingdom

   6,107    9,842    269    529

United States of America

   4,151    4,881    95    216

Rest of World

   78    56    11    20
                   
   218,450    257,116    5,465    6,654
                   

 

188


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

26 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

Trading activities

The Group maintains trading positions in a variety of financial instruments including derivatives. These derivative financial instruments include interest rate, foreign exchange, equity and credit derivatives. Most of these positions arise as a result of activity generated by corporate customers while the remainder represent trading decisions of the Group’s derivative and foreign exchange traders with a view to generating incremental income.

All trading activity is conducted within risk limits approved by the Board. Systems are in place which measure risks and profitability associated with derivative trading positions as market movements occur. Independent risk control units monitor these risks.

The risk that counterparties to derivative contracts might default on their obligations is monitored on an ongoing basis and the level of credit risk is minimised by dealing with counterparties of good credit standing and by the use of Credit Support Annexes and ISDA Master Netting Agreements. All trading instruments are subject to market risk. As the traded instruments are recognised at market value, these changes directly affect reported income for the period. Exposure to market risk is managed in accordance with risk limits approved by the Board through buying or selling instruments or entering into offsetting positions.

The Group undertakes trading activities in interest rate contracts with the Group being a party to interest rate swap, forward, future, option, cap and floor contracts. The Group’s largest activity is in interest rate swaps. The two parties to an interest rate swap agree to exchange, at agreed intervals, payment streams calculated on a specified notional principal amount. Forward rate agreements are also used by the Group in its trading activities. Forward rate agreements settle in cash at a specified future date based on the difference between agreed market rates applied to a notional principal amount.

Risk management activities

In addition to meeting customer needs, the Group’s principal objective in holding or issuing derivatives for purposes other than trading is the management of interest rate and foreign exchange rate risks.

The operations of the Group are exposed to interest rate risk arising from the fact that assets and liabilities mature or reprice at different times or in differing amounts. Derivatives are used to modify the repricing or maturity characteristics of assets and liabilities in a cost-efficient manner. This flexibility helps the Group to achieve liquidity and risk management objectives. Similarly, foreign exchange derivatives can be used to hedge the Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk.

Derivative prices fluctuate in value as the underlying interest rate or foreign exchange rates change. If the derivatives are purchased or sold as hedges of balance sheet items, the appreciation or depreciation of the derivatives will generally be offset by the unrealised depreciation or appreciation of the hedged items.

To achieve its risk management objective, the Group uses a combination of derivative financial instruments, particularly interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, futures, options and currency swaps, as well as other contracts. The notional principal and fair value amounts, weighted average maturity and weighted average receive and pay rates for instruments held for risk management purposes entered into by the Group at 31 December 2009 and 2008, are presented within this note.

 

189


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

26 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

The following table shows the notional principal amounts and the fair values of derivative financial instruments analysed by product and purpose as at 31 December 2009 and 31 December 2008.

 

     2009    2008  
     Notional
principal
amount

€ m
         Fair values    Notional
principal
amount

€ m
         Fair values  

Group

        Assets
€ m
          Liabilities
€ m
              Assets
€ m
         Liabilities
€ m
 

Derivatives held for trading

                          

Interest rate derivatives—over the counter (OTC)

                          

Interest rate swaps (1)

   80,774         1,825        (1,889      124,241         2,865         (2,605

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

   4,045         2,399        (2,425      2,223         1,345         (1,424

Forward rate agreements

   7,542         5        (7      31,684         94         (91

Interest rate options

   3,244         34        (31      4,679         41         (31

Total OTC interest rate contracts

   95,605         4,263        (4,352      162,827         4,345         (4,151

Interest rate derivatives—exchange traded

                          

Interest rate futures

   6,504         —          —           1,187         —           (1
                                                  

Interest rate contracts total

   102,109         4,263        (4,352      164,014         4,345         (4,152
                                                  

Foreign exchange derivatives—(OTC)

                          

Currency swaps

   21,326         211        (228      19,145         842         (1,006

Currency options bought & sold

   1,613         19        (17      3,431         164         (119
                                                  

Foreign exchange derivatives total

   22,939         230        (245      22,576         1,006         (1,125
                                                  

Equity derivatives (OTC)

                          

Equity index options

   3,853         141        (136      4,254         86         (82
                                                  

Equity index contracts total

   3,853         141        (136      4,254         86         (82
                                                  

Credit derivatives (OTC)

                          

Credit derivatives

   815         —          (127      937         1         (84
                                                  

Credit derivatives contracts total

   815         —          (127      937         1         (84
                                                  

Total trading contracts

   129,716         4,634        (4,860      191,781         5,438         (5,443
                                                  

Derivatives designated as fair value hedges (OTC)

                          

Interest rate swaps

   19,501         526        (393      22,804         787         (369

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges (OTC)

                          

Interest rate swaps

   44,726         838        (263      34,799         894         (217

Currency swaps

   2,938         73        —           11,721         209         (439

Credit default swaps

   55         —          (4      —           —           —     
                                                  

Total hedging contracts

   67,220         1,437        (660      69,324         1,890         (1,025
                                                  

Total derivative financial instruments

   196,936         6,071        (5,520      261,105         7,328         (6,468
                                                  

 

(1)

Cross currency interest rate swaps have an exchange of nominals on settlement. Such nominals are therefore shown gross on the statement of financial position.

 

190


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

26 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

The following table shows the notional principal amounts and the fair values of derivative financial instruments analysed by product and purpose as at 31 December 2009 and 31 December 2008.

 

     2009    2008  
     Notional
principal
amount

€ m
         Fair values    Notional
principal
amount

€ m
         Fair values  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

        Assets
€ m
          Liabilities
€ m
              Assets
€ m
         Liabilities
€ m
 

Derivatives held for trading

                          

Interest rate derivatives—over the counter (OTC)

                          

Interest rate swaps (1)

   75,807         1,701        (1,752      128,684         2,696         (2,346

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

   4,010         1,797        (1,791      1,924         959         (974

Forward rate agreements

   5,312         3        (4      11,235         36         (35

Interest rate options

   4,087         32        (31      4,915         40         (33

Total OTC interest rate contracts

   89,216         3,533        (3,578      146,758         3,731         (3,388

Interest rate derivatives—exchange traded

                          

Interest rate futures

   6,504         —          —           1,187         —           (1
                                                  

Interest rate contracts total

   95,720         3,533        (3,578      147,945         3,731         (3,389
                                                  

Foreign exchange derivatives—(OTC)

                          

Currency swaps

   20,093         168        (221      15,337         641         (692

Currency options bought & sold

   1,609         21        (19      3,491         168         (119
                                                  

Foreign exchange derivatives total

   21,702         189        (240      18,828         809         (811
                                                  

Equity derivatives (OTC)

                          

Equity index options

   3,853         129        (124      4,075         87         (82
                                                  

Equity index contracts total

   3,853         129        (124      4,075         87         (82
                                                  

Credit derivatives (OTC)

                          

Credit derivatives

   815         —          (127      937         1         (84
                                                  

Credit derivatives contracts total

   815         —          (127      937         1         (84
                                                  

Total trading contracts

   122,090         3,851        (4,069      171,785         4,628         (4,366
                                                  

Derivatives designated as fair value hedges (OTC)

                          

Interest rate swaps

   35,564         124        (391      40,254         1,175         (813

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges (OTC)

                          

Interest rate swaps

   57,803         1,417        (640      33,356         642         (208

Currency swaps

   2,938         73        —           11,721         209         (439

Credit default swaps

   55         —          (4      —           —           —     
                                                  

Total hedging contracts

   96,360         1,614        (1,035      85,331         2,026         (1,460
                                                  

Total derivative financial instruments

   218,450         5,465        (5,104      257,116         6,654         (5,826
                                                  

 

(1)

Cross currency interest rate swaps have an exchange of nominals on settlement. Such nominals are therefore shown gross on the statement of financial position.

 

191


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

26 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

This table presents the notional principal and fair value amounts, weighted average maturity and weighted average receive and pay rates for interest rate derivatives held for risk management purposes entered into by the Group for 2009 and 2008.

 

     Notional
principal amount
   Weighted
average

maturity
in years
        Estimated
fair value(1)
 
           Weighted average rate   
           Receive    Pay   
     2009    2008    2009    2008    2009    2008    2009    2008    2009     2008  
Group    € m    € m              %    %    %    %    € m     € m  

Interest rate derivatives designated as fair value hedges

                            

Interest rate swaps:

                            

Pay fixed

                            

1 year or less

   1,112    4,688    0.42    0.21    0.83    2.68    1.97    2.93    (14   (18

1 – 5 years

   4,082    1,910    2.58    2.76    1.44    4.10    3.96    4.29    (200   (89

Over 5 years

   1,862    561    10.37    8.38    1.80    3.77    5.20    5.69    (118   (46
                                    
   7,056    7,159    4.30    1.53    1.44    3.15    3.98    3.51    (332   (153
                                    

Receive fixed

                            

1 year or less

   5,045    6,114    0.38    0.31    3.23    3.52    1.44    2.36    121      149   

1 – 5 years

   1,420    3,366    3.29    2.22    3.81    3.80    0.58    2.80    110      181   

Over 5 years

   2,018    1,861    8.97    10.44    4.58    4.69    0.60    2.67    260      219   
                                    
   8,483    11,341    2.91    2.53    3.65    3.79    1.10    2.54    491      549   
                                    

Pay/receive floating

                            

1 year or less

   1,500    907    0.50    0.65    0.72    4.54    0.49    3.73    3      9   

1 – 5 years

   2,144    3,087    1.95    2.54    0.70    4.03    0.52    2.94    9      34   

Over 5 years

   318    310    9.00    10.50    1.47    5.78    2.46    2.44    (38   (21
                                    
   3,962    4,304    1.97    2.71    0.77    4.26    0.67    3.07    (26   22   
                                    

Interest rate derivatives designated as cash flows hedges

                            

Interest rate swaps:

                            

Pay fixed

                            

1 year or less

   1,462    1,377    0.52    0.51    0.98    3.87    3.05    3.56    (24   (11

1 – 5 years

   3,452    3,764    2.62    2.71    0.85    3.98    3.57    4.13    (121   (116

Over 5 years

   1,017    1,250    8.78    9.39    0.92    4.23    4.41    4.56    (106   (87
                                    
   5,931    6,391    3.16    3.54    0.89    4.01    3.59    4.09    (251   (214
                                    

Receive fixed

                            

1 year or less

   19,196    4,089    0.45    0.39    1.71    3.27    0.92    3.62    160      31   

1 – 5 years

   8,321    11,833    2.88    2.61    4.28    4.07    1.25    3.65    436      478   

Over 5 years

   2,278    3,486    9.09    7.08    10.26    5.68    6.37    4.31    208      335   
                                    
   29,795    19,408    1.79    2.94    3.08    4.19    1.43    3.76    804      844   
                                    

Pay/receive floating

                            

1 year or less

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —     

1 – 5 years

   9,000    9,000    2.67    3.67    0.72    4.26    0.64    3.20    22      47   

Over 5 years

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —     
                                    
   9,000    9,000    2.67    3.67    0.72    4.26    0.64    3.20    22      47   
                                    

 

(1) Including accrual.

 

192


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

26 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

     Notional
principal amount
   Weighted average
maturity

in years
   Weighted average rate    Estimated
fair value(1)
 
           Receive    Pay   
     2009    2008    2009    2008    2009    2008    2009    2008    2009     2008  
Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.    € m    € m              %    %    %    %    € m     € m  

Interest rate derivatives designated as fair value hedges

                            

Interest rate swaps:

                            

Pay fixed

                            

1 year or less

   1,057    5,191    0.42    0.17    0.66    2.78    1.85    3.21    (13   (25

1 – 5 years

   4,013    1,823    2.57    2.72    1.42    3.95    3.96    4.25    (200   (86

Over 5 years

   1,856    760    10.38    11.71    1.79    4.06    5.19    5.09    (118   (85
                                        
   6,926    7,774    4.33    1.90    1.40    3.18    3.97    3.64    (331   (196
                                        

Receive fixed

                            

1 year or less

   3,045    5,342    0.58    0.32    2.89    3.98    2.08    2.66    47      133   

1 – 5 years

   420    366    3.21    2.69    3.94    4.25    0.73    3.53    30      21   

Over 5 years

   278    2,233    17.64    12.09    2.68    5.99    0.57    4.17    9      373   
                                        
   3,743    7,941    2.14    3.74    3.01    4.56    1.82    2.86    86      527   
                                        

Pay/receive floating

                            

1 year or less

   1,500    907    0.50    0.65    0.72    4.54    0.49    3.73    3      9   

1 – 5 years

   2,144    3,087    1.95    2.54    0.70    4.03    0.52    2.94    9      34   

Over 5 years

   21,251    20,545    31.74    32.47    2.14    3.69    2.37    3.65    (34   (12
                                        
   24,895    24,539    27.29    27.53    1.93    3.77    2.10    3.56    (22   31   
                                        

Interest rate derivatives designated as cash flows hedges

                            

Interest rate swaps:

                            

Pay fixed

                            

1 year or less

   3,622    1,377    0.28    0.51    0.53    3.87    3.51    3.26    (33   (11

1 – 5 years

   5,010    3,572    2.71    2.68    0.67    3.84    3.70    4.06    (207   (109

Over 5 years

   3,682    1,238    9.44    9.41    0.71    4.21    4.78    4.55    (389   (85
                                        
   12,314    6,187    4.01    3.54    0.64    3.92    3.97    3.98    (629   (205
                                        

Receive fixed

                            

1 year or less

   21,376    4,830    0.42    0.43    1.90    3.23    0.88    2.46    236      38   

1 – 5 years

   9,330    11,375    2.93    2.61    4.22    4.03    1.17    3.27    517      453   

Over 5 years

   5,750    1,964    9.29    6.21    7.04    4.83    2.99    3.97    631      101   
                                        
   36,456    18,169    2.46    2.42    3.40    3.91    1.31    3.13    1,384      592   
                                        

Pay/receive floating

                            

1 year or less

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —     

1 – 5 years

   9,000    9,000    2.67    3.67    0.72    4.26    0.64    3.20    21      47   

Over 5 years

   33    —      6.62    —      0.89    —      0.53    —      1      —     
                                        
   9,033    9,000    2.68    3.67    0.72    4.26    0.64    3.20    22      47   
                                        

 

(1)

Including accrual.

 

193


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

26 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

Cash flow hedges

The cash flows are expected to occur in the following periods:

 

     2009

Group

   Within 1 year
€ m
   Between 1
and 2 years
€ m
   Between 2
and 5 years
€ m
   More than
5 years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Forecast receivable cash flows

   280    460    1,052    877    2,669

Forecast payable cash flows

   39    89    224    343    695
     2008

Forecast receivable cash flows

   715    642    1,097    212    2,666

Forecast payable cash flows

   206    159    262    236    863
     2009

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   Within 1 year
€ m
   Between 1
and 2 years
€ m
   Between 2
and 5 years
€ m
   More than
5 years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Forecast receivable cash flows

   299    478    1,098    940    2,815

Forecast payable cash flows

   58    103    253    393    807
     2008

Forecast receivable cash flows

   673    587    954    74    2,288

Forecast payable cash flows

   215    167    276    237    895

The cash flows are expected to impact the income statement in the following periods:

 

     2009

Group

   Within 1 year
€ m
   Between 1
and 2 years
€ m
   Between 2
and 5 years
€ m
   More than
5 years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Forecast receivable cash flows

   319    479    1,057    877    2,732

Forecast payable cash flows

   39    89    224    343    695
     2008

Forecast receivable cash flows

   738    652    1,102    212    2,704

Forecast payable cash flows

   206    159    262    236    863
     2009

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   Within 1 year
€ m
   Between 1
and 2 years
€ m
   Between 2
and 5 years
€ m
   More than
5 years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Forecast receivable cash flows

   338    497    1,104    940    2,879

Forecast payable cash flows

   58    103    253    393    807
     2008

Forecast receivable cash flows

   696    598    959    73    2,326

Forecast payable cash flows

   215    167    276    237    895

For AIB Group, the ineffectiveness reflected in the income statement that arose from cash flow hedges is a credit of € 26 million (2008: a credit of € 8 million; 2007: a charge of € 13 million).

The pay fixed cash flow hedges are used to hedge the cash flows on variable rate liabilities, primarily floating rate notes. The receive fixed cash flow hedges are used to hedge the cash flows on variable rate assets, primarily the variable rate loan portfolio.

The total amount recognised in other comprehensive income during the period in respect of cash flow hedges was a charge of € 62 million, including a credit of € 1 million recognised within recognised gains in associated undertakings. In 2008 there was a credit of € 771 million to other comprehensive income in respect of cash flow hedges.

 

194


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

26 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

Fair value hedges

The fair value hedges are entered into to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities arising from changes in interest rates, primarily available for sale securities and fixed rate liabilities. The fair values of financial instruments are set out in note 56. The net mark to market on fair value hedging derivatives, excluding accrual, is € 71 million (2008: positive € 205 million) and the net mark to market on the related hedged items is € 88 million (2008: negative € 175 million).

Netting financial assets and financial liabilities

Derivative financial instruments are shown on the balance sheet at their fair value, those with a positive fair value are reported as assets and those with a negative fair value are reported as liabilities.

The Group has a number of ISDA Master Agreements (netting agreements) in place which may allow it to net the termination values of derivative contracts upon the occurrence of an event of default with respect to its counterparties. The enforcement of netting agreements would potentially reduce the balance sheet carrying amount of derivative assets and liabilities by € 3,750 million (2008: € 4,079 million). The Group has Credit Support Annexes (“CSAs”) in place which provide collateral for derivative contracts. At 31 December 2009, the value of these CSAs were € 657 million for derivative financial assets (2008: € 467 million) and € 631 million for derivative financial liabilities (2008: € 500 million). Additionally the Group has agreements in place which may allow it to net the termination values of cross currency swaps upon the occurence of an event of default. The enforcement of these netting agreements would potentially further reduce the carrying amount of derivative assets and liabilities by € 593 million (2008: € 521 million).

27 Loans and receivables to banks

 

     Group     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.    
      2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
   

Funds placed with central banks

   5,677      2,539      5,147         2,524  

Funds placed with other banks

   3,420      3,729      53,673         44,589  

Provision for impairment of loans and receivables

   (4   (2   (4      —    
                           
   9,093      6,266      58,816         47,113  
                           

Of which:

             

Due from third parties

       8,427         5,620    

Due from subsidiary undertakings

       50,389         41,493    
       58,816         47,113  

Due from subsidiary undertakings:

             

Subordinated

       342         47    

Unsubordinated

       50,047         41,446    
       50,389         41,493  

Amounts include:

             

Reverse repurchase agreements

   679      863      679         738  
     Group     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.    
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
   

Loans and receivables to banks by geographical area(1)

             

Republic of Ireland

   7,586      5,023      57,590         44,613  

United States of America

   271      215      269         200  

United Kingdom

   1,158      758      950         2,295  

Poland

   70      264      —           —    

Rest of the world

   8      6      7         5  
                           
   9,093      6,266      58,816         47,113  
                           

 

(1)

The classification of loans and receivables to banks by geographical area is based primarily on the location of the office recording the transaction.

Under reverse repurchase agreements, the Group has accepted collateral that it is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default by the owner of the collateral. The fair value of collateral received amounted to € 679 million (2008: € 863 million). The collateral received consisted of government securities of € 573 million (2008: € 125 million) and other securities of € 106 million (2008: € 738 million). The fair value of collateral sold or repledged amounted to € 108 million (2008: € 140 million). The collateral sold or repledged consisted of government securities of € 26 million (2008: € 140 million) and other securities of € 82 million (2008: Nil). The Group is obliged to return equivalent collateral. These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to standard reverse repurchase agreements.

 

195


Table of Contents
LOGO    Notes to the accounts

28 Loans and receivables to customers

     Group          Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  
     2009     2008          2009          2008  
     € m     € m          € m          € m  

Loans and receivables to customers

   102,192      126,940         67,743         88,041   

Amounts receivable under finance leases and hire purchase contracts (note 30)

   2,668      3,236         799         994   

Unquoted securities

   1,468      1,605         1,378         1,516   

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables (note 29)

   (2,987   (2,292      (1,992      (1,678
                              
   103,341      129,489         67,928         88,873   
                              

Of which:

              

Due from third parties

          52,315         75,115   

Due from subsidiary undertakings(1)

          15,613         13,758   
          67,928         88,873   
                              

Of which repayable on demand or at short notice

   4,958      16,199         3,016         14,218   

Amounts include:

              

Due from associated undertakings

   117      121         117         121   
                              

 

(1)

Of which € 83 million (2008: € 83 million) relates to subordinated loans.

Amounts include reverse repurchase agreements of € 2 million (2008: € 106 million).

The unwind of the discount on the carrying amount of impaired loans amounted to € 80 million (2008: € 45 million) and is included in the carrying value of loans and receivables to customers. This has been credited to interest income.

During the year certain financial investments available for sale amounting to € 13 million were reclassified to the loans and receivables to customers’ category. As of reclassification date, the effective interest rates on reclassified available for sale portfolio financial assets were in the range 4.79% - 6.44%; the expected gross recoverable cash flows were € 18 million; and the fair value loss recognised in equity was € 8 million. The carrying value and fair value of the reclassified assets at 31 December 2009 was € 11 million, with a fair value loss recognised in equity of € 4 million.

 

 

     2009  
     Republic of
Ireland
    United
Kingdom
    Poland     United
States of
America
    Rest of
the
world
    Total  
     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m  

By geographic location and industry sector

            

Agriculture

   2,015      120      126      3      —        2,264   

Energy

   844      292      86      435      23      1,680   

Manufacturing

   3,108      1,193      1,024      161      207      5,693   

Construction and property

   15,930      7,068      2,852      904      441      27,195   

Distribution

   8,182      2,639      804      162      66      11,853   

Transport

   979      601      83      69      44      1,776   

Financial

   1,403      696      143      54      22      2,318   

Other services

   4,700      4,936      322      753      213      10,924   

Personal

            

- Home mortgages

   27,818      3,635      1,538      —        90      33,081   

- Other

   6,242      861      1,039      —        —        8,142   

Lease financing

   922      48      711      —        —        1,681   

Guaranteed by Irish government

   —        —        —        —        —        —     
                                    
   72,143      22,089      8,728      2,541      1,106      106,607   

Unearned income

   (122   (86   (60   (8   (3   (279

Provisions

   (2,110   (555   (278   (13   (31   (2,987
                                    

Total

   69,911      21,448      8,390      2,520      1,072      103,341   
                                    

 

196


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

28 Loans and receivables to customers (continued)

 

     2008  
     Republic of
Ireland

€ m
    United
Kingdom
€ m
    Poland
€ m
    United
States of
America
€ m
    Rest of
the
world
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Agriculture

   2,217      149      165      6      —        2,537   

Energy

   992      372      76      614      26      2,080   

Manufacturing

   3,801      1,348      1,145      260      403      6,957   

Construction and property

   33,290      10,312      2,760      1,090      474      47,926   

Distribution

   9,364      2,615      790      209      77      13,055   

Transport

   1,016      647      100      76      30      1,869   

Financial

   1,549      826      237      146      25      2,783   

Other services

   5,422      5,356      461      977      230      12,446   

Personal

            

- Home mortgages

   26,546      3,629      1,352      —        98      31,625   

- Other

   7,357      757      857      —        —        8,971   

Lease financing

   1,107      61      745      —        —        1,913   

Guaranteed by Irish government

   1      —        —        —        —        1   
                                    
   92,662      26,072      8,688      3,378      1,363      132,163   

Unearned income

   (193   (122   (48   (14   (5   (382

Provisions

   (1,681   (377   (213   (12   (9   (2,292
                                    

Total

   90,788      25,573      8,427      3,352      1,349      129,489   
                                    

At 31 December 2009, construction and property loans, excluding those held for sale to NAMA (see note 23), amounted to € 27,195 million (2008: € 47,926 million) and represented 26% (2008: 36%) of gross loans and receivables to customers. The following table analyses the exposures at 31 December 2009 and 2008 by Division and portfolio sub-sector. Certain customer relationships span the portfolio sub-sectors and accordingly an element of management estimation has been applied in this sub-categorisation.

 

     2009     
     AIB Bank
ROI

€ m
        Capital
Markets
€ m
        AIB Bank
UK

€ m
        Central &
Eastern
Europe

€ m
        Total
€ m
    

Investment

                             

Commercial investment

   7,064       4,607       2,807       1,357       15,835   

Residential investment

   1,610       525       1,213       32       3,380   
   8,674       5,132       4,020       1,389       19,215   

Development

                             

Commercial development

   440       228       133       709       1,510   

Residential development

   3,062       184       976       611       4,833   
   3,502       412       1,109       1,320       6,343   

Contractors

   667       35       215       143       1,060   

Housing associations

   —         —         577       —         577   
                                       

Total

   12,843       5,579       5,921       2,852       27,195   
                                       

Loans for property investment comprises of loans for investment in commercial, retail office and residential property (the majority of these loans are underpinned by cash flows from lessees as well as the investment property collateral). Commercial investment by its nature has a strong element of tenant risk.

The commercial investment exposure of € 7,064 million in AIB Bank RoI is spread across the following property types: retail 39%; office 27%; industrial 9%; and mixed 25%. The € 4,607 million in Capital Markets is spread across the following property types: retail 27%; office 43%; industrial 3%; and mixed 27%.

 

197


Table of Contents
LOGO    Notes to the accounts

 

28 Loans and receivables to customers (continued)

 

     2008     
     AIB Bank
ROI

€ m
        Capital
Markets
€ m
        AIB Bank
UK

€ m
        Central &
Eastern
Europe

€ m
        Total
€ m
    

Investment

                             

Commercial investment

   10,528       5,060       3,098       1,271       19,957   

Residential investment

   2,104       443       1,016       27       3,590   
   12,632       5,503       4,114       1,298       23,547   

Development

                             

Commercial development

   6,016       442       781       691       7,930   

Residential development

   10,829       380       2,868       635       14,712   
   16,845       822       3,649       1,326       22,642   

Contractors

   601       —         448       138       1,187   

Housing associations

   —         —         550       —         550   
                                       

Total

   30,078       6,325       8,761       2,762       47,926   
                                       

The commercial investment exposure of € 10,528 million in AIB Bank RoI is spread across the following property types: retail 36%; office 29%; industrial 8%; and mixed 27%. The € 5,060 million in Capital Markets is spread across the following property types: retail 22%; office 43%; industrial 3%; and mixed 32%.

Information on ratings profiles of loans and receivables to customers is set out in note 33.

Large exposures

AIB’s Group Large Exposure Policy sets out maximum exposure limits to, or on behalf of, a customer or a group of connected customers.

At 31 December 2009, the Group’s top 50 exposures amounted to € 20.0 billion, and accounted for 15.4% of the Group’s on-balance sheet gross loans and receivables to customers including those held for sale to NAMA (€ 19.0 billion and 14.4% at 31 December 2008). Of this amount € 11.2 billion relate to loans held for sale to NAMA. No single customer exposure exceeds regulatory guidelines. See also Risk Management—Credit risk management and mitigation.

 

198


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

28 Loans and receivables to customers (continued)

 

Aged analysis of contractually past due but not impaired facilities(1)

 

     2009  
     1-30 days
€ m
    31-60 days
€ m
    61-90 days
€ m
    91+ days
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Agriculture

   134      35      15      13      197   

Energy

   3      5      —        1      9   

Manufacturing

   85      20      10      7      122   

Construction and property

   990      427      135      227      1,779   

Distribution

   285      156      63      53      557   

Transport

   56      23      4      6      89   

Financial

   19      8      1      2      30   

Other services

   247      73      21      39      380   

Personal

          

- Home mortgages

   413      182      93      130      818   

- Credit cards

   68      20      11      8      107   

- Other

   366      163      55      113      697   
                              
   2,666      1,112      408      599      4,785   
                              

As a percentage of total loans(2)

   2.5   1.0   0.4   0.6   4.5
                              
     2008  
     1-30 days
€ m
    31-60 days
€ m
    61-90 days
€ m
    91+ days
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Agriculture

   185      42      18      4      249   

Energy

   5      2      1      —        8   

Manufacturing

   78      18      13      4      113   

Construction and property

   3,813      912      541      147      5,413   

Distribution

   464      136      181      15      796   

Transport

   52      16      4      1      73   

Financial

   25      3      3      5      36   

Other services

   490      67      37      41      635   

Personal

          

- Home mortgages

   326      164      105      38      633   

- Credit cards

   57      18      10      7      92   

- Other

   610      147      48      22      827   
                              
   6,105      1,525      961      284      8,875   
                              

As a percentage of total loans(2)

   4.6   1.2   0.7   0.2   6.7
                              

 

(1)

Excluding loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA at 31 December 2009 (see note 23).

(2)

Total loans relate to loans and receivables to customers and are gross of provisions and unearned income.

The figures reported are inclusive of overdrafts, bridging loans and cases with expired limits. Where a borrower is past due, the entire exposure is reported, rather than the amount of any arrears.

Loans and receivables renegotiated

Loans and receivables renegotiated are those facilities at the current reporting date that, during the financial year, have had their terms renegotiated resulting in an upgrade from 91+ days past due or impaired status to performing status such that if they were not renegotiated they would be otherwise past due or impaired.

Renegotiated loans and receivables were € 4,459 million as at 31 December 2009 (Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.: € 4,178 million).

Renegotiated loans and receivables were € 154 million as at 31 December 2008 (Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.: € 91 million) which related to loans who had their terms renegotiated resulting in an upgrade from impaired status.

 

199


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

28 Loans and receivables to customers (continued)

 

Impaired loans by geographic location and industry sector(1)

 

     2009
     Republic of
Ireland
€ m
   United
Kingdom
€ m
   Poland
€ m
   United
States of
America
€ m
   Rest of
the
world
€ m
   Total
€ m

Agriculture

   105    4    10    —      —      119

Energy

   11    2    2    —      —      15

Manufacturing

   134    66    74    11    19    304

Construction and property

   2,275    449    194    8    —      2,926

Distribution

   846    229    52    —      7    1,134

Transport

   34    2    8    —      —      44

Financial

   70    85    1    —      —      156

Other services

   206    168    13    23    —      410

Personal

                 

- Home mortgages

   475    56    13    —      42    586

- Other

   556    40    75    —      —      671

Lease financing

   96    —      35    —      —      131
                             
   4,808    1,101    477    42    68    6,496
                             
     2008
     Republic of
Ireland
€ m
   United
Kingdom
€ m
   Poland
€ m
   United
States of
America
€ m
   Rest of
the
world
€ m
   Total
€ m

Agriculture

   47    2    39    —      —      88

Energy

   10    —      —      32    —      42

Manufacturing

   71    33    46    17    —      167

Construction and property

   1,148    432    61    12    —      1,653

Distribution

   147    89    30    —      —      266

Transport

   11    2    3    —      —      16

Financial

   17    3    —      —      —      20

Other services

   65    53    7    —      —      125

Personal

                 

- Home mortgages

   163    53    11    —      19    246

- Other

   257    22    36    —      —      315

Lease financing

   36    —      17    —      —      53
                             
   1,972    689    250    61    19    2,991
                             

 

(1)

Excluding loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA at 31 December 2009 (see note 23).

Collateral and other credit enhancements

The Group takes collateral in support of its lending activities when deemed appropriate and has a series of policies and procedures in place for the assessment, valuation and taking of such collateral. In some circumstances, depending on the customers standing and/or the nature of the product, the Group may lend unsecured.

The main types of collateral for loans and receivables to customers are as follows:

Home Mortgages: The Group takes collateral in support of lending transactions for the purchase of residential property. There are clear policies in place which set out the type of property acceptable as collateral and the relationship of loan to property value. All properties are required to be fully insured and be subject to a legal charge in favour of the Group.

Corporate/Commercial Lending: For property related lending, it is normal practice to take a charge over the property being financed. This includes investment and development properties. For non-property related lending, collateral typically includes a charge over business assets such as stock and debtors but which may also include property. In some circumstances, personal guarantees supported by a lien over personal assets are also taken as security.

 

200


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

28 Loans and receivables to customers (continued)

 

The following table sets out, at 31 December 2009 and 2008, loans identified as impaired analysed between those instances where provisions are calculated based on loans that are individually significant and those that are individually insignificant. This analysis includes both loans and receivables to customers and loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA (see note 23).

 

     2009
     Individually significant    Individually insignificant    Total

Division

   € m    %    € m    %    € m

AIB Bank ROI

   13,676    85    944    73    14,620

Capital Markets

   559    3    —      —      559

AIB Bank UK

   1,705    11    50    4    1,755

Central and Eastern Europe

   223    1    296    23    519
                        

Total

   16,163    100    1,290    100    17,453
                        
     2008
     Individually significant    Individually insignificant    Total

Division

   € m    %    € m    %    € m

AIB Bank ROI

   1,384    59    478    75    1,862

Capital Markets

   338    14    —      —      338

AIB Bank UK

   489    21    33    5    522

Central and Eastern Europe

   140    6    129    20    269
                        

Total

   2,351    100    640    100    2,991
                        

The level of provision and associated provision cover for individually insignificant impaired loans by division as at 31 December 2009 and 2008 are outlined in the following table.

 

     2009
    

Individually

insignificant

   Provision   

Provision

cover

Division

   € m    € m    %

AIB Bank ROI

   944    560    59

AIB Bank UK

   50    36    72

Central and Eastern Europe

   296    127    43
              

Total

   1,290    723    56
              
     2008
     Individually
insignificant
   Provision    Provision
cover

Division

   € m    € m    %

AIB Bank ROI

   478    286    60

AIB Bank UK

   33    21    64

Central and Eastern Europe

   129    74    57
              

Total

   640    381    60
              

For further detail on our provisioning methodology, see Risk management - Credit Risk.

 

201


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

28 Loans and receivables to customers (continued)

 

Included in loans and receivables to customers of € 103,341 million, is funded leveraged debt of € 4,290 million. The tables below analyse this by geographic location and industry sector.

Leveraged debt by geographic location

 

     2009    2008
     Funded
€ m
   Unfunded
€ m
   Funded
€ m
   Unfunded
€ m

United Kingdom

   638    121    786    36

Rest of Europe

   1,302    181    1,562    137

United States of America

   2,056    406    2,632    340

Rest of world

   294    40    300    107
                   
   4,290    748    5,280    620
                   

Funded leveraged debt by industry sector

 

     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

Agriculture

   30    34

Construction and property

   25    58

Distribution

   750    845

Energy

   71    95

Financial

   113    139

Manufacturing

   1,704    2,142

Transport

   184    181

Other services

   1,413    1,786
         
   4,290    5,280
         

Leveraged lending (including the financing of Management buy-outs, buy-ins and private equity buyouts) is conducted primarily through specialist lending teams. The leveraged loan book is held as part of the loans and receivables to customers portfolio. Specific impairment provisions of € 55 million (2008: € 11 million) are currently held against impaired exposures of € 231 million (2008: € 38 million) where there has been a permanent reduction in the value of the credit assets in question. These impaired exposures are not included in the analysis above. The unfunded element above includes off-balance sheet facilities and the undrawn element of facility commitments.

 

202


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

29 Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

 

     2009  

Group

   Corporate/
Commercial
€ m
    Residential
mortgages
€ m
    Other
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Provisions

        

At the beginning of period

   1,860      64      370      2,294   

Exchange translation adjustments

   18      2      11      31   

Charge against income statement

   4,987      88      280      5,355   

Amounts written off

   (453   (13   (54   (520

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

   5      —        1      6   

Transfers out

   (10   —        —        (10
                        

At end of period

   6,407      141      608      7,156   
                        

Total provisions are split between specific and IBNR as follows:

        

Specific

   5,324      71      403      5,798   

IBNR

   1,083      70      205      1,358   
                        
   6,407      141      608      7,156   
                        

Amounts include:

        

Loans and receivables to banks (note 27)

         4   

Loans and receivables to customers (note 28)

         2,987   

Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA (note 23)

         4,165   
            
         7,156   
            
     2008  

Group

   Corporate/
Commercial
€ m
    Residential
mortgages
€ m
    Other
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Provisions

        

At the beginning of period

   486      26      232      744   

Exchange translation adjustments

   (90   (3   (24   (117

Charge against income statement

   1,593      44      185      1,822   

Amounts written off

   (136   (3   (27   (166

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

   7      —        4      11   
                        

At end of period

   1,860      64      370      2,294   
                        

Total provisions are split between specific and IBNR as follows:

        

Specific

   877      32      239      1,148   

IBNR

   983      32      131      1,146   
                        
   1,860      64      370      2,294   
                        

Amounts include:

        

Loans and receivables to banks (note 27)

         2   

Loans and receivables to customers (note 28)

         2,292   
            
         2,294   
            

The classification of loans and receivables into corporate/commercial, residential mortgages, and other, relate to classifications used in the Group’s ratings tools and are explained in note 33.

 

203


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

29 Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables (continued)

 

     2009  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   Corporate/
Commercial
€ m
    Residential
mortgages
€ m
   Other
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Provisions

         

At the beginning of period

   1,501      13    164      1,678   

Exchange translation adjustments

   6      —      —        6   

Charge against income statement

   4,486      15    107      4,608   

Amounts written off

   (332   —      (28   (360

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

   1      —      —        1   

Transfers out

   (7   —      —        (7
                       

At end of period

   5,655      28    243      5,926   
                       

Total provisions are split between specific and IBNR as follows:

         

Specific

   4,681      25    205      4,911   

IBNR

   974      3    38      1,015   
                       
   5,655      28    243      5,926   
                       

Amounts include:

         

Loans and receivables to banks (note 27)

          4   

Loans and receivables to customers (note 28)

          1,992   

Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA (note 71)

          3,930   
             
          5,926   
             
     2008  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   Corporate/
Commercial
€ m
    Residential
mortgages
€ m
   Other
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Provisions

         

At the beginning of period

   305      3    101      409   

Exchange translation adjustments

   (20   —      1      (19

Charge against income statement

   1,289      10    89      1,388   

Amounts written off

   (80   —      (27   (107

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

   7      —      —        7   
                       

At end of period

   1,501      13    164      1,678   
                       

Total provisions are split between specific and IBNR as follows:

         

Specific

   701      8    84      793   

IBNR

   800      5    80      885   
                       
   1,501      13    164      1,678   
                       

Amounts include:

         

Loans and receivables to banks (note 27)

          —     

Loans and receivables to customers (note 28)

          1,678   
             
          1,678   
             

 

204


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

29 Provision for impairment of loans and receivables (continued)

 

Provision for impairment of loans and receivables to customers by geographic location and industry sector

 

     2009
     Republic of
Ireland
€ m
   United
Kingdom
€ m
   Poland
€ m
   United
States of
America
€ m
   Rest of
the
world
€ m
   Total
€ m

Agriculture

   44    1    7    —      —      52

Energy

   4    —      1    —      —      5

Manufacturing

   58    29    24    —      6    117

Construction and property

   557    178    45    2    —      782

Distribution

   286    88    23    —      5    402

Transport

   20    2    4    —      —      26

Financial

   49    35    1    —      —      85

Other services

   90    61    8    4    —      163

Personal

                 

- Home mortgages

   81    16    6    —      13    116

- Other

   302    24    58    —      —      384

Lease financing

   67    —      11    —      —      78
                             

Specific

   1,558    434    188    6    24    2,210

IBNR

   554    121    90    5    7    777
                             

Total

   2,112    555    278    11    31    2,987
                             
     2008
     Republic of
Ireland
€ m
   United
Kingdom
€ m
   Poland
€ m
   United
States of
America
€ m
   Rest of
the
world
€ m
   Total
€ m

Agriculture

   19    —      35    —      —      54

Energy

   8    —      —      4    —      12

Manufacturing

   35    13    17    4    —      69

Construction and property

   398    134    20    4    —      556

Distribution

   57    37    20    —      —      114

Transport

   8    1    2    —      —      11

Financial

   10    2    —      —      —      12

Other services

   34    21    5    —      —      60

Personal

                 

- Home mortgages

   32    3    5    —      7    47

- Other

   136    17    27    —      —      180

Lease financing

   25    —      6    —      —      31
                             

Specific

   762    228    137    12    7    1,146

IBNR

   919    149    76    —      2    1,146
                             

Total

   1,681    377    213    12    9    2,292
                             

 

205


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

29 Provision for impairment of loans and receivables (continued)

 

Provision for impairment of loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA by geographic location and industry sector

 

     2009
     Republic of
Ireland
€ m
   United
Kingdom
€ m
   Poland
€ m
   United
States of
America
€ m
   Rest of
the
world
€ m
   Total
€ m

Agriculture

   5    —      —      —      —      5

Energy

   8    —      —      —      —      8

Manufacturing

   3    —      —      —      —      3

Construction and property

   3,245    189    —      —      —      3,434

Distribution

   79    —      —      —      —      79

Financial

   —      2    —      —      —      2

Other services

   11    1    —      —      —      12

Personal

                 

- Home mortgages

   6    —      —      —      —      6

- Other

   35    —      —      —      —      35
                             

Specific

   3,392    192    —      —      —      3,584

IBNR

   541    40    —      —      —      581
                             

Total provision

   3,933    232    —      —      —      4,165
                             

30 Amounts receivable under finance leases and hire purchase contracts

The following balances principally comprise of leasing arrangements involving vehicles, plant, machinery and equipment.

 

     Group     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
 

Gross receivables

        

Not later than 1 year

   864      855      69      392   

Later than one year and not later than 5 years

   1,860      2,419      733      630   

Later than 5 years

   154      218      71      70   
                        

Total

   2,878      3,492      873      1,092   

Unearned future finance income

   (216   (264   (78   (104

Deferred costs incurred on origination

   6      8      4      6   
                        

Total

   2,668      3,236      799      994   
                        

Present value of minimum payments analysed by residual maturity

        

Not later than 1 year

   845      837      68      384   

Later than one year and not later than 5 years

   1,707      2,222      670      553   

Later than 5 years

   116      177      61      57   
                        

Present value of minimum payments

   2,668      3,236      799      994   
                        

Provision for uncollectible minimum payments receivable(1) amounted to:

   139      52      60      22   

Unguaranteed residual values accruing to the benefit of the Group

   12      16      —        —     

Net investment in new business

   763      1,606      197      499   
                        

 

(1)

Included in the provision for impairment of loans and receivables to customers (see note 29).

 

206


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

31 Financial investments available for sale

The following tables give, for the Group and Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. at 31 December 2009 and 31 December 2008, the carrying value (fair value) of financial investments available for sale by major classifications together with the unrealised gains and losses.

 

     2009  
     Fair value
€ m
   Unrealised
gross gains
€ m
   Unrealised
gross losses
€ m
    Net unrealised
gains/(losses)
€ m
    Tax effect
€ m
    Net
after tax
€ m
 

Group

              

Debt securities

              

Irish government securities

   3,941    137    (22   115      (10   105   

Euro government securities

   2,104    69    (3   66      (10   56   

Non Euro government securities

   2,629    65    (8   57      (11   46   

Non European government securities

   619    28    (2   26      (3   23   

U.S.Treasury & U.S. government agencies

   351    10    (1   9      (1   8   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

   1,134    —      (36   (36   5      (31

Other asset backed securities

   3,528    2    (320   (318   40      (278

Euro bank securities

   6,804    72    (86   (14   2      (12

Non Euro bank securities

   2,873    21    (46   (25   3      (22

Certificates of deposit

   207    1    —        1      —        1   

Other investments

   819    34    (18   16      (3   13   
                                  

Total debt securities

   25,009    439    (542   (103   12      (91

Equity securities

   327    158    (7   151      (30   121   
                                  

Total financial investments available for sale

   25,336    597    (549   48      (18   30   
                                  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

              

Debt securities

              

Irish government securities

   3,044    136    (3   133      (17   116   

Euro government securities

   1,858    57    (3   54      (7   47   

Non Euro government securities

   884    37    (5   32      (3   29   

Non European government securities

   619    28    (2   26      (3   23   

U.S.Treasury & U.S. government agencies

   347    10    (1   9      (1   8   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

   1,134    —      (36   (36   5      (31

Other asset backed securities

   3,528    2    (320   (318   40      (278

Euro bank securities

   6,786    72    (86   (14   2      (12

Non Euro bank securities

   2,873    21    (46   (25   3      (22

Certificates of deposit

   201    1    —        1      —        1   

Other investments

   817    34    (18   16      (3   13   
                                  

Total debt securities

   22,091    398    (520   (122   16      (106

Equity securities

   87    15    (3   12      (3   9   
                                  

Total financial investments available for sale

   22,178    413    (523   (110   13      (97
                                  

 

207


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

31 Financial investments available for sale (continued)

 

     2008  
     Fair value
€ m
   Unrealised
gross gains
€ m
   Unrealised
gross losses
€ m
    Net unrealised
gains/(losses)
€ m
    Tax effect
€ m
    Net
after tax
€ m
 

Group

              

Debt securities

              

Irish government securities

   1,537    10    (55   (45   14      (31

Euro government securities

   2,698    58    (14   44      (7   37   

Non Euro government securities

   2,879    62    (25   37      (3   34   

Non European government securities

   1,337    63    (3   60      (7   53   

U.S. Treasury & U.S. government agencies

   550    16    (1   15      (2   13   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

   1,541    —      (72   (72   12      (60

Other asset backed securities

   4,054    4    (183   (179   22      (157

Euro bank securities

   8,678    59    (170   (111   14      (97

Non Euro bank securities

   4,238    59    (89   (30   4      (26

Certificates of deposit

   212    2    —        2      —        2   

Other investments

   1,013    6    (177   (171   43      (128
                                  

Total debt securities

   28,737    339    (789   (450   90      (360

Equity securities

   287    151    (12   139      (26   113   
                                  

Total financial investments available for sale

   29,024    490    (801   (311   64      (247
                                  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

              

Debt securities

              

Irish government securities

   676    10    —        10      (2   8   

Euro government securities

   2,301    54    (13   41      (5   36   

Non Euro government securities

   1,376    57    (8   49      (7   42   

Non European government securities

   1,337    63    (3   60      (7   53   

U.S. Treasury & U.S. government agencies

   532    16    (1   15      (2   13   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

   1,541    —      (72   (72   12      (60

Other asset backed securities

   4,054    4    (183   (179   22      (157

Euro bank securities

   8,678    59    (170   (111   14      (97

Non Euro bank securities

   4,238    59    (89   (30   4      (26

Certificates of deposit

   212    2    —        2      —        2   

Other investments

   863    5    (177   (172   43      (129
                                  

Total debt securities

   25,808    329    (716   (387   72      (315

Equity securities

   64    5    (7   (2   —        (2
                                  

Total financial investments available for sale

   25,872    334    (723   (389   72      (317
                                  

 

208


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

31 Financial investments available for sale (continued)

 

Analysis of movements in financial investments available for sale

   Debt
securities
€ m
    Equity
securities
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Group

      

At 1 January 2009

   28,737      287      29,024   

Exchange translation adjustments

   460      2      462   

Purchases

   4,809      3      4,812   

Additions(1)

   —        34      34   

Sales

   (4,679   (9   (4,688

Maturities

   (4,838   —        (4,838

IAS 39 reclassifications out (note 28)

   (13   —        (13

Provisions for impairment

   (20   (4   (24

Amortisation of discounts net of premiums

   37      —        37   

Movement in unrealised gains

   516      14      530   
                  

At 31 December 2009

   25,009      327      25,336   
                  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

      

At 1 January 2009

   25,808      64      25,872   

Exchange translation adjustments

   431      1      432   

Purchases

   3,795      —        3,795   

Additions(1)

   —        12      12   

Sales

   (4,474   (6   (4,480

Maturities

   (3,881   —        (3,881

IAS 39 reclassifications out (note 28)

   (13   —        (13

Provisions for impairment

   (20   (1   (21

Amortisation of discounts net of premiums

   16      —        16   

Movement in unrealised gains

   429      17      446   
                  

At 31 December 2009

   22,091      87      22,178   
                  

 

(1)

Additions relate to transfers from loans and receivables arising from debt/equity restructures.

During the year financial investments available for sale of €13 million were reclassified to the loans and receivables to customers category.

 

209


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

31 Financial investments available for sale (continued)

 

Analysis of movements in financial investments available for sale

   Debt
securities
€ m
    Equity
securities
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Group

      

At 1 January 2008

   20,658      326      20,984   

Exchange translation adjustments

   (1,317   (28   (1,345

Purchases

   19,374      30      19,404   

Sales

   (4,306   (51   (4,357

Maturities

   (9,801   —        (9,801

IAS 39 reclassifications in (note 25)

   6,092      12      6,104   

IAS 39 reclassifications out (note 32)

   (1,769   —        (1,769

Provisions for impairment

   (24   (5   (29

Amortisation of discounts net of premiums

   15      —        15   

Movement in unrealised (losses)/gains

   (185   3      (182
                  

At 31 December 2008

   28,737      287      29,024   
                  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

      

At 1 January 2008

   17,794      59      17,853   

Exchange translation adjustments

   (1,086   (3   (1,089

Purchases

   16,578      13      16,591   

Sales

   (4,027   (20   (4,047

Maturities

   (9,405   —        (9,405

IAS 39 reclassifications in (note 25)

   6,092      12      6,104   

Provisions for impairment

   (24   (1   (25

Amortisation of discounts net of premiums

   4      —        4   

Movement in unrealised (losses)/gains

   (118   4      (114
                  

At 31 December 2008

   25,808      64      25,872   
                  

During the year, certain financial investments available for sale amounting to € 1,769 million were reclassified to the held to maturity category. The Group has the ability and intention to hold these securities to maturity.

 

     Group          Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

Debt securities analysed by remaining maturity

   2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
         2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
 

Due within one year

   4,375         3,686         3,750         2,838   

After one year, but within five years

   11,118         13,738         10,232         12,992   

After five years, but within ten years

   3,829         4,082         3,082         3,645   

After ten years

   5,687         7,231         5,027         6,333   
                                 
   25,009         28,737         22,091         25,808   
                                 
     Group          Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  
     2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
         2009
€ m
         2008
€ m
 

Of which listed:

                 

Debt securities

   24,995         28,665         22,079         25,779   

Equity securities

   53         34          33          24    
   25,048         28,699         22,112         25,803   

Of which unlisted:

                 

Debt securities

   14         72          12          29    

Equity securities

   274         253          54          40    
   288         325         66         69   
                                 
   25,336         29,024         22,178         25,872   
                                 

 

210


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

31 Financial investments available for sale (continued)

 

The following table gives for the Group and Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. at 31 December 2009, an analysis of the securities portfolio with unrealised losses, distinguished between securities with continuous unrealised loss positions of less than 12 months and those with continuous unrealised loss positions for periods in excess of 12 months.

 

     2009    2009  
     Fair value    Unrealised losses  
     Investments
with
unrealised losses
of less than

12 months
€ m
   Investments
with
unrealised losses
of more than
12 months

€ m
   Total
€ m
   Unrealised
losses of
less than
12 months
€ m
    Unrealised
losses of
more than
12 months
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Group

               

Debt securities

               

Irish government securities

   107    856    963    (3   (19   (22

Euro government securities

   330    20    350    (3   —        (3

Non Euro government securities

   158    209    367    (3   (5   (8

Non European government securities

   4    23    27    —        (2   (2

US Treasury and US government agencies

   —      46    46    —        (1   (1

Collateralised mortgage obligations

   24    1,089    1,113    —        (36   (36

Other asset backed securities

   302    3,134    3,436    (19   (301   (320

Euro bank securities

   118    3,039    3,157    (5   (81   (86

Non Euro bank securities

   175    1,962    2,137    (9   (37   (46

Other investments

   8    217    225    (1   (17   (18
                                 

Total debt securities

   1,226    10,595    11,821    (43   (499   (542

Equity securities

   —      8    8    (3   (4   (7
                                 

Total

   1,226    10,603    11,829    (46   (503   (549
                                 

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

               

Debt securities

               

Irish government securities

   107    —      107    (3   —        (3

Euro government securities

   330    20    350    (3   —        (3

Non Euro government securities

   95    69    164    (3   (2   (5

Non European government securities

   4    23    27    —        (2   (2

US Treasury and US government agencies

   —      46    46    —        (1   (1

Collateralised mortgage obligations

   24    1,089    1,113    —        (36   (36

Other asset backed securities

   302    3,134    3,436    (19   (301   (320

Euro bank securities

   118    3,039    3,157    (5   (81   (86

Non Euro bank securities

   175    1,962    2,137    (9   (37   (46

Other investments

   8    217    225    (1   (17   (18
                                 

Total debt securities

   1,163    9,599    10,762    (43   (477   (520

Equity securities

   —      6    6    —        (3   (3
                                 

Total

   1,163    9,605    10,768    (43   (480   (523
                                 

Available for sale financial investments with unrealised losses have been assessed for impairment based on the credit risk profile of the counterparties involved. Impairment losses on debt securities of € 20 million have been recognised as set out in note 12.

 

211


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

31 Financial investments available for sale (continued)

 

The following table gives for the Group and Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. at 31 December 2008, an analysis of the securities portfolio with unrealised losses, distinguished between securities with continuous unrealised loss positions of less than 12 months and those with continuous unrealised loss positions for periods in excess of 12 months.

 

     2008    2008  
     Fair value    Unrealised losses  
     Investments
with
unrealised losses
of less than
12 months
   Investments
with
unrealised losses
of more than
12 months
   Total    Unrealised
losses
of less
than
12 months
    Unrealised
losses
of more
than
12 months
    Total  
     € m    € m    € m    € m     € m     € m  

Group

               

Debt securities

               

Irish government securities

   —      861    861    —        (55   (55

Euro government securities

   276    257    533    (12   (2   (14

Non Euro government securities

   386    423    809    (11   (14   (25

Non European government securities

   40    78    118    —        (3   (3

US Treasury and US government agencies

   5    57    62    —        (1   (1

Collateralised mortgage obligations

   126    1,281    1,407    (37   (35   (72

Other asset backed securities

   2,220    1,503    3,723    (82   (101   (183

Euro bank securities

   2,392    2,926    5,318    (85   (85   (170

Non Euro bank securities

   701    1,870    2,571    (21   (68   (89

Certificates of deposit

   —      —      —      —        —        —     

Other investments

   786    104    890    (140   (37   (177
                                 

Total debt securities

   6,932    9,360    16,292    (388   (401   (789

Equity securities

   22    —      22    (12   —        (12
                                 

Total

   6,954    9,360    16,314    (400   (401   (801
                                 

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

               

Debt securities

               

Irish government securities

   —      —      —      —        —        —     

Euro government securities

   217    96    313    (12   (1   (13

Non Euro government securities

   23    62    85    —        (8   (8

Non European government securities

   39    78    117    —        (3   (3

US Treasury and US government agencies

   5    57    62    —        (1   (1

Collateralised mortgage obligations

   126    1,281    1,407    (37   (35   (72

Other asset backed securities

   2,220    1,503    3,723    (82   (101   (183

Euro bank securities

   2,392    2,926    5,318    (85   (85   (170

Non Euro bank securities

   701    1,870    2,571    (21   (68   (89

Certificates of deposit

   —      —      —      —        —        —     

Other investments

   641    103    744    (140   (37   (177
                                 

Total debt securities

   6,364    7,976    14,340    (377   (339   (716

Equity securities

   13    —      13    (7   —        (7
                                 

Total

   6,377    7,976    14,353    (384   (339   (723
                                 

Available for sale financial investments with unrealised losses have been assessed for impairment based on the credit risk profile of the counterparties involved. Impairment losses on debt securities of € 24 million have been recognised as set out in note 12.

 

212


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

31 Financial investments available for sale (continued)

 

Collateralised mortgage obligations by geography and industry sector of the issuer

 

     2009
     Governments
€ m
   Other
financial
€ m
   Total
€ m

United Kingdom

   —      57    57

United States of America

   1,068    —      1,068

Rest of World

   —      9    9
              
   1,068    66    1,134
              
     2008
     Governments
€ m
   Other
financial
€ m
   Total
€ m

United Kingdom

   —      171    171

United States of America

   1,330    32    1,362

Rest of World

   —      8    8
              
   1,330    211    1,541
              

Other asset backed securities by geography and industry sector of the issuer

 

     2009
     Governments
€ m
   Banks
€ m
   Building
societies
€ m
   Other
financial
€ m
   Total
€ m

Republic of Ireland

   —      —      —      285    285

United Kingdom

   —      25    —      704    729

United States of America

   302    —      —      433    735

Australia

   —      7    —      474    481

Italy

   —      —      —      186    186

Spain

   —      23    —      943    966

Rest of World

   —      —      —      146    146
                        
   302    55    —      3,171    3,528
                        
     2008
     Governments
€ m
   Banks
€ m
   Building
societies
€ m
   Other
financial
€ m
   Total
€ m

Republic of Ireland

   —      21    —      341    362

United Kingdom

   —      81    —      631    712

United States of America

   314    —      —      423    737

Australia

   —      8    14    513    535

Italy

   —      —      —      261    261

Spain

   —      34    —      1,242    1,276

Rest of World

   —      —      —      171    171
                        
   314    144    14    3,582    4,054
                        

 

213


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

32 Financial investments held to maturity

 

     Debt securities  

Analysis of movements in financial investments held to maturity

   2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
 

Group

    

At 1 January

   1,499      —     

Maturities

   (71   —     

IAS 39 reclassifications in (note 25)

   —        1,769   

Purchases

   128      —     

Exchange translation adjustments

   21      (273

Amortisation of discount

   9      3   
            

At 31 December

   1,586      1,499   
            

All of these financial investments held to maturity are listed on a recognised stock exchange. They are Non-Euro Government securities and their maturity profile is set out in note 60. There were no financial investments held to maturity in Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. as at 31 December 2009 and 2008.

33 Credit ratings

Internal credit ratings

Ratings profiles

The Group’s rating systems consist of a number of individual rating tools designed to assess the risk within particular portfolios. These ratings tools are calibrated to meet the needs of individual business units in managing their portfolios. All rating tools are built to a Group standard and independently validated by Group.

The identification of loans for specific impairment assessment is driven by the Group’s rating systems. In addition, the ratings profiles are one of the factors that are referenced in determining the appropriate level of IBNR provisions.

The Group uses a 13 point Group ratings masterscale to provide a common and consistent framework for aggregating comparing and reporting exposures, on a consolidated basis, across all lending portfolios. The masterscale, which is not in itself a rating tool, is probability of default (PD) based, and is not used in provision methodologies. The masterscale consists of a series of PD ranges between 0% and 100% (where 100% indicates a borrowing already in default) and facilitates the aggregation of borrowers for comparison and reporting that have been rated on any of the individual rating tools in use across the Group.

Masterscale Rating Ranges:

Grade 1 – 3 would typically include strong corporate and commercial lending combined with elements of the retail portfolios and residential mortgages.

Grades 4 – 10 would typically include new business written and existing satisfactorily performing exposures across all portfolios. The lower end of this category (Grade 10) includes a portion of the Group’s criticised loans (i.e. loans requiring additional management attention over and above that normally required for the loan type).

Grades 11 – 13 contains the remainder of the Group’s criticised loans, excluding impaired loans, together with loans written at a high PD where there is a commensurate higher margin for the risk taken.

The Group’s total criticised loans at 31 December 2009 total € 38.2 billion (2008: € 15.5 billion) or 29.4% (2008: 11.7%) of loans and receivables to customers (including loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA).

Loans and receivables to customers

 

     2009     2008  

Group

 

   Corporate/
Commercial

€ m
   Residential
mortgages

€ m
   Other
€ m
   Total
€ m
    Corporate/
Commercial

€ m
   Residential
mortgages

€ m
   Other
€ m
   Total
€ m
 

Masterscale grade

                      

1 to 3

   3,435    14,847    892    19,174      5,695    13,767    1,462    20,924   

4 to 10

   46,896    13,480    6,598    66,974      74,049    12,508    6,920    93,477   

11 to 13

   6,322    956    1,900    9,178      3,225    530    2,141    5,896   
                                          
   56,653    29,283    9,390    95,326      82,969    26,805    10,523    120,297   

Past due but not impaired

   2,947    819    1,019    4,785      7,123    633    1,119    8,875   

Impaired

   5,088    469    939    6,496      2,150    218    623    2,991   
                                          
   64,688    30,571    11,348    106,607      92,242    27,656    12,265    132,163   
                                  

Unearned income

            (279            (382

Provisions

            (2,987            (2,292
                              

Total

            103,341               129,489   
                              

 

214


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

33 Credit ratings (continued)

 

     2009     2008  
Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.   

Corporate/

Commercial

  

Residential

mortgages

   Other    Total    

Corporate/

Commercial

  

Residential

mortgages

   Other    Total  

Masterscale grade

   € m    € m    € m    € m     € m    € m    € m    € m  

1 to 3

   2,733    2,498    760    5,991      4,546    2,300    852    7,698   

4 to 10

   28,899    2,695    3,209    34,803      49,698    2,902    3,777    56,377   

11 to 13

   3,798    303    1,663    5,764      1,468    167    1,805    3,440   
                                          
   35,430    5,496    5,632    46,558      55,712    5,369    6,434    67,515   

Past due but not impaired

   2,552    179    683    3,414      6,530    86    852    7,468   

Impaired

   3,822    100    564    4,486      1,541    38    438    2,017   
                                          
   41,804    5,775    6,879    54,458      63,783    5,493    7,724    77,000   
                                  

Unearned income

            (151            (207

Provisions

            (1,992            (1,678
                              

Total - third party exposures

            52,315               75,115   
                              

Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA

 

     2009  
Group    Corporate/
Commercial
   Residential
mortgages
   Other    Total  

Masterscale grade

   € m    €m    € m    € m  

1 to 3

   17    3    1    21   

4 to 10

   7,524    11    130    7,665   

11 to 13

   2,664    1    19    2,684   
                     
   10,205    15    150    10,370   

Past due but not impaired

   1,833    8    27    1,868   

Impaired

   10,832    2    123    10,957   
                     
   22,870    25    300    23,195   
                 

Provisions

            (4,165
               

Total

            19,030   
               

 

     2009  
Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.   

Corporate/

Commercial

  

Residential

mortgages

   Other    Total  

Masterscale grade

   € m    € m    € m    € m  

1 to 3

   21    —      1    22   

4 to 10

   4,847    —      —      4,847   

11 to 13

   2,968    —      17    2,985   
                     
   7,836    —      18    7,854   

Past due but not impaired

   1,753    2    44    1,799   

Impaired

   10,100    —      4    10,104   
                     
   19,689    2    66    19,757   
                 

Provisions

            (3,930
               

Total

            15,827   
               

Lendings classifications:

Corporate/Commercial includes loans to corporate and larger commercial enterprises processed through one of the Group’s corporate/commercial rating tools, where the exposure is typically greater than € 300,000.

Residential Mortgages includes loans for the purchase of residential properties processed through Group residential mortgage rating tools. In some circumstances, residential mortgage exposures can be processed through the Group’s Corporate and Commercial rating tools (e.g. where a borrower has multiple investment properties).

Other includes loans to SMEs and individuals. In some cases behaviour scoring and credit scoring methodologies are used.

 

215


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

33 Credit ratings (continued)

 

External credit ratings

The external ratings profiles of loans and receivables to banks, trading portfolio financial assets (excluding equity securities), financial investments available for sale (excluding equity shares) and financial investments held to maturity are as follows:

 

     2009

Group

   Bank
€ m
   Corporate
€ m
   Sovereign
€ m
   Other
€ m
   Total
€ m

AAA/AA

   9,873    4    7,425    5,059    22,361

A

   8,091    37    3,941    85    12,154

BBB+/BBB/BBB-

   335    356    109    17    817

Sub investment

   6    280    —      16    302

Unrated

   15    155    —      143    313
                        

Total

   18,320    832    11,475    5,320    35,947
                        
     2008

Group

   Bank
€ m
   Corporate
€ m
   Sovereign
€ m
   Other
€ m
   Total
€ m

AAA/AA

   11,843    3    7,227    5,494    24,567

A

   7,256    63    3,534    242    11,095

BBB+/BBB/BBB-

   281    214    85    128    708

Sub investment

   24    108    2    215    349

Unrated

   3    96    —      52    151
                        

Total

   19,407    484    10,848    6,131    36,870
                        
     2009

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   Bank*
€ m
   Corporate
€ m
   Sovereign
€ m
   Other
€ m
   Total
€ m

AAA/AA

   9,873    4    6,223    4,391    20,491

A

   8,069    37    665    85    8,856

BBB+/BBB/BBB-

   333    356    109    17    815

Sub investment

   6    280    —      16    302

Unrated

   15    155    —      —      170
                        

Total

   18,296    832    6,997    4,509    30,634
                        
     2008

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   Bank*
€ m
   Corporate
€ m
   Sovereign
€ m
   Other
€ m
   Total
€ m

AAA/AA

   11,652    3    5,650    5,344    22,649

A

   6,803    63    626    242    7,734

BBB+/BBB/BBB-

   279    214    85    128    706

Sub investment

   24    108    2    215    349

Unrated

   3    96    —      52    151
                        

Total

   18,761    484    6,363    5,981    31,589
                        

 

* Excludes loans to subsidiaries of € 50,839 million (2008: €41,493 million).

 

216


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

34 Interests in associated undertakings

Included in the Group income statement is the contribution from investments in associated undertakings as follows:

 

           Restated(1)  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
 

Income statement

    

Share of results of associated undertakings

   46      99   

Impairment of associated undertakings

   (308   (57
            
   (262   42   
            
           Restated(1)  
     2009     2008  
     € m     € m  

Share of net assets including goodwill

    

At 1 January

   1,999      1,682   

Change in accounting policy - insurance contracts(1)

   —        26   
            

At 1 January, as restated

   1,999      1,708   

Exchange translation adjustments

   (43   76   

Purchases

   2      231   

Disposals

   —        (5

Income for the period

   46      99   

Dividends received from associates

   (64   (55

Impairment of associated undertakings

   (308   (57

Other movements

   9      2   
            

At 31 December

   1,641      1,999   
            

Analysed as to:

    

M&T Bank Corporation (note 35)

   1,282      1,534   

Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited (note 36)

   258      278   

Bulgarian American Credit Bank (note 37)

   60      163   

Other

   41      24   
            
   1,641      1,999   
            

Of which listed on a recognised stock exchange

   1,344      1,697   
            

 

Summarised financial information for the Group’s associates is as follows:

 

    
           Restated(1)  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
 

Total assets

   59,438      58,653   

Total liabilities

   54,763      54,605   

Revenues

   4,595      4,440   

Net profit

   299      478   
            

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts - see Accounting policies - Basis of preparation.

 

217


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

34 Interests in associated undertakings (continued)

 

Principal associated undertakings

  

Nature of business

M&T Bank Corporation(1)

   Banking and financial services
Registered office:   One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203, USA   
  (Common stock shares of US$ 0.50 par value each – Group interest 22.7%(1))   
Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited(2)    Manufacturer and distributor of
     life and pension products
Registered office:   1 Park Place, Hatch Street, Dublin 2, Ireland   
  (Ordinary shares of € 1.25 par value each – Group interest 24.99%)   
Bulgarian American Credit Bank AD(3)    Banking and financial services
Registered office:   16 Krakra Street, Sofia 1504, Bulgaria   
  (Ordinary shares of BNG 1 – Group interest 49.99%)   

Other than as described for M&T,Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited and BACB, the Group’s interests in associated undertakings are non-credit institutions and are held by subsidiary undertakings.

In accordance with the European Communities (Credit Institutions:Accounts) Regulations, 1992,Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. will annex a full listing of associated undertakings to its annual return to the Companies Registration Office.

 

(1)

The Group interest is held directly by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and carried at cost of € 891 million in the parent company balance sheet.AIB accounts for its share of profits of M&T on the basis of its average interest in M&T throughout the period, which amounted to 23.3% during 2009 (2008: 24.2%).The agreement with M&T provides for the maintenance of AIB’s interest in M&T at a minimum of 22.5% through share repurchase programmes effected by M&T and through rights provided to AIB which allow it to subscribe for additional shares in M&T at fair market value. M&T shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and the fair value of the investment in M&T at 31 December 2009 was € 1,240 million (2008: € 1,101 million)—see note 35.

(2)

The Group interest is held directly by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and carried at cost of € 12 million in the parent company statement of financial position—see note 36.

(3)

The Group interest is held directly by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and carried at € 60 million in the parent company statement of financial position—see note 37. BACB shares are listed on the Bulgarian Stock Exchange and the fair value of the investment in BACB at 31 December 2009 was € 55 million (2008: € 38 million)—see note 37.

 

218


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

35 Interest in M&T Bank Corporation

 

The summary consolidated income statement, summary statement of financial position and contribution of M&T Bank Corporation for 2009 and 2008 under IFRS are as follows:

 

2008
US$ m
   2009
US$ m
         2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
 
     Summary of consolidated income statement     
1,960    2,061      Net interest income    1,478      1,333   
939    922      Other income    662      638   
                       
2,899    2,983      Total operating income    2,140      1,971   
1,688    2,019      Total operating expenses    1,448      1,148   
                       
1,211    964      Group operating profit before impairment provisions    692      823   
428    609      Impairment provisions    437      291   
                       
783    355      Group profit before taxation    255      532   
201    90      Taxation    65      137   
                       
582    265      Group profit after taxation    190      395   
                       
2008
US$ m
   2009
US$ m
         2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
 
     Summary of consolidated statement of financial position     
50,645    52,959      Cash, loans and receivables    36,761      36,391   
7,919    7,781      Investment securities    5,401      5,690   
389    436      Property, plant and equipment    303      280   
4,097    4,922      Other assets    3,417      2,944   
                       
63,050    66,098      Total assets    45,882      45,305   
                       
42,583    47,451      Deposits    32,938      30,598   
15,198    13,514      Other borrowings    9,381      10,920   
1,449    1,083      Other liabilities    752      1,042   
3,820    4,050      Shareholders’ funds    2,811      2,745   
                       
63,050    66,098      Total liabilities and shareholders’ funds    45,882      45,305   
                       
2008
US$ m
   2009
US$ m
         2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
 
     Contribution of M&T     
190    83      Gross contribution    60      129   
(52)    (22   Taxation    (16   (35
                       
138    61      Contribution to Group profit before taxation    44      94   
                       

 

219


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

35 Interest in M&T Bank Corporation (continued)

 

The carrying value of the Group’s investment in M&T at 31 December 2009 was € 1,282 million (2008: € 1,534 million) after recording an impairment loss of € 200 million in June 2009. This has been assessed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 - Impairment of Assets. The carrying value is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use or fair value less costs to sell of the investment in M&T. The market value of the investment based on quoted share price at 31 December 2009 is € 1,240 million.

The value in use of the investment in M&T at 31 December 2009 is € 1,355 million. This has been determined based on the Group’s share of the cash flows expected to be generated by M&T. The value has been determined using management’s profit forecasts for 2010, extended to anticipate a recovery in the US economy and consequent reduction in credit losses through 2013. A pre tax risk discount rate of 12% has been applied to the cash flows and a compound growth rate of 4% has been assumed from 2011 onwards. The pre tax risk discount rate is calculated based on externally observable data in the market as well as management’s view of the appropriate risk premium to be applied to investments in the US banking industry. As the value in use is greater than the carrying value at 31 December 2009, it is considered that no further impairment is required at 31 December 2009.

The results of the valuation are sensitive to changes in the growth and discount rates. Changing the pre tax risk discount rate to 13% and the growth rate of 3% from 2011 into perpetuity would value the investment in M&T at € 1,075 million. If the pre tax risk discount rate was 11% and the growth rate 5%, the investment would be valued at € 1,825 million.

36 Interest in Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited

The contribution of Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited (“ALH”) previously Hibernian Life Holdings Limited for the years ended 31 December 2009, 2008 and 2007 is included within share of results of associated undertakings as follows:

 

     2009
€ m
    Restated
2008
€ m
    Restated
2007
€ m
 

Share of income/(loss) of ALH

   5      (19   15   

Amortisation of intangible assets

   (8   (1   (2
                  

Share of (loss)/ income before taxation

   (3   (20   13   

Taxation attributable to policyholder returns

   (9   10      (3
                  

(Loss)/profit attributable to shareholders before taxation

   (12   (10   10   

Taxation

   (1   2      (1
                  

Included within associated undertakings

   (13   (8   9   
                  

In addition to the amounts included within share of results of associated undertakings, the Group recognised fee income on the sale of ALH life insurance and investment products, through its distribution channels, amounting to € 21 million for the year ended 31 December 2009 (2008: € 34 million; 2007: € 49 million).

In the preparation of the 2009 Annual Financial Report, the Group has changed its method of accounting for insurance contracts from European Embedded Value (“EEV”) to Market Consistent Embedded Value (“MCEV”) principles. In the consolidated statement of financial position, the change had the impact of increasing the following line items: interests in associated undertakings; total assets; retained earnings; and total liabilities by € 26 million at 31 December 2007 and by € 31 million at 31 December 2008. In the consolidated income statement, the change had the impact of increasing the following line items: associated undertakings and profit before tax each by € 5 million in the year ended 31 December 2008 and each by € 3 million in the year ended 31 December 2007. The change in accounting policy increased basic earnings per share for the year ended 31 December 2008 by EUR 0.5 cent to EUR 83.4 cent and diluted earnings per share by EUR 0.5 cent to EUR 83.3 cent.

 

220


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

36 Interest in Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited (continued)

 

The assets and liabilities of ALH at 31 December 2009 and 2008, accounted for in accordance with the accounting policies of the Group, are set out below:

 

          Restated(1)    Restated(1)

Summary of consolidated statement of financial position

   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m

Cash and placings with banks

   1,251    1,548    1,420

Financial investments

   9,198    8,064    10,837

Investment property

   328    474    794

Property, plant and equipment

   6    10    12

Reinsurance assets

   1,238    1,852    1,983

Other assets

   698    792    802
              

Total assets

   12,719    12,740    15,848
              

Investment contract liabilities

   5,928    5,285    7,015

Insurance contract liabilities

   5,092    5,820    6,443

Other liabilities

   564    416    1,114

Shareholders’ equity

   1,135    1,219    1,276
              

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   12,719    12,740    15,848
              

 

(1)

Restated due to change in accounting policy for insurance contracts—see Accounting policies—Basis of preparation

The value in use of the investment in ALH has been determined by comparing the Group’s share of the MCEV of the company to the carrying value. The MCEV is calculated by projecting future cash flows of the business to present values using a risk free yield curve rate of 3.7%. Cash flows are projected using best estimates of demographic and economic variables; for example policyholders’ lapses are projected based on analysis of current behaviour. The Group’s share of the MCEV of ALH exceeded the book value at both 31 December 2009 and 2008.

37 Interests in Bulgarian American Credit Bank AD

On 29 August 2008, the Group completed the acquisition of a 49.99% interest in Bulgarian American Credit Bank (“BACB”). BACB is a specialist provider of secured finance to small and medium sized companies in Bulgaria. The consideration of € 216 million was paid in cash, together with acquisition costs of € 1 million.

The Group accounts for its interest in BACB as an associated company as the Group does not have the power to govern the financial and operating policies of BACB.

The Group’s share of the net assets of BACB have been recorded at fair value in accordance with the accounting policies of the Group. Acquisition accounting has been adopted in respect of the acquisition of BACB and the Group’s share of net assets, consideration given and goodwill arising on the transaction comprised:

 

     € m  

Net assets of BACB at acquisition date

   90   

Fair value adjustments

   (12
   78   
      

Group share of net assets - 49.99%

   39   

Consideration given including costs

   217   
      

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of BACB

   178   
      

The exchange at the date of acquisition was € 1 = 1.9558 Bulgarian Lev. The adjustments reflect fair value adjustments and bringing BACB’s policies in respect of provisioning into line with those of AIB. Goodwill arising has been capitalised on the statement of financial position within the caption “Interests in associated undertakings”.

 

221


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

37 Interests in Bulgarian American Credit Bank AD (continued)

 

Summary statement of financial position

   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

Assets

     

Cash and balances at central banks

   13    25

Derivative financial instruments

   2    2

Loans and receivables to banks

   56    36

Loans and receivables to customers

   331    346

Financial instruments

   3    4

Property plant and equipment

   2    2

Other assets

   5    4
         

Total assets

   412    419
         

Liabilities

     

Deposits by banks

   40    11

Customer accounts

   99    122

Debt securities in issue

   110    106

Other borrowed funds

   55    82

Other liabilities

   1    2

Shareholders’ equity

   107    96
         

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   412    419
         

The Group’s share of income of BACB for the year to 31 December 2009 amounted to € 5 million (2008: € 3 million).

The carrying value, before impairment, of the Group’s investment in BACB at 31 December 2009 was € 168 million (2008: € 220 million). The fair market value of the investment at 31 December 2009 is € 55 million (2008: € 38 million). In accordance with IAS 36—Impairment of Assets, this value is compared to the recoverable amount (higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell) of the investment in BACB.

The value in use of the investment in BACB at 31 December 2009 has been determined based on the Group’s share of the cash flows expected to be generated by BACB. The value has been determined using management’s estimates for 2010—2015. A risk discount rate of 16% has been applied to the cash flows and a compound growth rate of 4% has been assumed from 2015 onwards. The discount rate is calculated based on externally observable data in the market as well as management’s view of the appropriate risk premium to be applied to investments in the Central and Eastern Europe banking industry. The growth rate is based on forecast long-term real GDP growth rates and historically high inflation rates.

This methodology valued BACB at € 60 million, and gave rise to an impairment charge of € 108 million for the year ended 31 December 2009 (2008: € 57 million). These values are sensitive to the cash flows projected for the period for which detailed forecasts are available, and to assumptions regarding the availability of funding and long-term sustainable pattern of cash flows thereafter.

The results of this valuation are sensitive to changes in the growth and discount rates. Changing the discount rate to 17% and the growth rate into perpetuity from 2015 to 3% would value the investment in BACB at € 56 million. If the discount rate was 15% and the growth rate 5% from 2015, the investment would be valued at € 65 million.

 

222


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

38 Investments in Group undertakings

 

     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

    

At 1 January

   1,472      1,428

Additions

   501      44

Redemptions

   (4   —  
          

At 31 December

   1,969      1,472
          

Of which:

    

Credit institutions

   859      754

Other

   1,110      718
          

Total – all unquoted

   1,969      1,472
          

The investments in Group undertakings are included in the accounts on an historical cost basis. Investments in Group undertakings include € 300 million (2008: € 300 million) of subordinated debt.

 

Principal subsidiary undertakings incorporated in the Republic of Ireland

  

Nature of business

AIB Mortgage Bank*    Issue of mortgage covered securities
AIB Debt Management Limited    Financing and securities investment

* Group interest is held directly by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

The above subsidiary undertakings are incorporated in the Republic of Ireland and are wholly-owned unless otherwise stated. The issued share capital of each undertaking is denominated in ordinary shares.

All regulated banking entities are subject to regulations which require them to maintain capital ratios at agreed levels and so govern the availability of funds available for distribution.

AIB Mortgage Bank

AIB Mortgage Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. regulated by the Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland. Its principal purpose is to issue mortgage covered securities for the purpose of financing loans secured on residential property in accordance with the Asset Covered Securities Act, 2001.

On 13 February 2006, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. transferred its Irish branch originated residential mortgage business to AIB Mortgage Bank, amounting to € 13.6 billion in mortgage loans.

In March 2006 AIB Mortgage Bank launched a € 15 billion Mortgage Covered Securities Programme. As at 31 December 2009, the total amount of principal outstanding in respect of mortgage covered securities issued was € 10.5 billion (2008: € 12.9 billion) of which € 4.7 billion was held by third parties and € 5.8 billion by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c At the same date, the total amount of principal outstanding in the covered assets pool including mortgage loans and cash was € 16.1 billion (2008: € 16.6 billion).

As at 31 December 2009 and 2008, AIB Mortgage Bank had a Mortgage Backed Promissory Notes (“MBPN”) facility with the Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland, which was not in use at the year-end reporting date. This facility is referred to in more detail in note 42.

 

Principal subsidiary undertakings incorporated outside the Republic of Ireland

  

Nature of business

AIB Group (UK) p.l.c.

   Banking and financial services

trading as First Trust Bank in Northern Ireland

trading as Allied Irish Bank (GB) in Great Britain

  

Registered office:

   4 Queen’s Square, Belfast, BT1 3DJ   

Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.

   Banking and financial services

Registered office:

   Rynek 9/11, 50-950 Wroclaw, Poland   
   (Ordinary shares of PLN 10 each - Group interest 70.4%)   

The above subsidiary undertakings are wholly-owned unless otherwise stated. The registered office of each is located in the principal country of operation. The issued share capital of each undertaking is denominated in ordinary shares.

 

223


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

38 Investments in Group undertakings (continued)

 

In presenting details of the principal subsidiary undertakings, the exemption permitted by the European Communities (Credit Institutions: Accounts) Regulations, 1992, has been availed of and, in accordance with the regulations, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. will annex a full listing of subsidiary undertakings to its annual return to the Companies Registration Office.

Guarantees given to subsidiaries by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

Each of the companies listed below, and consolidated into these accounts, has availed of the exemption from filing its individual accounts as set out in Section 17 of the Companies (Amendment) Act 1986. In accordance with the Act, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has irrevocably guaranteed the liabilities of these subsidiaries.

 

AIB Asset Management Holdings (Ireland) Limited

AIB Alternative Investment Services Limited

AIB Capital Management Holdings Limited

AIB Capital Markets plc

AIB Corporate Banking Limited

AIB Corporate Finance Limited

AIB Finance Limited

AIB Fund Management Limited

AIB International Financial Services Limited

AIB International Leasing Limited

AIB Investment Managers Limited

AIB Leasing Limited

AIB Services Limited

AIB Venture Capital Limited

Allied Combined Trust Limited

Allied Irish Banks (Holdings & Investments) Limited

Allied Irish Capital Management Limited

Allied Irish Finance Limited

Allied Irish Leasing Limited

 

Allied Irish Nominees Limited

Blogram Limited

Eyke Limited

First Venture Fund Limited

Goodbody Corporate Finance

Goodbody Economic Consultants Limited

Goodbody Financial Services

Goodbody Holdings Limited

Goodbody Pensioneer Trustees Limited

Goodbody Alternative Investment Management Limited

Goodbody Stockbrokers

Kahn Holdings

Percy Nominees Limited

PPP Projects Limited

The Hire Purchase Company of Ireland Limited

Webbing Ireland

Other subsidiary undertakings

Causeway Securities p.l.c.

In November 2008 AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. securitised Stg£ 2,222 million of UK originated residential mortgages to Causeway Securities p.l.c., a special purpose entity. Notes of Stg£ 2,222 million were issued by Causeway Securities p.l.c. to AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. to fund the purchase of beneficial interest in the residential mortgages. The securitisation structure supports the funding activities of the Group.

Clogher Securities Limited

In April 2009 Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. securitised € 2,345 million of Republic of Ireland originated residential mortgages to Clogher Securities Limited, a special purpose entity. Notes of € 2,345 million were issued by Clogher Securities Limited to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. to fund the purchase of beneficial interest in the residential mortgages. The securitisation structure supports the funding activities of the Group.

Wicklow Gap Limited

In November 2009 Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. securitised € 2,182 million of euro denominated corporate loan obligations and working capital to Wicklow Gap Limited, a special purpose entity. Notes of € 2,204 million were issued by Wicklow Gap Limited to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. to fund the purchase of these loan obligations, their accrued interest and an amount of future anticipated drawdowns and certain transaction fees.The securitisation structure will support the funding activities of the Group.

Whilst the loans/mortgages securitised have not been derecognised for Group reporting purposes, the investment in all three special purpose entities above have been eliminated on consolidation. In the case of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., the investment in both Clogher Securities Limited and Wicklow Gap Limited have been eliminated, whilst the loans/mortgages continue to be recognised.

 

224


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

39 Intangible assets and goodwill

 

     2009     2008  

Group

   Goodwill
€ m
   Software
€ m
    Other
€ m
   Total
€ m
    Goodwill
€ m
   Software
€ m
    Other
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Cost

                   

Balance at 1 January

   462    639      11    1,112      399    523      6      928   

Additions - internally generated

   —      64      —      64      —      108      —        108   

                 - externally purchased

   —      16      —      16      —      42      —        42   

Acquisition

   —      —        —      —        15    —        8      23   

Disposals

   —      (5   —      (5   —      (11   (2   (13

Exchange translation adjustments

   5    2      —      7      48    (23   (1   24   
                                             

Balance at 31 December

   467    716      11    1,194      462    639      11      1,112   
                                             

Amortisation/impairment

                   

Balance at 1 January

   25    308      5    338      10    277      5      292   

Amortisation for period

   —      70      2    72      —      55      3      58   

Impairment for period

   —      5      —      5      15    5      —        20   

Disposals

   —      (4   —      (4   —      (11   (2   (13

Exchange translation adjustments

   —      1      —      1      —      (18   (1   (19
                                             

Balance at 31 December

   25    380      7    412      25    308      5      338   
                                             

Net book value at 31 December

   442    336      4    782      437    331      6      774   
                                             

Internally generated intangible assets under construction amounted to € 79 million (2008: € 97 million). Internally generated software amounted to € 298 million (2008: € 221 million).

The goodwill relates to the acquisition of the holding in Bank Zachodni WBK S.A. (“BZWBK”).The investment in BZWBK which is quoted on a recognised stock exchange has been assessed for impairment at 31 December 2009 and 2008.The market value at 31 December 2009 of the shareholding in BZWBK S.A. of € 1.5 billion (2008: € 1.3 billion) exceeds the carrying amount including goodwill of the investment by € 0.09 billion (2008: € 0.08 billion). The remaining goodwill amounts which relate to unquoted investments, have been assessed for impairment through discounting projected cash flows with the resultant impairment charge, if any, recognised in the period.

 

     2009     2008  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   Goodwill
€ m
   Software
€ m
    Other
€ m
   Total
€ m
    Goodwill
€ m
   Software
€ m
    Other
€ m
   Total
€ m
 

Cost

                    

Balance at 1 January

   15    477      11    503      —      353      3    356   

Additions - internally generated

   —      54      —      54      —      83      —      83   

                 - externally purchased

   —      14      —      14      —      40      —      40   

Acquisition

   —      —        —      —        15    1      8    24   

Disposals

   —      (4   —      (4   —      —        —      —     
                                            

Balance at 31 December

   15    541      11    567      15    477      11    503   
                                            

Amortisation/impairment

                    

Balance at 1 January

   15    195      6    216      —      151      2    153   

Amortisation for period

   —      58      2    60      —      45      4    49   

Impairment for period

   —      4      —      4      15    —        —      15   

Disposals

   —      (3   —      (3   —      —        —      —     

Exchange translation adjustments

   —      —        —      —        —      (1   —      (1
                                            

Balance at 31 December

   15    254      8    277      15    195      6    216   
                                            

Net book value at 31 December

   —      287      3    290      —      282      5    287   
                                            

Internally generated intangible assets under construction amounted to € 66 million (2008: € 74 million). Internally generated software amounted to € 226 million (2008: € 169 million).

 

225


Table of Contents
LOGO ]   Notes to the accounts

 

39 Intangible assets and goodwill (continued)

 

AmCredit

The acquisition of 100% of the AmCredit mortgage business from the Baltic-American Enterprise Fund (“BalAEF”) was completed on 1 February 2008. The assets of the company consist principally of mortgages with a fair value at acquisition date of € 101 million. The company operates in Latvia, Estonia and Lithuania. The total consideration paid amounted to € 116 million giving rise to a provisional goodwill on acquisition of € 15 million, which was subsequently fully impaired.

40 Property, plant & equipment

 

     Property     Equipment     Total  

Group

   Freehold
€ m
    Long
leasehold
€ m
    Leasehold
under 50
years

€ m
    € m     € m  

Cost

          

Balance at 1 January 2009

   350      82      164      622      1,218   

Additions

   11      4      13      36      64   

Disposals

   (4   (1   (1   (20   (26

Reclassification to held for sale

   (46   (21   —        —        (67

Exchange translation adjustments

   4      1      3      5      13   
                              

At 31 December 2009

   315      65      179      643      1,202   
                              

Depreciation/impairment

          

Accumulated depreciation at 1 January 2009

   84      19      92      420      615   

Depreciation charge for the year

   9      3      12      55      79   

Disposals

   (2   —        (1   (15   (18

Reclassification to held for sale

   (13   (4   —        —        (17

Exchange translation adjustments

   2      —        2      3      7   
                              

At 31 December 2009

   80      18      105      463      666   
                              

Net book value at 31 December 2009

   235      47      74      180      536   
                              

The net book value of property occupied by the Group for its own activities was € 348 million.

 

     Property    Equipment     Total  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   Freehold
€ m
    Long
leasehold
€ m
    Leasehold
under 50
years

€ m
   € m     € m  

Cost

           

Balance at 1 January 2009

   192      74      69    395      730   

Additions

   9      4      10    25      48   

Disposals

   (1   (1   —      (11   (13

Reclassification to held for sale

   (41   (20   —      —        (61
                             

At 31 December 2009

   159      57      79    409      704   
                             

Depreciation/impairment

           

Accumulated depreciation at 1 January 2009

   31      17      39    265      352   

Depreciation charge for the year

   6      2      5    35      48   

Disposals

   —        —        —      (8   (8

Reclassification to held for sale

   (10   (4   —      —        (14
                             

At 31 December 2009

   27      15      44    292      378   
                             

Net book value at 31 December 2009

   132      42      35    117      326   
                             

The net book value of property occupied by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. for its own activities was € 207 million.

 

226


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

40 Property, plant & equipment (continued)

 

     Property     Equipment     Total  

Group

   Freehold
€ m
    Long
leasehold
€ m
    Leasehold
under 50
years

€ m
    € m     € m  

Cost

          

Balance at 1 January 2008

   352      82      172      620      1,226   

Additions

   33      4      24      79      140   

Disposals

   (6   (1   (14   (36   (57

Exchange translation adjustments

   (29   (3   (18   (41   (91
                              

At 31 December 2008

   350      82      164      622      1,218   
                              

Depreciation

          

Accumulated depreciation at 1 January 2008

   85      18      102      413      618   

Depreciation charge for the year

   11      2      13      66      92   

Disposals

   (2   —        (13   (32   (47

Exchange translation adjustments

   (10   (1   (10   (27   (48
                              

At 31 December 2008

   84      19      92      420      615   
                              

Net book value at 31 December 2008

   266      63      72      202      603   
                              

The net book value of property occupied by the Group for its own activities was € 364 million.

 

     Property     Equipment     Total  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   Freehold
€ m
    Long
leasehold
€ m
    Leasehold
under 50
years € m
    € m     € m  

Cost

          

Balance at 1 January 2008

   164      71      79      369      683   

Additions

   29      4      5      42      80   

Disposals

   (1   (1   (14   (15   (31

Exchange translation adjustments

   —        —        (1   (1   (2
                              

At 31 December 2008

   192      74      69      395      730   
                              

Depreciation

          

Accumulated depreciation at 1 January 2008

   26      15      48      232      321   

Depreciation charge for the year

   5      2      5      45      57   

Disposals

   —        —        (13   (12   (25

Exchange translation adjustments

   —        —        (1   —        (1
                              

At 31 December 2008

   31      17      39      265      352   
                              

Net book value at 31 December 2008

   161      57      30      130      378   
                              

The net book value of property occupied by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. for its own activities was € 225 million.

Property leased to others had a book value of € 5 million (2008: € 7 million), there was no such property in Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c Included in the carrying amount of property and equipment is expenditure recognised for both property and equipment in the course of construction amounting to € 3 million and € 7 million respectively (2008: € 30 million and € 12 million). In Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., these amounts are € 2 million and € 1 million respectively (2008: € 23 million and Nil).

 

227


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

41 Deferred taxation

 

     Group     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  
     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
 

Deferred tax assets:

        

Provision for impairment of loans and receivables

   (65   (62   (1   (12

Amortised income

   (26   (27   —        (4

Available for sale securities

   (16   (75   (44   (100

Retirement benefits

   (112   (148   (73   (129

Temporary difference on provisions for future commitments in relation to the funding of Icarom plc (under Administration)

   (4   (5   (4   (5

Assets leased to customers

   (33   (15   —        —     

Unutilised tax losses

   (381   —        (407   —     

Other

   (27   (14   (13   (6
                        

Total gross deferred tax assets

   (664   (346   (542   (256
                        

Deferred tax liabilities:

        

Cash flow hedges

   68      70      64      41   

Assets used in the business

   13      30      9      27   
                        

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

   81      100      73      68   
                        

Net deferred tax assets

   (583   (246   (469   (188
                        

Represented on the balance sheet as follows:

        

Deferred tax assets

   (583   (248   (469   (190

Deferred tax liabilities

   —        2      —        2   
                        
   (583   (246   (469   (188
                        

For each of the years ended 31 December 2009 and 2008 full provision has been made for capital allowances and other temporary differences.

 

     Group     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

Analysis of movements in deferred taxation

   2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
 

At 1 January

   (246   (194   (188   (128

Exchange translation and other adjustments

   (4   25      (3   7   

Deferred tax through equity

   64      (86   119      (118

Income statement (note 17)

   (397   9      (397   51   
                        

At 31 December

   (583   (246   (469   (188
                        

Deferred tax assets relating to unutilised tax losses and deductible temporary differences are recognised if it is probable that they can be offset against future taxable profits or other temporary differences. At 31 December 2009 capitalised deferred tax assets on tax losses and other temporary differences, net of deferred tax liabilities, totalled € 583 million (2008: € 246 million). The most significant tax losses arise in the Republic of Ireland tax jurisdiction and their utilisation is dependent on future taxable profits. The Directors have considered the assumptions underpinning the restructuring plan (see note 55 (v)) and have determined that future taxable profits will be available to absorb the deferred tax assets including the unutilised tax losses. Accordingly, it is considered that recoverability of the deferred tax asset is probable.

Temporary differences recognised in equity comprise of deferred tax on available for sale securities, cash flow hedges and actuarial gain/loss on retirement benefit schemes. Temporary differences recognised in the income statement comprise of provision for impairment of loans and receivables, amortised income, assets leased to customers, unutilised tax losses and assets used in the course of business.

Net deferred tax assets of € 446 million (2008: € 98 million) are expected to be recovered after more than 12 months; Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. € 419 million (2008: € 93 million). Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of tax losses amounting to € 25.5 million (2008: € 26.6 million) and tax credits € 14.8 million (2008: € 8.8 million). Tax losses of € 0.5 million expire in 2011 and € 2.2 million expire in 2012 with no expiration date on a remaining amount of € 22.8 million. Deferred tax assets have not

 

228


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

41 Deferred taxation (continued)

 

been recognised in respect of these items because it is not probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the Group can utilise the benefits.

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates and interests in joint ventures, for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised amounted to Nil (2008: Nil).

The net deferred tax asset on items recognised directly in equity amounted to € 40 million (2008: € 154 million); Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. € 64 million (2008: € 188 million).

Analysis of income tax relating to other comprehensive income

 

     2009  

Group

   Gross
€ m
    Tax
€ m
    Net of tax
€ m
    Non-
controlling
interests

net of tax
€ m
    Net amount
attributable

to owners of
the parent

€ m
 

Loss for the period

   (2,656   322      (2,334   79      (2,413

Exchange translation adjustments

   158      —        158      14      144   

Net change in cash flow hedge reserve

   (63   2      (61   —        (61

Net change in fair value of available for sale financial securities

   300      (62   238      9      229   

Net actuarial gains/(losses) in retirement benefit schemes

   180      (6   174      —        174   

Recognised gains/(losses) in associated undertakings

   (40   —        (40   —        (40
                              

Total comprehensive income for the period

   (2,121   256      (1,865   102      (1,967
                              

Attributable to:

          

Owners of the parent

   (2,223   256      (1,967   —        (1,967

Non-controlling interests

   102      —        102      102      —     
                              
   (2,121   256      (1,865   102      (1,967
                              
     2008  

Group

   Gross
€ m
    Tax
€ m
    Net of tax
€ m
    Non-
controlling
interests
net of tax
€ m
    Net amount
attributable
to owners of
the parent

€ m
 

Profit for the period

   1,034      (144   890      118      772   

Exchange translation adjustments

   (655   —        (655   (57   (598

Net change in cash flow hedge reserve

   771      (93   678      (2   680   

Net change in fair value of available for sale financial securities

   (461   78      (383   —        (383

Net actuarial gains/(losses) in retirement benefit schemes

   (807   101      (706   —        (706

Recognised gains/(losses) in associated undertakings

   73      —        73      —        73   
                              

Total comprehensive income for the period

   (45   (58   (103   59      (162
                              

Attributable to:

          

Owners of the parent

   (104   (58   (162   —        (162

Non-controlling interests

   59      —        59      59      —     
                              
   (45   (58   (103   59      (162
                              

 

229


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

42 Deposits by banks

 

     Group    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   24,381    8,609    22,213    8,127

Other borrowings from banks

   8,952    16,969    40,055    44,059
   33,333    25,578    62,268    52,186
                   

Of which:

           

Due to third parties

         30,787    24,588

Due to subsidiary undertakings

         31,481    27,598
         62,268    52,186
               

Of which:

           

Domestic offices

   29,017    22,663      

Foreign offices

   4,316    2,915      
   33,333    25,578      

Amounts include:

           

Due to associated undertakings

   —      —      —      —  
                   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are secured by Irish Government stock, US Treasury, US Government agency and other marketable securities and mature within six months. Included within this is € 11.1 billion (2008: Nil) of non-government securities (Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.; € 9.6 billion (2008: Nil)).

The carrying amount of financial assets pledged as security for liabilities amounted to € 30,644 million (2008: € 16,182 million); Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. € 29,951 million (2008: € 15,543 million).

At 31 December 2009 and 2008 no deposits by credit institutions are secured by way of charge to the Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland (“CBFSAI”). Under the terms of the Mortgage Backed Promissory Note (“MBPN”) programme with the CBFSAI, obligations are secured by way of a first floating charge to the CBFSAI over all its right, title, interest and benefit, in loans and receivables to customers. Otherwise than with the prior written consent of the CBFSAI, the Group had pledged under the terms of the floating charge to maintain the assets so charged free from any encumbrance and otherwise than in the ordinary course of business not to sell, transfer, lend or otherwise dispose of any part of the charged assets.

 

230


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

43 Customer accounts

 

     Group    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

Current accounts

   21,652    21,528    12,248    12,263

Demand deposits

   9,193    8,370    7,897    7,127

Time deposits

   53,108    62,705    52,552    58,600

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   —      1    —      —  
                   
   83,953    92,604    72,697    77,990
                   

Of which:

           

Non-interest bearing current accounts

           

Domestic offices

   5,895    6,198    5,895    6,198

Foreign offices

   1,788    1,570    165    131

Interest bearing deposits, current accounts and short-term borrowings

           

Domestic offices

   46,115    53,455    55,385    60,829

Foreign offices

   30,155    31,381    11,252    10,832
   83,953    92,604    72,697    77,990
                   

Of which:

           

Due to third parties

         59,662    66,217

Due to subsidiary undertakings

         13,035    11,773
         72,697    77,990

Amounts include:

           

Due to associated undertakings

   1,333    1,393    1,306    1,368
                   

 

231


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

44 Trading portfolio financial liabilities

 

     Group    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009 € m    2008 € m

Debt securities:

           

Government securities

   22    109    22    109

Equity instruments – listed

   1    2    —      —  
                   
   23    111    22    109
                   
45 Debt securities in issue            
     Group    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

Bonds and medium term notes:

           

European medium term note programme

   15,510    9,641    15,510    9,641

Bonds and other medium term notes

   4,740    7,211    —      —  
   20,250    16,852    15,510    9,641

Other debt securities in issue:

           

Commercial paper

   5,036    5,912    2,383    1,685

Commercial certificates of deposit

   5,368    15,050    5,368    15,050
   10,404    20,962    7,751    16,735
                   
   30,654    37,814    23,261    26,376
                   
46 Other liabilities            
     Group    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

Notes in circulation

   434    379    —      —  

Items in transit

   311    235    114    35

Purchase of securities awaiting settlement

   1,485    581    1,153    581

Creditors

   33    65    2    16

Future commitments in relation to the funding of Icarom(1)

   34    41    34    41

Fair value of hedged liability positions

   338    365    69    189

Other

   390    492    225    280
                   
   3,025    2,158    1,597    1,142
                   

 

(1)

The provision represents the present value of the cost of the future commitments arising under the 1992 agreement in relation to the funding of Icarom. A discount rate of 1.71% was applied in the year ended 31 December 2009 (2008: 3.45%) in discounting the cost of the future commitments arising under this agreement. The undiscounted amount was € 34.4 million (2008: € 46 million). The unwinding of the discount on the provision amounted to € 2.3 million (2008: € 1.6 million).

 

232


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

47 Provisions for liabilities, commitments and other provisions

 

     Liabilities and
commitments
€ m
    Other
provisions
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Group

      

At 1 January 2009

   23      62      85   

Exchange translation adjustment

   —        2      2   

Amounts charged to income statement

   2      9      11   

Amounts written back to income statement

   (1   (15   (16

Provisions utilised

   —        (6   (6
                  

At 31 December 2009

   24      52      76   
                  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

      

At 1 January 2009

   20      30      50   

Amounts charged to income statement

   1      4      5   

Amounts written back to income statement

   —        (2   (2

Provisions utilised

   (1   (4   (5
                  

At 31 December 2009

   20      28      48   
                  

Group

      

At 1 January 2008

   27      47      74   

Exchange translation adjustment

   2      (8   (6

Amounts charged to income statement

   8      31      39   

Amounts written back to income statement

   (10   (5   (15

Provisions utilised

   (4   (3   (7
                  

At 31 December 2008

   23      62      85   
                  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

      

At 1 January 2008

   24      30      54   

Amounts charged to income statement

   —        3      3   

Amounts written back to income statement

   (4   —        (4

Provisions utilised

   —        (3   (3
                  

At 31 December 2008

   20      30      50   
                  

Provisions recognised within liabilities and commitments include amounts in respect of other contingencies including provisions in respect of losses expected under off-balance sheet items. Provisions recognised within other provisions include amounts in respect of: onerous lease contracts; restructuring and re-organisation costs; repayments to customers; and legal claims. The total expected to be settled within one year amounts to € 40 million (2008: € 68 million), Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. €27 million (2008: €45 million).

 

233


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

48 Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

 

     Notes     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

       

Undated loan capital

     189    692

Dated loan capital

     4,261    2,970
     4,450    3,662

Subsidiary undertakings

       

Perpetual preferred securities

     136    864
           
     4,586    4,526
           

Undated loan capital

       

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

       

US$ 100m Floating Rate Primary Capital Perpetual Notes

   (a   69    72

€ 200m Fixed Rate Perpetual Subordinated Notes

   (b   54    200

Stg£ 400m Perpetual Callable Step-Up Subordinated Notes

   (c   66    420
     189    692

Subsidiary undertakings - perpetual preferred securities

       

Stg£ 350m Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Guaranteed Non-Voting Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities

   (d   41    366

€ 500m Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Guaranteed Non-Voting Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities

   (e   95    498
     136    864
           
     325    1,556
           

Dated loan capital

       

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

       

European Medium Term Note Programme:

       

US$ 400m Floating Rate Notes due July 2015

   (f   278    287

€ 400m Floating Rate Notes due March 2015

   (g   400    400

€ 500m Callable Step-up Floating Rate Notes due 2017

   (h   499    499

€ 869m Fixed Rate Notes due June 2019

   (i   803    —  

Stg£ 368m Fixed Rate Notes due June 2019

   (j   387    —  

Stg£ 700m Callable Fixed/Floating Rates Notes due July 2023

   (k   787    733

Stg£ 500m Callable Fixed/Floating Rate Notes due March 2025

   (l   563    525

Stg£ 350m Callable Fixed/Floating Rate Notes due November 2030

   (m   394    367

JPY 20bn Callable Step-up Fixed/Floating Rate Notes due March 2042

   (n   150    159
           
     4,261    2,970
           

Analysis of maturity dated loan capital

         2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

The dated loan capital outstanding is repayable as follows:

       

In one year or less

     —      —  

Between 1 and 2 years

     —      —  

Between 2 and 5 years

     —      —  

In 5 years or more

     4,261    2,970
           
     4,261    2,970
           

The loan capital of the Group and its subsidiaries is unsecured and is subordinated in right of payment to the ordinary creditors, including depositors, of the Group and its subsidiaries.

The Group redeemed certain of the subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments in June 2009, details of which are set out below and in note 7. During 2009 the European Commission indicated that, in line with its policy and pending its assessment of the Group restructuring plan (see note 55 (v)), the Group should not make coupon payments on its tier 1 and tier 2 capital instruments unless under a binding legal obligation to do so (see note 55 (vi)).

 

234


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

48 Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments (continued)

 

Undated loan capital - Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

 

(a) The US$ 100 million Floating Rate Primary Capital Perpetual Notes, with interest payable quarterly, have no final maturity but may be redeemed at par at the option of the Bank, on each coupon payment date, with the prior approval of the Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland (‘the Financial Regulator’).

 

(b) The € 200 million Fixed Rate Perpetual Subordinated Notes, with interest payable annually at a rate of 6.20% up to 3 August 2009, and with interest payable quarterly at a rate of 2.25% per annum above 3 month EURIBOR thereafter, have no final maturity but may be redeemed at the option of the Bank, with the prior approval of the Financial Regulator, on each coupon payment date on or after 3 August 2009. At 31 December 2009, €53.8 million remained outstanding following the redemption in June 2009 of €146.2 million of the subordinated notes (see note 7).

 

(c) The Stg£ 400 million Perpetual Callable Step-Up Subordinated Notes with interest payable annually up to 1 September 2015 and with interest payable quarterly thereafter, have no final maturity but may be redeemed at the option of the Bank, with the prior approval of the Financial Regulator, on 1 September 2015 and every interest payment date thereafter. At 31 December 2009, Stg£ 58.6 million remained outstanding following the redemption in June 2009 of Stg£ 341.4 million of the subordinated notes (see note 7).

Undated loan capital, subsidiary undertakings - perpetual preferred securities

The Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Guaranteed Non-voting Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities (‘Preferred Securities’) were issued through Limited Partnerships. The Preferred Securities were issued at par, have the benefit of a subordinated guarantee of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (“AIB”), have no fixed final redemption date and the holders have no rights to call for the redemption of the Preferred Securities. The substitution of the Preferred Securities with fully paid non-cumulative preference shares issued by the Guarantor is subject, in particular cases, to certain events and conditions that are beyond the control of both the Guarantor and the holders of the Preferred Securities.

The distributions on the Preferred Securities are non- cumulative. The Board of Directors has the discretion not to pay a distribution on the Preferred Securities, unless the Preferred Securities no longer qualify as regulatory capital resources of AIB, and AIB is in compliance with its capital adequacy requirements.

In the event of the dissolution of the Limited Partnerships, holders of Preferred Securities will be entitled to receive a liquidation preference in an amount equal to the distributions that those holders would have received in a dissolution of AIB at that time, if they had held, instead of the Preferred Securities, non-cumulative preference shares issued directly by AIB, having the same liquidation preference as the Preferred Securities, and ranking junior to all liabilities of AIB including subordinated liabilities.

 

(d) The distributions on the Stg£ 350 million Preferred Securities (“LP3”) are payable at a rate of 6.271% semi-annually until 14 June 2016 and thereafter at a rate of 1.23% per annum above 3 month LIBOR, payable quarterly. The coupon on LP3 which was due to be paid on 14 December 2009 was not paid (see note 55 (vi)).

The LP3 Preferred Securities are redeemable in whole but not in part at the option of the general partner and with the agreement of the Financial Regulator (i) upon the occurrence of certain events or (ii) on or after 14 June 2016.

At 31 December 2009, Stg£ 36.6 million remained outstanding following the redemption in June 2009 of Stg£ 312.1 million of the preferred securities (see note 7).

 

(e) The distributions on the € 500 million Preferred Securities (“LP2”) are payable at a rate of 5.142% per annum until 16 June 2016 and thereafter at a rate of 1.98% per annum above 3 month LIBOR, payable quarterly.

The LP2 preferred securities are redeemable in whole but not in part at the option of the general partner and with the agreement of the Financial Regulator (i) upon the occurrence of certain events or (ii) on or after 16 June 2016. At 31 December 2009, € 95 million remained outstanding following the redemption in June 2009 of € 403 million of the preferred securities (see note 7).

Dated loan capital

The dated loan capital in this section issued under the European Medium Term Note Programme is subordinated in right of payment to the ordinary creditors, including depositors, of the Group.

 

235


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

(f) The US$ 400 million Floating Rate Notes, with interest payable quarterly, may be redeemed, in whole but not in part, on any interest payment date falling on or after July 2010.

 

(g) The € 400 million Floating Rate Notes, with interest payable quarterly, may be redeemed, in whole but not in part, on any interest payment date falling on or after March 2010.

 

(h) The € 500 million Callable Subordinated Step-Up Floating Rate Notes with interest payable quarterly may be redeemed in whole but not in part on any interest payment date falling on or after 24 October 2012.

 

(i) The € 869 million Subordinated Notes with interest paid annually in arrears, at a rate 12.5% per annum until maturity in June 2019.

 

(j) The Stg£ 368 million Subordinated Notes with interest paid annually in arrears, at a rate 12.5% per annum until maturity in June 2019.

 

(k) The Stg£ 700 million Callable Dated Subordinated Fixed/Floating Rate Notes with interest paid semi-annually in arrears, at a rate of 7.875% per annum until June 2018. The notes may be redeemed, in whole but not in part, on any quarterly interest payment date falling on or after June 2018 during which period the floating rate will be 3.5% above 3 month sterling Libor.

 

(l) The Stg£ 500 million Subordinated Callable Fixed/Floating Rate Notes, with interest payable annually, up to 10 March 2020 at a rate of 5.25% and with interest payable quarterly thereafter at a rate of 1.28% above 3 month sterling Libor may be redeemed, in whole but not in part on any interest payment date falling on or after 10 March 2020.

 

(m) The Stg£ 350 million Callable Fixed/Floating Rate Notes, with interest payable annually in arrears on 26 November in each year, at a rate of 5.625% up to November 2025. The notes may be redeemed, in whole but not in part, on the 26 November 2025 and on each interest payment date thereafter during which period the floating rate will be 1.45% above 3 month sterling Libor.

 

(n) The Japanese Yen (“JPY”) 20 billion Callable Subordinated Step-up Fixed/Floating Rate Notes, with interest payable semi annually at a rate of 2.75% up to March 2037 and with interest payable semi annually at a rate of 0.78% above JPY Libor, are redeemable in whole but not in part on any interest payment date falling on or after 8 March 2037.

In all cases, redemption prior to maturity is subject to the necessary prior approval of the Financial Regulator. There is no exchange exposure as the proceeds of these notes are retained in their respective currencies.

 

236


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

49 Share capital

 

     Authorised    Issued
     2009
m
   2008
m
   2009
m
   2008
m

Ordinary share capital

           

Ordinary shares of € 0.32 each

   1,860.0    1,160.0    918.4    918.4

Preference share capital

           

2009 Non cumulative preference shares of € 0.01 each

   3,500.0    —      3,500.0    —  

Non cumulative preference shares of € 1.27 each

   200.0    200.0    —      —  

Non cumulative preference shares of Stg£ 1 each

   200.0    200.0    —      —  

Non cumulative preference shares of US$ 25

   20.0    20.0    —      —  

Non cumulative preference shares of Yen 175

   200.0    200.0    —      —  
                   

On 13 May 2009 the authorised share capital of the company was increased by the creation of (i) 700,000,000 new ordinary shares of €0.32 each and (ii) 3,500,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01 each.

The company issued to the National Pension Reserve Fund Commission (“NPRFC”) 3,500,000,000 preference shares of €0.01 (see note 55 (ii)) (the ‘2009 Preference Shares’) giving rise to the receipt of €3,500 million before costs, of which €35 million is recorded in the share capital; €3,315 million is recorded in share premium; and €150 million is recorded in other equity interests (see note 52), representing the fair value of the warrants issued to the NPRFC as an integral part of the investment by the NPRFC. Full details of the terms of the preference shares and related warrants are set out in note 55 (ii).

 

Share capital

   2009
€ m
         2008
€ m

Ordinary share capital

   294         294

Preference share capital

   35         —  
             
   329         294
             

Share premium

   2009
€ m
         2008
€ m

Ordinary share premium

   1,693         1,693

2009 Preference Shares:

       

Excess of issue price over the nominal value

   3,315         —  

Issue costs

   (33      —  
   3,282         —     
             
   4,975         1,693
             

Structure of the Company’s share capital as at 31 December 2009

   Authorised
share capital
%
         Issued
share capital
%

Class of share

       

Ordinary shares

   35         89

Preference shares

   65         11
             

 

237


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

50 Analysis of movements in reserves in other comprehensive income

 

     2009     2008  

Group

   Gross
€ m
    Tax
€ m
    Net
€ m
    Gross
€ m
    Tax
€ m
    Net
€ m
 

Foreign currency translation reserves(1)

            

Change in foreign currency translation for the year

   158      —        158      (655   —        (655
                                    

Total

   158      —        158      (655   —        (655
                                    

Cash flow hedging reserves(1)

            

Fair value (gains)/losses transferred to income statement

   (477   57      (420   34      (4   30   

Fair value gains taken to equity

   414      (55   359      737      (89   648   
                                    

Total

   (63   2      (61   771      (93   678   
                                    

Available for sale securities reserves(1)

            

Fair value gains transferred to income statement

   (179   16      (163   (284   36      (248

Fair value gains/(losses) taken to equity

   479      (78   401      (177   42      (135
                                    

Total

   300      (62   238      (461   78      (383
                                    

 

(1)

See deferred tax for further analysis (see note 41).

 

238


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

51 Own shares Share repurchases

During 2009, no ordinary shares were issued by the Company from its pool of Treasury Shares to the Trustees of the employees’ profit sharing schemes. At the 2008 Annual General Meeting, shareholders granted authority for the Company, or any subsidiary, to make market purchases of up to 91.8 million ordinary shares of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions set out in the relevant resolution. During 2008, ordinary shares previously purchased under a similar authority, and held as Treasury Shares, were re-issued as follows:

 

     2009         2008  

At 1 January

   35,680,114       37,799,004   

Shares re-issued under:

        

AIB Share Option Schemes

   —         (24,500

AIB Approved Employee Profit Sharing Schemes

   —         (2,094,390
   —         (2,118,890
              

At 31 December

   35,680,114       35,680,114   
              

The cost of share repurchases less proceeds of shares reissued has been charged to revenue reserves. The shares issued during 2008 to participants in the AIB share option schemes were issued at prices of € 11.98, € 12.60, € 13.30 and € 13.55 per share. The consideration received for these shares was € 0.3 million.

Employee share schemes and trusts

The Group sponsors a number of employee share plans whereby purchases of shares are made in the open market to satisfy commitments under the schemes.

At 31 December 2009, 1.7 million shares (2008 1.9 million) were held by trustees with a book value of € 24.1 million (2008: € 23.8 million), and a market value of € 2.1 million (2008: € 3.3 million). The book value is deducted from the profit and loss account reserve while the shares continue to be held by the Group.

The Group sponsors SAYE schemes for eligible employees in the UK, the Isle of Man and Channel Islands. The trustees of the schemes have borrowed funds from Group companies, interest free, to enable them to purchase Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. ordinary shares in the open market. These shares are used to satisfy commitments arising under the schemes. The trustees receive dividends on the shares which are used to meet the expenses. The cost of providing these shares is charged to the income statement on a systematic basis over the period that the employees are expected to benefit. At 31 December 2009, 1.5 million shares (2008: 1.5 million) were held by the trustees with a book value of € 21.8 million (2008: € 19.5 million) and a market value of € 1.8 million (2008: € 2.5 million).

In 2001, the AIB Group Employee Share Trust was established to satisfy commitments arising under the AIB Group Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). Funds were provided to the trustees to enable them to purchase Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. ordinary shares in the open market. The trustees have waived their entitlement to dividends. At 31 December 2009, 0.01 million shares (2008:0.2 million) were held by the trustees with a book value of € 0.1 million (2008: € 2.1 million) and a market value of € 0.02 million (2008: € 0.3 million).

Prior to its disposal to M&T Bank Corporation, Allfirst Financial, Inc. sponsored the Allfirst Stock Option Plans, for the benefit of key employees of Allfirst. At 31 December 2002, Allfirst had lent US$ 178 million to a trust to enable it to purchase Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. ordinary shares in the form of American Depositary Shares in the open market. The shares purchased are used to satisfy options which have been granted to Allfirst employees. Proceeds of option exercises are used to repay the loan to the trust. Under the terms of the trust, the trustees receive dividends on the shares which are used to meet the expenses of the trust. A similar scheme operated for certain eligible employees of AIB’s US operations. At 31 December 2009, 0.2 million (2008: 0.2 million) ordinary shares were held by the trust with a cost of € 2.2 million (2008: € 2.2 million) and a market value of € 0.3 million (2008: € 0.4 million).

Subsidiary companies

Certain subsidiary companies may hold shares in AIB for customer facilitation and in the normal course of business. In 2009, 1.7 million shares (2008: 0.2 million shares) were held for this purpose. The cost of purchasing these shares is deducted from the profit and loss account reserve.

The accounting treatment is not intended to affect the legal characterisation of the transaction or to change the situation at law achieved by the parties to it. Thus, the inclusion of the shares as a deduction against shareholders’ funds on the Group statement of financial position does not imply that they have been purchased by the company as a matter of law.

 

239


Table of Contents
LOGO    Notes to the accounts

52 Other equity interests

 

     2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    

Reserve capital instruments (“RCI”)

   497      497

Redemption of RCI (note 7)

   (258   —  

Fair value of Warrants attaching to 2009 Preference Shares

   150      —  
          
   389      497
          

In February 2001, Reserve Capital Instruments (“RCIs”) of € 500 million were issued by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. at an issue price of 100.069%.The RCIs are perpetual securities and have no maturity date. The RCIs are redeemable, in whole but not in part, at the option of the Bank and with the agreement of the Financial Regulator (i) upon the occurrence of certain events, or (ii) on or after 28 February 2011, an authorised officer having reported to the Trustees within the previous six months that a solvency condition is met.

The RCIs bear interest at a rate of 7.50% per annum from (and including) 5 February 2001 to (but excluding) 28 February 2011 and thereafter at 3.33% per annum above three month EURIBOR, reset quarterly.

At 31 December 2009, € 239 million remained outstanding following the redemption in June 2009 of € 258 million of the RCI (see note 7).

The rights and claims of the RCI holders and the coupon holders are subordinated to the claims of the senior creditors and the senior subordinated creditors of the issuer. In the event of a winding up of the issuer, the RCI holders will rank pari passu with the holders of the classes of preference shares (if any) from time to time issued by the issuer and in priority to all other shareholders. The coupon on the RCI which was due to be paid on 28 February 2010 was not paid (see note 55(vi)).

53 Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

 

     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
     

Equity interest in subsidiaries

   437    354

Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities

   189    990
         
   626    1,344
         

Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities

The € 1 billion Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Guaranteed Non-voting Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities (‘Preferred Securities’) were issued through a Limited Partnership (“LPI”) at par and have the benefit of a subordinated guarantee of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (“AIB”). The Preferred Securities have no fixed final redemption date and the holders have no rights to call for the redemption of the Preferred Securities. At 31 December 2009, € 189 million remained outstanding following the redemption in June 2009 of € 801 million of the Preferred Securities (see note 7).

The Preferred Securities are redeemable in whole but not in part at the option of the general partner and with the agreement of the Financial Regulator (i) upon the occurrence of certain events, or (ii) on or after 17 December 2014, subject to the provisions of the Limited Partnership Act, 1907.

Distributions on the Preferred Securities are non-cumulative. The distributions are payable at a rate of 4.781% per annum up to 17 December 2014 and thereafter at the rate of 1.10% per annum above 3 month EURIBOR, reset quarterly. The discretion of the Board of Directors of AIB to resolve that a distribution should not be paid is unfettered. The coupon on the Preferred Securities which was due to be paid on 17 December 2009 was not paid (see note 55(vi)).

In the event of the dissolution of the Limited Partnership, holders of Preferred Securities will be entitled to receive a liquidation preference in an amount equal to the distributions that those holders would have received in a dissolution of AIB at that time, if they had held, instead of the Preferred Securities, non-cumulative preference shares issued directly by AIB, having the same liquidation preference as the Preferred Securities, and ranking junior to all liabilities of AIB including subordinated liabilities.

 

240


Table of Contents

LOGO

54 Memorandum items: contingent liabilities and commitments

In the normal course of business, the Group is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of customers.

These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk which are not reflected in the consolidated statement of financial position. Credit risk is defined as the possibility of sustaining a loss because the other party to a financial instrument fails to perform in accordance with the terms of the contract.

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit loss under contingent liabilities and commitments to extend credit, in the event of non-performance by the other party where all counterclaims, collateral or security prove valueless, is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments.

The Group uses the same credit control and risk management policies in undertaking off-balance sheet commitments as it does for on balance sheet lending.

The following tables give, for the Group and Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., the nominal or contract amounts of contingent liabilities and commitments.

 

     Contract amount

Group

   2009
€ m
        2008
€ m
        

Contingent liabilities(1)

        

Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security:

        

Guarantees and irrevocable letters of credit

   6,232       7,146

Other contingent liabilities

   735       1,044
   6,967       8,190

Commitments(2) (3)

        

Documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions

   73       242

Undrawn note issuance and revolving underwriting facilities

   1       1

Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend:

            

Less than 1 year

   9,538       10,241

1 year and over

   7,568       9,765
   17,180       20,249
            
   24,147       28,439
            
     Contract amount

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   2009
€ m
        2008
€ m
          

Contingent liabilities(1)

        

Guarantees and irrevocable letters of credit

   5,391       6,217

Other contingent liabilities

   589       872
   5,980       7,089

Commitments(2) (3)

        

Documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions

   46       62

Undrawn note issuance and revolving underwriting facilities

   1       1

Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend:

            

Less than 1 year

   7,425       8,294

1 year and over

   5,731       6,349
   13,203       14,706
            
   19,183       21,795
            

 

(1)

Contingent liabilities are off-balance sheet products and include guarantees, standby letters of credit and other contingent liability products such as performance bonds.

(2)

A commitment is an off-balance sheet product, where there is an agreement to provide an undrawn credit facility. The contract may or may not be cancelled unconditionally at any time without notice depending on the terms of the contract.

(3)

Of which € 252 million (Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.; € 252 million) are commitments relating to financial assets held for sale to NAMA.

 

241


Table of Contents
LOGO    Notes to the accounts

54 Memorandum items: contingent liabilities and commitments (continued)

 

     Contingent liabilities     Commitments

Group

   2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
         

Concentration of exposure

         

Republic of Ireland

   1,171      1,584      11,570    12,949

United Kingdom

   889      1,046      2,068    2,629

Poland

   213      162      1,548    2,310

United States of America

   4,678      5,375      1,513    1,908

Rest of the world

   16      23      481    453
                     
   6,967      8,190      17,180    20,249
                     
     Contingent liabilities     Commitments

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   2009
€ m
    2008
€ m
    2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
         

Concentration of exposure

         

Republic of Ireland

   1,257      1,664      10,864    12,037

United Kingdom

   29      27      345    308

United States of America

   4,678      5,375      1,513    1,908

Rest of the world

   16      23      481    453
                     
   5,980 (1)    7,089 (1)    13,203    14,706
                     

 

(1) included in exposure to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. are amounts relating to Group subsidiaries of € 86 million (2008: € 86 million).

There exists a contingent liability to repay in whole or in part grants received on equipment leased to customers if certain events set out in the agreements occur.

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has given guarantees in respect of the liabilities of certain of its subsidiaries and has also given guarantees to the satisfaction of the relevant regulatory authorities for the protection of the depositors of certain of its banking subsidiaries in the various jurisdictions in which such subsidiaries operate.

The credit rating of contingent liabilities and commitments as at 31 December 2009 is set out below.

Masterscale grade

 

Group

   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
     

1 to 3

   7,723    8,549

4 to 10

   11,216    14,294

11 to 13

   813    355

Unrated

   4,395    5,241
         
   24,147    28,439
         

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
     

1 to 3

   7,663    8,289

4 to 10

   9,323    10,733

11 to 13

   592    237

Unrated

   1,605    2,536
         
   19,183    21,795
         

Legal Proceedings

AIB Group is not, nor has been involved in, nor are there, so far as the Company is aware, pending or threatened by or against AIB Group any legal or arbitration proceedings, including governmental proceedings, which may have, or have had during the previous twelve months, a significant effect on the financial position or profitability of AIB Group.

 

242


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

54 Memorandum items: contingent liabilities and commitments (continued)

TARGET 2 – Gross settlement system

During 2008, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. migrated to the TARGET 2 system, which is the new wholesale payment infrastructure for credit institutions across Europe. TARGET 2 is a real time gross settlement system for large volume interbank payments in euro. The following disclosures relate to the charges arising as a result of the migration to TARGET 2.

On 15 February 2008, a first floating charge was placed in favour of the Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland (“CBFSAI”) over all Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s right, title, interest and benefit, present and future, in and to: (i) the balances now or at any time standing to the credit of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s account held as a TARGET 2 participant with the CBFSAI (‘the Charged Property’); and (ii) certain segregated securities (‘the Charged Property’) listed in an Eligible Securities Schedule kept by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. for the purpose of participating in TARGET 2.

These floating charges contain a provision whereby during the subsistence of the security, otherwise than with the prior written consent of the CBFSAI, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. shall:

 

  (a) not create or attempt to create or permit to arise or subsist any encumbrance on or over the charged property or any part thereof; or
  (b) not, otherwise than in the ordinary course of business, sell, transfer, lend or otherwise dispose of the charged property or any part thereof or attempt or agree to do so whether by means of one or a number of transactions related or not and whether at one time or over a period of time.

55 Summary of the relationship with the Irish Government

In response to the decline in financial markets that began in 2008, the Irish Government took steps to stabilise the Irish banking industry and its participants, including the Group. These steps included:

 

  (i) The Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme 2008 (‘CIFS Scheme’);
  (ii) The National Pension Reserve Fund Commission (“NPRFC”) Investment;
  (iii) The Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme 2009 (‘ELG Scheme’); and
  (iv) National Asset Management Agency (“NAMA”).

The actions set out above gave the Minister for Finance (‘the Minister’) and/or the Financial Regulator rights and powers over AIB (and other financial institutions) in respect of various matters including: (i) the acquisition of shares in any other credit institution or financial institution, or the establishment of subsidiaries or the acquisition of new business or businesses which would increase the liability of the Government under the guarantee; (ii) certain dated subordinated debt covered by the guarantee, including the maintenance of solvency ratios during the guarantee period; (iii) the preparation of a restructuring plan which, inter alia, assesses AIB’s viability over time; details how AIB intends to minimise and repay State Aid; and sets out how AIB will limit distortion of competition caused by the receipt of State Aid; (iv) the appointment of non-executive directors to its board (three such directors have been nominated by the Minister for Finance and appointed to the Board); (v) changes to the Board where the Board does not contain an appropriate balance between executive and non-executive directors; (vi) the appointment of persons to attend all meetings of the remuneration, audit, credit and risk committees of AIB; (vii) restructure its executive management responsibilities, strengthen its management capacity and improve its corporate governance; (viii) declaration and payment of dividends; (ix) restrictions in relation to directors’ and executives’ remuneration and termination payments; (x) buy-backs or redemptions of its shares; (xi) submission of reports and certificates of compliance with the CIFS scheme; (xii) the manner in which the Group extends credit to first time buyers of residential premises, small to medium enterprises (“SMEs”) and to other customers; and (xiii) restrictions over the manner in which AIB can deal with its NAMA assets.

The Financial Regulator, in consultation with the Minister, must impose conditions regulating the commercial conduct of AIB, having regard to capital ratios, market share and the Group’s balance sheet growth. AIB must take steps to comply with any liquidity, solvency and capital ratios that the Financial Regulator, following consultation with the Minister, may direct.

AIB must comply with targets set for AIB by the Financial Regulator, in consultation with the Minister, such as loan/deposit targets and wholesale funding/total liabilities targets. AIB may also be required to limit its exposure to certain sectors, customers or connected persons where it is in the public interest and in the interests of financial stability and the maintenance of confidence in the banking system.

AIB has also agreed to consult with the Minister prior to taking any material action which may be reasonably expected to have a public interest dimension.

Further details of the financial support received from the Irish Government are set out in (i) to (iv) below. The Group also submitted a restructuring plan to the European Commission, an unintended consequence of which involves the deferral of coupon payments on certain debt and equity instruments (see (v) and (vi) below). These Irish Government measures and the ability of the European Commission to influence the future composition of the Group’s businesses, are significant factors that may influence our future results and financial condition.

 

243


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

55 Summary of the relationship with the Irish Government (continued)

 

The Irish Government, by virtue of the guarantee scheme and the issue of the € 3.5 billion preference shares to the NPRFC is a related party to AIB (see note 63).

(i) The Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme 2008

The CIFS Scheme gives effect to the bank guarantee announced by the Irish Government on 30 September 2008. Under the CIFS Scheme, the Minister for Finance guarantees certain types of liabilities of certain participating institutions, including AIB and certain of its subsidiaries, for a two-year period from 30 September 2008. If AIB defaults in respect of a guaranteed liability during the period of the guarantee, the Minister commits to pay to the creditor an amount equal to that liability.There is no monetary cap on the guarantee and it covers all guaranteed liabilities of AIB which become due for payment up to 29 September 2010.AIB is obliged to pay a quarterly charge to the Irish Government for the guarantee.

To progressively reduce the risk to the Exchequer under the guarantee,AIB must: (i) appropriately manage the Group’s balance sheet in a manner consistent with the CIFS Scheme and the need to avoid significant distortion of financial flows; (ii) put in place improved structures to ensure long-term stability of funding; (iii) improve liquidity, solvency and capital ratios in circumstances where that is required; and (iv) take measures to minimise any risk of recourse to the guarantee as directed by the Governor of the Central Bank and the Financial Regulator, after consultation with the Minister.

If, in the opinion of the Minister,AIB is in breach of its obligations under the CIFS Scheme in a manner that is material in the context of the provisions of the guarantee, the Minister may increase the charge payable by AIB, impose additional unspecified conditions on AIB or revoke the guarantee (but may not do so retrospectively).

The Minister may revoke, in whole or in part, the guarantee to a participating institution in certain circumstances. If the Minister revokes the guarantee provided to AIB, all of AIB’s fixed-term guaranteed liabilities outstanding at that time would nevertheless continue to have the full benefit of the guarantee up to 29 September 2010 or their maturity, whichever is earlier, and all guaranteed liabilities, including on-demand deposits, will be protected by notice of at least 90 days prior to any financial institution being removed from the CIFS Scheme.

(ii) National Pension Reserve Fund Commission (“NPRFC”) Investment (see also note 49)

On 13 May 2009, in implementing the Government’s recapitalisation of AIB, the Group issued: (i) € 3.5 billion of core tier 1 securities in the form of non-cumulative redeemable preference shares (the ‘2009 Preference Shares’) and (ii) 294,251,819 warrants over ordinary shares (the ‘2009 Warrants’), to the NPRFC for an aggregate subscription price of € 3.5 billion.The NPRF, the Government’s national pensions reserve fund, is controlled by the NPRFC and managed by the National Treasury Management Agency (“NTMA”).

2009 Preference shares

The shares carry a fixed non cumulative dividend at a rate of 8% per annum, payable annually in arrears at the discretion of AIB. If a cash dividend is not paid,AIB must issue bonus ordinary shares to the holders of the 2009 Preference Shares by capitalising its reserves.The issue of bonus shares can be deferred by AIB, but the holders of 2009 Preference Shares will acquire voting rights at general meetings of AIB equivalent to the voting rights that would have attached to the bonus shares if they had been issued.The dividend may not be deferred beyond the date on which AIB (a) pays a cash dividend on the 2009 Preference Shares, the Perpetual Preferred Securities issued by LPI, or on the Ordinary Shares; or (b) redeems or purchases any of the 2009 Preference Shares, the Perpetual Preferred Securities issued by LPI, or Ordinary Shares.

The 2009 Preference Shares may be purchased or redeemed at the option of AIB, in whole or in part, from distributable profits and/or the proceeds of an issue of shares constituting core tier 1 capital, for the first five years after the date of issue for the subscription price of € 1.00 per share and thereafter at redemption or purchase price of 125 per cent of the subscription price, subject at all times to the consent of the Financial Regulator.

The NPRFC has the right to appoint directly 25 per cent. of the directors of AIB and has voting rights equal to 25 per cent. of all votes capable of being cast by shareholders on a poll at a general meeting of the Group on shareholder resolutions relating to: (i) the appointment, reappointment or removal of Directors; and (ii) a change of control of AIB or a sale of all or substantially all of its business. In relation to item (i) above, the 25 per cent. voting rights entitlement is inclusive of the voting rights of all Government entities in respect of any ordinary shares they may hold.

To the extent that the NPRFC holds ordinary shares, it is not restricted from exercising its voting rights in respect of such ordinary shares at a general meeting of the Group.

The 2009 Preference Shares are freely transferable in minimum lots of 50,000 shares. However, the voting rights attaching to the 2009 Preference Shares, the right to appoint directors to the board of AIB (both as described above) and the veto over certain share capital-related resolutions (as described below) are not transferable, as those rights are exercisable only by a Government Preference Shareholder.

 

244


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

55 Summary of the relationship with the Irish Government (continued)

The 2009 Warrants

In conjunction with the issue of the 2009 Preference Shares, the Group issued 294,251,819 Warrants to the NPRFC. Each warrant entitles the holder to subscribe for one ordinary share of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. The Warrants are exercisable in the period between the fifth and tenth anniversary of the date on which the Preference Shares were issued (or earlier if a third party proposes to acquire control of the Group). The Warrants comprise 155,780,375 Core Tranche Warrants with an exercise price of € 0.975 per share and 138,471,444 Secondary Tranche Warrants with an exercise price of € 0.375 per share.

The Warrants are not transferable, except to a Government entity, without the prior written consent of the Group and will not be listed or quoted on any stock exchange. The NPRFC will be entitled to exercise no more than 50% of the voting rights attaching to any ordinary shares issued as a result of exercising the Warrants. If those ordinary shares are transferred to any person other than a Government entity, full voting rights will attach to those shares.

For so long as the NPRFC holds 2009 Preference Shares or 2009 Warrants, subject to certain exceptions, the consent of the Minister will be required for the passing of certain share capital resolutions of the Company, being resolutions relating to: (i) an increase in the authorised share capital; (ii) a re-issue of Treasury Shares; (iii) the issue of any shares; or (iv) the redemption, consolidation, conversion or sub-division of the share capital.

(iii) The Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme 2009

On 21 January 2010, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., including its international branches and subsidiaries, AIB Group (UK) p.l.c., AIB Bank (CI) Limited and Allied Irish Banks North America Inc., became participating institutions for the purposes of the Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme 2009, the (‘ELG Scheme’).

The ELG Scheme came into effect on 9 December 2009 and the National Treasury Management Agency was appointed the ELG scheme operator by the Minister for Finance. The ELG Scheme is intended to facilitate the ability of credit institutions in Ireland to issue debt securities and take deposits with a maturity after September 2010 on either a guaranteed or unguaranteed basis. All liabilities guaranteed under the CIFS Scheme as at the date an institution joins will remain unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed under and in accordance with the terms of the CIFS Scheme. Eligible liabilities under the ELG Scheme comprise any of the following liabilities:

 

   

all deposits (to the extent not covered by deposit protection schemes in Ireland (other than the CIFS Scheme) or in any other jurisdiction);

 

   

senior unsecured certificates of deposit;

 

   

senior unsecured commercial paper; and

 

   

other senior unsecured bonds and notes.

Eligible liabilities must not have a maturity in excess of five years and must be incurred during the period from the commencement date of the ELG Scheme to 29 September 2010 (subject to six month review and approval under EU state aid rules).

From the time that a participating institution joins the proposed ELG Scheme, only covered liabilities of that participating institution (as defined in the CIFS Scheme) in existence or contracted for prior to that time will continue to be guaranteed under the CIFS Scheme. All such then-existing covered liabilities will remain guaranteed until 29 September 2010 under the CIFS Scheme. From the time that a participating institution joins the proposed ELG Scheme, any liabilities incurred or contracted for thereafter by that participating institution may be guaranteed under the ELG Scheme only.

The European Central Bank’s pricing recommendations on government guarantees for bank debt dated 20 October 2008 will apply to liabilities guaranteed under the ELG scheme.

(iv) Participation in the National Asset Management Agency (“NAMA”)

On 7 April 2009, the Minister for Finance announced the Government’s intention to establish a national asset management agency. On 22 November 2009, the NAMA Act was enacted providing for the establishment of the National Asset Management Agency (“NAMA”). The participation of AIB in the NAMA programme was approved by shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on 23 December 2009. The purposes of the NAMA Act include the restoration of stability to the banking system and the facilitation of restructuring of credit institutions of systemic importance to the Irish economy. Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and each of its subsidiaries was designated a participating institution under the Act on 12 February 2010. BZWBK and its subsidiaries was excluded from the designation. Based on Government statements, eligible asset regulations and its ongoing interaction with NAMA, the Group estimates that NAMA may acquire from AIB land and development loans and certain associated loans with a value of up to approximately € 23.2 billion on a gross loan basis (i.e. before taking account of € 4.2 billion of loan loss provisions) together with related derivatives and accrued interest of € 0.2 billion.

The consideration for the NAMA assets acquired from AIB will comprise the issue to AIB of NAMA bonds and subordinated NAMA bonds, the nominal value of which will be equal to the agreed purchase price of the NAMA Assets.

 

245


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

(v) AIB restructuring plan

On 12 November 2009 AIB submitted a restructuring plan to the Irish Government in compliance with the European Commission Decision on State Aid N241 / 2009—Ireland—recapitalisation of Allied Irish Bank by the Irish State of 13 May 2009. Paragraph 86 of that Decision records the commitment by Ireland to notify a restructuring plan in respect of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. to the European Commission.

The requirement to submit a restructuring plan to the Minister for Finance of Ireland follows the € 3.5 billion recapitalisation arising out of the NPRFC Investment that took place on 13 May 2009; that plan ultimately requires approval by the European Commission.The criteria and specific circumstances which trigger the obligation to present a restructuring plan refer, in particular, but not exclusively, to where a distressed bank has been recapitalised by the State which exceeds 2% of the bank’s risk weighted assets. In this regard the € 3.5 billion recapitalisation is in excess of 2% of AIB’s risk weighted assets.

In preparing its plan,AIB has taken account of the European Commission’s explanation of the principles that underlie the approach to the restructuring of financial institutions, namely that, first and foremost, restructuring should lead to the restoration of viability in the longer term without State aid; that, secondly, restructuring should be accompanied, to the extent possible, by adequate burden sharing by capital and other stakeholders; and that thirdly, measures should be identified to minimise distortions of competition.

A review of the restructuring plan by the European Commission for Competition,The Irish Government’s Department of Finance, and the Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland is underway and AIB will continue to work with these institutions to finalise the restructuring plan.AIB anticipates that the finalised plan will be approved by the European Commission in 2010.

(vi) Deferral of coupon payments

During 2009 the European Commission (“EC”) indicated that, in line with its policy and pending its assessment of the Group restructuring plan, the Group should not make coupon payments on its tier 1 and tier 2 capital instruments unless under a binding legal obligation to do so.

The Group agreed to this request by the EC and resolved that under the terms of the Stg£ 350 million Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Guaranteed Non-voting Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities of AIB UK 3 LP which has the benefit of a subordinated guarantee of AIB (“the LP 3 Preferred Securities”) that the non-cumulative distribution on these securities, which otherwise would have been paid on 14 December 2009, would not be paid.

The effect of this decision by the Group was to trigger the ‘Dividend Stopper’ provisions of the LP 3 Preferred Securities, which precluded the Group for a period of one calendar year from and including 14 December 2009, from declaring and paying any distribution or dividend on its ‘Junior Share Capital’, an expression which, at the moment, comprises the Group’s ordinary shares (“the Ordinary Shares”) and the Irish Government € 3.5 billion preference shares (“the Preference Shares”) issued on 13 May 2009 to the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission of Ireland.The Group is similarly precluded, for the same period of time, from declaring and paying any distribution or dividend (or, where applicable, is bound to procure that no distribution or dividend is declared or paid) on any ‘Parity Security’, an expression which at the moment, comprises the Group’s 7.5% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments (“the RCIs”) on which an annual Coupon Payment was due on 28 February 2010, the Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Guaranteed Non-Voting Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities issued by AIB UK I LP (“the LP 1 Preferred Securities”) on which an annual non-cumulative distribution was due on 17 December 2009 and the Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Guaranteed Non-Voting Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities issued by AIB UK 2 LP (“the LP 2 Preferred Securities”) on which an annual non-cumulative distribution would otherwise be due on 16 June 2010.

Were the Dividend Stopper to remain in force, the Group would be precluded from paying the dividend due on the Preference Shares on 13 May 2010. Under these circumstances, in accordance with the terms of the Preference Shares, the NPRFC would become entitled to be issued, at a date in the future, a number of Ordinary Shares related to the cash amount of the dividend that would otherwise have been payable.

 

246


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

56 Fair value of financial instruments

The term ‘financial instruments’ includes both financial assets and financial liabilities.The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.The Group’s accounting policy for the determination of fair value of financial instruments is set out in accounting policy number 17.

Readers of these financial statements are advised to use caution when using the data in the table below to evaluate the Group’s financial position or to make comparisons with other institutions. Fair value information is not provided for items that do not meet the definition of a financial instrument.These items include intangible assets such as the value of the branch network and the long-term relationships with depositors, premises and equipment and shareholders’ equity.These items are material and accordingly, the fair value information presented does not purport to represent, nor should it be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Group as a going concern at 31 December 2009.

The valuation of financial instruments, including loans and receivables, involves the application of judgement and estimation. Market and credit risks are key assumptions in the estimation of the fair value of loans and receivables. During the year,AIB has observed adverse changes in the credit quality of its borrowers, with increasing delinquencies and defaults across a range of sectors. The volatility in financial markets and the illiquidity that is evident in these markets has reduced the demand for many financial instruments and this creates a difficulty in estimating the fair value for loans to customers.AIB has estimated the fair value of its loans to customers taking into account market risk and the changes in credit quality of its borrowers.

 

          31 December 2009    31 December 2008
   Notes    Carrying
amount
€ m
   Fair
value
€ m
   Carrying
amount
€ m
   Fair
value
€ m
              
              

Financial assets

              

Cash and balances at central banks

   b    4,382    4,382    2,466    2,466

Items in course of collection

   b    251    251    272    272

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

   a,c    19,212    16,362    —      —  

Trading portfolio financial assets

   a    296    296    401    401

Derivative financial instruments

   a    6,071    6,071    7,328    7,328

Loans and receivables to banks

   d    9,093    9,093    6,266    6,299

Loans and receivables to customers

   e    103,341    100,465    129,489    124,261

Financial investments available for sale

   a    25,336    25,336    29,024    29,024

Financial investments held to maturity

   f    1,586    1,606    1,499    1,521

Fair value hedged asset positions

   g    6    —      8    —  

Financial liabilities

              

Deposits by banks

   h    33,333    33,328    25,578    25,602

Customer accounts

   h    83,953    84,136    92,604    92,778

Financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

   a    3    3    —      —  

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   a    23    23    111    111

Derivative financial instruments

   a    5,520    5,520    6,468    6,468

Debt securities in issue

   i    30,654    30,922    37,814    37,547

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   i    4,586    3,469    4,526    3,240

Fair value hedged liability positions

   g    338    —      365    —  

Notes

Financial instruments recorded at fair value in the financial statements

 

(a) Financial instruments reported at fair value include trading portfolio financial assets and financial liabilities, derivative financial instruments and financial investments available for sale. The fair value of trading and available for sale debt securities, together with quoted equity shares are based on quoted prices or bid/offer quotations sourced from external securities dealers, where these are available on an active market. Where securities and derivatives are traded on an exchange, the fair value is based on prices from the exchange. The fair value of unquoted equity shares, debt securities not quoted in an active market, and over-the-counter derivative financial instruments is calculated using valuation techniques, as described in accounting policy number 17.Our valuation techniques for derivatives do not currently include an adjustment attributable to our own credit risk, as we concluded that such an adjustment was not appropriate given credit enhancements such as posted collateral and based on our experience in the market of transacting at market prices.

 

247


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

56 Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

Financial instruments with fair value information presented separately in the notes to the financial statements

 

(b) The fair value of these financial instruments is considered equal to the carrying value.These instruments are either carried at market value or have minimal credit losses.
(c) The financial assets held for sale to NAMA are measured on the same basis in the balance sheet as prior to their classification as held for sale.The NAMA Assets will be valued on a loan-by-loan basis, using the valuation methodology specified in the NAMA Act and in the associated regulations.The Minister for Finance has provided guidance that an average industry discount of 30% to the gross value of the NAMA Assets has been estimated, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case.The fair value presented in the table is based on a discount of 30% to gross value.
(d) The fair value of loans and receivables to banks are estimated using discounted cash flows applying either market rates, where practicable, or rates currently offered by other financial institutions for placings with similar characteristics.
(e) The Group provides lending facilities of varying rates and maturities to corporate and personal customers.Valuation techniques are used in estimating the fair value of loans, primarily using discounted cash flows, applying market rates where practicable. Other valuation techniques which may be used include using recent arm’s length market transactions and reference to fair value of another similar instrument.The fair value of fixed rate loans is calculated by discounting expected cash flows using discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk in the portfolio. In addition to the assumptions set out above under valuation techniques, regarding cash flows and discount rates, a key assumption for the loans and receivables is that the carrying amount of variable rate loans approximates to market value where there was no significant change in the credit risk of the borrower.
(f) The fair value of financial instruments held to maturity is based on quoted market prices.
(g) The fair value of the hedged asset and liability positions are included in the fair value of the relevant assets and liabilities being hedged.
(h) The fair value of current accounts and deposit liabilities which are repayable on demand, or which re-price frequently, approximates to their book value.The fair value of all other deposits and other borrowings is estimated using discounted cash flows applying either market rates, where applicable, or interest rates currently offered by the Group.
(i) The estimated fair value of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments, and debt securities in issue, is based on quoted prices where available, or where these are unavailable, are estimated using valuation techniques using observable market data.

Commitments pertaining to credit-related instruments

Details of the various credit-related commitments entered into by the Group and other off-balance sheet financial guarantees are included in note 54. Fees for these instruments may be billed in advance or in arrears on an annual, quarterly or monthly basis. In addition, the fees charged vary on the basis of instrument type and associated credit risk.As a result, it is not considered practicable to estimate the fair value of these instruments because each customer relationship would have to be separately evaluated.

 

248


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

56 Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

Fair value hierarchy

The following table sets out, by financial instrument measured at fair value, the valuation methodologies(1) adopted in the financial statements as at 31 December 2009.

 

Group

   Level 1
€ m
   Level 2
€ m
   Level 3
€ m
   Total
€ m
           

Financial assets

           

Derivative financial instruments held for sale to NAMA

   —      125    —      125

Trading portfolio financial assets

   288    —      8    296

Derivative financial instruments

   —      6,063    8    6,071

Financial investments available for sale

 

- debt securities

   12,429    9,754    2,826    25,009
 

- equity securities

   53    33    241    327
                     
     12,770    15,975    3,083    31,828
                     

Financial liabilities

           

Derivative financial instruments held for sale to NAMA

   —      3    —      3

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   23    —      —      23

Derivative financial instruments

   —      5,513    7    5,520
                     
     23    5,516    7    5,546
                     

 

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

        Level 1
€ m
   Level 2
€ m
   Level 3
€ m
   Total
€ m
             

Financial assets

           

Derivative financial instruments held for sale to NAMA

   —      125    —      125

Trading portfolio financial assets

   120    —      —      120

Derivative financial instruments

   —      5,465    —      5,465

Financial investments available for sale

 

- debt securities

   9,537    9,748    2,806    22,091
 

- equity securities

   34    17    36    87
                     
     9,691    15,355    2,842    27,888
                     

Financial liabilities

             

Derivative financial instruments held for sale to NAMA

   —      3    —      3

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   22    —      —      22

Derivative financial instruments

   —      5,104    —      5,104
                     
     22    5,107    —      5,129
                     

 

(1)

Valuation methodologies in the fair value hierarchy:

(a) quoted market prices (unadjusted) - Level 1;
(b) valuation techniques which use observable market data - Level 2; and
(c) valuation techniques which use unobservable market data - Level 3.

 

249


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

56 Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

Reconciliation of balances in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

The following table shows a reconciliation from the beginning balances to the ending balances for fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Group

   2009  
   Financial assets     Financial liabilities  
   Trading
portfolio
€ m
    Derivatives
€ m
    AFS     Total
€ m
    Derivatives
€ m
    Total
€ m
 
       Debt
securities
€ m
    Equity
securities
€ m
       
              
              

At 1 January 2009

   10      —        3,581      228      3,819      —        —     

Transfers into Level 3

   —        63      173      22      258      15      15   

Total gains or losses

              

- in profit or loss

   (2   (42   —        (4   (48   (6   (6

- in other comprehensive income

   —        —        (113   (7   (120   —        —     

Purchases

   —        —        18      3      21      —        —     

Sales

   —        —        —        (1   (1   —        —     

Settlements

   —        (13   (833   —        (846   (2   (2
                                          

At 31 December 2009

   8      8      2,826      241      3,083      7      7   
                                          

 

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   2009
   Financial assets     Financial liabilities
   Trading
portfolio
€ m
   Derivatives
€ m
   AFS     Total
€ m
    Derivatives
€ m
   Total
€ m
         Debt
securities
€ m
    Equity
securities
€ m
        
                 
                 

At 1 January 2009

   —      —      3,581      27      3,608      —      —  

Transfers into Level 3

   —      —      —        10      10      —      —  

Total gains or losses

                 

- in profit or loss

   —      —      —        (1   (1   —      —  

- in other comprehensive income

   —      —      (116   —        (116   —      —  

Settlements

   —      —      (659   —        (659   —      —  
                                     

At 31 December 2009

   —      —      2,806      36      2,842      —      —  
                                     

Transfers into Level 3 occurred because the market prices for these instruments became unobservable.

Gains/(losses) included in profit or loss for the period in the above tables are presented in the income statement and are recognised as:

 

     Group     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  
   2009
€ m
    2009
€ m
 
    

Net trading income

   (38   —     

Other

   (4   (1
            

Total

   (42   (1
            

Gains/(losses) for the period included in the income statement relating to financial assets and liabilities held at the end of the reporting period:

 

     Group     Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
   2009
€ m
    2009
€ m
    

Net trading income

   (2   —  

Other

   (3   —  
          

Total

   (5   —  
          

 

250


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

56 Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

 

Sensitivity of Level 3 measurements

The implementation of valuation techniques involves a considerable degree of judgement. While the Group believes its estimates of fair value are appropriate, the use of different measurements or assumptions could lead to different fair values. The following table sets out the impact of using reasonably possible alternative assumptions:

 

     2009  
     Level 3  
     Effect on income
statement
    Effect on other
comprehensive income
 
     Favourable    Unfavourable     Favourable    Unfavourable  

Group

   € m    € m     € m    € m  

Classes of financial assets

          

Trading portfolio financial assets

   —      (2   —      —     

Financial investments available for sale

 

- debt securities

   —      —        272    (470
 

- equity securities

   —      (2   4    —     
                        

Total

   —      (4   276    (470
                        

 

     2009  
     Level 3  
     Effect on income    Effect on other  
     statement    comprehensive income  
     Favourable    Unfavourable    Favourable    Unfavourable  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   € m    € m    € m    € m  

Classes of financial assets

           

Trading portfolio financial assets

   —      —      —      —     

Financial investments available for sale

 

- debt securities

   —      —      272    (470
 

- equity securities

   —      —      —      —     
                       

Total

   —      —      272    (470
                       

In relation to debt securities, changing the credit spread assumptions have the impacts set out above.

Day 1 gain or loss:

No difference existed between the fair value at initial recognition of financial instruments and the amount that was determined at that date using a valuation technique incorporating significant unobservable data.

 

251


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

57 Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

 

     2009
     At fair value through
profit and loss
   At fair value
through equity
   At amortised
cost
   Total

Group

   Held for
trading
€ m
   Fair value
hedge
derivatives
€ m
   Cashflow
hedge
derivatives
€ m
   Available
for sale
securities
€ m
   Loans and
receivables
€ m
   Held to
maturity
€ m
   Other
€ m
   € m

Financial assets

                       

Cash and balances at central banks

   —      —      —      —      3,564    —      818    4,382

Items in the course of collection

   —      —      —      —      251    —      —      251

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

   125    —      —      —      19,030    —      57    19,212

Trading portfolio financial assets

   296    —      —      —      —      —      —      296

Derivative financial instruments

   4,634    526    911    —      —      —      —      6,071

Loans and receivables to banks

   —      —      —      —      9,093    —      —      9,093

Loans and receivables to customers

   —      —      —      —      103,341    —      —      103,341

Financial investments available for sale

   —      —      —      25,336    —      —      —      25,336

Financial investments held to maturity

   —      —      —      —      —      1,586    —      1,586

Other financial assets

   —      —      —      —      —      —      664    664
                                       
   5,055    526    911    25,336    135,279    1,586    1,539    170,232
                                       

Financial liabilities

                       

Deposits by banks

   —      —      —      —      —      —      33,333    33,333

Customer accounts

   —      —      —      —      —      —      83,953    83,953

Financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

   3    —      —      —      —      —      —      3

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   23    —      —      —      —      —      —      23

Derivative financial instruments

   4,860    393    267    —      —      —      —      5,520

Debts securities in issue

   —      —      —      —      —      —      30,654    30,654

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   —      —      —      —      —      —      4,586    4,586

Other financial liabilities

   —      —      —      —      —      —      2,193    2,193
                                       
   4,886    393    267    —      —      —      154,719    160,265
                                       

 

252


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

57 Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Group

   2008
   At fair value through
profit and loss
   At fair value
through equity
   At amortised
cost
   Total
   Held for
trading
€ m
   Fair value
hedge
derivatives
€ m
   Cashflow
hedge
derivatives
€ m
   Available
for sale
securities
€ m
   Loans and
receivables
€ m
   Held to
maturity
€ m
   Other €
m
   € m

Financial assets

                       

Cash and balances at central banks

   —      —      —      —      1,565    —      901    2,466

Items in the course of collection

   —      —      —      —      272    —      —      272

Trading portfolio financial assets

   401    —      —      —      —      —      —      401

Derivative financial instruments

   5,438    787    1,103    —      —      —      —      7,328

Loans and receivables to banks

   —      —      —      —      6,266    —      —      6,266

Loans and receivables to customers

   —      —      —      —      129,489    —      —      129,489

Financial investments available for sale

   —      —      —      29,024    —      —      —      29,024

Financial investments held to maturity

   —      —      —      —      —      1,499    —      1,499

Other financial assets

   —      —      —      —      —      —      1,243    1,243
                                       
   5,839    787    1,103    29,024    137,592    1,499    2,144    177,988
                                       

Financial liabilities

                       

Deposits by banks

   —      —      —      —      —      —      25,578    25,578

Customer accounts

   —      —      —      —      —      —      92,604    92,604

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   111    —      —      —      —      —      —      111

Derivative financial instruments

   5,443    369    656    —      —      —      —      6,468

Debts securities in issue

   —      —      —      —      —         37,814    37,814

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   —      —      —      —      —      —      4,526    4,526

Other financial liabilities

   —      —      —      —      —      —      1,214    1,214
                                       
   5,554    369    656    —      —      —      161,736    168,315
                                       

 

253


Table of Contents

LOGO

57 Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

 

     2009
     At fair value through
profit and loss
   At fair value
through equity
   At amortised
cost
   Total
     Held for    Fair value    Cashflow    Available    Loans    Held    Other     
     trading    hedge    hedge    for sale    and    to          
          derivatives    derivatives    securities    receivables    maturity          

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Financial assets

                       

Cash and balances at central banks

   —      —      —      —      2,069    —      520    2,589

Items in the course of collection

   —      —      —      —      127    —      —      127

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

   125    —      —      —      15,827    —      39    15,991

Trading portfolio financial assets

   120    —      —      —      —      —      —      120

Derivative financial instruments(1)

   3,851    124    1,490    —      —      —      —      5,465

Loans and receivables to banks(2)

   —      —      —      —      58,816    —      —      58,816

Loans and receivables to customers(3)

   —      —      —      —      67,928       —      67,928

Financial investments available for sale

   —      —      —      22,178    —      —      —      22,178

Other financial assets

   —      —      —      —      —      —      809    809
                                       
   4,096    124    1,490    22,178    144,767    —      1,368    174,023
                                       

Financial liabilities

                       

Deposits by banks(4)

   —      —      —      —      —      —      62,268    62,268

Customer accounts(5)

   —      —      —      —      —      —      72,697    72,697

Financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

   3    —      —      —      —      —      —      3

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   22    —      —      —      —      —      —      22

Derivative financial instruments(6)

   4,069    391    644    —      —      —      —      5,104

Debts securities in issue

   —      —      —      —      —      —      23,261    23,261

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   —      —      —      —      —      —      4,450    4,450

Other financial liabilities

   —      —      —      —      —      —      1,371    1,371
                                       
   4,094    391    644    —      —      —      164,047    169,176
                                       

 

254


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

57 Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   2008
   At fair value through
profit and loss
   At fair value
through equity
   At amortised
cost
   Total
   Held for
trading
€ m
   Fair value
hedge
derivatives
€ m
   Cashflow
hedge
derivatives
€ m
   Available
for sale
securities
€ m
   Loans
and
receivables
€ m
   Held
to
maturity
€ m
   Other
€ m
   € m
                       
                       
                       

Financial assets

                       

Cash and balances at central banks

   —      —      —      —      1,082    —      569    1,651

Items in the course of collection

   —      —      —      —      151    —      —      151

Trading portfolio financial assets

   171    —      —      —      —      —      —      171

Derivative financial instruments(1)

   4,628    1,175    851    —      —      —      —      6,654

Loans and receivables to banks(2)

   —      —      —      —      47,113    —      —      47,113

Loans and receivables to customers(3)

   —      —      —      —      88,873    —      —      88,873

Financial investments available for sale

   —      —      —      25,872    —      —      —      25,872

Other financial assets

   —      —      —      —      —      —      1,216    1,216
                                       
   4,799    1,175    851    25,872    137,219    —      1,785    171,701
                                       

Financial liabilities

                       

Deposits by banks(4)

   —      —      —      —      —      —      52,186    52,186

Customer accounts(5)

   —      —      —      —      —      —      77,990    77,990

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   109    —      —      —      —      —      —      109

Derivative financial instruments(6)

   4,366    813    647    —      —      —      —      5,826

Debts securities in issue

   —      —      —      —      —      —      26,376    26,376

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   —      —      —      —      —      —      3,662    3,662

Other financial liabilities

   —      —      —      —      —      —      775    775
                                       
   4,475    813    647    —      —         160,989    166,924
                                       

 

(1)

Includes exposure to subsidiary undertakings of € 350 million (2008: € 556 million).

(2)

Includes exposure to subsidiary undertakings of € 50,389 million (2008: € 41,493 million).

(3)

Includes exposure to subsidiary undertakings of € 15,613 million (2008: € 13,758 million).

(4)

Includes exposure to subsidiary undertakings of € 31,481 million (2008: € 27,598 million).

(5)

Includes exposure to subsidiary undertakings of € 13,035 million (2008: € 11,773 million).

(6)

Includes exposure to subsidiary undertakings of € 365 million (2008: € 1,066 million).

58 Interest rate sensitivity

The net interest rate sensitivity of the Group at 31 December 2009 and 2008 is illustrated in the following tables. The tables set out details of those assets and liabilities whose values are subject to change as interest rates change within each contractual repricing time period. Details regarding assets and liabilities which are not sensitive to interest rate movements are also included. The tables show the sensitivity of the balance sheet at one point in time and are not necessarily indicative of positions at other dates. In developing the classifications used in the tables it has been necessary to make certain assumptions and approximations in assigning assets and liabilities to different repricing categories.

 

255


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

58 Interest rate sensitivity (continued)

 

     2009
      0<1
Month
€ m
    1<3
Months
€ m
    3<12
Months
€ m
    1<2
Years
€ m
    2<3
Years
€ m
    3<4
Years
€ m
    4<5
Years
€ m
    5 years +
€ m
    Non-interest
bearing(1)
€ m
    Trading(1)
€ m
    Total
€ m
                      
                      

Assets

                      

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

   8,804      9,669      133      129      41      47      44      163      57      125      19,212

Trading portfolio financial assets

   —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        296      296

Loans and receivables to banks

   8,214      508      2      —        —        —        —        —        369      —        9,093

Loans and receivables to customers

   70,718      16,520      4,430      2,594      2,114      1,435      903      4,627      —        —        103,341

Financial investments available for sale

   5,423      6,485      1,980      3,153      1,932      534      1,104      4,398      327      —        25,336

Financial investments held to maturity

   —        77      1,509      —        —        —        —        —        —        —        1,586

Other assets

   3,569      —        —        —        —        —        —        —        7,247      4,634      15,450
                                                                

Total assets

   96,728      33,259      8,054      5,876      4,087      2,016      2,051      9,188      8,000      5,055      174,314
                                                                

Liabilities

                      

Financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

   —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        3      3

Deposits by banks

   13,522      11,813      7,990      8      —        —        —        —        —        —        33,333

Customer accounts

   52,322      12,865      9,263      548      429      339      341      163      7,683      —        83,953

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        23      23

Debt securities in issue

   9,047      9,891      7,191      39      1,000      1,000      746      1,740      —        —        30,654

Subordinated liabilities & capital instruments

   846      454      —        —        —        —        —        3,286      —        —        4,586

Other liabilities

   —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        6,193      4,860      11,053

Shareholders’ equity

   —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        10,709      —        10,709
                                                                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   75,737      35,023      24,444      595      1,429      1,339      1,087      5,189      24,585      4,886      174,314
                                                                

Derivatives affecting interest rate sensitivity

   11,917      9,771      (16,873   309      (744   (1,660   (34   (2,686   —        —        —  
                                                                

Interest sensitivity gap

   9,074      (11,535   483      4,972      3,402      2,337      998      6,685      (16,585   169     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

   9,074      (2,461   (1,978   2,994      6,396      8,733      9,731      16,416      (169   —       
                                                              
     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m      

Interest sensitivity gap

   10,659      (12,369   (1,066   4,110      2,779      1,962      872      5,729      (11,343   (1,251  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

   10,659      (1,710   (2,776   1,334      4,113      6,075      6,947      12,676      1,333      82     
                                                              

(in euro equivalents)

   US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m      

Interest sensitivity gap

   (5,146   (2,258   (10   235      33      75      43      80      (639   (88  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

   (5,146   (7,404   (7,414   (7,179   (7,146   (7,071   (7,028   (6,948   (7,587   (7,675  
                                                              

(in euro equivalents)

   Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m      

Interest sensitivity gap

   5,490      3,746      445      325      289      144      (3   819      (4,605   55     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

   5,490      9,236      9,681      10,006      10,295      10,439      10,436      11,255      6,650      6,705     
                                                              

(in euro equivalents)

   PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m      

Interest sensitivity gap

   (2,289   (906   1,426      241      250      102      70      23      (113   991     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

   (2,289   (3,195   (1,769   (1,528   (1,278   (1,176   (1,106   (1,083   (1,196   (205  
                                                              

 

(1)

Not interest rate sensitive.

 

256


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

58 Interest rate sensitivity (continued)

 

     2008
     0<1
Month
€ m
    1<3
Months
€ m
    3<12
Months
€ m
    1<2
Years
€ m
    2<3
Years
€ m
    3<4
Years
€ m
    4<5
Years
€ m
    5 years +
€ m
    Non-interest
bearing(1)

€ m
    Trading(1)
€ m
    Total
€ m

Assets

                      

Trading portfolio financial assets

   —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        401      401

Loans and receivables to banks

   5,690      263      —        —        —        —        —        126      187      —        6,266

Loans and receivables to customers

   87,746      22,164      7,037      3,096      2,175      1,871      1,562      3,838      —        —        129,489

Financial investments available for sale

   6,857      7,589      2,043      1,549      3,349      1,123      977      5,250      287      —        29,024

Financial investments held to maturity

   —        76      1,423      —        —        —        —        —        —        —        1,499

Other assets

   1,565      —        —        —        —        —        —        —        8,492      5,438      15,495
                                                                

Total assets

   101,858      30,092      10,503      4,645      5,524      2,994      2,539      9,214      8,966      5,839      182,174
                                                                

Liabilities

                      

Deposits by banks

   16,013      7,491      1,843      74      9      —        —        —        148      —        25,578

Customer accounts

   57,723      14,347      10,610      731      486      384      331      354      7,638      —        92,604

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        111      111

Debt securities in issue

   12,401      13,916      4,674      4,098      41      4      1,000      1,680      —        —        37,814

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   858      400      200      —        —        —        —        3,068      —        —        4,526

Other liabilities

   —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        7,129      5,443      12,572

Shareholders’ equity

   —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        8,969      —        8,969
                                                                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   86,995      36,154      17,327      4,903      536      388      1,331      5,102      23,884      5,554      182,174
                                                                

Derivative financial instruments affecting interest rate sensitivity

   4,706      9,096      (8,151   (2,303   (462   (42   37      (2,881   —        —        —  
                                                                

Interest sensitivity gap

   10,157      (15,158   1,327      2,045      5,450      2,648      1,171      6,993      (14,918   285     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

   10,157      (5,001   (3,674   (1,629   3,821      6,469      7,640      14,633      (285   —       
                                                              
     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m      

Interest sensitivity gap

   19,200      (7,202   1,258      1,108      3,362      1,781      379      5,814      (12,891   (426  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

   19,200      11,998      13,256      14,364      17,726      19,507      19,886      25,700      12,809      12,383     
                                                              

(in euro equivalents)

   US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m      

Interest sensitivity gap

   (8,500   (4,710   (2,033   411      421      195      232      478      713      (3  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

   (8,500   (13,210   (15,243   (14,832   (14,411   (14,216   (13,984   (13,506   (12,793   (12,796  
                                                              

(in euro equivalents)

   Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m      

Interest sensitivity gap

   2,768      (2,935   (267   339      1,388      556      444      1,086      (3,754   430     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

   2,768      (167   (434   (95   1,293      1,849      2,293      3,379      (375   55     
                                                              

(in euro equivalents)

   PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m      

Interest sensitivity gap

   (3,739   (741   2,155      130      109      69      60      (457   756      229     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

   (3,739   (4,480   (2,325   (2,195   (2,086   (2,017   (1,957   (2,414   (1,658   (1,429  
                                                              

 

(1)

Not interest rate sensitive.

 

257


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

59 Statement of cash flows

Analysis of cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following balances with less than 3 months maturity from the date of acquisition:

 

     Group    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
     2009    2008    2007    2009    2008    2007
     € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Cash and balances at central banks

   4,382    2,466    1,264    2,589    1,651    566

Loans and receivables to banks

   7,685    5,975    9,163    7,550    5,333    8,385

Short term investments

   —      81    —      —      —      —  
                             
   12,067    8,522    10,427    10,139    6,984    8,951
                             

The Group is required to maintain balances with the Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland which amounted to € 124 million at 31 December 2009 (2008: € 114 million; 2007: € 101 million). The Group is also required by law to maintain reserve balances with the Bank of England, the National Bank of Poland and with Central Banks in Latvia, Lithuania and Estonia. At December 2009, such reserve balances amounted to € 1,928 million (2008: € 343 million; 2007: € 306 million). Amounts with central banks are included within cash and balances at central banks and loans and receivables to banks.

60 Financial assets and financial liabilities by contractual residual maturity

 

     2009
     Repayable
on demand
   3 months or less
but not repayable
on demand
  

1 year or less
but over

3 months

  

5 years or less
but over

1 year

  

Over

5 years

   Total

Group

   € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Financial assets

                 

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA(1), (2)

   152    15,908    2,931    2,533    1,796    23,320

Trading portfolio financial assets(3)

   —      109    37    102    11    259

Derivative financial instruments(4)

   —      655    1,789    2,325    1,302    6,071

Loans and receivables to banks(1)

   823    8,120    151    3    —      9,097

Loans and receivables to customers(1)

   5,477    13,042    11,347    33,386    43,076    106,328

Financial investments available for sale(3)

   —      983    3,392    11,118    9,516    25,009

Financial investments held to maturity

   —      77    154    1,010    345    1,586
                             
   6,452    38,894    19,801    50,477    56,046    171,670
                             

Financial liabilities

                 

Financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

   —      —      —      —      3    3

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   23    —      —      —      —      23

Derivative financial instruments(4)

   53    533    1,646    2,053    1,235    5,520

Deposits by banks

   860    24,293    8,048    130    2    33,333

Customer accounts

   28,863    42,918    9,759    2,343    70    83,953

Debt securities in issue

   39    12,024    10,030    6,821    1,740    30,654

Other liabilities

   1,890    299    4    —      —      2,193

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   —      —      —      —      4,586    4,586
                             
   31,728    80,067    29,487    11,347    7,636    160,265
                             

 

258


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

60 Financial assets and financial liabilities by contractual residual maturity (continued)

 

     2008
     Repayable    3 months or less    1 year or less    5 years or less    Over    Total
     on demand    but not repayable    but over    but over    5 years     
          on demand    3 months    1 year          

Group

   € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Financial assets

                 

Trading portfolio financial assets(3)

   —      46    125    132    65    368

Derivative financial instruments(4)

   —      1,267    1,502    2,950    1,609    7,328

Loans and receivables to banks(1)

   1,423    4,596    121    2    126    6,268

Loans and receivables to customers(1)

   16,072    15,974    16,091    37,188    46,456    131,781

Financial investments available for sale(3)

   —      933    2,753    13,738    11,313    28,737

Financial investments held to maturity

   —      —      77    1,215    207    1,499
                             
   17,495    22,816    20,669    55,225    59,776    175,981
                             

Financial liabilities

                 

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   111    —      —      —      —      111

Derivative financial instruments(4)

   —      1,575    1,323    2,104    1,466    6,468

Deposits by banks

   5,090    17,842    2,072    572    2    25,578

Customer accounts

   37,579    41,739    10,800    2,124    362    92,604

Debt securities in issue

   123    19,131    6,128    10,752    1,680    37,814

Other liabilities

   1,176    38    —      —      —      1,214

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   —      —      —      —      4,526    4,526
                             
   44,079    80,325    20,323    15,552    8,036    168,315
                             

 

     2009
     Repayable    3 months or less    1 year or less    5 years or less    Over    Total
     on demand    but not repayable    but over    but over    5 years     
          on demand    3 months    1 year          

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Financial assets

                 

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA(1)(2)

   89    14,526    1,943    1,875    1,449    19,882

Trading portfolio financial assets(3)

   —      —      27    84    5    116

Derivative financial instruments(4)

   —      539    1,545    2,014    1,367    5,465

Loans and receivables to banks(1)

   33,898    17,201    5,681    893    1,147    58,820

Loans and receivables to customers(1)

   6,652    16,718    7,565    19,942    19,043    69,920

Financial investments available for sale(3)

   —      638    3,112    10,232    8,109    22,091
                             
   40,639    49,622    19,873    35,040    31,120    176,294
                             

Financial liabilities

                 

Financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

   —      —      —      —      3    3

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   22    —      —      —      —      22

Derivative financial instruments(4)

   54    420    1,398    1,811    1,421    5,104

Deposits by banks

   10,751    31,761    9,336    8,200    2,220    62,268

Customer accounts

   22,022    35,025    7,023    4,419    4,208    72,697

Debt securities in issue

   39    7,371    10,030    5,821    —      23,261

Other liabilities

   1,074    297    —      —      —      1,371

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   —      —      —      —      4,450    4,450
                             
   33,962    74,874    27,787    20,251    12,302    169,176
                             

 

259


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

60 Financial assets and financial liabilities by contractual residual maturity (continued)

 

     2008

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   Repayable
on demand
€ m
   3 months or less
but not repayable
on demand

€ m
   1 year or less
but over
3 months

€ m
   5 years or less
but over

1 year
€ m
   Over 5
years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Financial assets

                 

Trading portfolio financial assets(3)

   —      10    2    94    55    161

Derivative financial instruments(4)

   —      1,075    1,223    2,744    1,612    6,654

Loans and receivables to banks(1)

   42,677    4,321    115    —      —      47,113

Loans and receivables to customers(1)

   28,013    11,267    10,692    22,761    17,818    90,551

Financial investments available for sale(3)

   —      736    2,102    12,992    9,978    25,808
                             
   70,690    17,409    14,134    38,591    29,463    170,287
                             

Financial liabilities

                 

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   —      —      109    —      —      109

Derivative financial instruments(4)

   —      1,184    1,037    2,143    1,462    5,826

Deposits by banks

   32,573    17,246    1,945    422    —      52,186

Customer accounts

   38,149    30,082    7,690    1,711    358    77,990

Debt securities in issue

   —      15,108    3,512    7,751    5    26,376

Other liabilities

   775    —      —      —      —      775

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   —      —      —      —      3,662    3,662
                             
   71,497    63,620    14,293    12,027    5,487    166,924
                             

 

(1)

Shown gross of provisions for impairment.

(2)

Accrued interest receivable not included, derivative financial assets included.

(3)

Excluding equity shares.

(4)

Shown by maturity date of contract.

The balances shown above for Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. include exposures to subsidiary undertakings.

61 Financial liabilities by undiscounted contractual maturity

In the daily management of liquidity risk, the Group adjusts the contractual outflows on customer deposits to reflect inherent stability of these deposits. Offsetting the liability outflows are cash inflows from the assets on the balance sheet. Additionally, the Group holds a stock of high quality liquid assets, which are held for the purpose of covering unexpected cash outflows. The following table analyses, on an undiscounted basis, financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturity.

 

     2009
     Repayable
on demand
€ m
   3 months or less
but not repayable
on demand

€ m
   1 year or less
but over

3 months
€ m
   5 years or less
but over

1 year
€ m
   Over 5
years
€ m
   Total
€ m

Financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

   —      —      —      —      3    3

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   23    —      —      —      —      23

Derivative financial instruments

   —      3,483    910    1,149    592    6,134

Deposits by banks

   860    24,346    8,166    274    9    33,655

Customer accounts

   28,866    42,989    9,811    2,372    72    84,110

Debt securities in issue

   39    12,147    10,488    7,657    2,002    32,333

Other liabilities

   1,890    299    4    —      —      2,193

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   —      35    270    1,305    7,028    8,638
                             
   31,678    83,299    29,649    12,757    9,706    167,089
                             

 

260


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

61 Financial liabilities by undiscounted contractual maturity (continued)

 

     2008
     Repayable
on demand
€ m
   3 months or less
but not repayable
on demand € m
   1 year or less
but over
3 months

€ m
   5 years or less
but over 1
year

€ m
   Over 5
years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

   111    —      —      —      —      111

Derivative financial instruments

   —      3,410    574    1,826    1,067    6,877

Deposits by banks

   5,090    18,022    2,202    792    44    26,150

Customer accounts

   37,714    42,321    10,985    2,134    362    93,516

Debt securities in issue

   123    19,438    6,742    12,056    2,007    40,366

Other liabilities

   1,176    38    —      —      —      1,214

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   —      49    179    947    7,235    8,410
                             
   44,214    83,278    20,682    17,755    10,715    176,644
                             

The table below shows the contractual expiry by maturity of the Group’s contingent liabilities and commitments.

 

     2009

Group

   Repayable
on demand
€ m
   3 months or less
but not repayable
on demand

€ m
   1 year or less
but over

3 months
€ m
   5 years or less
but over

1 year
€ m
   Over 5
years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Contingent liabilities

   54    692    1,205    4,783    233    6,967

Commitments

   6,141    2,095    3,483    4,227    1,234    17,180
                             
   6,195    2,787    4,688    9,010    1,467    24,147
                             
     2008

Group

   Repayable
on demand
€ m
   3 months or less
but not repayable
on demand

€ m
   1 year or less
but over

3 months
€ m
   5 years or less
but over

1 year
€ m
   Over 5
years
€ m
   Total
€ m

Contingent liabilities

   273    515    1,021    6,096    285    8,190

Commitments

   5,869    2,608    4,269    5,301    2,202    20,249
                             
   6,142    3,123    5,290    11,397    2,487    28,439
                             

The table below shows the contractual expiry by maturity of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s contingent liabilities and commitments.

 

     2009

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   Repayable
on demand
€ m
   3 months or less
but not repayable
on demand

€ m
   1 year or less
but over

3 months
€ m
   5 years or less
but over

1 year
€ m
   Over 5
years

€ m
   Total
€ m

Contingent liabilities(1)

   39    443    984    4,284    230    5,980

Commitments

   5,537    1,600    1,669    3,501    896    13,203
                             
   5,576    2,043    2,653    7,785    1,126    19,183
                             
     2008

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   Repayable
on demand
€ m
   3 months or less
but not repayable
on demand

€ m
   1 year or less
but over

3 months
€ m
   5 years or less
but over

1 year
€ m
   Over
5 years
€ m
   Total
€ m

Contingent liabilities(1)

   361    472    957    5,016    283    7,089

Commitments

   7,451    698    1,425    3,747    1,385    14,706
                             
   7,812    1,170    2,382    8,763    1,668    21,795
                             

The Group expects that not all of the contingent liabilities or commitments will be drawn before expiry date.

 

(1)

Included in exposure to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c are amounts relating to Group subsidiaries of € 86 million (2008: € 86 million).

 

261


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

62 Report on directors’ remuneration and interests

Commentary on the Company’s policy with respect to directors’ remuneration is included in the Corporate Governance Statement on page 109.

Directors’ Remuneration

The following tables detail the total remuneration of the Directors in office during 2009 and 2008:

 

     2009
     Directors’ fees
- Parent & Irish
Subsidiary Cos(1)
€ 000
   Directors’ fees
- Non-Irish
Subsidiary Cos(2)
€ 000
   Salary
€ 000
   Taxable
benefits(3)
€ 000
   Pension
contributions(4)
€ 000
   Total
€ 000

Remuneration

                 

Executive directors

                 

Colm Doherty

         622    66    145    833

Donal Forde (remuneration to resignation as Directoron 13 May 2009)

         221    23    51    295

Dan O’Connor(5) (remuneration as Executive Chairman from 18 November to 31 December 2009)

   31    —               31

John O’Donnell (remuneration to retirement as Director on 31 August 2009)

         333    46    86    465

Eugene Sheehy (remuneration to retirement as Director on 30 November 2009)

         638    58    196    892
                             
   31    —      1,814    193    478    2,516
                             

Non-executive directors

                 

Declan Collier (appointed 22 January 2009)

   29                29

Kieran Crowley

   99    34             133

Dermot Gleeson (remuneration to retirement as Director on 30 June 2009)

   203    —               203

Stephen L Kingon

   72    37             109

Anne Maher

   96    —               96

Dan O’Connor(5) (remuneration from 1 January to 17 November 2009)

   156    —               156

Sean O’Driscoll(6)

   —      —               —  

David Pritchard(7)

   82    69             151

Dick Spring (appointed 22 January 2009)

   26    —               26

Michael J Sullivan (remuneration to retirement as Director on 13 may 2009)

   19    —               19

Robert G Wilmers

   —      —               —  

Jennifer Winter

   48    —               48
                       
   830    140             970
                       

Former directors

                 

Pensions(8)

                  110
                   

Total

                  3,596
                   

 

262


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

62 Report on directors’ remuneration and interests (continued)

 

     2008
     Directors’ fees
- Parent & Irish
Subsidiary
Cos(1) € 000
   Directors’ fees
- Non-Irish
Subsidiary Cos(2)
€ 000
   Salary
€ 000
   Taxable
benefits(3)
€ 000
   Pension
contributions(4)
€ 000
   Total
€ 000

Remuneration

                 

Executive directors

                 

Colm Doherty

   —      —      633    48    141    822

Donal Forde

   —      —      600    42    134    776

John O’Donnell

   —      —      500    46    112    658

Eugene Sheehy

   —      —      905    40    207    1,152
                             
   —      —      2,638    176    594    3,408
                             

Non-executive directors

                 

Adrian Burke (retired 22 April 2008)

   31    —               31

Kieran Crowley

   132    38             170

Dermot Gleeson

   475    —               475

Stephen L Kingon

   96    44             140

Anne Maher

   128    —               128

Dan O’Connor

   114    —               114

Sean O’Driscoll

   67    —               67

Jim O’Leary (retired 22 April 2008)

   31    27             58

David Pritchard

   69    100             169

Bernard Somers (resigned 31 December 2008)

   50    —               50

Michael J Sullivan

   56    —               56

Robert G Wilmers

   —      —               —  

Jennifer Winter

   78    —               78
                       
   1,327    209             1,536
                       

Former directors

                 

Pensions(8)

                  117
                   

Total

                  5,061
                   

 

(1)

Fees paid to the non-executive directors, other than the Chairman and Deputy Chairman who both receive a flat fee, comprise a basic fee in respect of service as a director, payable at a rate of € 36,500 per annum, which was voluntarily reduced to € 32,850 per annum from 1 December 2008 and to € 27,375 per annum from 9 February 2009, and additional remuneration paid to any non-executive director who: is the Chairman of the Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee, or Corporate Social Responsibility Committee; is the Senior Independent Director or; performs additional services, such as through membership of Board Committees or the board of a subsidiary company. All fees paid to Non-Executive Directors were voluntarily reduced by 10% from 1 December 2008 and by 25% from 9 February 2009.

A fee of € 27,147 was paid to M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”) in the year ended 31 December 2009 (2008: € 36,196), in respect of Mr. Robert G. Wilmers’ directorship of the Company as the designee of M&T, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganisation, dated 26 September 2002, by and among the Company, All first Financial Inc. and M&T, as approved by shareholders at the Extraordinary General Meeting held on 18 December 2002 (‘the Agreement’). During 2009, Messrs. Michael Buckley (who retired as Group Chief Executive and Director of AIB on 30 June 2005), Colm Doherty, and Eugene Sheehy (who retired as Group Chief Executive and Director of AIB on 30 November 2009), served as AIB-designated Directors of M&T, pursuant to the Agreement. The aggregate fees payable in this regard, in respect of Messrs. Doherty and Sheehy, amounting to € 33,726 (2008: € 32,149), were paid to AIB, while € 21,925 was paid to Mr. Buckley (2008: € 20,634);

 

(2)

Non-Executive Directors of the Parent Company who also serve as Directors of non-Irish subsidiaries are separately paid a flat fee, which is independently agreed and paid by the subsidiaries, in respect of their service as a director of those companies. During 2008 and 2009, Messrs. David Pritchard, Kieran Crowley and Stephen Kingon served as non-executive directors of AIB Group (UK) plc. Mr. Pritchard is Chairman of AIB Group (UK) plc. Mr. Kingon was a member of the UK Audit Committee until his appointment as Chairman of the Group Audit Committee on 1 September 2009. Mr. Jim O’Leary, former director, served as a non-executive director of AIB’s Polish subsidiary company, BZWBK, between 1 January 2009 and 21 April 2009 and received fees of € 8,624 in respect of his directorship of that company during that period;

 

(3)

Taxable benefits include the use of a company car or the payment of a car allowance, and benefit arising from loans made at preferential interest rates.

 

(4)

‘Pension contributions’ represent payments to defined benefit pension schemes, in accordance with actuarial advice, to provide post-retirement pensions from normal retirement date. The contribution rate in 2009 in respect of the Executive Directors, as a percentage of pensionable emoluments is 23.0% (2008:22.3%). The fees of the non-executive directors are not pensionable.

 

263


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

62 Report on directors’ remuneration and interests (continued)

 

The pension benefits earned during the year, and accrued at year-end are as follows:

 

     Increase/(decrease) in accrued
benefits during 2009

(above inflation)(a)
€ 000
   Accrued benefit
at year-end(b)

€ 000
   Transfer value of
increase in accrued
benefit during 2009(c)

€ 000

Executive directors

        

Colm Doherty

   13.8    303    211

Donal Forde(d)

   3.9    278    50
              

 

  (a)

The changes in accrued benefits are after adjustment for inflation and reflect one year’s additional pensionable service.

  (b)

The figures represent the accumulated total amounts of accrued benefits (i.e., annual pension) payable at normal retirement dates, as at 31 December.

  (c)

The figures show the transfer values of the changes in accrued benefits during 2009. These transfer values do not represent sums paid or due, but the amounts that the Company’s pension scheme would transfer to another pension scheme, in relation to the benefits accrued in 2009, in the event of the member leaving service.

  (d)

Mr. Donal Forde resigned as a director on 13 May 2009. The figures quoted refer to the period from 1 Jan 2009 to that date.

With respect to the Executive Directors who retired during 2009, the following table details; (e) the pension benefits accrued to the date of the Executive Directors’ retirements, but payable from their normal retirement age, and (f) the pensions payable at the date of their retirements, calculated and reduced on an actuarial basis which involved no increase in the liability of the AIB Group Irish Pension Scheme as a result of early retirement.

 

     Accrued benefit at
date of retirement

(e) € 000
   Retirement
pension (f)
€ 000
   Difference in
transfer value of
retirement
benefits (g)

€ 000

Executive directors

        

John O’Donnell (retired 31 August 2009)

   324    274    1,816

Eugene Sheehy (retired 30 November 2009)

   541    458    1,570
              

The difference in transfer value figures at (g) do not represent sums paid or due and are shown in the context of disclosure requirements only. The difference in transfer value represents the amount that the Company’s pension scheme would transfer to another pension scheme, in relation to the difference between the benefits accrued at date of retirement (e), and the pension payable at the date of retirement (f), should such a transfer occur.

 

(5)

Mr. Dan O’Connor was appointed Chairman with effect from 1 July 2009. He was paid until 30 June 2009 on the basis of the Non Executive Directors’ fees set out at (1) above. His flat fee as Chairman was agreed at € 276,000 per annum and he was paid a pro-rata equivalent amount for the period from 1 July to 31 December 2009;

(6)

Mr. Sean O’Driscoll voluntarily waived his fees as a Non-Executive Director for 2009. He is continuing to forego his fees in the current year, and will retire as a Director at the 2010 Annual General Meeting on 28 April 2010;

(7)

Mr. David Pritchard was appointed Deputy Chairman with effect from 13 May 2009. He was paid until 13 May 2009 on the basis of the Non Executive Directors’ fees set out at (1) above. His flat fee as Deputy Chairman was agreed at € 82,800 per annum and he was paid a pro-rata equivalent amount for the period from 14 May to 31 December 2009;

(8)

‘Pensions’ represents the payment of pensions to former directors or their dependants granted on an ex-gratia basis and fully provided for in the statement of financial position.

 

264


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

62 Report on directors’ remuneration and interests (continued)

 

Interests in shares

The beneficial interests of the Directors and the Secretary in office at 31 December 2009, and of their spouses and minor children, in the Company’s ordinary shares are as follows:

 

Ordinary Shares

   31 December
2009
   1 January
2009

Directors:

     

Declan Collier

   —      —  

Kieran Crowley

   12,250    12,520

Colm Doherty

   97,544    72,612

Stephen L Kingon

   4,500    4,500

Anne Maher

   1,600    1,600

Dan O’Connor

   14,000    14,000

Sean O’Driscoll

   138,503    138,503

David Pritchard

   53,500    3,500

Dick Spring

   —      —  

Robert G Wilmers

   440,059    440,059

Jennifer Winter

   480    480

Secretary:

     

David O’Callaghan

   8,120    8,120

The following table sets forth the beneficial interests of the Directors and Group Executive Committee (“GEC”) members of AIB as a Group (including their spouses and minor children) at 31 December 2009.

 

Title of class

  

Identity of person or group

   Number
owned
   Percent
of class
 

Ordinary shares

   Directors and GEC members of AIB as a group    933,782    0.11

Share Options

Details of the Executive Directors’ and the Secretary’s options to subscribe for ordinary shares are given below. Information on the Share Option Schemes, including policy on the granting of options, is given in note 10. The vesting of these options in the individuals concerned is dependent on Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) targets being met. Subject thereto, the options outstanding at 31 December 2009 are exercisable at various dates between 2011 and 2015. Details are shown in the Register of Directors’ and Secretary’s Interests, which may be inspected by shareholders at the Company’s Registered Office.

 

     Date
of grant
   Number
of shares
   Option Price
   Vested/
unvested
  

Exercise

period

Directors:

              

Colm Doherty

   26.04.2001    75,000    11.98    Vested    26.04.2004 - 2011
   26.06.2002    75,000    13.55    Vested    26.06.2005 - 2012
   28.04.2004    30,000    12.60    Vested    28.04.2007 - 2014
   26.04.2005    5,000    16.20    Vested    26.04.2008 - 2015

Secretary:

              

David O’Callaghan

   26.04.2001    4,000    11.98    Vested    26.04.2004 - 2011
   23.04.2003    2,500    13.30    Vested    23.04.2006 - 2013
   28.04.2004    2,500    12.60    Vested    28.04.2007 - 2014

No share options were granted or exercised during 2009.

 

265


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

62 Report on directors’ remuneration and interests (continued)

 

The Executive Chairman and the Non-executive directors do not participate in the share options plans. The aggregate number of share options outstanding at 31 December 2009 in the names of executive directors and GEC members, as a group, including the Director above, was 496,500 as follows:

 

Outstanding as at 31 December 2008

   774,500

Add: Options held by Senior Executive Officer appointed during 2009

   43,000

Less: Options held by Executive Directors who retired during 2009

   321,000
    

Options outstanding as at 31 December 2009

   496,500
    

Performance Shares

Details of the Executive Directors’ and the Secretary’s conditional grants of awards of ordinary shares are given below. These conditional awards are subject to onerous performance targets being met, in terms of EPS growth and total shareholder return. Information on the Performance Share Plan including policy on the granting of awards, is given in note 10. The conditional grants of awards outstanding at 31 December 2009 may wholly or partly vest between 2010 and 2011, depending on the date of the grant and the grant conditions being met.

 

     31 December 2009
Conditional grants of awards
of ordinary shares

Directors:

  

Colm Doherty

   110,873

Secretary:

  

David O’Callaghan

   —  

Apart from the interests set out above, the Directors and Secretary in office at year-end, and their spouses and minor children, have no other interests in the shares of the Company.

There were no changes in the Directors’ and Secretary’s interests shown above between 31 December 2009 and 1 March 2010.

Dr. Michael Somers, who was appointed to the Board in January 2010, has interests in 13,437 ordinary shares.

The year-end closing price, on the Irish Stock Exchange, of the Company’s ordinary shares was € 1.20 per share; during the year, the price ranged from € 0.27 to € 3.37.

Service Contracts

There are no service contracts in force for any Director with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

266


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

63 Related party transactions

(a) Transactions with subsidiary undertakings

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (“AIB”) is the ultimate parent company of the Group. Banking transactions are entered into by AIB with its subsidiaries in the normal course of business. These include loans, deposits, foreign currency transactions and the provision of guarantees on an ‘arms length’ basis. Balances between AIB and its subsidiaries are detailed in notes 27, 28, 38, 42 and 43. In accordance with IAS 27 - Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements, transactions with subsidiaries have been eliminated on consolidation.

(b) Associated undertakings and joint ventures

From time to time, the Group provides certain banking and financial services for associated undertakings. These transactions are made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavourable features. Details of loans to associates are set out in notes 27 and 28, while deposits from associates are set out in notes 42 and 43.

(c) Sale and Leaseback of Blocks E, F, G and H Bankcentre to Aviva Life and Pensions Ireland Limited. (“ALP”)

On 9 June 2006, the Group agreed the sale and leaseback of blocks E, F, G, and H at Bankcentre (see note 14). The lease is for 20 years. The blocks were sold to ALP for a total consideration of € 170.5 million. AIB hold a 24.99% share of Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Ltd. (“ALH”) which is the holding company for Ark Life and ALP. The initial annual rent payable on blocks E, F, G and H is € 7.1 million. The rent is paid through Wallkav Ltd, a wholly owned subsidiary of AIB.

(d) Provision of banking and related services to Group Pension Funds, unit trusts and investment funds managed by Group companies

The Group provides certain banking and financial services including asset management and money transmission services for the AIB Group Pension Funds and also for unit trusts and investment funds managed by Group companies. Such services are provided in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons.

During 2008 BZWBK entered into several short-term reverse sale and repurchase transactions with investment funds managed by BZWBK AIB Towarzystwo Funduszy Inwestycyjnych S.A. The transactions are reflected within loans and receivables to customers, their maturity period is 3 months and they are collateralised with Government bonds. They amounted to Nil at 31 December 2009 (2008: € 103 million).

(e) Compensation of key management personnel

The following disclosures are made in accordance with the provisions of IAS 24 - Related Party Disclosures, in respect of the compensation of key management personnel. Under IAS 24, ‘key management personnel’ are defined as comprising directors (executive and non-executive) together with senior executive officers, (namely, the members of the Group Executive Committee (see pages 101 and 102)). The figures shown below include the figures separately reported in respect of directors’ remuneration, shown in the ‘Report on directors’ remuneration and interests’ in note 62.

 

     Group    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

Short-term employee benefits(1)

   6.4    7.1    5.3    5.9

Post-employment benefits(2)

   1.1    1.3    0.8    1.0
                   

Total

   7.5    8.4    6.1    6.9
                   

 

(1)

comprises (a) in the case of executive directors and the other senior executive officers: salary, bonus, profit share scheme benefits, medical insurance, benefit-in-kind arising from preferential loans and use of company car (or payment in lieu), and other short-term benefits, and (b) in the case of non-executive directors: directors’ fees. Figures for 2009 relate to (i) 5 executive directors (2008:4) (ii) in respect of Group, 6 other senior executive officers (2008:5) and in respect of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. 4 other senior executive officers (2008:3); and (iii) 11 non-executive directors (2008: 12), excluding Mr. R G Wilmers, fees in respect of whose service as a designated director of M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”), amounting to € 27,147 (2008: € 36,196) were paid to M&T;

(2)

comprises (a) payments to defined benefit pension schemes, in accordance with actuarial advice, to provide post-retirement pensions from normal

 

267


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

 

 

retirement date in respect of (i) 5 executive directors (2008: 4); and (ii) in respect of Group, 7 other senior executive officers (2008:5) and in respect of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., 6 other senior executive officers (2008: 3); and (b) the payment of pensions to former directors or their dependants, granted on an ex gratia basis.

(f) Transactions with key management personnel

At 31 December 2009, deposit and other credit balances held by key management personnel amounted € 12.0 million (2008: €12.2 million).

Loans to the Key Management Personnel, including executive and non-executive directors and senior executive officers, are made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons of similar standing not connected with the Group, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavourable features. Loans to executive directors and senior executive officers are also made in the ordinary course of business, on terms available to other employees in the Group generally, in accordance with established policy, within limits set on a case by case basis.

Details of transactions with key management personnel, and connected parties where indicated, are as follows:

(i) Current directors

 

     2009
     Balance at
31 December
2008

€ 000
   Amounts
advanced
during 2009

€ 000
   Amounts
repaid
during 2009

€ 000
   Currency
movements

€ 000
   Balance at
31 December
2009
€ 000

Kieran Crowley (including facilities to businesses in which Mr Crowley has an interest)

              

Loans

   1,758    159    300    —      1,617

Overdraft/Credit card«

   10    n/a    n/a    n/a    8
                        

Total

   1,768    n/a    n/a    n/a    1,625
                        

Interest charged during 2009

               59

Maximum debit balance during 2009

               1,942
                        

Colm Doherty

              

Loans

   —      —      —      —      —  

Overdraft/Credit card«

   3    n/a    n/a    n/a    1
                        

Total

   3    n/a    n/a    n/a    1
                        

Interest charged during 2009

               —  

Maximum debit balance during 2009

               11
                        

Stephen Kingon

              

Loans

   —      41    3    —      38

Overdraft/Credit card«

   13    n/a    n/a    n/a    14
                        

Total

   13    n/a    n/a    n/a    52
                        

Interest charged during 2009

               1

Maximum debit balance during 2009

               55
                        

Dan O’Connor

              

Loans

   —      —      —      —      —  

Overdraft/Credit card«

   5    n/a    n/a    n/a    14
                        

Total

   5    n/a    n/a    n/a    14
                        

Interest charged during 2009

               —  

Maximum debit balance during 2009

               14
                        

 

«

Amounts advanced and repaid are not shown for overdraft/credit card facilities as such facilities are revolving in nature (i.e. they may be drawn, repaid and redrawn up to their limit over the course of the year).

 

268


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

 

     2009  
     Balance at
31 December
2008

€ 000
   Amounts
advanced
during 2009

€ 000
   Amounts
repaid
during 2009

€ 000
   Currency
movements
€ 000
   Balance at
31 December
2009

€ 000
 

Sean O’Driscoll

              

Loans

   3,296    —      2,000    68    1,228 ** 

Overdraft/Credit card*

   10    n/a    n/a    n/a    11   
                          

Total

   3,306    n/a    n/a    n/a    1,239   
                          

Interest charged during 2009

               61   

Maximum debit balance during 2009

               3,319   
                          

Dick Spring

              

Loans

   8    —      8    —      —     

Overdraft/Credit card*

   —      n/a    n/a    n/a    19   
                          

Total

   8    n/a    n/a    n/a    19   
                          

Interest charged during 2009

               —     

Maximum debit balance during 2009

               27   
                          

Jennifer Winter

              

Loans

   103    —      11    —      92   

Overdraft/Credit card*

   —      n/a    n/a    n/a    —     
                          

Total

   103    n/a    n/a    n/a    92   
                          

Interest charged during 2009

               2   

Maximum debit balance during 2009

               104   
                          

 

Declan Collier, Anne Maher, David Pritchard and Robert G. Wilmers had no facilities with the Group during 2009.

 

(ii) Former Directors who were in office during the year:

 

  

  

Donal Forde               

Loans

   736    -    51    10    675   

Overdraft/Credit card*

   —      n/a    n/a    n/a    —     
                          

Total

   736    n/a    n/a    n/a    675   
                          

Interest charged during 2009

               28   

Maximum debit balance during 2009

               742   
                          

Dermot Gleeson

              

Loans

   2,302    —      500    34    1,768   

Overdraft/Credit card*

   42    n/a    n/a    n/a    12   
                          

Total

   2,344    n/a    n/a    n/a    1,780   
                          

Interest charged during 2009

               60   

Maximum debit balance during 2009

               2,451   
                          

As at 31 December 2009, a guarantee entered into by Dermot Gleeson in favour of the Group amounted to € 0.2 million (2008: € 0.2 million).

 

* Amounts advanced and repaid are not shown for overdraft/credit card facilities as such facilities are revolving in nature (may be drawn, repaid and redrawn up to their limit over the course of the year).
** Sean O’Driscoll’s loan is a cash backed facility.

 

269


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

 

     2009
     Balance at
31 December
2008

€ 000
   Amounts
advanced
during 2009

€ 000
   Amounts
repaid
during 2009

€ 000
   Currency
movements
€ 000
   Balance at
31 December
2009

€ 000

John O’Donnell

              

Loans

   145    —      145    —      —  

Overdraft/Credit card*

   23    n/a    n/a    n/a    7
                        

Total

   168    n/a    n/a    n/a    7
                        

Interest charged during 2009

               1

Maximum debit balance during 2009

               181
                        

Eugene Sheehy

              

Loans

   2,333    —      2,333    —      —  

Overdraft/Credit card*

   1    n/a    n/a    n/a    4
                        

Total

   2,334    n/a    n/a    n/a    4
                        

Interest charged during 2009

               74

Maximum debit balance during 2009

               2,402
                        

 

Michael J. Sullivan had no facilities with the Group during 2009.

 

(iii) Senior Executive Officers

 

(Aggregrate of 6 persons; 2008: 5):

 

Loans

   4,307    —      284    19    4,042

Overdraft/Credit card*

   49    n/a    n/a    n/a    26
                        

Total

   4,356    n/a    n/a    n/a    4,068
                        

Interest charged during 2009

               117

Maximum debit balance during 2009

               4,498
                        

(iv) Aggregate amounts outstanding at year-end:

 

     Loans, overdrafts/credit cards
     31 December 2009
€000
   31 December 2008
€000

Directors (2009: 11 persons; 2008: 13)

   5,508    10,793

Senior Executive Officers (2009: 6 persons; 2008: 5)

   4,068    4,055
         
   9,576    14,848
         

As at 31 December 2009 guarantees entered into by one former director and three senior executive officers in favour of the Group amounted to € 1.3 million in aggregate (2008: € 1.3 million). No impairment charges or provisions have been recognised in respect of any of the above loans or facilities and all interest that has fallen due has been paid.

 

* Amounts advanced and repaid are not shown for overdraft/credit card facilities as such facilities are revolving in nature (may be drawn, repaid and redrawn up to their limit over the course of the year).

 

270


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

 

(g) Transactions with Irish Government(3)

The Irish Government, by virtue of the CIFS Scheme and the issue by AIB of € 3.5 billion preference shares to the NPRFC, is a related party to AIB. For further detail on these transactions please see note 55.

From time to time, AIB provides certain banking and financial services to the Irish Government in the normal course of business. AIB may also hold Government securities in both its trading and available for sale investment portfolios. The following table sets out the Group’s balances with the Irish Government by balance sheet caption.

 

     2009    2008
     Balance
€ m
   Highest(4)
balance held

€ m
   Balance
€ m
   Highest(4)
balance held

€ m

Assets

           

Cash and balances at central banks

   93    6,599    100    5,488

Derivative financial instruments

   1    176    —      3

Loans and receivables to banks

   5,138    5,572    2,512    3,112

Loans and receivables to customers

   —      1,879    1    1,361

Financial investments available for sale

   3,941    4,070    1,537    1,537
                   

Total assets

   9,173       4,150   
                   
     2009    2 008
     Balance
€ m
   Highest(4)
balance held
€ m
   Balance
€ m
   Highest(4)
balance held
€ m

Liabilities

           

Deposits by banks

   6,983    16,647    741    6,585

Customer accounts

   306    406    323    401

Derivative financial instruments

   —      111    3    3
                   

Total liabilities

   7,289       1,067   
                   

Interest and other amounts paid amounted to € 123 million (2008: € 58 million). Fees paid under the Irish Government guarantee scheme are set out in note 5. Interest and other receipts amounted to € 186 million (2008: € 51 million). Substantially all of the above balances relate to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c..

 

(3)

Includes all departments of the Irish Government located in the State and embassies, consulates and other institutions of the Irish Government located outside the State. The Post Office Savings Banks (“POSB”) and the National Treasury Management Agency (“NTMA”) are included.

 

(4)

The highest balance during the period, together with the outstanding balance at the end of each period, is considered the most meaningful way of representing the amount of transactions that have occurred between the Group and the Irish Government.

(h) Indemnities

On 2 February 2004,AIB Capital Markets plc, a wholly-owned subsidiary, extended the terms of an indemnity previously given to certain former directors, officers and employees of Govett Investment Management Ltd. (“Govett”)—now “AIB Investment Management Limited”—to Mr. Michael Buckley, the former Group Chief Executive, and Mr. Colm Doherty, former Managing Director, AIB Capital Markets now Group Managing Director; Mr. Buckley is a former director of a split capital trust managed by Govett, and Mr. Doherty is a former director of Govett. The aggregate liability of AIB Capital Markets plc under the aforementioned indemnity is € 10 million.

The purpose of the indemnity is to protect the indemnified parties (or any of them) against any civil liability, loss and defence costs which they (or any of them) may suffer by reason of any claim made against them relating to certain split capital or highly leveraged trusts previously managed by Govett and which previously would have been covered by insurance.

Prior to July 2003, the Bank’s professional indemnity and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance provided cover in respect of the eventualities mentioned in the previous paragraph. However, on renewal of that insurance on 1 July 2003, and in line with a general change introduced by the insurance industry, exclusions were imposed that removed that cover. By virtue of the terms of the abovementioned indemnity, the indemnified parties now stand in the position they would have been in if those exclusions had not been imposed, except that the aggregate limit of liability under the indemnity is € 10 million rather than the higher amount previously provided by the insurance.

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has indemnified the Directors of Allied Irish Banks Pensions Limited and AIB DC Pensions (Ireland) Limited, the trustees of the Group’s Republic of Ireland defined benefit pension scheme and defined contribution pension scheme, respectively, against any actions, claims or demands arising out of their actions as Directors of the trustee companies, other than by reason of wilful default. Ms.Anne Maher, a Director of the Company, was appointed a Director of the above-mentioned trustee companies with effect from 19 November 2007.

 

271


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

64 Commitments

Capital expenditure

Estimated outstanding commitments for capital expenditure not provided for in the accounts amounted to € 35 million (2008: € 91 million). For Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. outstanding capital commitments amounted to € 25 million (2008: € 88 million). Capital expenditure authorised, but not yet contracted for, amounted to € 88 million (2008: € 154 million). For Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. this amounted to € 71 million (2008: € 115 million).

Operating lease rentals

The total of future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are set out below:

 

     Group    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
     2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

One year

   119    109    72    70

One to two years

   108    109    64    69

Two to three years

   104    97    61    64

Three to four years

   85    89    53    59

Four to five years

   81    73    51    52

Over five years

   659    644    206    216
                   

Total

   1,156    1,121    507    530
                   

Following a programme of sale and leaseback transactions, the Group now holds a number of significant operating lease arrangements in respect of branches and the headquarter locations. AIB Group leases the Bankcentre campus in Ballsbridge, Dublin 4 under three separate lease arrangement and also has a leasehold interest in the ‘AIB International Centre’ located in Dublin’s International Financial Services Centre (“IFSC”).

The minimum lease terms remaining on the most significant leases vary from 2 years to 21 years. The average lease length outstanding until a break clause in the lease arrangements is approximately 12 years with the final contractual remaining terms ranging from 2 years to 38 years.

There are no contingent rents payable and all lease payments are at market rates.

The total of future minimum sublease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases at the reporting date were € 8 million (2008: € 9 million). For Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. this was € 3 million (2008: € 5 million).

Operating lease payments recognised as an expense for the period were € 107 million (2008: € 101 million). Sublease income amounted to € 1 million (2008: € 1 million). For Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. operating lease payments recognised were €69 million (2008: €69 million). Sublease income for Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. amounted to €1 million (2008: € 1 million). Included in the lease payments for Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. is € 41 million (2008: € 42 million) paid to other Group subsidiaries. Future minimum lease payments due to subsidiaries of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. amount to € 280 million excluding VAT (2008: € 325 million excluding VAT) and are included in the total of € 507 million in 2009 (2008: € 530 million).

65 Employees

The average number of employees by division (excluding employees on career breaks, long term absences or any other unpaid leaves) were as follows;

 

     Years ended 31 December
     2009    2008    2007

AIB Bank ROI

   7,284    7,746    8,950

Capital Markets

   2,424    2,562    2,357

AIB Bank UK

   2,507    2,689    2,880

Central & Eastern Europe

   9,596    9,776    8,280

Group(1)

   2,870    3,042    1,792
              

Total

   24,681    25,815    24,259
              

 

(1)

Includes 2,283 (2008: 2,443; 2007: 1,291) in relation to Operations and Technology who support the business divisions (and whose costs are allocated to the divisions) and other head office departments.

 

272


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

66 Capital compliance

During the period the Group and all its licensed subsidiaries complied with externally imposed capital requirements.

67 Financial and other information

 

      2009     2008     2007  

Operating ratios

      

Operating expenses/operating income(1)

   44.8   46.5   51.8

Other income/operating income(1)

   23.7   23.7   29.8

Net interest margin(2) :

      

Group

   1.92   2.21   2.14

Domestic

   1.81   2.23   2.10

Foreign

   2.21   2.16   2.46

Rates of exchange

      

€ /US$

      

Closing

   1.4406      1.3917      1.4721   

Average

   1.3947      1.4707      1.3749   

€ /Stg£

      

Closing

   0.8881      0.9525      0.7334   

Average

   0.8908      0.7964      0.6861   

€ /PLN

      

Closing

   4.1045      4.1535      3.5935   

Average

   4.3269      3.5114      3.7792   

 

(1)

Excludes gain on redemption of subordinated liabilities.

(2)

Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.

 

     Assets    Liabilities

Currency information

   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2009
€ m
   2008
€ m

Euro

   104,363    108,828    103,952    96,445

Other

   69,951    73,315    70,362    85,698
                   
   174,314    182,143    174,314    182,143
                   

 

273


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

68 Average balance sheets and interest rates

The following table shows interest rates prevailing at 31 December 2009 together with average prevailing interest rates, gross yields, spreads and margins for the years ended 31 December 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

     As at Dec. 31    Average interest rates for
Years ended 31 December
     2009    2009    2008    2007

Interest rates

   %    %    %    %

Ireland

           

AIB Group’s prime lending rate

   1.00    1.48    3.77    4.60

European inter-bank offered rate

           

One month euro

   0.45    0.45    3.88    4.08

Three month euro

   0.70    0.72    4.20    4.28

United Kingdom

           

AIB Group’s base rate

   0.50    0.65    4.68    5.51

London inter-bank offered rate

           

One month sterling

   0.50    0.50    4.05    5.80

Three month sterling

   0.65    0.63    4.58    5.95

Poland

           

One month zloty

   3.57    3.48    6.22    4.53

United States

           

Prime rate

   3.25    3.25    4.05    8.08

Gross yields, spreads and margins(1)

           

Gross yield(2)

           

Group

      3.77    5.84    5.86

Domestic

      3.19    5.54    5.56

Foreign

      4.11    6.67    6.81

Interest rate spread(3)

           

Group

      1.73    1.83    1.63

Domestic

      1.17    1.64    1.58

Foreign

      2.00    2.44    2.00

Average interest earning assets

        2009
€ m
   2008
€ m
   2007
€ m

Group

      168,139    174,412    159,570

Domestic

      120,424    123,469    112,232

Foreign

      47,715    50,943    47,338

 

(1)

The gross yields, spreads and margins presented in this table are extracted from the average balance sheets and interest rates on the following pages and this breakdown into domestic and foreign has been compiled on the basis of location of office.

(2)

Gross yield represents the average interest rate earned on interest earning assets.

(3)

Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average interest rate earned on interest earning assets and the average interest rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.

 

274


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

68 Average balance sheets and interest rates (continued)

 

The following tables show the average balances and interest rates of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities for the years ended 31 December 2009, 2008 and 2007. The calculation of average balances include daily and monthly averages for reporting units. The average balances used are considered to be representative of the operations of the Group.

 

     Year ended
31 December 2009
   Year ended
31 December 2008
   Year ended
31 December 2007

Assets

   Average
balance

€ m
   Interest
€ m
   Average
rate

%
   Average
balance

€ m
   Interest
€ m
    Average
rate

%
   Average
balance

€ m
   Interest
€ m
    Average
rate

%

Loans and receivables to customers(1)

                        

Domestic offices

   90,347    2,973    3.3    89,641    5,362      6.0    78,806    4,671      5.9

Foreign offices

   38,117    1,636    4.3    43,449    3,012      6.9    39,840    2,860      7.2

Trading portfolio financial assets

                        

Domestic offices

   163    2    1.2    3,390    184      5.4    7,848    372      4.7

Foreign offices

   190    11    5.8    508    16      3.0    1,005    21      2.1

Loans and receivables to banks

                        

Domestic offices

   5,044    69    1.4    8,357    316      3.8    9,276    422      4.5

Foreign offices

   3,966    34    0.9    1,821    104      5.7    1,712    96      5.6

Financial investments available for sale

                        

Domestic offices

   24,870    796    3.2    22,081    999      4.5    16,302    774      4.7

Foreign offices

   3,949    192    4.9    4,722    247      5.2    4,781    247      5.2

Financial investments held to maturity

                        

Foreign offices

   1,493    87    5.8    443    26      5.9    —      —        —  
                                              

Average interest earning assets

                        

Domestic offices

   120,424    3,840    3.2    123,469    6,861      5.5    112,232    6,239      5.6

Foreign offices

   47,715    1,960    4.1    50,943    3,405      6.7    47,338    3,224      6.8

Net interest on swaps

      538          (46         (106  
                                              

Total average interest earning assets

   168,139    6,338    3.8    174,412    10,220      5.8    159,570    9,357      5.9

Non-interest earning assets

   13,073          13,183         10,531     
                                              

Total average assets

   181,212    6,338    3.5    187,595    10,220      5.4    170,101    9,357      5.5
                                              

Percentage of assets applicable to foreign activities

         30.1         30.5         30.4
                              

 

(1)

Includes loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA.

 

275


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

68 Average balance sheets and interest rates (continued)

 

     2009    2008    December 2007

Liabilities & shareholders’ equity

   Average
balance

€ m
   Interest
€ m
   Average
rate

%
   Average
balance

€ m
   Interest
€ m
   Average
rate

%
   Average
balance

€ m
   Interest
€ m
   Average
rate

%

Due to banks

                          

Domestic offices

   34,379    437    1.3    27,592    1,234    4.5    31,080    1,448    4.7

Foreign offices

   4,947    64    1.3    3,576    146    4.1    2,682    137    5.1

Due to customers

                          

Domestic offices

   49,254    929    1.9    46,015    1,527    3.3    38,401    1,167    3.0

Foreign offices

   27,385    623    2.3    30,569    1,332    4.3    27,060    1,199    4.4

Other debt issued

                          

Domestic offices

   21,610    589    2.7    25,578    1,092    4.3    24,161    1,069    4.4

Foreign offices

   9,668    188    1.9    19,384    773    4.0    12,063    667    5.5

Subordinated liabilities

                          

Domestic offices

   3,783    248    6.6    4,206    197    4.7    3,772    195    5.2

Foreign offices

   844    27    3.2    864    52    6.0    1,009    57    5.6
                                            

Average interest earning liabilities

                          

Domestic offices

   109,026    2,203    2.0    103,391    4,050    3.9    97,414    3,879    4.0

Foreign offices

   42,844    902    2.1    54,393    2,303    4.2    42,814    2,060    4.8
                                            

Total average interest earning liabilities

   151,870    3,105    2.0    157,784    6,353    4.0    140,228    5,939    4.2

Non-interest earning liabilities

   19,501          20,871          21,117      
                                            

Total average liabilities

   171,371    3,105    1.8    178,655    6,353    3.5    161,345    5,939    3.7

Shareholders’ equity

   9,841          8,940          8,756      
                                            

Total average liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   181,212    3,105    1.7    187,595    6,353    3.4    170,101    5,939    3.5
                                            

Percentage of liabilities applicable to foreign operations

         27.0          33.9          31.5
                                

 

276


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

68 Average balance sheets and interest rates (continued)

 

The following table allocates changes in net interest income between volume and rate for the year ended 31 December 2009 compared with the year ended 31 December 2008 and the year ended 31 December 2008 compared with the year ended 31 December 2007. Volume and rate variances have been calculated based on the movements in average balances over the period and changes in interest rates on average interest earning assets and average interest bearing liabilities respectively. Changes due to a combination of volume and rate are allocated ratably to volume and rate.

 

     December 2009 over December 2008     December 2008 over December 2007  
     Increase/(decrease) due to changes in:  
     Average
Volume

€ m
    Average
Rate

€ m
    Net
Change

€ m
    Average
Volume

€ m
    Average
Rate

€ m
    Net
Change

€ m
 

INTEREST EARNING ASSETS

            

Trading portfolio financial assets

            

Domestic offices

   (175   (7   (182   (211   23      (188

Foreign offices

   (10   5      (5   (10   5      (5

Loans and receivables to banks

            

Domestic offices

   (124   (123   (247   (42   (64   (106

Foreign offices

   122      (192   (70   6      2      8   

Loans and receivables to customers(1)

            

Domestic offices

   42      (2,431   (2,389   656      35      691   

Foreign offices

   (368   (1,008   (1,376   273      (121   152   

Financial investments

            

Domestic offices

   132      (335   (203   277      (52   225   

Foreign offices

   (38   (17   (55   —        —        —     

Financial investments held to maturity

            

Foreign offices

   62      (1   61      20      6      26   
                                    

Total interest income

   (357   (4,109   (4,466   969      (166   803   
                                    

INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES

            

Due to banks

            

Domestic offices

   305      (1,102   (797   (159   (55   (214

Foreign offices

   55      (137   (82   48      (39   9   

Due to customers

            

Domestic offices

   107      (704   (597   234      126      360   

Foreign offices

   (137   (573   (710   159      (26   133   

Other debt issued

            

Domestic offices

   (171   (332   (503   73      (50   23   

Foreign offices

   (386   (199   (585   413      (307   106   

Subordinated liabilities

            

Domestic offices

   (20   71      51      28      (26   2   

Foreign offices

   (1   (24   (25   (8   3      (5
                                    

Total interest expense

   (248   (3,000   (3,248   788      (374   414   
                                    

Net interest income

            

Domestic offices

   (346   (829   (1,175   504      (53   451   

Foreign offices

   237      (280   (43   (323   261      (62
                                    

Net interest income (interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities)

   (109   (1,109   (1,218   181      208      389   
                            

Net interest on swaps

       584          60   
                    

Net interest income

       (634       449   
                    

 

(1)

Includes loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA.

 

277


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

69 Non-adjusting events after the reporting period

 

Deferral of coupon payment on RCI

On 2 February 2010, AIB announced the deferral of the coupon payment on the RCIs (see note 52) which would otherwise have been paid on 28 February 2010. Further information is contained in note 55 (vi).

Capital Exchange

On 1 March 2010, the Board approved the exchange of existing lower tier 2 securities for new, higher yielding lower tier 2 securities.

This involves the redemption of securities at a discount to their nominal value or issue price, but at a premium to their trading range.

70 Dividends

No final dividend will be paid in respect of the year ended 31 December 2009.

71 Additional parent company information on risk

Maximum exposure to credit risk

 

    2009        2008  
    Amortised
cost

€ m
       Fair
value

€ m
       Total
€ m
       Amortised
cost

€ m
       Fair
value

€ m
       Total
€ m
 

Balances at central banks(1)

  2,069      —        2,069      1,082      —        1,082   

Items in course of collection

  127      —        127      151      —        151   

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

  15,866      125      15,991      —        —        —     

Trading portfolio financial assets(2)

  —        116      116      —        161      161   

Derivative financial instruments(3)

  —        5,465      5,465      —        6,654      6,654   

Loans and receivables to banks(4)

  58,816      —        58,816      47,113      —        47,113   

Loans and receivables to customers(5)

  67,928      —        67,928      88,873      —        88,873   

Financial investments available for sale(6)

  —        22,091      22,091      —        25,808      25,808   

Other assets:

                          

Sale of securities awaiting settlement

  28      —        28      132      —        132   

Trade receivables

  19      —        19      28      —        28   

Accrued interest(7)

  762      —        762      1,056      —        1,056   
                                        
  145,615      27,797      173,412      138,435      32,623      171,058   

Financial guarantees

  5,980      —        5,980      7,089      —        7,089   

Loan commitments and other credit related commitments

  13,203      —        13,203      14,706      —        14,706   
  19,183      —        19,183      21,795      —        21,795   
                                        

Maximum exposure to credit risk

  164,798      27,797      192,595      160,230      32,623      192,853   
                                        

 

(1)

Included within cash and balances at central banks of € 2,589 million (2008: € 1,651 million).

(2)

Excluding equity shares of € 4 million (2008: € 10 million).

(3)

Exposures to subsidiary undertakings of € 350 million (2008: € 556 million) have been included.

(4)

Exposures to subsidiary undertakings of € 50,389 million (2008: € 41,493 million) have been included.

(5)

Exposures to subsidiary undertakings of € 15,613 million (2008: € 13,758 million) have been included.

(6)

Excluding equity shares of € 87 million (2008: € 64 million).

(7)

Exposures to subsidiary undertakings of € 393 million (2008: € 373 million) have been included.

 

278


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

71 Additional parent company information on risk (continued)

 

The information contained in this note relates only to third party exposures arising within Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

Loans and receivables to customers (excluding loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA)

By geographic location and industry sector

 

     2009  
     Republic of
Ireland

€ m
    United
Kingdom
€ m
    Poland
€ m
   United
States of
America
€ m
    Rest of
the
world
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Agriculture

   2,005      43      —      3      —        2,051   

Energy

   510      292      —      435      23      1,260   

Manufacturing

   2,094      596      —      161      207      3,058   

Construction and property

   13,571      1,301      —      933      441      16,246   

Distribution

   8,122      843      —      162      66      9,193   

Transport

   951      510      —      69      44      1,574   

Financial

   1,354      374      —      54      22      1,804   

Other services

   4,286      985      —      698      213      6,182   

Personal

             

- Home mortgages

   6,748      —        —      —        90      6,838   

- Other

   6,242      —        —      —        —        6,242   

Lease financing

   —        10      —      —        —        10   
                                   
   45,883      4,954      —      2,515      1,106      54,458   

Unearned income

   (119   (21   —      (8   (3   (151

Provisions

   (1,835   (118   —      (8   (31   (1,992
                                   

Total Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   43,929      4,815      —      2,499      1,072      52,315 (1) 
                                   

 

     2008  
     Republic of
Ireland

€ m
    United
Kingdom
€ m
    Poland
€ m
   United
States of
America
€ m
    Rest of
the
world
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Agriculture

   2,204      57      —      6      —        2,267   

Energy

   523      360      —      614      25      1,522   

Manufacturing

   2,595      823      —      260      401      4,079   

Construction and property

   32,133      1,349      —      1,063      474      35,019   

Distribution

   8,505      859      —      209      81      9,654   

Transport

   969      484      —      76      30      1,559   

Financial

   1,456      471      —      146      25      2,098   

Other services

   4,706      1,164      —      977      230      7,077   

Personal

             

- Home mortgages

   6,249      —        —      —        97      6,346   

- Other

   7,357      —        —      —        —        7,357   

Lease financing

   —        22      —      —        —        22   
                                   
   66,697      5,589      —      3,351      1,363      77,000   

Unearned income

   (157   (32   —      (13   (5   (207

Provisions

   (1,575   (82   —      (12   (9   (1,678
                                   

Total Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   64,965      5,475      —      3,326      1,349      75,115 (1) 
                                   

 

(1)

Excludes intercompany balances of €15,613 million (2008: €13,758 million).

 

279


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

71 Additional parent company information on risk (continued)

 

Aged analysis of contractually past due but not impaired facilities (excluding loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA)

 

     2009  
     1-30 days
€ m
    31-60 days
€ m
    61-90 days
€ m
    91+ days
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Agriculture

   122      31      13      12      178   

Energy

   2      5      —        1      8   

Manufacturing

   47      14      7      4      72   

Construction and property

   789      336      120      191      1,436   

Distribution

   231      143      59      50      483   

Transport

   31      15      2      6      54   

Financial

   10      4      —        —        14   

Other services

   198      54      17      35      304   

Personal

          

- Home mortgages

   94      53      11      21      179   

- Credit cards

   60      18      10      8      96   

- Other

   297      142      42      109      590   
                              

Total Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   1,881      815      281      437      3,414   
                              

As a percentage of total loans(1)

   3.5   1.5   0.5   0.8   6.3
                              
     2008  
     1-30 days
€ m
    31-60 days
€ m
    61-90 days
€ m
    91+ days
€ m
    Total
€ m
 

Agriculture

   173      40      12      4      229   

Energy

   2      2      —        —        4   

Manufacturing

   46      6      10      1      63   

Construction and property

   3,451      874      522      52      4,899   

Distribution

   390      127      177      12      706   

Transport

   22      4      2      1      29   

Financial

   11      1      3      —        15   

Other services

   429      52      34      37      552   

Personal

          

- Home mortgages

   90      35      12      4      141   

- Credit cards

   53      17      10      7      87   

- Other

   548      134      42      19      743   
                              

Total Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   5,215      1,292      824      137      7,468   
                              

As a percentage of total loans(1)

   6.8   1.7   1.1   0.2   9.7
                              

 

(1)

Total loans relate to loans and receivables to customers (excluding intercompany) and are gross of provisions and unearned income.

 

280


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

71 Additional parent company information on risk (continued)

 

Impaired loans by geographic location and industry sector (excluding loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA)

 

     2009
     Republic of
Ireland
   United
Kingdom
   Poland    United
States of
America
   Rest of
the
world
   Total
     € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Agriculture

   105    —      —      —      —      105

Energy

   6    —      —      —      —      6

Manufacturing

   91    14    —      11    19    135

Construction and property

   2,194    50    —      8    —      2,252

Distribution

   838    34    —      —      7    879

Transport

   33    —      —      —      —      33

Financial

   71    66    —      —      —      137

Other services

   193    23    —      23    —      239

Personal

                 

- Home mortgages

   103    —      —      —      42    145

- Other

   555    —      —      —      —      555
                             

Total Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c

   4,189    187    —      42    68    4,486
                             
     2008
     Republic of
Ireland
   United
Kingdom
   Poland    United
States of
America
   Rest of
the
world
   Total
     € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Agriculture

   46    —      —      —      —      46

Energy

   3    —      —      32    —      35

Manufacturing

   59    —      —      17    —      76

Construction and property

   1,142    109    —      12    —      1,263

Distribution

   143    43    —      —      —      186

Transport

   10    —      —      —      —      10

Financial

   17    —      —      —      —      17

Other services

   64    15    —      —      —      79

Personal

                 

- Home mortgages

   29    —      —      —      19    48

- Other

   257    —      —      —      —      257
                             

Total Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   1,770    167    —      61    19    2,017
                             

 

281


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

71 Additional parent company information on risk (continued)

 

Provision for impairment of loans and receivables by geographic location and industry sector (excluding loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA)

 

     2009
     Republic of
Ireland
   United
Kingdom
   Poland    United
States of
America
   Rest of
the
world
   Total
     € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Agriculture

   44    —      —      —      —      44

Energy

   3    —      —      —      —      3

Manufacturing

   40    11    —      —      6    57

Construction and property

   515    45    —      2    —      562

Distribution

   281    22    —      —      5    308

Transport

   19    —      —      —      —      19

Financial

   46    23    —      —      —      69

Other services

   84    17    —      4    —      105

Personal

                 

- Home mortgages

   37    —      —      —      13    50

- Other

   301    —      —      —      —      301
                             

Specific

   1,370    118    —      6    24    1,518

IBNR

   465    —      —      2    7    474
                             

Total Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   1,835    118    —      8    31    1,992
                             
     2008
     Republic of
Ireland
   United
Kingdom
   Poland    United
States of
America
   Rest of
the
world
   Total
     € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Agriculture

   19    —      —      —      —      19

Energy

   2    —      —      4    —      6

Manufacturing

   25    —      —      4    —      29

Construction and property

   394    57    —      4    —      455

Distribution

   55    18    —      —      —      73

Transport

   8    —      —      —      —      8

Financial

   9    —      —      —      —      9

Other services

   34    7    —      —      —      41

Personal

                 

- Home mortgages

   10    —      —      —      7    17

- Other

   136    —      —      —      —      136
                             

Specific

   692    82    —      12    7    793

IBNR

   882    —      —      1    2    885
                             

Total Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   1,574    82    —      13    9    1,678
                             

 

282


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

71 Additional parent company information on risk (continued)

 

Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA

By geographic location and industry sector

 

     2009  
     Republic of
Ireland
    United
Kingdom
   Poland    United
States of
America
   Rest of
the
world
   Total  
     € m     € m    € m    € m    € m    € m  

Agriculture

   24      —      —      —      —      24   

Energy

   64      —      —      —      —      64   

Manufacturing

   37      —      —      —      —      37   

Construction and property

   18,031      428    —      29    —      18,488   

Distribution

   602      —      —      —      —      602   

Transport

   19      —      —      —      —      19   

Financial

   16      —      —      —      —      16   

Other services

   200      —      —      —      —      200   

Personal

                

- Home mortgages

   21      —      —      —      —      21   

- Other

   286      —      —      —      —      286   
                                
   19,300      428    —      29    —      19,757   

Provisions

   (3,930   —      —      —      —      (3,930
                                

Total Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   15,370      428    —      29    —      15,827   
                                

Aged analysis of contractually past due but not impaired facilities held for sale to NAMA

 

     2009  
     1-30 days     31-60 days     61-90 days     91+ days     Total  
     € m     € m     € m     € m     € m  

Agriculture

   —        1      —        1      2   

Construction and property

   988      278      160      268      1,694   

Distribution

   12      9      —        9      30   

Financial

   12      —        —        1      13   

Other services

   4      3      —        7      14   

Personal

          

- Home mortgages

   1      —        1      —        2   

- Other

   19      10      3      12      44   
                              

Total Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   1,036      301      164      298      1,799   
                              

As a percentage of total loans(1)

   5.3   1.5   0.8   1.5   9.1
                              

 

(1)

Total loans relate to loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA and are gross of provisions and unearned income.

 

283


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts

 

71 Additional parent company information on risk (continued)

 

Impaired loans held for sale to NAMA by geographic location and industry sector

 

     2009
     Republic of
Ireland
   United
Kingdom
   Poland    United
States of
America
   Rest of
the
world
   Total
     € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Agriculture

   15    —      —      —      —      15

Energy

   23    —      —      —      —      23

Manufacturing

   10    —      —      —      —      10

Construction and property

   9,684    —      —      —      —      9,684

Distribution

   228    —      —      —      —      228

Financial

   1    —      —      —      —      1

Other services

   33    —      —      —      —      33

Personal

                 

- Home mortgages

   7    —      —      —      —      7

- Other

   103    —      —      —      —      103
                             

Total Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   10,104    —      —      —      —      10,104
                             

Provision for impairment of loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA by geographic location and industry sector

 

     2009
     Republic of
Ireland
   United
Kingdom
   Poland    United
States of
America
   Rest of
the
world
   Total
     € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Agriculture

   5    —      —      —      —      5

Energy

   8    —      —      —      —      8

Manufacturing

   3    —      —      —      —      3

Construction and property

   3,245    —      —      —      —      3,245

Distribution

   79    —      —      —      —      79

Financial

   —      —      —      —      —      —  

Other services

   11    —      —      —      —      11

Personal

                 

- Home mortgages

   3    —      —      —      —      3

- Other

   35    —      —      —      —      35
                             

Specific

   3,389    —      —      —      —      3,389

IBNR

   541    —      —      —      —      541
                             

Total provision Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

   3,930    —      —      —      —      3,930
                             

 

284


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

71 Additional parent company information on risk (continued)

 

Market risk profile of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

 

     VaR (MTM portfolio)    VaR (Other portfolios)    Total VaR
     2009    2008    2009    2008    2009    2008
     € m    € m    € m    € m    € m    € m

Interest rate risk

                 

1 month holding period:

                 

Average

   13.5    15.4    52.3    49.0    50.2    58.1

High

   22.1    24.2    75.6    82.4    77.5    83.2

Low

   9.4    8.6    37.6    24.3    32.4    32.3

31 December

   10.0    24.2    40.8    80.3    36.4    83.2

1 day holding period:

                 

Average

   2.9    3.3    11.2    10.5    10.7    12.4

High

   4.7    5.2    16.1    17.6    16.5    17.7

Low

   2.0    1.8    8.0    5.2    6.9    6.9

31 December

   2.1    5.2    8.7    17.1    7.8    17.7
                             

 

     Equity risk    Foreign exchange
rate risk-trading
     VaR (MTM portfolio)    VaR (MTM portfolio)
     2009    2008    2009    2008
     € m    € m    € m    € m

1 month holding period:

           

Average

   5.0    5.9    1.3    1.2

High

   9.8    12.6    2.0    4.6

Low

   2.5    2.3    0.4    0.5

31 December

   7.7    5.4    1.3    0.8
                   

1 day holding period:

           

Average

   1.1    1.3    0.3    0.3

High

   2.1    2.7    0.4    1.0

Low

   0.5    0.5    0.1    0.1

31 December

   1.7    1.1    0.3    0.2
                   

72 Approval of accounts

The accounts were approved by the Board of Directors on 1 March 2010.

 

285


Table of Contents
LOGO   Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in relation to the Accounts

The following statement, which should be read in conjunction with the statement of auditors’ responsibilities set out within their audit report, is made with a view to distinguishing for shareholders the respective responsibilities of the directors and of the auditor in relation to the accounts.

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Financial Report and the Group and parent company accounts, in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

The Companies Acts require the directors to prepare group and parent company accounts for each financial year. Under the Acts, the directors are required to prepare the group accounts in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) both as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), and adopted from time to time by the European Union (“EU”).

The accounts are required by law and IFRS to present fairly the financial position and performance of the Group; the Companies Acts provide in relation to such accounts that references to accounts giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.

In preparing each of the Group and parent company accounts, the directors are required to:

 

   

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

 

   

make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

 

   

prepare the accounts on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the parent company will continue in business.

The directors consider that, in preparing the financial statements which have been prepared on a going concern basis, the parent company and the Group have, following discussions with the auditor, used appropriate accounting policies consistently applied and supported by reasonable and prudent judgements and estimates and that all accounting standards, which, following discussions with the auditor, they consider applicable, have been followed (subject to any explanations and any material departures disclosed in the notes to the accounts).

The directors are responsible for taking all reasonable steps to secure that the Company causes to be kept proper books of account that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its accounts comply with the Companies Acts. They also have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and the requirements of the Listing Rules issued by the Irish Stock Exchange, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Directors’ Report and reports relating to directors’ remuneration and corporate governance that comply with that law and those rules.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the company’s website. Legislation in Ireland governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The directors, having prepared the accounts, have requested the auditor to take whatever steps and undertake whatever inspections they consider to be appropriate for the purpose of enabling them to give their audit report.

Responsibility statement in accordance with the Transparency Regulations

Each of us confirms, that, to the best of his knowledge:

 

   

the Group and parent company financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and subsequently adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position of the Group as a whole and the loss of the Group as a whole for the year ended 31 December 2009; and

 

   

the Directors’ Report and the Financial Review and Risk Management sections, contained in the Annual Financial Report include a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group.

 

On behalf of the Board

 

Dan O’Connor

  Colm Doherty

Executive Chairman

  Group Managing Director

 

286


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Consolidated Financial Statements

To the Members and Board of Directors of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and subsidiaries as of 31 December 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, consolidated statement of changes in equity, consolidated statement of comprehensive income and consolidated statement of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2009 and related notes to the consolidated financial statements. We have also audited the sections identified as ‘forming an integral part of the audited financial statements’ on pages 51, 54 to 56, 62, 71 to 74, 77, 92 and 95 to 97 in this Form 20F. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Allied Irish Banks p.l.c. and subsidiaries as of 31 December 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2009, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB and subsequently adopted by the EU.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Allied Irish Bank p.l.c.’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 8 March 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Allied Irish Bank p.l.c.’s internal control over financial reporting.

LOGO

Chartered Accountants

Dublin, Ireland

8 March 2010

 

287


Table of Contents
LOGO   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Internal Control over Financial Reporting

To the Members and Board of Directors of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

We have audited Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in item 15(b) in the Company’s 2009 Form 20-F. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial position of Allied Irish Banks p.l.c. and subsidiaries as of 31 December 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statement of income, consolidated statements of changes in equity, consolidated statements of cash flows, consolidated statement of comprehensive income and the related notes to the financial statements, for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2009, and our report dated 8 March 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

LOGO

Chartered Accountants

Dublin, Ireland

8 March 2010

 

288


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Additional information

 

     Page

Schedule to Report of the Directors

   290

Memorandum and articles of association

   294

Reporting currency and exchange rates

   300

Offer and listing details

   301

Taxation

   303

Exchange controls

   307

Employees

   308

Description of property

   308

Other shareholder information

   309

Glossary

   311

Principal addresses

   315

Index

   317

 

289


Table of Contents
LOGO    Additional information

Schedule to Report of the Directors

Information required to be contained in the Directors’ Annual Report by the European Communities (Takeover Bids (Directive 2004/25/EC)) Regulations 2006

As required by these Regulations, the information contained below represents the position as of 31 December 2009.

Capital Structure

The authorised share capital of the Company is € 884,200,000 divided into € 1,860,000,000 Ordinary Shares of € 0.32 each (‘the Ordinary Shares’), 200,000,000 Non-Cumulative Preference Shares of € 1.27 each (“Euro Preference Shares”), 3,500,000,000 2009 Non-Cumulative Preference Shares of € 0.01 each (“2009 Preference Shares”), US$ 500,000,000 divided into 20,000,000 Non-Cumulative Preference Shares of US$ 25 each (‘Dollar Preference Shares’), Stg£ 200,000,000 divided into 200,000,000 Non- Cumulative Preference Shares of Stg£ 1 each (“Sterling Preference Shares”) and Yen 35,000,000,000, divided into 200,000,000 Non-Cumulative Preference Shares of Yen 175 each (“Yen Preference Shares”). The issued share capital of the company is 918,435,570 Ordinary Shares and 35,000,000,000 2009 Preference Shares.

For so long as the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission (“NPRFC” ) holds 2009 Preference Shares or 2009 Warrants, subject to certain exceptions, the consent of the Minster will be required for the passing of certain share capital resolutions of the Company, being resolutions relating to: (i) an increase in the authorised share capital; (ii) a re-issue of Treasury Shares; (iii) the issue of any shares; or (iv) the redemption, consolidation, conversion or sub-division of the share capital. The exceptions referred to above include any issue of shares made for the purposes of redeeming or purchasing the 2009 Preference Shares and an issue of shares made in circumstances that would require an anti-dilution adjustment to be made to the number of 2009 Warrants held by the NPRFC.

Rights and Obligations of Each Class of Share

The Rights and Obligations of the Ordinary Shares and 2009 Preference Shares are contained in a summary of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company on pages 294 to 299.

Percentage of Total Share Capital Represented by Each Class of Share

The Ordinary Shares represent 35% of the authorised share capital and 89% of the issued share capital of the Company. The Preference Shares represent 65% of the authorised share capital and 11% of the issued share capital of the Company.

Restrictions on the Transfer of Shares

Save as set out below there are no limitations in Irish law on the holding of the Ordinary Shares and there is no requirement to obtain the approval of the Company, or of other holders of the Ordinary Shares, for a transfer of Ordinary shares.

 

  (a) The Ordinary Shares are, in general, freely transferable but the Directors may decline to register a transfer of Ordinary Shares upon notice to the transferee, within two months after the lodgement of a transfer with the Company, in the following cases: -

 

  (i) a lien held by the Company;

 

  (ii) in the case of a purported transfer to an infant or a person lawfully declared to be incapable for the time being of dealing with their affairs;

 

  (iii) or in the case of a single transfer of shares which is in favour of more than four persons jointly.

 

 

Ordinary Shares held in certificated form are transferable upon production to the Company’s Registrars of the Original Share certificate and the usual form of stock transfer duly executed by the holder of the shares.

 

 

Shares held in uncertificated form are transferable in accordance with the rules or conditions imposed by the operator of the relevant system which enables title to the ordinary shares to be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument and in accordance with the Companies Act, 1990 (Uncertificated Securities) Regulations 1996.

 

 

The rights attaching to Ordinary Shares remain with the transferor until the name of the transferee has been entered on the Register of Members of the Company.

 

  (b) 2009 Preference Shares are freely transferable provided that the minimum number of 2009 Preference Shares transferred to any one person is not less then 50,000.

 

290


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Exercise of Rights of Shares in Employees’ Share Schemes

The AIB Approved Employees’ Profit Sharing Scheme 1998 and the Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. Share Ownership Plan (UK) provide that voting rights in respect of shares held in trust for employees who are participants in those schemes are, on a poll, to be exercised only in accordance with any directions in writing by the employees concerned to the Trustees of the relevant scheme.

Deadlines for exercising Voting Rights

Voting rights at general meetings of the company are exercised when the chairman puts the resolution at issue to the vote of the meeting. A vote decided under show of hands is taken forthwith. A vote taken on a poll for the election of the Chairman or on a question of adjournment is also taken forthwith and a poll on any other question is taken either immediately, or at such time (not being more than thirty days from the date of the meeting at which the poll was demanded or directed) as the chairman of the meeting directs. Where a person is appointed to vote for a shareholder as proxy, the instrument of appointment must be received by the Company not less than forty-eight hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the appointed proxy proposes to vote, or, in the case of a poll, not less than forty-eight hours before the time appointed for taking the poll.

Rules Concerning Amendment of the Company’s Articles of Association

As provided in the Companies Acts, the Company may, by special resolution, alter or add to its Articles of Association. A resolution is a special resolution when it has been passed by not less than three-fourths of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote and voting in person or by proxy, at a general meeting at which not less than twenty-one days’ notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution, has been duly given. A resolution may also be proposed and passed as a special resolution at a meeting of which less than twenty-one days’ notice has been given if it is so agreed by a majority in number of the members having the right to attend and vote at any such meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety per cent in nominal value of the shares giving that right.

Rules Concerning the Appointment and Replacement of Directors of the Company

 

 

Other than in the case of a casual vacancy, Directors of the Company are appointed on a resolution of the shareholders at a general meeting, usually the Annual General Meeting.

 

 

No person, other than a Director retiring at a general meeting is eligible for appointment as a Director without a recommendation by the Directors for that person’s appointment unless, not less than forty-two days before the date of the general meeting, written notice by a shareholder, duly qualified to be present and vote at the meeting, of the intention to propose the person for appointment and notice in writing signed by the person to be proposed of willingness to act, if so appointed, shall have been given to the Company.

 

 

A shareholder may not propose himself or herself for appointment as a Director.

 

 

The Directors have power to fill a casual vacancy or to appoint an additional Director (within the maximum number of Directors fixed by the Company in general meeting) and any Director so appointed holds office only until the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting following his appointment, when the Director concerned shall retire, but shall be eligible for reappointment at that meeting.

 

 

One third of the Directors for the time being (or if their number is not three or a multiple of three, not less than one third), are obliged to retire from office at each Annual General Meeting on the basis of the Directors who have been longest in office since their last appointment. While not obliged to do so, the Directors have, in recent years, adopted the practice of all (wishing to continue in office) offering themselves for re-election at the Annual General Meeting.

 

 

A person is disqualified from being a Director, and their office as a Director ipso facto vacated, in any of the following circumstances:

 

   

If at any time the person has been adjudged bankrupt or has made any arrangement or composition with his or her creditors generally;

 

   

if found to be mentally disordered in accordance with law;

 

   

if the person be prohibited or restricted by law from being a Director;

 

   

if, without prior leave of the Directors, he or she be absent from meetings of the Directors for six successive months (without an alternate attending) and the Directors resolve that his or her office be vacated on that account;

 

   

if, unless the Directors or a court otherwise determine, he or she be convicted of an indictable offence;

 

291


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information

 

   

if he or she be requested, by resolution of the Directors, to resign his or her office as Director on foot of a unanimous resolution (excluding the vote of the director concerned) passed at a specially convened meeting at which every Director is present (or represented by an alternate) and of which not less than seven days’ written notice of the intention to move the resolution and specifying the grounds therefore has been given to the Director; or

 

   

if he or she has reached an age specified by the Directors as being that at which that person may not be appointed a Director or, being already a Director, is required to relinquish office and a Director who reaches the specified age continues in office until the last day of the year in which he or she reaches that age.

 

 

In addition, the office of Director is vacated, subject to any right of appointment or reappointment under the Articles, if:

 

 

not being a Director holding for a fixed term an executive office in his or her capacity as a Director, he or she resigns their office by a written notice given to the Company; or

 

 

being the holder of an executive office other than for a fixed term, the Director ceases to hold such executive office on retirement or otherwise; or

 

 

the Director tenders his or her resignation to the Directors and the Directors resolved to accept it; or

 

 

he or she ceases to be a Director pursuant to any provision of the Articles.

 

 

Notwithstanding anything in the Articles of Association or in any agreement between the Company and a Director, the Company may, by Ordinary Resolution of which extended notice has been given in accordance with the Companies Acts, remove any Director before the expiry of his or her period of office.

 

 

See note 55 regarding the power of the Minister for Finance to nominate three non executive directors.

The Powers of the Directors Including in Relation to the Issuing or Buying Back by the Company of its Shares

Under the Articles of Association of the Company, the business of the Company is to be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and to any directions given by special resolution of a general meeting. The Articles further provide that the Directors may make such arrangement as may be thought fit for the management, organisation and administration of the Company’s affairs including the appointment of such executive and administrative offices, managers and other agents as they consider appropriate and delegate to such persons (with such powers as sub-delegation as the Directors shall deem fit) such functions, powers and duties as to the Directors may seem requisite or expedient.

Pursuant to resolution of the shareholders, in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Acts, the Directors are unconditionally authorised until 12 May 2014 to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot relevant securities up to the following nominal amounts: € 218,557,672 for Ordinary Shares of € 0.32 each, € 35,000,000 for 2009 Preference Shares of € 0.01 each, € 254,000,000 for Euro Non-Cumulative Preference Shares of € 1.27 each, US$ 500,000,000 for US$ Preference Shares of US$ 25.00 each, Stg£ 200,000,000 for Sterling Non-Cumulative Preference Shares of £1.00 each and YEN 35,000,000,000 for YEN Non-Cumulative Preference Shares of YEN 175 each. By such authority, the Directors may make offers or agreements which would, or might, require the allotment of such securities after 12 May 2014.

Until the earlier of the date of the Annual General Meeting in 2010, or 12 August 2010, the Directors may allot Ordinary Shares, wholly for cash up to an aggregate nominal amount of € 14,694,969.12 million (approximately 45.9 million Ordinary Shares being approximately 5% of the issued Ordinary Shares).

In the same period, the Directors are authorised to allot Ordinary Shares in connection with a rights issue without such limitation in amount.

 

292


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Any treasury shares for the time being held by the Company may, by decision of the Directors, be re-issued off market. Where treasury shares are re-issued for the purposes of the AIB Approved Employees’ Profit Sharing Scheme 1998, the Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. Share Ownership Plan (UK), the AIB Group Share Option Scheme or the AIB Group Performance Share Plan 2005, the minimum price at which a treasury share may be re-issued is the issue price as provided for in such scheme. In all other circumstances the minimum price shall be 95% of the Appropriate Price. The “Appropriate Price” is the average of the closing quotation prices of the Ordinary Shares for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the treasury share is re-issued, as published in the Official List. For any business day on which there is no dealing on the Ordinary Shares on that Exchange, the minimum price will be the price equal to (i) the mid-point between the high and low market guide prices and for the Ordinary Shares as published in the Official List; or (ii) if there is only one such market guide price so published, the price so published. The maximum price at which a treasury share may be re-issued off-market is 120% of the Appropriate Price.

 

293


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information

 

Memorandum & Articles of Association

A summary of the Memorandum & Articles of Association of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. is set out below.

Objects and Registration Details

Allied Irish Banks. p.l.c. (“AIB”) is a public limited company that was incorporated as a limited company in 1966 and was subsequently re-registered as a public limited company in 1985. Objects and purposes are set out in its Memorandum of Association. The principal objects of AIB are to carry on the business of banking in all or any of its branches and departments and to undertake all manner of financial services.

Directors

Any Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement with AIB must declare his/her interest at a meeting of the Directors at which the question of entering into such contract/arrangement first arises, if his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the Directors after he becomes so interested. The Articles of Association also require that a Director may not vote in respect of any such contract or arrangement or any other proposal whatsoever in which he has a material interest. Interests in shares or debentures or other securities of, or otherwise in or through, AIB are disregarded for the purpose. This prohibition on voting is disapplied in respect of resolutions concerning the following matters (amongst others):

 

 

where a Director is to be given security or indemnified in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him for the benefit of AIB or any of its subsidiaries;

 

 

the giving of security or indemnifying a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of AIB or any of its subsidiaries for which he himself has assumed responsibility in whole or in part under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

 

any proposal concerning an offer of shares, debentures or securities of or by AIB or any of its subsidiaries in which a Director is interested as an underwriter or sub-underwriter;

 

 

regarding any proposal concerning any other company in which a Director is interested, directly or indirectly, provided that he does not hold or is not beneficially interested in 1% or more of any class of the equity share capital of that company (or of any third company through which his interest is derived) or of the voting rights available to members of the relevant company (any such interest being deemed for the purposes of this Article to be a material interest in all circumstances);

 

 

any proposal concerning the adoption, modification or operation of any superannuation fund or retirement benefits plan under which he might benefit and which has been approved by or is subject to and conditional upon approval by the Revenue Commissioners; and

 

 

relating to any other arrangement for the benefit of employees of AIB or any of its subsidiaries under which a Director benefits or stands to benefit in a similar manner as the employees concerned and which does not accord to any Director as such any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the employees to whom the arrangement relates.

The remuneration of the Directors is determined from time to time by AIB in General Meeting. Any Director while holding the office of Chairman or Deputy Chairman is entitled to such additional remuneration as may be determined from time to time by the Directors. Remuneration granted may be by way of fees, salary, commission, participation in profits, or all or any of such modes, or by such other mode as AIB may from time to time consider appropriate. All remuneration fixed or granted accrues from day to day. Any Director who serves on any Committee or devotes special attention to the business of the Company or who otherwise performs services which in the opinion of the Directors are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise as the Directors may determine. A Director holding an executive office shall receive such remuneration, whether in addition to or in substitution for his ordinary remuneration as a Director and whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise or partly in one way and partly in another, as the Directors may determine.

The Directors may exercise all the borrowing powers of AIB and the power to give mortgages and charges over its assets and to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debts or liabilities of AIB or any third party.

Under the Articles, retirement of Directors is by rotation at each Annual General Meeting.

Rights and Restrictions Attaching to Shares

The share capital of AIB is divided into 1,860,000,000 Ordinary Shares of € 0.32 each, 200,000,000 Non-Cumulative Preference Shares of € 1.27 each (“Euro Preference Shares”) and 3,500,000,000 2009 Non-Cumulative Preference Shares of € 0.01 each (“2009 Preference Shares”) 20,000,000 Non-Cumulative Preference Shares of US$ 25 each (‘Dollar Preference Shares’), 200,000,000 Non-Cumulative Preference Shares of Stg£ 1 each (“Sterling Preference Shares”), and 200,000,000 Non-Cumulative Preference Shares of Yen 175 each (“Yen Preference Shares”). Unless otherwise determined by the Directors in relation to any particular preference shares prior to allotment, preference shares are redeemable at the option of AIB.

 

294


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Rights and Obligations of Ordinary Shares

The following rights attach to the Ordinary Shares:—

 

 

The right to receive duly declared dividends, in cash or, where offered by the Directors, by allotment of additional Ordinary Shares.

 

 

The right to attend and speak, in person or by proxy, at general meetings of the Company.

 

 

The right to vote, in person or by proxy, at general meetings of the Company having, in a vote taken by show of hands, one vote, and, on a poll, a vote for each Ordinary Share held.

 

 

The right to appoint a proxy, in the required form, to attend and/or vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

 

The right to receive, (by post or electronically), twenty-one days at least before the Annual General Meeting, a copy of the Directors’ and Auditors’ reports accompanied by (a) copies of the balance sheet, profit and loss account and other documents required by the Companies Act to be annexed to the balance sheet or (b) such summary financial statements as may be permitted by the Companies Acts.

 

 

The right to receive notice of general meetings of the Company.

 

 

In a winding-up of the Company, and subject to payments of amounts due to creditors and to holders of shares ranking in priority to the Ordinary Shares, repayment of the capital paid up on the Ordinary Shares and a proportionate part of any surplus from the realisation of the assets of the Company.

There is attached to the Ordinary Shares an obligation for the holder, when served with a notice from the Directors requiring the holder to do so, to inform the Company in writing not more than 14 days after service of such notice, of the capacity in which the shareholder holds any share of the Company and if such shareholder holds any share other than as beneficial owner to furnish in writing, so far as it is within the shareholder’s knowledge, the name and address of the person on whose behalf the shareholder holds such share or, if the name or address of such person is not forthcoming, such particulars as will enable or assist in the identification of such person and the nature of the interest of such person in such share. Where the shareholder served with such notice (or any person named or identified by a shareholder on foot of such notice), fails to furnish the Company with the information required within the time specified, the shareholder shall not be entitled to attend meetings of the Company, nor to exercise the voting rights attached to such share, and, if the shareholder holds 0.25% or more of the issued Ordinary Shares, the Directors will be entitled to withhold payment of any dividend payable on such shares and the shareholder will not be entitled to transfer such shares except by sale through a Stock Exchange to a bona fide unconnected third party. Such sanctions will cease to apply after not more than seven days from the earlier of receipt by the Company of notice that the member has sold the shares to an unconnected third party or due compliance, to the satisfaction of the Company, with the notice served as provided for above.

Rights and Obligations of 2009 Preference Shares

The following rights attach to the 2009 Preference Shares:

 

 

The right to receive a non-cumulative cash dividend at a fixed rate of 8% of the subscription price per annum payable annually, at the discretion of the Directors, in arrears on each anniversary of the date of the issue of the shares.

 

 

The right to receive this dividend ranks

(a) pari passu with other shares constituting Core Tier 1 Capital (excluding the Ordinary Shares);

(b) junior to certain other preferred securities; and

(c) in priority to the Ordinary Shares.

 

 

In the event that a dividend on a 2009 Preference Shares is not paid in cash, the right to receive a bonus issue of Ordinary Shares (“Bonus Shares”) calculated by dividing the amount of the unpaid dividend by the average price of an Ordinary Share over the 30 days prior to the dividend payment date.

 

 

Where the issue of Bonus Shares is deferred, voting rights at general meetings of the Company equivalent to the voting rights that would have attached to the Bonus Shares if they had been issued on the relevant dividend payment date (“Provisional Voting Rights”), provided:

 

  (a) these shall not be exercisable against any Directors’ resolution for the issue of Core Tier 1 Securities to redeem or purchase all or any of the 2009 Preference Shares; or

 

  (b) on any resolution on any action by the Company in relation to “Preferred Securities” as defined in the Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

295


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information

 

 

The Right to receive copies of the circulars to shareholders but not to attend, speak, vote at general meetings save while held by a Government Body and then only in the following circumstances and the following manner:

(a) on a resolution seeking approval for a change of control of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of its business; and

(b) on a resolution to appoint, re-appoint or remove directors

 

 

On either of the foregoing resolutions (and while held by Government Body) the right to cast a number of votes equal to 25% of all votes capable of being cast by shareholders (including the 2009 Preference Shareholder) on a poll at a general meeting of the Company.

 

 

In a winding up of the Company or a return of capital by the Company (other than a redemption or purchase of shares) the right to receive a repayment of the capital (including premium) paid up, rank as follows:

(a) pari passu with the repayment of the paid up nominal value on Ordinary Shares;

(b) in priority to the payment of the paid up nominal value on Ordinary Shares; and

(c) junior to the repayment of capital on all other classes of shares that rank ahead of the Ordinary Shares.

 

 

The right while held by a Government Body to appoint directly 25 per cent of the directors of the Company.

Redemption of 2009 Preference Shares

 

   

will not be redeemable at the option of the holder.

 

   

may be redeemed or purchased , in whole or in part, at any time subject to the consent of Financial Regulator and that the redemption or purchase is made up of distributable profit and/or the proceeds of an issue of shares constituting Core Tier 1 Capital.

 

   

redemption price for the first five years shall be € 1.00, being the subscription price including premium of each 2009 Preference Share. Thereafter, the redemption price of each 2009 Preference Share will be € 1.25, including premium.

 

   

shall be required to redeem all of the 2009 Preference Shares if there are less than 35,000,000 2009 Preference Shares in issue, subject to the Financial Regulators consent.

 

   

may redeem or purchase 2009 Preference Shares which are held by a Government Entity without being required to redeem or purchase any 2009 Preference Shares held by another person.

 

   

On redemption or purchase of 2009 Preference Shares, the Company will be required to issue any outstanding Bonus Shares.

Dividend Rights

Under Irish law, and under the Articles, dividends are payable only out of income available for distribution. Holders of the shares of the Company are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the Company by Ordinary Resolution provided that the dividend cannot exceed the amount recommended by the Directors. No such dividend may be declared unless the dividend on the Euro Preference Shares, the Dollar Preference Shares, the Sterling Preference Shares and the Yen Preference Shares most recently payable prior to the relevant General Meeting shall have been paid in cash.

Subject to any preferential or other special rights for the time being attached to any class of shares, the income to be distributed by way of dividend are to be applied in payment of dividends upon the shares of the Company in proportion to the amounts paid up thereon otherwise than in advance of calls.

The Company may pay such interim dividends as appear to the Directors to be justified by the income of the Company available for distribution. No interim dividend may be paid if the dividends on the Euro Preference Shares, the Dollar Preference Shares, the Sterling Preference Shares and the Yen Preference Shares most recently payable prior to the date of the Directors resolution to pay such interim dividend shall not have been paid in cash.

The holders of Dollar Preference Shares, Euro Preference Shares, Sterling Preference Shares and Yen Preference Shares are entitled to a non-cumulative preferential dividend which is calculated at such annual rate (whether fixed or variable) and payable on such dates and on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by the Directors prior to the allotment thereof. If so determined by the Directors prior to the issue of any such preference shares, instalments in respect of dividends may not be payable in cash if, in the judgement of the Directors, after consultation with the Financial Regulator, the payment would breach or cause a breach of the applicable capital adequacy requirements. If such a payment is not made for such a reason or where there are insufficient distributable income and reserves to enable such a payment to be made, then additional preference shares of the same class may be issued in lieu of such payment (subject to the provisions of the Articles).

The Dollar Preference Shares, the Euro Preference Shares, the Sterling Preference Share and the Yen Preference Shares rank pari passu inter se as regards the right to receive dividends and the rights on winding up of or other return of capital by the Company.

Under Article 44 the Company may by Ordinary Resolution convert any paid up shares into stock and re-convert any stock into paid-up shares of any denomination.

 

296


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for 12 years from the date of its declaration may be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company.

Voting Rights

Voting at any General Meeting is by a show of hands unless a poll is properly demanded. On a show of hands, every member who is present in person or by proxy has one vote regardless of the number of shares held by him. On a poll, every member who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for each share of which he is the holder. A poll may be demanded by the Chairman of the meeting or by at least five members having the right to vote at the meeting or by a member or members representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting or by a member or members holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

All business is deemed special that is transacted at an Extraordinary General Meeting. All business that is transacted at an Annual General Meeting is also deemed special with the exception of declaring a dividend, receiving the accounts, statements of financial position and reports of the Directors and Auditors, electing Directors in the place of those retiring, voting additional remuneration for the Directors, appointing Auditors and fixing of the remuneration of the Auditors.

No business may be transacted at any General Meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Ten members present in person and entitled to vote at such meeting constitutes a quorum. In the case of an Annual General Meeting or of a meeting for the passing of a Special Resolution or the appointment of a Director, twenty-one clear days’ notice at the least, and any other case fourteen clear days’ notice at the least, needs to be given in writing in manner provided for in the Articles to all the members (other than those who, under the provisions of the Articles or the conditions of issue of the shares held by them, are not entitled to receive the notice) and to the Auditors for the time being of the Company.

Holders of the Dollar Preference Shares, the Euro Preference Shares, the Sterling Preference Shares and the Yen Preference Shares are entitled to receive notice of and attend any General Meeting but otherwise, subject to certain exceptions, shall not be entitled to speak or vote at such meetings. However, if the most recent preference dividend instalment on a class of preference shares has not been paid at the date of such a meeting, the holders of that class of preference shares shall be entitled to so speak and vote at such a meeting. The exceptions are resolutions relating to a winding up of the Company or a resolution varying, altering or abrogating any of the rights, privileges, limitations or restrictions attached to a class of such preference shares.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any surplus arising on the occasion of the liquidation of the Company the Dollar Preference Shareholders, the Sterling Preference Shareholders, the Euro Preference Shareholders and the Yen Preference Shareholders would be entitled to a share in that surplus equal to the amount paid up or credited as paid up on the Dollar Preference Shares, the Sterling Preference Shares, the Euro Preference Shares and the Yen Preference Shares respectively.

Variation of Class Rights

The rights, privileges, limitations or restrictions attached to the 2009 Preference Shares, the Dollar Preference Shares, the Euro Preference Shares, the Sterling Preference Shares or the Yen Preference Shares (or in each case, any class thereof) may be varied, altered or abrogated, either whilst the Company is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding up, with the written consent of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% in nominal value of such class of shares or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a class meeting of holders of such classes of shares provided that the holders of not less than 66 2/3% in nominal value of such class of shares vote in favour of such resolution.

Article 5 (a) provides that whenever the capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the special rights attached to any class may, subject to the provisions of the Irish Companies Acts 1963-2009 and subject as otherwise provided in the Articles be varied or abrogated, either whilst the Company is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding up, with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a Class Meeting of the holders of the shares of the class but not otherwise.

Convening of General Meetings

AIB must hold a General Meeting in each year as its Annual General Meeting in addition to any other meetings in that year and no more than fifteen months may elapse between the date of one Annual General Meeting and that of the next. The Annual General Meeting will be held at such time and place as the Directors determine. All General Meetings other than Annual General Meetings, are called Extraordinary General Meetings. The Directors may at any time call an Extraordinary General Meeting. Extraordinary General Meetings shall also be convened by the Directors on the requisition of members holding, at the date of the requisition, not

 

297


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information

 

less then one-tenth of the paid up capital carrying the right to vote at General Meetings and in default of the Directors within twenty one days, convening such a meeting to be held within two months, requisitions (or more then half of them) may but only within three months themselves convene a meeting.

Disclosure of Share Ownership

Article 11(b) provides that the Directors may by notice in writing sent to any member require such member to inform the Company in writing not more than 14 days after service of the notice of the capacity in which such member holds any share otherwise than as beneficial owner to furnish in writing, so far as it is within the member’s knowledge, the name and address of the person on whose behalf the member holds such share or, such particulars as will enable or assist in the identification of such person and the nature of the interest of such person in such shares. Failure to respond to such notice within the prescribed period time will result in the member not being entitled to attend meetings of the Company not to exercise the voting rights attached to such share, and, if the member holds 0.25% or more of the issued Ordinary shares of the Company, the Directors are entitled to withhold payment of any dividend payable on such shares and the member shall not be entitled to transfer such shares except by sale through a Stock Exchange to a bona fide unconnected third party.

Material Contracts

The following are all the contracts (not being contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business) that have been entered into by members of the AIB Group: (i) within two years immediately preceding the date of this documents which are, or may be, material to the Group; or (ii) at any time and contain the date of this document: obligations or entitlements which are, or may be, material to the Group as at the date of this document:

 

1. The Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme 2008 (“CIFS Scheme”) and the Acceptance Deeds

On 24 October 2008, the Company and its subsidiaries, AIB Group (UK) p.l.c., AIB Mortgage Bank, AIB Bank (CI) Limited and Allied Irish Banks North America Inc. each executed a guarantee acceptance deed in accordance with the terms of the CIFS Scheme, and were each specified as cover institutions in the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) (Specification of Institutions) Order 2008 (S.I. No. 416 of 2008).

 

2. Arrangements in relation to The National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission (“NPRFC”)

 

  (i) Warrant Instrument

Pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Instrument between the Company and the NPRFC entered into on 13 May 2009, the Company agreed to issue 294,251,819 warrants to subscribe for Ordinary Shares to the NPRFC on the terms summarised below:

 

  (a) The 2009 Warrants represented 25 per cent. of the Ordinary Shares (excluding Treasury Shares) in issue on 13 May 2009 (being the date of completion of the NPRFC Investment) computed as if the 2009 Warrants were exercisable and have been exercised in full on that date.

 

  (b) Each of the Core Tranche Warrants (155,780,375 warrants) entitles the holder to subscribe for one Ordinary Share at a subscription price of € 0.975 per share and each of the Secondary Tranche Warrants (138,471,444 warrants) entitles the holder to subscribe for one Ordinary Share at a subscription price of € 0.375 per share.

 

  (c) The 2009 Warrants are exercisable in the period between 13 May 2014 and 13 May 2019, or earlier if a third party proposes to acquire control of the Company or ownership of all or substantially all of the Company’s business and assets.

 

  (d) While the Government Preference Shareholder holds Warrant Shares, the Voting Rights on those shares will be restricted to 50 per cent. of the voting rights attaching to such shares. If those Warrant Shares are transferred to any person other than a Government Entity, full voting rights will attach to those Warrant Shares.

 

  (e) On issue, each 2009 Warrant will entitle the holder to subscribe for one Ordinary Share. This ratio will be adjusted upon the occurrence of certain share capital-related events in order to adjust the number of Warrant Shares the subject of the 2009 Warrants to compensate, the NPRFC for the dilutive effects of such share capital-related events (for example, a bonus issue of shares, certain capital distributions, a consolidation or subdivision of shares and a rights issue of shares at an issue price above a prescribed discount to the market price). If an anti-dilution adjustment would otherwise result in the issue of Ordinary Shares under the Warrant Instrument at a discount to their nominal value, the shortfall between the exercise price and the nominal value of Ordinary Shares will be paid up from AIB’s undistributable reserves (including the share premium account) or, subject to there being no contravention of the rights of other Shareholders, from AIB’s distributable reserves.

 

  (f) The 2009 Warrants are not transferable, except to a Government Entity, without prior written consent of the Company and are not listed or quoted on any stock exchange.

 

298


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

  (ii) The Subscription Agreement

 

  (a) Pursuant to the terms of the Subscription Agreement between AIB, the Minster for Finance and the NPRFC dated 13 May 2009, AIB agreed to issue the 2009 Preference Shares and the 2009 Warrants to the NPRFC at an aggregate subscription price of € 3.5 billion.

 

  (b) AIB gave the NPRFC and the Minster certain warranties relating to the business and operation of the Group. These warranties are considered standard for this type of agreement and cover issues such as the Company’s issued share capital, accuracy and completeness of certain information, accuracy of audited financial statements, payment of taxes, possession of all material licences and absence of material litigation.

 

  (c) AIB provided various undertakings to the NPRFC and the Minster, including agreeing to commit to the Minster’s “Bank Customer Package”. This includes, inter alia, obligations on AIB to:

 

  A. increase lending capacity to small to medium-sized enterprises by 10 per cent. and provide an additional 30 per cent capacity for lending to first-time buyers during each quarter of the financial year compared to the corresponding quarter into each year commencing 1 January 2008;

 

  B. establish a € 100 million fund to support environmentally friendly investment and innovations in clean energy;

 

  C. comply with the Code of Conduct for Business Lending to Small and Medium Enterprises and the Code of Conduct for Mortgage Arrears published by the Financial Regulator

 

  D. makes every effort to avoid repossessions and, in any case, not commence court proceedings for the repossession of a principal private residence within 12 months of arrears appearing, where the customer maintains contact and co-operates reasonably with AIB;

 

  E. fund and co-operate with an “Independent Review of Credit Availability”; and

 

  F. work closely with the IDA Ireland, Enterprise Ireland and with other Irish state agencies to ensure the supply of appropriate finance to contractors engaged on major projects sponsored by those agencies AIB also agreed to submit a restructuring plan to the Minster, including an assessment of AIB’s business model’s viability and details of how AIB intends to repay the state aid provided. This restructuring plan, which was prepared by the Group, has now been submitted to the European Commission by the Government. In addition, AIB agreed to accept restrictions on the amount of remuneration Directors would receive.

AIB also agreed that, on request from the NPRFC, it would undertake all necessary acts in order to facilitate the placing, offering to the public or admission to listing of the 2009 Preference Shares or any Ordinary Shares acquired as a result of the 2009 Warrants or the 2009 Preference Shares.

Under the terms of the Subscription Agreement, AIB must consult with the Minister or his nominee prior to taking any material action which may be reasonable expected to have a public interest dimension.

 

  (d) On the 13 May 2009, the NPRFC paid to AIB € 3.5 billion (less an arrangement fee of € 30 million paid by AIB to the NPRFC) in respect of the issue to it of the 2009 Preference Shares and the 2009 Warrants

 

  (e) AIB undertook in the Subscription Agreement that application would be made in due course for the Warrant Shares and any Bonus Shares to be admitted to the Official Lists and to trading on the main markets for listed securities of the Irish Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange.

 

  (f) In addition to agreeing to allow the Government Entities to make use of any public offer prospectus issued by the Company for the purposes of placing such Ordinary Shares with investors, the Company also undertook to co-operate in the preparation and issue of a public offer prospectus where this is required for the purposes of an offering to the public, a placing or listing of the 2009 Preference Shares or any Ordinary Shares acquired as a result of holding 2009 Preference Shares or 2009 Warrants

 

3. Bulgarian American Credit Bank Agreement

On 21 February 2008, Bulgarian-American Enterprise Fund (“BAEF”), the majority shareholder of Bulgarian American Credit Bank AD (“BACB”), entered into a purchase agreement under which BAEF agreed to sell to AIB 49.99 per cent. of the issued share capital of BACB, for the total consideration of approximately € 216.2 million.

 

299


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information

 

Reporting currency and exchange rates

AIB Group publishes consolidated financial statements in euro (€). In this Annual Financial Report, references to ‘US dollars’, ‘dollars’, ‘US$’, ‘cents’ or ‘¢’ are to United States currency, references to ‘EUR’, ‘euro’,‘€’ or ‘c’ are to euro currency, references to ‘sterling’ or ‘Stg£’ are to British currency, references to ‘zloty’, ‘PLN’ or ‘zl’ are to Polish currency and references to ‘Yen’ are to Japanese currency.

The following table shows, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information regarding the noon buying rate, expressed in US dollars per euro.

 

     Period    Average          
     end(1)    rate(2)    High    Low

Year ended 31 December 2005

   1.1842    1.2488    1.3476    1.1667

Year ended 31 December 2006

   1.3197    1.2598    1.3327    1.1860

Year ended 31 December 2007

   1.4603    1.3751    1.4862    1.2904

Year ended 31 December 2008

   1.3919    1.4688    1.6010    1.2446

Year ended 31 December 2009

   1.4332    1.3936    1.5100    1.2547

 

(1) The noon buying rate at such dates differed from the rates used in the preparation of AIB Group’s consolidated financial statements, which were US$ 1.1797, US$ 1.3170, US$ 1.4721, US$ 1.3917 and US$ 1.4406 to € 1.00 at 31 December 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009 respectively.

 

(2) The average rate for each period is the average of the noon buying rates on the last day of each month during that period.

On 22 February 2010 the noon buying rate was € 1.00 = US$ 1.3618

The accounting policy in respect of the translation of gains and losses arising in foreign locations is set out on page 129. Details of the exchange rates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out in note 67 of this report.

 

300


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Offer and listing details

Trading market for Ordinary shares of AIB

At 31 December 2009, AIB had outstanding 918,435,570 ordinary shares of € 0.32 each, of which 35,680,114 were held as Treasury Shares (see note 51 to the consolidated financial statements). The principal trading markets for AIB ordinary shares are the Irish Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange. Listing of the ordinary shares, in the form of American Depositary Shares (“ADS”), was obtained on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) effective November 28, 1990. Each ADS, which comprises two ordinary shares, is traded under the symbol “AIB” and is evidenced by an American Depositary Receipt (“ADR”). The ADR depositary is The Bank of New York Mellon.

At 31 December 2009, a total of 86.1 million ADSs were outstanding, representing 19% of total outstanding ordinary shares held by 4,013 registered shareholders and an estimated 12,000 shareholder accounts in street names. Since certain of the ordinary shares and ADRs were held by brokers or other nominees, the number of recorded holders in the US may not be representative of the number of beneficial holders or of their country of residence.

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices of the ordinary shares during the periods indicated, based on mid-market prices at close of business on the Irish Stock Exchange and the high and low sales prices for ADSs, as reported on the NYSE composite tape.

 

     € 0.32 Ordinary    American
     shares    Depositary Shares(1)
     High    Low    High    Low
     (Euro)    (Dollars)

Year ended 31 December

           

2005

   18.64    15.20    44.97    39.29

2006

   23.00    16.75    61.42    43.27

2007

   23.95    12.95    63.88    39.30

2008

   15.98    1.65    47.14    4.59

2009

   3.37    0.27    9.84    0.76

Calendar year

           
2008            

First quarter

   15.98    12.16    47.14    39.42

Second quarter

   14.47    9.50    44.88    30.06

Third quarter

   9.58    5.00    30.82    13.95

Fourth quarter

   7.50    1.65    18.85    4.59

2009

           

First quarter

   2.26    0.27    5.92    0.76

Second quarter

   2.35    0.72    6.87    1.96

Third quarter

   3.37    1.25    9.84    3.62

Fourth quarter

   3.12    1.04    9.04    3.17

Month ended

           

September 2009

   3.37    2.31    9.84    6.49

October 2009

   3.12    1.85    9.04    5.53

November 2009

   2.03    1.45    6.31    4.65

December 2009

   1.59    1.04    4.85    3.17

January 2010

   1.65    1.22    4.95    3.48

February 2010

   1.23    0.98    3.58    2.72

 

(1)

An American Depositary Share represents two ordinary shares of € 0.32 each.

€ 3.5 billion of perpetual core tier 1 non cumulative preference shares (‘2009 Preference Shares’)

In May 2009 the Irish Government through the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission purchased € 3.5 billion of perpetual core tier 1 non cumulative preference shares with warrants details of which are set out in note 55 (ii). The 2009 Preference Shares are not listed.

 

301


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information

 

American Depositary Receipts

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deductions from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

 

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares must pay:

 

For:

$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)

 

•   Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property

 

•   Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

$.02 (or less) per ADS

 

•   Any cash distribution to ADS registered holders

A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs  

•   Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed by the depositary to ADS registered holders

$.02 (or less) per ADSs per calendar year  

•   Depositary services

Registration or transfer fees

 

•   Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares

Expenses of the depositary

 

•   Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)

 

•   Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes

 

•   As necessary

Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities

 

•   As necessary

Fees incurred in Past Annual Period

From 1 January 2009 to 31 December 2009, the Company received from the depositary US$ 49,935 for NYSE listing fee.

Fees to be paid in the future

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, has agreed to reimburse the Company for expenses they incur that are related to establishment and maintenance expenses of the ADS Program. The depositary has agreed to reimburse the Company for its annual stock exchange listing fees and the standard out-of-pocket maintenance costs for the ADRs. There are limits on the amount of expenses for which the depositary will reimburse the Company, but the amount of reimbursement available to the Company is not necessarily tied to the amount of fees the depositary collects from investors.

 

302


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Taxation

This is a summary of the principal tax consequences for Irish resident individual holders and Eligible United States (“US”) Holders, as defined below, of AIB Ordinary Shares or American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) representing such Ordinary Shares, held as capital assets. It also covers Irish Dividend Withholding Tax (“DWT”) in general. It is not a comprehensive analysis of all potential tax consequences and does not cover all categories of investors. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors in relation to the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposal of AIB Ordinary Shares or ADSs, including any foreign, state or local tax law.

Underlying this summary is the Double Taxation Convention between Ireland and the US (‘the Tax Treaty’) and the tax laws, judicial decisions, regulations and administrative rulings and practices of Ireland and the US currently in effect, which are subject to change at any time.

Irish Dividend Withholding Tax (“DWT”) - General

In general, DWT is deducted from dividends paid by Irish resident companies at the standard rate of income tax (currently 20%).

Certain classes of shareholders are exempt from DWT provided they return a properly completed declaration (certified as required) to the Registrar, the qualifying intermediary or the authorised withholding agent prior to the relevant dividend payment record date.

Potentially-exempt shareholders include Irish resident companies, pension schemes, charities and certain non-resident persons. For a full exemption listing see the Irish Revenue website http://www.revenue.ie/en/tax/dwt/exemptions.html

Declaration forms to claim exemption may be obtained either from AIB’s Registrar at:

Computershare Investor Services (Ireland) Ltd, Heron House, Corrig Road, Sandyford Industrial Estate, Dublin 18, Ireland. Telephone: +353-1-2475411. Facsimile: +353-1-2163151.

Email: web.queries@computershare.ie

or from the Irish Revenue Commissioners at:

Dividend Withholding Tax Unit, Collector General’s Division, Government Offices, Nenagh, Co.Tipperary, Ireland. Telephone: +353-67-63400. Facsimile: +353-67-33822.

Email: infodwt@revenue.ie.

Website: http://www.revenue.ie/en/tax/dwt/index.html

Taxation of Irish Resident Individual Shareholders:

Taxation of Dividends

 

(i) Irish Income Tax and Dividend Withholding Tax Credit

Shareholders who are individuals are liable to Irish income tax at their marginal rate on the amount of the dividend before deduction of DWT, and the DWT is available either for offset against the income tax liability, or for repayment, where it exceeds the total income tax liability. Such shareholders will normally also be liable to the Health Contribution and the Income Levy (and PRSI contribution if regarded as ‘self-employed’).

 

(ii) Back-up Withholding Tax

An Irish resident holder of ADSs is subject to US withholding tax at the rate of 15% with respect to dividends paid on ADSs or the proceeds of sale of ADSs.Unless the holder has provided to the withholding agent the applicable completed Form W-8 (‘Certificate of Foreign Status’) the dividends or the proceeds of sale of the ADSs may be subject to US back-up withholding tax which will increase the total withholding tax to 28%

Irish Capital Gains Tax

When shares are disposed of a capital gain may result if the sales proceeds less selling costs are greater than the base cost of the shares sold and allowable deductions, such as purchase cost. Capital gains tax is charged at 25% on the chargeable gain arising on disposals made on or after 8 April 2009 (at 22% in the period from 15 October 2008 and prior to this at 20%).

Stamp Duty

The Irish stamp duty implications of transactions in shares or ADSs are the same as for Eligible US Holders. See ‘Irish Stamp Duty’ in the ‘Taxation of Eligible US Holders’ section below.

 

303


Table of Contents

LOGO Additional information

 

Taxation of a gift or an inheritance

Capital acquisitions tax (“CAT”), comprising gift tax and inheritance tax is charged in Ireland at 25%, on or after 8 April 2009 (at 22% in the period from 20 November 2008 and prior to this at 20%), where the value of the aggregate taxable gifts and inheritances received by an individual on or after 5 December 1991, exceeds the tax free threshold applicable. The tax free threshold applicable is determined by the relationship between the parties.

Taxation of Eligible US Holders:

An ‘Eligible US Holder’, for the purpose of this discussion, is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs who is (a) a resident of the United States for the purposes of US federal income tax, (b) not a resident of Ireland for the purposes of Irish taxes and (c) not engaged in trade or business in Ireland through a permanent establishment, and (d) otherwise eligible for benefits under the TaxTreaty.

Eligible US Holders of ADSs will be treated as the owners, as appropriate, of the underlying ordinary shares for US federal income tax purposes and for the purposes of the Tax Treaty.

Irish Tax

 

(i) Irish Income Tax

An Eligible US Holder is not liable to Irish income tax on dividends paid by AIB where the recipient is:

 

  - a person, other than a company, who is not ordinarily resident in Ireland in a year of assessment; or

 

  - a company that is not under the control (direct or indirect) of a person or persons who are Irish resident.

 

  - a company, the shares of which (or of its 75% parent or of a collection of companies which own 100% of that company) are substantially and regularly traded on a recognised stock exchange.

 

(ii) Irish Dividend Withholding Tax and Related Tax Treaty Provisions

Generally an exemption from Irish DWT is available where the Eligible US Holder provides AIB, the qualifying intermediary or authorised withholding agent with the relevant declaration, certified as required and, in the case of an individual, is not ordinarily resident in Ireland.

For further detail in relation to claims for exemption see above under Irish Dividend Withholding Tax (“DWT”) – General. Eligible US Holders who have DWT deducted from their dividend may, subject to certain conditions, be entitled to a refund by making an application to the Irish Revenue Commissioners at the address shown above. Where entitlement to repayment under Irish domestic law cannot be established, the provisions of the Tax Treaty may apply. The provisions of the Tax Treaty can limit the Irish tax liability of an Eligible US Holder, who is unable to claim repayment of the full DWT deducted from the dividend, to 15% of the aggregate of the cash dividend and related DWT (the ‘gross amount’). In such circumstances, the Eligible US Holder may claim repayment from the Irish Revenue Commissioners under the provisions of the Tax Treaty of the amount of DWT in excess of 15% of the gross amount of the dividend.

A Holder of ADSs (evidenced by ADRs) is exempt from Irish DWT, without the requirement to make a declaration, provided:

 

  (a) their address is located in the US

 

  - on the register of ADRs maintained by AIB’s ADR programme administrator, the Bank of New York Mellon, or

 

  - in the records of a further intermediary through which the dividend is paid; and

 

  (b) the Bank of New York Mellon or the intermediary concerned, as the case may be, satisfies certain conditions.

 

(iii) Gains on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposal

A gain realised on the sale, exchange or other disposal of the AIB ordinary shares or ADSs by an Eligible US Holder who is not ordinarily resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes is not subject to Irish capital gains tax.

 

(iv) Irish Stamp Duty

No Irish Stamp duty is payable on transfers of or agreements to transfer ADRs, where the ADRs (or the underlying securities which they represent) are dealt in and quoted on a recognised stock exchange in the United States. The AIB ordinary shares that are listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), in the form of ADSs, evidenced by ADRs, are within this exemption.

In the case of a transfer or sale of AIB ordinary shares, stamp duty will generally be charged at the rate of 1% of the value of the shares.

The deposit of AIB ordinary shares with the Depositary in exchange for ADSs or the surrender of the ADSs to the Depositary in return for ordinary shares where the deposit or surrender does not relate to a sale or contemplated sale or mortgage of such AIB ordinary shares, such as a conveyance or transfer as a result of which there is no change in beneficial interest, will generally not be chargeable to the 1% stamp duty.Where there is a deposit of ordinary shares with the Depositary in exchange for ADSs or the surrender of the ADSs to the Depositary in return for ordinary shares which is done as a conveyance on sale or in contemplation of sale, then stamp duty will be payable at the rate of 1% of the value of the shares.

 

304


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

(v) Taxation of a gift or an inheritance

Capital acquisitions tax (“CAT”, comprising gift tax and inheritance tax) applies to gifts and bequests of Irish situate assets. CAT may also apply to non-Irish situate assets depending on the tax residence, ordinary residence and domicile positions of the donor and the successor or donee. As such, CAT applies to gifts and bequests of AIB ordinary shares. It is not entirely clear whether ADSs representing ordinary shares are regarded as non-Irish situate assets. As such, CAT may also apply to gifts and bequests of ADSs representing ordinary shares regardless of the residence, ordinary residence or domicile of the donor and successor or donee. For further details of CAT see ‘Taxation of Irish Shareholders – Taxation of a Gift or an Inheritance’.

US Tax

 

(i) US Federal Income Taxation

An Eligible US Holder is subject to US Federal income taxation on the gross amount of any dividend paid by AIB out of AIB’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes). Dividends received by individuals before 1 January 2011, that constitute qualified dividend income, are taxed at a maximum federal tax rate of 15%, subject to certain holding requirements. Holders of Ordinary Shares or ADSs must have held their shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date.

Dividends paid by AIB with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs will be qualified dividend income for US tax purposes if AIB was not in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and is not, in the year in which the dividend was paid, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”). Based on our current and projected financial data, we believe AIB should not be treated as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes with respect to tax years 2008 and 2009 and we do not anticipate that AIB would be treated as a PFIC for the 2010 year.

Dividends paid by AIB to US corporate stockholders with respect to ordinary shares and ADSs, will not qualify for the dividend received deduction otherwise generally allowed to such stockholders. The amount of the dividend to be included in income will be the US dollar value of the euro payment made, determined at the spot US dollar/euro exchange rate on the date of actual or constructive receipt by the US Holder in the case of ordinary shares, or by the Depositary in the case of ADSs, regardless of whether the payment is actually converted into US dollars. Any gain or loss recognised by a US Holder on the sale or disposal of euros as a result of currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is includable in income to the date the payment is converted into US Dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.

Distributions in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits would be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the US Holder’s basis in his AIB ordinary shares or ADSs and would reduce the US Holder’s basis in his AIB ordinary shares or ADSs. Any remaining excess would be treated for US federal tax purposes as capital gains, provided the AIB ordinary shares or ADSs are capital assets in the hands of such US Holder.

Subject to various limitations, Eligible US Holders who have Irish DWT applied to their dividend may be entitled to a credit against their US federal income tax liability. Under US tax law, the limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to separate classes of income. Dividends paid by AIB are foreign source “passive category income” or “general category income” depending on the holder’s circumstances. In either case, foreign tax credits allowable with respect to each category of income cannot exceed the US federal income tax otherwise payable with respect to such category of income. No foreign tax credit is allowed to the extent a refund of DWT is available to the Eligible US holder.

Dividend reinvestment program: Holders of AIB ordinary shares represented by ADSs, may elect to participate in a dividend reinvestment program provided by the Depositary, which under its BuyDirect program will reinvest stockholders’AIB dividends by purchasing additional AIB stock in the open market. The US tax treatment, as set out in the preceding paragraphs, applies to dividends received by such holders.

 

(ii) US Withholding Tax

A holder of ADSs may, under certain circumstances, be subject to US backup withholding tax with respect to dividends paid on ADSs or the proceeds of sale of ADSs. A US holder of ADSs is subject to backup withholding tax unless such holder: (i) is a corporation or comes within the certain other exempt categories and, when required, certifies this fact; or (ii) provides a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), certifies that such holder is not subject to backup withholding tax and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding tax rules. Subject to certain limitations, amounts withheld under the US backup withholding tax rules may be creditable against the holder’s US federal income tax liability.

 

(iii) US State and local taxes

State and local taxes may apply to distributions received by holders of AIB ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

305


Table of Contents

LOGO Additional information

 

(iv) Gains on sale, exchange or other disposal

Upon the sale, exchange or other disposal of AIB ordinary shares or ADSs, a US Holder will recognise a gain or loss, if any, equal to the difference between the amount realised upon the sale, exchange, or disposal and the US Holder’s tax basis. Generally, a holder’s tax basis in AIB ordinary shares or ADSs will be the US Holder’s cost. Such gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss. Capital gains recognised by non-corporate US Holders before 1 January 2011, on shares held longer than one year, are taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. Any gain will generally be treated as income from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

(v) Taxation of a gift or an inheritance

The 1951 estate tax convention between Ireland and the US is accepted by both countries’ revenue authorities as applying to Irish inheritance tax, but not gift tax. Under this convention and US tax law any such inheritance tax payable in Ireland generally will be allowed as a credit, subject to certain limitations, against so much of the US federal estate tax as is payable on the same property. Transfers of AIB ordinary shares or ADSs upon death may be subject to US federal estate tax subject to certain threshold exemptions.

US federal gift tax may apply to gifts of AIB ordinary shares or ADSs subject to certain thresholds and exemptions. No credit is allowable against Federal gift tax for Irish gift tax paid on the same property.

 

306


Table of Contents

Exchange controls

Under Article 63 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, all restrictions on the movements of capital between member states of the European Union and between such member states and third countries are prohibited.

Under Article 66 of the Treaty where, in exceptional circumstances, movements of capital to or from third countries cause, or threaten to cause, serious difficulties for the operation of economic and monetary union, the Council of the European Union, on a proposal from the European Commission, and after consulting the European Central Bank, may take safeguard measures with regard to third countries for a period not exceeding six months if such measures are strictly necessary.

Under Article 75 of the Treaty, where is necessary to prevent and combat terrorism and related activities, the European Parliament and the Council, acting by means of regulations are to define a framework for administrative measures with regard to capital movements and payments, such as the freezing of funds, financial assets or economic gains belonging to, or owned or held by, natural or legal persons, groups or non-State entities.

There are no restrictions under AIB’s Articles of Association or under Irish law, as currently in force, that limit the right of nonresident or foreign owners, as such, to hold securities of AIB freely or, when entitled, to vote such securities freely. There are currently no restrictions under Irish law, decrees, or regulations affecting the remittance of dividends or other payments to nonresident holders of AIB securities except: (1) in respect of the making available, directly or indirectly, of “funds ”(defined as including dividends) to or for the benefit of: (a) any person, group or entity associated with the late Mr Slobodan Milosevic under EC Council Regulation No. 2488/2000 of 10 November 2001 (as amended); (b) certain persons and entities associated with Usama bin Laden, the Al-Qaida network and the Taliban of Afghanistan under EC Council Regulation No. 881/2002 of 27 May 2002 (as amended); (c) certain persons involved in governmental functions in Burma/Myanmar and persons or entities associated with them under EC Council Regulation No. 194/2008 of 25 February 2008 (as amended); (d) certain persons involved in the Government of Zimbabwe and persons or bodies associated with them, under EC Council Regulation No. 314/2004 of 19 February 2004 (as amended); (e) any person, group or entity associated with the late former President Sadam Hussain, senior officials of his regime, immediate members of their families and persons, bodies or entities owned or controlled directly or indirectly by those persons, or by any person acting on their behalf or at their direction, and (in respect of funds located outside Iraq on or after 22 May 2003) the previous Government of Iraq, or any of the bodies, corporations or agencies identified under EC Council Regulation No. 1210/2003 of 7 July 2003 (as amended); (f) former Liberian President Charles Taylor and the members of his family and other persons and entities identified in EC Council Regulation No. 872/2004 of 29 April 2004 (as amended); (g) certain persons acting in violation of the arms embargo with regard to the Democratic Republic of the Congo identified under EC Council Regulation No. 1183/2005 of 18 July 2005 (as amended); (h) certain persons indicted by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia identified under EC Council Regulation No. 1763/2004 of 11 October 2004 (as amended); (i) certain persons, or entities identified, in view of the situation in the Ivory Coast, under EC Council Regulation No. 560/2005 of 12 April 2005 (as amended); (j) persons entities or bodies impeding the peace process and breaking international law in the conflict in the Darfur region in Sudan identified under EC Council Regulation No. 1184/2005 of 18 July 2005 (as amended); (k) persons, entities and bodies suspected of involvement of the assassination of the former Lebanese Prime Minister Rafiq Hariri specified in EC Council Regulation No. 305/2006 of 21 February 2006 (as amended); (l) President Lukashenko, the Belarusian Leadership and certain officials under EC Council Regulation No. 765/2006 of 18 May 2006; (m) certain persons, or entities or bodies engaged in, directly associated with or providing support for the importation or exportation of goods and technology which could contribute to Iran’s enrichment-related, reprocessing, or heavy water-related activities, or the development of nuclear weapon delivery systems under EC Council Regulation No. 423/2007 of 19 April 2007 (as amended); (n) persons, entities and bodies engaged in providing support for certain programmes of the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea under EC Council Regulation No. 329/2007 of 27 March 2007 (as amended); and (o) certain persons, members of the National Council for Democracy and Development in the Republic of Guinea and individuals associated with them specified in EC Council Regulation No. 1284/2009 of 22 December 2009; and (2) in respect of the making available, directly or indirectly, of funds, other financial assets and economic resources to or for the benefit of a natural person, group or entity involved in a list established by the Council of the European Union under EC Council Regulation No.2580/2001 of 27 December 2001 on specific restrictive measures directed against certain persons and entities with a view to combating terrorism (as amended). All of these exceptions arise from United Nations and/or European Union sanctions.

 

307


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information

 

Employees

During the year ended December 31, 2009, AIB Group employed just over 24,600 staff (average full-time equivalent, excluding career breaks and other unpaid long-term leaves) on a worldwide basis, mainly in the Republic of Ireland, Northern Ireland, Great Britain, USA, and Poland, located in approximately 920 offices (2008: 900; 2007: 800).

AIB Group offers a wide range of employee relations programs in each of the areas in which it operates.

AIB and the Irish Bank Officials’ Association (“IBOA”), which is the sole recognised trade union for bank officials in the Republic of Ireland, Northern Ireland and Great Britain, conduct their employee relations in keeping with agreed Partnership Principles, which, since February 2000, have underpinned the approach taken in employee and industrial relations. During 2009 significant progress was made on a number of issues including deferral of pay awards and revised pension arrangements.

AIB encourages its staff to raise any concerns of wrongdoing through a number of channels, both internal and external. One such channel, the AIB Speak-Up policy, includes a confidential external helpline.

Pay developments in AIB reflected the deterioration in AIB’s business performance in 2009 and general restraint in pay across our main markets. There were no pay increases awarded to executives, managers or to staff in functional pay structures such as IT and Finance in Ireland, Northern Ireland or Great Britain. The average salary increase for other staff in the Republic of Ireland was 3.2%. This pay increase was awarded after a six month pay pause and following extensive negotiations with the Irish Bank Officials Association regarding AIB’s proposal for a general pay freeze. Pay increases of 1.9% and 3% respectively were paid to staff below manager grade in Northern Ireland and Great Britain following conciliation. Pay developments for staff in Poland included a combination of a general pay freeze and reductions to senior management salaries.

The average number of employees by division (excluding employees on career breaks, long term absences or any other unpaid leaves) were as follows:

 

      Years ended 31 December
      2009    2008    2007

AIB Bank ROI

   7,284    7,746    8,950

Capital Markets

   2,424    2,562    2,357

AIB Bank UK

   2,507    2,689    2,880

Central & Eastern Europe

   9,596    9,776    8,280

Group

   2,870    3,042    1,792
              

Total

   24,681    25,815    24,259
              

Description of property

As at 31 December 2009, AIB Group operated from an estate of approximately 970 branches, offices and outlets worldwide. These are held principally in the Republic of Ireland, Northern Ireland, Great Britain and Poland. The majority of the estate (branches and offices) are owned outright, with the remainder being held under a variety of commercial leases.

AIB’s Group headquarters is located at ‘Bankcentre’, Ballsbridge Dublin 4. This is a campus style complex of interlinked office buildings on a site of approximately 14 acres. This complex houses most of AIB’s Group support functions and offers approximately 560,000 square feet (‘sq.ft’) of office space, as well as extensive car parking, meeting and staff welfare facilities. Following a 2006 sale and lease back programme, AIB Group now leases the Bankcentre campus under three separate lease arrangements. AIB also has a leasehold interest in the ‘AIB International Centre’ located in Dublin’s International Financial Services Centre (“IFSC”) extending to 120,000 sq.ft. This building is occupied by the Capital Markets division. In addition AIB holds a number of smaller leasehold interests in and around Dublin.

AIB’s UK headquarters are also leased and are located in Mayfair, London. A significant back office operation is located in Uxbridge,West London where AIB occupy approximately 63% of this building which offers 74,000 sq.ft of office space and is held under a 25 year lease. In Northern Ireland, AIB’s First Trust bank is headquartered at the 90,000 sq.ft “First Trust Centre” on Ann Street in Belfast .The Group owns this building, as well as a 32,000 sq.ft facility at 4 Queens Square.

In Poland, BZWBK’s head office estate is primarily located in Wroclaw, Poznan, and Warsaw. In Wroclaw the bank has freehold interests in 8-10 Strzegomska Street (72,000 sq.ft), 9-11Rynek Street (62,000 sq.ft) and 38-40. Ofiar Oswiecimskich Street (59,000 sq.ft). In Poznan, the bank owns its head office building at 10 Kozia Street (33,000 sq.ft) and has long leasehold interests in 5 Plac Andersa (112,000 sq.ft) and 4-8 Chlebowa Street (27,000 sq.ft). Finally in Warsaw, BZWBK holds a long leasehold interest in head office buildings at 142 Marszalkowska Street (26,000 sq.ft) and at 5A Grzybowska Street (59,000 sq.ft).

The Group does not have significant property holdings in the US, other than through its ownership interest in M&T.

 

308


Table of Contents

Other shareholder information

 

1. Internet-based Shareholder Services

Ordinary Shareholders with access to the internet may:

 

   

register for electronic communications on the following link, www.computershare.com/register/ie;

 

   

check their shareholdings on the Company’s Share Register;

 

   

check past dividend payment details; and

 

   

download standard forms required to initiate changes in details held by the Registrar, by accessing AIB’s website at www.aibgroup.com, clicking on the Investor Relations, Shareholder Information and Personal Shareholder Details option, and following the on-screen instructions. When prompted, the Shareholder Reference Number (shown on the shareholder’s share certificate, dividend counterfoil and personalised circulars) should be entered. These services may also be accessed via the Registrar’s website at www.computershare.com.

Shareholders may also use AIB’s website to access the Company’s Annual Financial Report.

 

2. Stock Exchange Listings

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. is an Irish-registered company. Its ordinary shares are traded on the Irish Stock Exchange, the London Stock Exchange and, in the form of American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), on the New York Stock Exchange (symbol AIB). Each ADS represents two ordinary shares and is evidenced by an American Depositary Receipt (“ADR”).

 

3. Registrar

The Company’s Registrar is:

Computershare Investor Services (Ireland) Ltd.,

Heron House, Corrig Road, Sandyford Industrial Estate, Dublin 18.

Telephone: +353-1-247 5411. Facsimile: +353-1-216 3151.

Website: www.computershare.com or www.investorcentre.com/ie/contactus

 

4. American Depositary Shares

American Depositary Shares provide US residents wishing to invest in overseas securities with a share certificate and dividend payment in a form familiar and convenient to them. The Company’s ordinary share ADR programme is administered by The Bank of New York Mellon – see address on page 310.

 

309


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information

 

5. Shareholding analysis

 

                as at 31 December 2009

Size of shareholding

   Shareholder Accounts *
Number
   %    Shares **
Number
   %

1 – 1,000

   54,536    57    21,469,662    2

1,001 – 5,000

   29,737    31    72,286,997    8

5,001 – 10,000

   6,456    7    48,034,469    6

10,001 – 100,000

   4,754    5    77,448,281    9

100,001 – over

   326    -    663,516,047    75
                   

Total

   95,809    100    882,755,456    100
                   
Geographical division            

Republic of Ireland

   80,427    84    366,711,575    42

Elsewhere

   15,382    16    516,043,881    58
                   

Total

   95,809    100    882,755,456    100
                   

 

* Shareholder account numbers reflect US ADR account holders (50,000 approx.) held in a single nominee account.
** Excludes 35,680,114 shares held as Treasury Shares – see note 51.

Financial calendar

Annual General Meeting: Wednesday, 28 April 2010, at Bankcentre, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4.

Interim results

Unaudited interim results for the half-year ending 30 June 2010 will be announced on 28 July 2010. The Half-yearly Financial Report will be available on the Company’s website – www.aibgroup.com.

 

Shareholder enquiries should be addressed to:

For holders of Ordinary Shares:

Computershare Investor Services (Ireland) Ltd.,

Heron House,

Corrig Road,

Sandyford Industrial Estate,

Dublin 18, Ireland

Telephone: +353 1 247 5411

Facsimile: +353 1 216 3151

Website: www.computershare.com

or www.investorcentre.com/ie/contactus

or

www.aibgroup.com

  

For holders of ADRs in the United States:

BNY Mellon Shareholder Services,

P.O. Box 358516,

Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8516

Telephone 1-866-259-2282

Telephone (International 1-201-680-6825)

e-mail: shrrelations@bnymellon.com

Website: www.bnymellon.com/shareowner

or

Ann Kerman,A.V.P.,

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.,

105, North Front Street, Suite 303,

Harrisburg, PA 17101,

USA.

Telephone: +717-238-2449

Facsimile: +717-238-3499

e-mail: ann.l.kerman@aibny.com

 

310


Table of Contents
Glossary of terms    LOGO

 

ABS    Asset backed securities are securities which are collateralised by income producing assets other than mortgage loans. They are typically structured in tranches of differing credit qualities. Some common types of asset backed securities are those backed by credit card receivables, home equity loans and car loans.
Arrears    Arrears relates to any interest or principal on a loan which was due for payment, but where payment has not been received.
CBOs/CDOs    A collateralised bond obligation (“CBO”)/collateralised debt obligation (“CDO”) is an investment vehicle (generally an SPE) which allows third party investors to make debt and/or equity investments in a vehicle containing a portfolio of loans and bonds with certain common features. In the case of synthetic CBOs/CDOs the risk is backed by credit derivatives instead of the sale of assets (cash CBOs/CDOs).

Commercial

paper (CP)

   Commercial Paper is similar to a deposit and is a relatively low-risk, short-term, unsecured promissory note traded on money markets issued by companies or other entities to finance their short-term expenses. In the USA, commercial paper matures within 270 days maximum, while in Europe, it may have a maturity period of up to 365 days; although maturity is commonly 30 days in the USA and 90 days in Europe.

Commercial

property

   Commercial Property – focuses primarily on the following property segments:
  

 

a) Apartment complexes;

   b) Develop to sell;
   c) Office projects;
   d) Retail projects;
   e) Hotels; and
   f) Selective mixed-use projects and special purpose properties.

Contractual

maturity

   The period when a scheduled payment is due and payable in accordance with the terms of a financial instrument.

Core Tier 1

Capital

   Called-up share capital and eligible reserves plus equity non-controlling interests, less goodwill, intangible assets and deductions as specified by the Financial Regulator.

Credit default

swaps

   An agreement between two parties whereby one party pays the other a fixed coupon over a specified term. The other party makes no payment unless a specified credit event such as a default occurs, at which time a payment is made and the swap terminates. Credit default swaps are typically used by the purchaser to provide credit protection in the event of default by a counterparty.
Credit derivatives    Financial instruments with which credit risk connected with loans, bonds or other risk-weighted assets or market risk positions is transferred to counterparties providing credit protection. The credit risk might be the exposure inherent in a financial asset such as a loan or might be generic credit risk such as the bankruptcy risk of an entity.
Credit risk    The risk that one party to a financial instrument will cause a financial loss to the other party by failing to discharge an obligation.

Credit risk

spread

   Credit spread can be defined as the difference in yield between a given security and a comparable benchmark government security or the difference in value of two securities with comparable maturity and yield but different credit qualities. It gives an indication of the issuer’s or borrower’s credit quality.

Criticised

loans

   Loans requiring additional management attention over and above that normally required for the loan type.

 

311


Table of Contents
LOGO   Glossary of terms

 

Customer
deposits
   A liability of the Group where the counterparty to the financial contract is typically a personal customer, a corporation (other than a financial institution) or the government. This caption includes various types of deposits and credit current accounts, all of which are unsecured.
Debt
restructuring
   This is the process whereby customers in arrears, facing cash flow or financial distress renegotiate the terms of their loan agreements in order to improve the likelihood of repayment. Restructuring may involve altering the terms of a loan agreement including a partial writedown of the balance. In certain circumstance, the loan balance may be swapped for equity in the counterparty.
Delinquency   

Failure by a customer to repay an obligation when due or as agreed. In the case of loans and credit cards, this will be when a payment of either capital and/or interest is 1 day or more overdue. In the case of an overdraft it is delinquent if an excess over approved limit appears for 1 day or more.

 

‘Default’: When a customer breaches a term and/or condition of a loan agreement, a loan is deemed to be in default for case management purposes. Depending of the materiality of the default, if left unmanaged it can lead to loan impairement. Default is also used in Basel II context when a loan is either 91+ days past due or impaired, this has the impact of potentially requiring additional capital.

Economic
Capital
   The amount of capital which the bank needs to protect against extreme losses from a material risk it is running (e.g. credit risk, market risk). It is based on internally developed calculation methodology and estimates, as opposed to regulatory capital which is using a methodology determined by the Basel Accord and imposed by the regulator.
First/ Second
lien
   Where a property or other security is taken as collateral for a loan, first lien holders are paid before all other claims on the property. Second lien holders are subordinate to the rights of first lien holders to a property security.
Funded/
unfunded
exposures
  

Funded: Loans, advances or debt securities where funds have been given to a debtor with an obligation to repay at some future date and on specific terms.

 

Unfunded: Unfunded exposures are those where funds have not yet been advanced to a debtor, but where a commitment exists to do so at a future date or event.

Home loan    A loan secured by a mortgage on the primary residence or second home of a borrower.
Impaired
loans
   Loans are typically reported as impaired when interest thereon is 91 days or more past due or where a provision exists in anticipation of loss, except: (i) where there is sufficient evidence that repayment in full, including all interest up to the time of repayment (including costs) will be made within a reasonable and identifiable time period, either from realisation of security, refinancing commitment or other sources; or (ii) where there is independent evidence that the balance due, including interest, is adequately secured. Upon impairment the accrual of interest income based on the original terms of the claim is discontinued but the increase of the present value of impaired claims due to the passage of time is reported as interest income.
Leveraged
lending
   Leveraged lending involves lending to entities by leveraging off their equity structures having considered the cash generating capacity of the business and its capacity to repay any associated debt. Leveraging structures are typically used in management and private equity buy-outs, mergers and acquisitions. Leverage lending typically is to non investment grade borrowers and carries commensurate rates of return.
Loans past
due
   When a borrower fails to make a contractually due payment, a loan is deemed to be past due. ‘Past due days’ is a term used to describe the cumulative numbers of days that a missed payment is overdue. Past due days commence from the close of business on the day on which a payment is due but not received. In the case of overdrafts, past due days are counted once a borrower:

 

312


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

   - has been advised of a limit lower than the then current outstandings; or
   - has drawn credit without authorisation.
   When a borrower is past due, the entire exposure is reported as past due, rather than the amount of any excess or arrears.

Loans to

deposit ratio

   This is the ratio of loans and receivables to customers, to customer accounts.

Mortgage

covered

securities

   Mortgage covered securities (also known as covered bonds) are debt securities backed by cash flows from mortgages. They are issued for the purpose of financing loans secured on residential property.
Prime loan    Loan in which both the criteria used to grant the loan (loan-to-value, debt-to-income, etc.) and to assess the borrower’s history (no past due reimbursements of loans, no bankruptcy, etc.) are sufficiently conservative to rank the loan as high quality and low-risk.

Renegotiated

loan

   Loans and receivables renegotiated are those facilities outstanding at the reporting date that, during the financial year have had their terms renegotiated, resulting in an upgrade from 91+ days past due default status to performing status.

Risk weighted

assets

   A measure of assets (including off-balance sheet items converted into asset equivalents e.g. credit lines) which are weighted in accordance with prescribed rules and formulas as defined in the Basel Accord to reflect the risks inherent in those assets.
RMBS    Residential mortgage-backed securities are debt obligations that represent claims to the cash flows from pools of mortgage loans, most commonly on residential property.
Securitisation    The process of aggregation and repackaging of non-tradable financial instruments such as loans and receivables, or company cash flow into securities that can be issued and traded in the capital markets.
SPE    Special purpose entity is a legal entity which can be a limited company or a limited partnership created to fulfil narrow or specific objectives. A company will transfer assets to the SPE for management or use by the SPE to finance a large project thereby achieving a narrow set of goals without putting the entire firm at risk.

Structured

securities

   This involves non standard lending arrangements through the structuring of assets or debt issues in accordance with customer and/or market requirements. The requirements may be concerned with funding liquidity, risk transfer or other needs that cannot be met by an existing off the shelf product or instrument. To meet this requirement existing products and techniques must be engineered into a tailor made product or process.

Student loan

related assets

   Loans advanced to students for the students maintenance made under specific United States law.
Sub-prime    Extensions of credit to borrowers who, at the time of the loans’ origination, exhibit characteristics indicating a significantly higher risk of default than traditional bank lending customers.
Tier 1 capital    A measure of a bank’s financial strength defined by the Basel Accord. It captures Core Tier 1 capital plus other Tier 1 securities in issue, but is subject to deductions relating to the excess of expected loss on the IRBA portfolios over the IFRS provision on the IRBA portfolios, securitisation positions and material holdings in financial companies.

 

313


Table of Contents
LOGO   Glossary of terms

 

Tier 2 capital    Broadly includes qualifying subordinated debt and other Tier 2 securities in issue, eligible collective impairment allowances, unrealised available for sale equity gains and revaluation reserves. It is subject to deductions relating to the excess of expected loss on the IRBA portfolios over the IFRS provision on the IRBA portfolios, securitisation positions and material holdings in financial companies.
VaR    The Group’s core risk measurement methodology is based on a variance co-variance application of the industry standard Value at Risk (“VaR”) technique that incorporates the portfolio diversification effect within each standard risk factor (interest rate, foreign exchange, equity, as applicable). The resulting VaR figures, calculated at the close of business each day, are an estimate of the probable maximum loss in fair value over a one month holding period that would arise from a ‘worst case’ movement in market rates. This ‘worst case’ is derived from an observation of historical prices over a period of three years, assessed at a 99% statistical confidence level. Instruments with significant embedded or explicit option characteristics receive special attention, including Monte Carlo simulation and a full analysis of option sensitivities.
Vulnerable loans    Credit where repayment is in jeopardy from normal cashflow and may be dependent on other sources.
Watch loans    Credit exhibiting weakness but with the expectation that existing debt can be fully repaid from normal cashflow.

 

314


Table of Contents
Principal Addresses    LOGO

 

Ireland & Britain    AIB Global Treasury    AIB Corporate Banking Britain
   AIB International Centre,    St Helen’s, 1 Undershaft,
Group Headquarters    IFSC, Dublin 1.    London EC3A 8AB.
Bankcentre, PO Box 452,    Telephone: + 353 1 874 0222    Telephone: + 44 207 090 7130
Ballsbridge, Dublin 4.    Facsimile: + 353 1 679 5933    Facsimile: + 44 207 090 7101
Telephone: + 353 1 660 0311      
Website: http://www.aibgroup.com    St. Helen’s (first floor),    USA
   1 Undershaft,   
AIB Bank (RoI)    London EC3A 8AB.    Allied Irish America
Bankcentre, Ballsbridge,    Telephone: +44 207 309 3000    405 Park Avenue, New York,
Dublin 4.       NY 10022.
Telephone: + 353 1 660 0311    AIB Investment Managers Limited    Telephone: + 1 212 339 8000
Facsimile: + 353 1 641 1323    AIB Investment House,    Facsimile: + 1 212 339 8007/8
   Percy Place, Dublin 4.   
First Trust Bank    Telephone: + 353 1 661 7077    AIB Corporate Banking
First Trust Centre, 92 Ann Street,    Facsimile: + 353 1 661 7038    North America
Belfast, BT1 3HH.       405 Park Avenue, New York,
Telephone: + 44 28 9032 5599    AIB International Financial    NY 10022.
From RoI: 048 9032 5599    Services Limited    Telephone: + 1 212 339 8000
   AIB International Centre,    Facsimile: +1 212 339 8325
First Trust Bank    IFSC, Dublin 1.   
4 Queen’s Square,    Telephone: + 353 1 874 0777    AIB Corporate Banking
Belfast, BT1 3DJ.    Facsimile: + 353 1 874 3050    North America
Telephone: + 44 28 9024 2423       601 South Figueroa Street,
Facsimile: + 44 28 9023 5480    Goodbody Stockbrokers    Suite 4650, Los Angeles
   Ballsbridge Park,    CA 90017
Allied Irish Bank (GB)    Ballsbridge, Dublin 4.    Telephone: + 1 213 622 4900
Bankcentre, Belmont Road,    Telephone: + 353 1 667 0400    Facsimile: + 1 213 622 4943
Uxbridge, Middlesex UB8 1SA.    Facsimile: + 353 1 667 0230   
Telephone: + 44 1895 272 222       AIB Global Treasury Services
Facsimile: + 44 1895 619 305    AIB Global Corporate Banking    405 Park Avenue, New York,
   Capital Markets, Bankcentre,    NY 10022.
AIB Capital Markets    Ballsbridge, Dublin 4.    Telephone: + 1 212 339 8000
AIB International Centre,    Telephone: + 353 1 660 0311    Facsimile: + 1 212 339 8006
IFSC, Dublin 1.    Facsimile: + 353 1 668 2508   
Telephone: + 353 1 874 0222       Allied Irish Bank, p.l.c.
Facsimile: + 353 1 679 5933    AIB Corporate Finance Limited    Houston Representative Office,
   85 Pembroke Road,    1111 Bagby Street Suite 2245,
   Ballsbridge, Dublin 4.    Houston TX 77002.
   Telephone: + 353 1 667 0233    Telephone: + 1 713 292 1025
   Facsimile: + 353 1 667 0250   

 

315


Table of Contents
LOGO   Principal Address (continued)

 

Poland    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.    Australia
   Acquisition Finance Germany   
Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.    An der Welle 3,    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.
Rynek 9/11, 50-950 Wroclaw.    60322 Frankfurt am Main,    Sydney Branch,
Telephone: + 48 71 370 2478    Germany.    Level 28, Governor Phillip Tower,
Facsimile: + 48 71 370 2771    Telephone: + 49 69 971 42142    1 Farrer Place,
   Facsimile: + 49 69 971 42116    Sydney NSW 2000,
AIB European Investments       Australia.
(Warsaw) Sp. z o.o.    AIB Administrative Services    Telephone: + 61 2900 74 500
Krolewska Building, 4th floor,    Hungary    Facsimile: + 61 2900 74 598
ul.Marszalkowska 142,    Dohány Utca 12, 2nd Floor,   
00-061 Warsaw.    H-1074 Budapest,   
Telephone: + 48 22 586 8002    Hungary.   
Facsimile: + 48 22 586 8001    Telephone: + 36 1 328 6800   
   Facsimile: + 36 1 328 6801   
AIB PPM Sp. Z o.o.      
Atrium Tower,    AIB Administrative Services   
Al. Jana Pawla II 25,    Schweiz GmbH   
00-854 Warszawa,    Bellerivestrasse 17,   
Poland.    8008 Zurich,   
Telephone: + 48 22 653 4660    Switzerland.   
Facsimile: + 48 22 653 4661    Telephone: + 41 43 488 4343   
   Facsimile: + 41 43 488 4344   
Rest of World      
   AIB Administrative Services   
AIB Bank (CI) Limited    Luxembourg   
AIB House    S.á.r.l.,   
25 Esplanade, St. Helier,    16 avenue Pasteur,   
Jersey JE1 2AB    L-2310 Luxembourg,   
Telephone: +44 1534 883000    Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.   
Facsimile: +44 1534 883112    Telephone: + 352 26 121810   
   Facsimile: + 352 26 121830   
AIB Bank (CI) Limited      
Isle of Man Branch,    Canada   
10 Finch Road,      
Douglas, Isle of Man IM1 2PT.    Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.   
Telephone: + 44 (0) 1624 639639    70 York Street, Suite 1260,   
Facsimile: + 44 (0) 1624 639636    Toronto, Ontario,   
   M5J 1S9, Canada.   
Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.    Telephone: + 1 416 342 2550   
Corporate Banking France,    Facsimile: + 1 416 342 2590   
39 avenue Pierre 1er de Serbie,      
75008 Paris.      
Telephone: +33 1 53 57 76 10      
Facsimile: +33 1 53 57 76 20      

All numbers are listed with international codes.To dial a location from within the same jurisdiction, drop the county code after the + sign and place a 0 before the area code.This does not apply to calls to First Trust from Ireland (Republic).

 

316


Table of Contents

Index

   LOGO

 

A  

Accounting policies

  125

Additional parent company information on risk

  278

Administrative expenses

  166

AmCredit

  226

Amounts written off financial investments available for sale

  177

Annual General Meeting

  111

Approval of accounts

  285

Associated undertakings

  34 & 217

Audit Committee

  108

Auditor

  104

Auditor’s fees

  178

Average balance sheets and interest rates

  274

Aviva Life Holdings Limited

  220
B  

Balance sheets

  148 & 149

Board Committees

  107

Board & Group Executive Committee

  101

Bulgarian American Credit Bank

  221

Businesses of AIB Group

  14
C  

Capital adequacy information

  53

Capital management

  51

Capital Requirements Directive

  51

Chairman’s statement

  4

Commitments

  272

Company secretary

  106

Construction contract income

  177

Contingent liabilities and commitments

  241

Corporate Governance Statement

  105

Corporate Social Responsibility

  8

Corporate Social Responsibility Committee

  108

Credit ratings

  214

Credit risk

  71

Currency information

  273

Customer accounts

  231
D  
Debt securities in issue   232
Deferred taxation   228
Deposits by banks   230

Derivative financial instruments

  187

Directors

  101

Directors’ interests

  265

Directors’ remuneration

  262

Disposal group and assets classified as held for sale

  185

Distributions on equity shares

  182

Distributions to other equity holders

  182

Dividend income

  130 & 164

Dividends

  278
E  
Earnings per share   26 & 180
Earnings per share - adjusted   181
Employees   272 & 308
Exchange controls   307
Exchange rates   273
F  

Fair value of financial instruments

  247

Finance leases and hire purchase contracts

  206

Financial and other information

  273

Financial assets and financial liabilities by residual contractual maturity

  258

Financial assets and financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

  182

Financial calendar

  310

Financial investments available for sale

  207

Financial investments held to maturity

  214

Financial liabilities by undiscounted contractual maturity

  260

Foreign exchange rate risk

  96

Forward looking information

  2
G  

Gain on redemption of capital instruments

  165

Going concern

  111

Group Internal Audit

  69

Group Managing Director’s review

  6
 
I  

Income statement

  146

Income tax (income)/expense

  35 & 179

Independent auditor’s report

  287

Institutional shareholders

  111

Intangible assets and goodwill

  225

Interest and similar income

  164

Interest expense and similar charges

  164

Interest rate risk (non-trading)

  95

Interest rate sensitivity

  255

Internal controls

  112

Investments in Group undertakings

  223

Irish Government

  243
L  

Liquidity risk

  96

Loans and receivables to banks

  195

Loans and receivables to customers

  196
M  

Management report

  24

Market risk

  92

Memorandum and articles of association

  294

M&T Bank Corporation

  219
N  

Net fee and commission income

  164

Net trading income/(loss)

  164

Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee

  108

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

  180 & 240

Notes to the accounts

  156
O  

Offer and listing details

  301

Operational risk

  97

Other equity interests

  240

Other liabilities

  232

Other operating income

  166

Own shares

  239

 

317


Table of Contents
LOGO   Index (continued)

 

P  

Pension risk

  99

Post-balance sheet events

  278

Principal addresses

  315

Profit on disposal of businesses

  178

Profit on disposal of property

  177

Property, plant & equipment

  226

Prospective accounting changes

  144

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

  203

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

  233

R

 

Regulatory Compliance

  69 & 98

Regulatory Compliance risk

  98

Related Party Transactions

  267

Remuneration Committee

  109

Report of the Directors

  103

Reporting currency

  300

Retirement benefits

  171

Risk appetite

  67

Risk governance and risk management organisation

  68

Risk identification and assessment process

  69

Risk management

  63

Risk philosophy

  67

Risk strategy

  69
S  

Schedule to Report of the Directors

  290

Segmental information

  157

Share-based compensation schemes

  166

Share capital

  237

Share repurchases

  239

Statement of cash flows

  150 & 258

Statement of comprehensive income

  147

Statements of changes in equity

  152 & 154

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

  286

Statements of financial position

  148 & 149

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

  234

Supervision and regulation

  115

T

 

Taxation

  303

Trading portfolio financial assets

  186

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

  232

W

 

Website

  111

 

318


Table of Contents
20F Cross reference index    LOGO

 

2009 Form 20-F item number   
1    Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors   
   Not applicable   
2    Offer statistics and expected timetable   
   Not applicable   
3    Key information   
   Financial data    22
   Risk factors    63
4    Information on the company   
   History and development of the company    13
   Businesses of AIB    14
   Organisational structure    16
   Description of property    308
5    Operating and Financial Review & Prospects   
   Critical accounting policies & estimates    54
   Management report    24
   Capital management    51
   Off-balance sheet arrangements    62
   Deposits and short term borrowings    57
   Financial investments available for sale    59
   Contractual obligations    61
6    Directors’ Senior Management & Employees   
   The Board and Group Executive Committee    101
   Report on Directors’ remuneration and interests    262
   Directors’ report    103
   Corporate Governance Statement    105
   Employees    308
7    Major Stockholders and Related Party Transactions   
   Major stockholders    104
   Related party transactions    267
8    Financial information   
   Legal proceedings    242
   Prospective accounting changes    144
9    The offer and Listing   
   Offer and Listing details    301
10    Additional information   
   Memorandum and Articles of Association    294
   Exchange controls    307
   Taxation    303
11    Quantitative & Qualitative Disclosures about Risk   
   Risk Management—Framework    67
   Risk Management—Individual risk types    71
   Supervision & Regulations    115
12    Description of Securities other than Equity Securities   
   Not applicable   
13    Defaults, dividend Arrearages & Delinquencies   
   Not applicable   
14    Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders & Use of Proceeds   
   Not applicable   
15    Controls & Procedures   
   Evaluation of disclosure controls & procedures    113
   Managements’ report on internal control over financial reporting    112
16A    Audit Committee Financial Expert    108
16B    Code of Ethics    113
16C    Principal Accountant Fees & Services    178
17    Financial Statements   
   Not applicable   
18    Financial Statements & Exhibits   
   Financial Statements    125

 

319


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

320


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

321


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

322